Environment News: June 2026 - Issue 655

Week Five June 2026: Issue 655 (Published Sunday June 28)

Plastic walk-cycleway Newport to The Serpentine South Bilgola Beach: Updated pictures

This is due to finish in September 2026. For this project, $2.7M came from the State Government and $300K from Council. Work includes improvement to the old walkway east of the elevated walkway and planting. 

June 2026 report: Microplastic assessment report: Dee Why Lagoon Among Most Polluted in New South Wales - 56.55% of Manly Lagoon's plastic pollution is Artificial Turf - Pittwater Least Polluted

The council has installed plastic grass and rubber crumb softfall in the flood zone of Narrabeen's 'Rat Park' and has already installed, without consultation and despite objections, plastic turf in flood zones alongside Narrabeen Lagoon, in Avalon's Dunbar Park and at Bayview's Kamilaroi Park, and at Lynne Czinner Park - Lynne was passionate about maintaining the Pittwater environment.

Further in:


Some photos taken this month (from inside bus - apologies for blurry window). At the south end leading onto Newport beach carpark further runnels and planks have been installed this week (end of June 26) - these pictures were taken Sunday June 14:


 

NSW strengthens surveillance for H5 bird flu

On Wednesday June 24 2026 the NSW Government announced it has increased surveillance and boosted biosecurity capacity for H5 bird flu by dedicating additional resources to identifying potential cases coupled with an awareness campaign focused on input from the community and the needs of industry.

'Surveillance operations have ramped up as state prepares for a potential detection in NSW, including establishing a H5 bird flu call centre, training over 380 additional staff, including Local Land Services and National Parks and Wildlife Service field officers to undertake surveillance for H5 bird flu.' the government stated

'All surveillance testing for H5 bird flu takes place at the Elizbeth Macarthur Agricultural Institute (EMAI), which is funded by the NSW Government.

The State Coordination Centre has been stood up at the Department of Primary Industry and Regional Development (DPIRD)’s Orange Agricultural Institute to provide coordination of surveillance operations and NSW’s response should a detection be confirmed.

NSW DPIRD has delivered a series of webinars and workshops with government field staff and veterinarians to build practical capability to respond to an H5 bird flu detection in NSW.

The focus has been on hands-on skills including roles, reporting, sampling and PPE, resulting in strong improvements in participant confidence.

The NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water has developed detailed wildlife preparedness plans for 34 priority sites, and state-wide response plans for vulnerable species including little penguins and fur seals.

NSW has well developed wildlife surveillance systems to facilitate early detection and there are established national arrangements for responding to incursions of H5 bird flu in wildlife.

An awareness campaign is underway direct with industry and across social media providing the essential information. Briefings have been held with environmental groups, and an industry briefing is planned for later this week.

Additional resources have been deployed to manage the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline.'

To date, H5 bird flu has not been detected in NSW. NSW remains free of H5 bird flu.

NSW Health advises that the risk to human health remains low.

If unusual deaths or illness in wild birds are observed please AVOID contact, RECORD by taking photos or video and REPORT immediately to the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline on 1800 675 888.

NSW Minister for Agriculture Tara Moriarty said:

“We are doing everything possible to keep H5 out of NSW and protecting our primary industries sector by strengthening surveillance and boosting biosecurity capacity and capability across the production and environmental fronts.

“We have delivered more than 50 briefings and workshops to key agricultural and wildlife stakeholders, ensuring if it does arrive industry and the community have the vital information to manage an outbreak.

“We are using the best available data to target actions for our most at-risk wildlife species and important natural places.

“We continue to offer our support to Western Australia following its confirmed cases, in technical or operational areas; we want to provide support where we can to help WA and contain the virus.”

NSW Chief Veterinary Officer Jo Coombe said:

“We are establishing innovative spatial mapping tools, decision-support systems and response databases to enable rapid, evidence-based action during a wildlife outbreak.

“While the current incursion has only been confirmed in two birds, eradication or containment of H5 bird flu in wildlife is unlikely to be possible if it becomes established in wildlife populations.

We continue to ask the community to AVOID, RECORD and REPORT any unusual signs of illness or deaths of multiple birds, especially on the coastline, so we can manage any incursion quickly.

“We are working closely with the Australian Government and following national arrangements in place.

“Our focus, if it were to become established in NSW, would be to minimise risk of onward transmission to commercial poultry, protect human health, where possible reduce the impact on the environment, and ensure stakeholders are kept informed.”

NSW Government offers support following H5 bird flu in Western Australia

The NSW Government has offered support to Western Australia following a confirmed case of H5 bird flu in a dead wild bird in Western Australia.

The case is the first detection of H5 bird flu on the Australian continent, following confirmation by the Australian Centre for Disease Preparedness.

While the Western Australian Government is the lead agency NSW Government will provide support in technical or operational areas.

To date, H5 bird flu has not been detected in NSW.

NSW has well developed wildlife surveillance systems to facilitate early detection and there are established national arrangements for responding to incursions of H5 bird flu in wildlife.

If unusual deaths or illness in wild birds are observed please AVOID contact, RECORD by taking photos or video and REPORT immediately to the Emergency Animal Disease (EAD) Hotline on 1800 675 888.

NSW Minister for Agriculture Tara Moriarty said:

“The NSW Government will work with our colleagues in Western Australia and providing support where we can to ensure that we are doing everything possible to contain the virus.

“NSW has been preparing across government and industry for several years for a H5 avian influenza incursion.

“We are urging the community to report any unusual signs of illness or deaths of multiple birds, especially on the coastline, so we can detect any incursion quickly.

NSW Chief Veterinary Officer Jo Coombe said:

“While the current incursion has only been confirmed in one bird, eradication or containment of H5 bird flu in wildlife is unlikely to be possible if it becomes established in wildlife populations.

“Our focus, if it were to become established would be to minimise risk of onward transmission to commercial poultry, protect human health, where possible minimise impact on the environment, and ensure broader stakeholders are kept informed.”

“Australia has a National Management Agreement in place, which establishes the national arrangements for responding to incursions of H5 bird flu in wildlife, were it to become established.” 

See report published Sunday June 21 2026:  H5 Bird Flu Confirmed in Australia; Brown Skau death - H5 bird flu findings from Heard Island and McDonald Island: Southern Elephant Seal Pup Mortality 76 per cent - up to 97 per cent in one area 

H5 bird flu (H5N1, a strain of highly pathogenic avian influenza) is an infectious disease that can affect wild, farmed and pet birds.

Large-scale outbreaks of H5 bird flu (H5N1) have killed millions of wild birds and tens of thousands of mammals around the world. Until now, Australia and New Zealand have remained free of the virus.

An outbreak of H5 bird flu in Australian birds could be catastrophic, as one in six Australian birds are already facing the threat of extinction.

BirdLife Australia has consistently advocated for robust monitoring and preparedness ahead of an outbreak.

We are watching this development closely and seeking further information. We will keep you updated as more details emerge.

If you find a sick or dead bird that you suspect could have Avian Influenza (H5N1), remember to:

❌ AVOID contact with sick or dead wildlife and their environment. Do not touch, move or approach the bird, and do not allow pets to touch or eat sick or dead wildlife.

📸 RECORD what you see, the location the animal was found, and take photos or video (if possible) without approaching the bird.

📞REPORT any unusual illness or death in wild birds and other wildlife immediately via the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline on 1800 675 888.

Brown Skua,  (Stercorarius antarcticus) photographed offshore from Pittwater - Photos: A J Guesdon

Bird flu has spread to two Australian states. Here’s how it could accelerate our extinction crisis

Jason Edwards/Getty
Euan Ritchie, Deakin University

The deadly H5N1 strain of bird flu has now been found in a second state, South Australia, after earlier being identified in Western Australia.

Authorities have confirmed three seabirds have died of the highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) H5N1 virus. It is too early to know if H5N1 has spread beyond these animals to other wildlife or livestock in Australia. But it appears very much a matter of when, not if, this happens.

Globally, H5N1 has already devastated wildlife populations. In Australia, this deadly virus could greatly disrupt ecosystems and push our most threatened species even closer to extinction.

Why is H5N1 so dangerous?

The H5N1 strain of bird flu spreads through contact with bodily fluids such as saliva and faeces, infected animals or contaminated environments. It can also be transmitted through scavenging by species that feed on infected carcasses.

Since 2021, the H5N1 strain has killed millions of the world’s wild birds, mammals and poultry. This is because it can spread faster than other HPAI strains – including between mammals – and move between continents via migratory birds.

However, it’s hard to predict how H5N1 will affect our wildlife and ecosystems. This strain of the virus is not yet established in Australia. And many of our species are endemic – meaning they’re not found anywhere outside Australia – so we don’t have the data needed to reliably predict how H5N1 may affect them.

Threatened species most at risk

For threatened species, an H5N1 outbreak could be catastrophic. And a mass mortality event could be the final straw that finishes off a species. This is especially true if a population is already in decline, is geographically restricted or gathers to breed during certain seasons.

After the initial outbreak passes, populations may rebound through breeding and immigration. However, an extreme drop in numbers can create a genetic bottleneck, leading to rapid, substantial loss of genetic diversity. This, in turn, can threaten a population’s long-term health.

Since detecting H5N1 in Australia, authorities have understandably focused on protecting Australia’s spectacular birds – including the threatened regent honeyeater and orange-bellied parrot.

What’s received less attention are our iconic but increasingly threatened mammals. This includes the egg-laying platypus, native rodents such as the rakali and numerous marsupial species. In the United States, the virus has already done widespread damage to native rodents such as squirrels and voles, and the marsupial Virginia Opossum. It may well do the same to Australia’s mammals.

Carnivorous marsupials such as endangered Tasmanian devils and quoll species are also at risk, as their hunting and scavenging may expose them to infected carcasses.

Kangaroos, wallabies, possums and bandicoots can also scavenge and eat meat, meaning they could come in contact with H5N1. Species that live near shore birds in coastal and island habitats – including endangered mainland eastern barred bandicoots and threatened quokkas – are even more at risk.

The H5N1 strain could also prove deadly to our Australian sea lion and black swan populations. Black swans appear particularly susceptible to H5N1, which may be because they evolved in the isolated island continent of Australia. Unlike other swan species, they lack certain genetic traits that might help their immune systems fight the H5N1 virus.

Long-term damage to ecosystems

Beyond individual species, H5N1 has the potential to greatly disrupt and devastate Australia’s ecosystems.

An H5N1 outbreak in predator species could see prey populations surge. If a local dingo population is wiped out by the virus, the kangaroos, wallabies, feral goats and other herbivores they prey on could rapidly increase in numbers. This could lead to overgrazing, which in turn would deprive other animals of food and shelter.

In freshwater and marine environments, an H5N1 outbreak could see many birds die in and around waterways in a short period. Nutrients from the bird carcasses could pollute waterways if not cleaned up, worsening water quality and oxygen levels and potentially causing widespread fish kills.

So, what can we do?

Compared to other countries and continents, Australia has had longer to prepare for an H5N1 outbreak.

The federal government has so far invested A$113 million to bolster our H5N1 response. This money will go towards disease surveillance, invasive species control, captive breeding programs and efforts to monitor wildlife health.

But we can also help stop the spread of H5N1 on an individual level by:

  • immediately reporting any sick or dead animals to the Emergency Animal Disease hotline on 1800 675 888 or organisations such as Wildlife Health Australia

  • not touching native wildlife

  • only feeding birds in backyards, never in the wild, and following strict hygiene measures such as cleaning water baths weekly and opting for hanging bird feeders

  • keeping dogs and cats away from wildlife, animal faeces and especially dead carcasses.

The arrival of H5N1 in Australia is not cause for panic, as this outbreak is yet to unfold. But we must be extra vigilant in how we observe and interact with wildlife and nature. The future of our most vulnerable species depends on it. The Conversation

Euan Ritchie, Professor in Wildlife Ecology and Conservation, School of Life & Environmental Sciences, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Bird flu is here. Can we stop the spread?

Dave Irving/Getty
Jane Younger, University of Tasmania

On a remote beach near Esperance, Western Australia, two sick seabirds have brought the bird flu crisis to Australia.

Testing has confirmed highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) H5N1 in a brown skua and a giant petrel. Both are species of seabirds commonly found in the Southern Ocean.

H5N1 is a type of avian influenza, or bird flu, caused by an influenza A virus. The strain has been confirmed as HPAI H5N1 clade 2.3.4.4b, a globally circulating strain that can spread rapidly. Over the past five years, this strain of the virus has killed millions of wild animals and poultry.

These are the first confirmed detections of this strain in Australia. But the coming weeks will tell us whether these are isolated cases, or the start of a wider outbreak.

Spreading far and wide

Since 2021, the HPAI H5N1 strain of bird flu has spread through every continent except Australia. Overseas, it has devastated wildlife and caused major losses in poultry. This strain has also repeatedly spilled over into mammals including dairy cattle, seals and sea lions.

This strain of H5N1 is a different challenge to the bird flu outbreaks Australia has seen before. That’s because this strain can infect a much wider variety of species and spreads more quickly than other strains, including between mammals and across continents.

Transmission occurs through close contact with infected animals or contaminated environments, including scavenging of carcasses. This is why birds living in large colonies such as gannets, terns and albatrosses are most vulnerable. Tasmanian devils and other scavengers are also more exposed to the virus.

For humans, the current risk is low. Human infections are rare and most cases involve direct or indirect exposure to infected animals or contaminated environments. Examples include dairy farms, live poultry markets or beaches with sick or dying wild birds and marine mammals.

How did it get to Australia?

The species of the two confirmed bird flu cases are the first clue to how the virus reached our shores. Brown skuas and giant petrels are Southern Ocean seabirds who fly across huge distances and may scavenge contaminated carcasses.

Their detection in Western Australia suggests the virus likely reached mainland Australia through Southern Ocean wildlife movements, rather than the northern migratory shorebird routes.

Our research shows migratory wildlife, including seabirds, have spread this virus thousands of kilometres across the Southern Ocean from South America since 2023.

Genetic sequencing of the virus will be essential to show how closely the virus in these birds is related to viruses from Heard Island, Antarctica, South America or elsewhere.

A devastating disease

In the United States, this virus has decimated the country’s poultry and dairy industries. It has led to the mass culling of commercial flocks, both to contain the virus and prevent price hikes for consumers.

At this stage, no H5N1 cases have been detected on Australian poultry or dairy farms. However, poultry producers now must follow government guidance on maintaining biosecurity standards. This involves minimising contact between domestic birds and wild birds, protecting feed and water sources and immediately reporting unusual illness or deaths.

Also at risk are Australian fur seals and colony nesting seabirds such as terns, gannets, and albatrosses. Tasmania’s endemic shy albatross and culturally significant yula, or short-tailed shearwater, are also vulnerable to the virus.

Freshwater birds such as ducks are another concern, as they can spread influenza viruses through water. For critically endangered birds such as orange-bellied parrots, even a few bird flu deaths can put the entire species at risk.

So, what can we do?

Given Australia was the last H5N1-free continent, we’ve had time to prepare.

Since 2024, a dedicated national taskforce has led the country’s response to a potential H5N1 outbreak. This taskforce – jointly led by the National Emergency Management Agency and the federal agriculture, environment and health departments – has conducted outbreak exercises and increased surveillance across Australia.

This preparation must now become action. Surveillance should expand around seabirds, wetlands, scavengers, marine mammals, backyard poultry and commercial poultry. Positive samples should be sequenced quickly to map how the virus may spread. Wildlife managers need plans for vulnerable wildlife populations before they get exposed.

Beyond surveillance, there are other tools we can use. In the United States, researchers are trialling bird flu vaccination in seals as a way to protect endangered Hawaiian monk seals. If our outbreak worsens, Australia should consider similar options for highly vulnerable wildlife, such as fur seals, black swans and other native birds.

The public can help authorities contain the spread of H5N1 by reporting any sick or dead birds or marine mammals to the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline on 1800 675 888. It’s best to note the location and share any photos taken from a safe distance. The public should also avoid touching sick or dead animals, and keep dogs away from any carcasses.The Conversation

Jane Younger, Senior Lecturer in Southern Ocean Vertebrate Ecology, Institute for Marine and Antarctic Studies, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Bird flu is deadly for backyard chickens – and even cats. A vet expert explains

Cavan Images/Getty
Ricardo J. Soares Magalhaes, The University of Queensland

The deadly H5N1 strain of bird flu has been found in seabirds in two Australian states.

But don’t be fooled by the name: this virus also rapidly infects other animals. It has caused havoc in poultry farms and backyard chicken flocks in the northern hemisphere. And it can also infect, and even kill, cats.

Domestic pet owners, particularly homes that keep backyard chicken flocks, should be on alert for signs of this highly infectious virus. Now is the time to think about how you will respond.

A deadly strain of the virus

I have been working on the H5N1 since 2004. In more than two decades it has evolved into a highly infectious “zoonotic” disease – able to jump between several animal species and occasionally to humans.

The tipping point occurred in the United States in 2023–24, when the virus was transmitted from wild birds into poultry farms and high-density dairy farms in Texas, Kansas, Michigan and Idaho. Transmission has also occurred between cattle and cats, with cats feeding on infected cow colostrum (the first milk after a mammal gives birth), and some later dying.

In the past three years, we have seen many cases in Peru, Chile and southern Antarctica, including the deaths of thousands of seal pups on Heard Island.

How long has it been here?

Initially, Australian authorities were concerned the virus would come predominantly from the north during the annual migration of migratory shorebirds. There was uncertainty about whether sick birds would be strong enough to fly here from far-off Antarctica.

But two of the sick birds in Western Australia and South Australia were found alive. Given this virus was first identified on June 20, it’s possible it arrived in Australia much earlier since these species tend to make their way from the sub-Antarctic region from March onwards.

It makes sense this virus has arrived in winter – it is most easily transmitted during cold weather. In China we saw it typically emerge around Chinese New Year – a time when low temperatures coincide with high demand for poultry for celebratory meals.

How quickly can it move from wild birds?

The World Organisation for Animal Health tracks where the virus is reported for different countries (WAHIS).

Analysing this data, we find it takes between 2 and 6 weeks, on average, for the virus to move into poultry species following the first report in wild birds. Of course, this differs according to the comprehensiveness of a country’s surveillance and the level of data aggregation provided by different countries reporting to the system.

For example, considering data reported between 2020 and 2024 in Denmark, it took a little more than three weeks between finding the virus in wild birds and reporting it in poultry.

In Australia, and considering data from other countries it is possible we will see outbreaks in poultry in the next 4–5 weeks. This obviously depends on the role bridging species will play on bringing infection into Australian poultry facilities, as well as the level of biosecurity of Australian poultry husbandry systems. Everyone is on high alert, and state and federal agriculture departments have ramped up surveillance and public messaging for producers and the public.

In the past few years, an avian influenza surveillance system has tested the faeces of wild birds at nesting sites to watch for the virus. Now this surveillance is likely to be expanded to include poultry. Testing will also be informed by farmers, producers and backyard chicken owners reporting suspected illness.

What’s the risk to my household pets?

Poultry

The risks are very real. When this virus ends up in a densely housed commercial farm, mortality rates of close to 100% are likely. The greatest risk of exposure is when free-range hens spend some time outdoors and are exposed to contact with wild birds. This is the same for backyard chickens.

If you have a flock of chickens, keep them housed as much as possible. “Bridging species” like crows, magpies and other urban birds can bring infection into backyard flocks.

Keep an eye on your chooks and monitor their health for lethargy and neurological signs. If you notice a bird seems disoriented or unwell you should call the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline on 1800 675 888.

If warranted, a biosecurity officer will come and take nasal swabs and bird droppings away to be tested. In the meantime, you will be asked not to move your poultry and to keep them housed.

Unfortunately, all poultry in a farm or backyard flock where H5N1 infection is identified will have to be euthanised.

This virus can infect humans, though it is rare. Do not approach the bird or animal, just call the hotline on 1800 675 888. If there is a need to move the animal, wear gloves and a PPE mask, and dispose of them carefully afterwards.

Cats

Evidence from the US suggests cats are at much greater risk of severe disease than dogs. Where cats ingested contaminated material, such as milk from cattle, there were fatalities. Australian cat owners should be vigilant about what their cat is “investigating” outside, including dead birds.

Dogs

The evidence for serious illness is not as strong as cats. We know they can be exposed, but they don’t seem to be an at-risk species. Other terrestrial carnivores, such as skunk and foxes, have shown neurological illness and respiratory distress. We will have to watch the dingo population closely, because they scavenge on dead wild birds.

Caged birds

Caged birds such as budgerigars are unlikely to come into contact with wild birds. But if this is possible, and there are signs of illness, these should be reported.

Emergency Animal Disease Hotline – 1800 675 888The Conversation

Ricardo J. Soares Magalhaes, Professor, School of Veterinary Science, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The first case of H5N1 bird flu in Australia has been confirmed. What does this mean?

Marcel Klaassen, Deakin University; Meagan Dewar, Federation University Australia, and Michelle Wille, The University of Melbourne

On Saturday, a suspected case of deadly H5 bird flu, also known as high pathogenicity avian influenza (HPAI) H5N1, was confirmed in a brown skua.

This large seabird was found in Cape Le Grand National Park near Esperance, about 700 kilometres south-east of Perth in Western Australia.

The virus is also suspected to have affected another seabird, a southern giant petrel, found at the same area.

Following the initial testing, samples collected from these birds were sent to the CSIRO to confirm the first Australian cases of H5N1, specifically the clade 2.3.4.4b H5N1 lineage. Avian influenza viruses are categorised by subtype (creating the H and N number combination, here H5N1) and specific clades within the H5 subtype.

This virus has devastated wildlife populations in other continents, and this could be the start of a long push to protect Australian birds and wildlife in Australia.

Where did this virus come from?

Avian influenza viruses, of which HPAI H5N1 is just one kind, have been around for millenia. In the vast majority of cases they cause no disease in birds. These strains are referred to as low pathogenicity avian influenza viruses.

However, in 1996 one of these viruses evolved to become disease causing, and since then, this HPAI H5N1 has caused severe disease in poultry, and has become endemic in poultry. With chickens now forming about 70% of all birds worldwide, this is a critical reservoir where the virus continues to evolve.

The devastating effect of HPAI H5N1 is unfortunately not limited to poultry. Since 2021, HPAI H5N1 has caused a global animal pandemic, with enormous consequences for wildlife in all continents. It has killed millions of wild birds and caused significant drops in the global population of some species. It has also spread into wild and domestic mammals, with various species of seals particularly affected.

How it spreads

Part of the challenge in controlling HPAI H5N1 is that it can spread through a wide range of transmission pathways. For example, the virus typically spreads through faeces, especially when in water. Imagine infected ducks in a pond, where the pond water acts as a conduit to infecting other ducks which are feeding or cleaning themselves.

It can also be spread through direct contact and aerosol transmission, particularly in poultry farms. And it is spread through predation and scavenging, where animals like foxes maybe eat the carcasses of infected birds they find.

While it has so far been found in more than 400 different bird species, the spread of HPAI H5N1 in the northern hemisphere is facilitated by freshwater dabbling ducks. Dabbling duck species feed predominantly at the surface of the water, sometimes even grazing on land.

Importantly, ducks have very limited signs of disease when infected with HPAI H5N1, and appear to be able to continue to migrate while infected, allowing them to potentially spread the virus long distances.

Overall, this virus has been devastating for wild birds. For example, 33–47% of all adult northern gannets died in 2022 due to HPAI H5N1. On subantarctic Heard Island, 13,000 baby southern elephant seals died due to HPAI during the 2025–26 summer.

Why has it taken so long to reach Australia?

Despite being in Asia since the 1990s, and in Antarctica since 2024, HPAI H5N1 has not been detected in Australia until now. This is likely because there are no duck species which routinely migrate between Australia and Asia, nor are there ducks that migrate through Antarctica.

Despite the lack of ducks in Antarctica, the virus did arrive there in the summer of 2023–24, and subsequently spread thousands of kilometres through the subantarctic in the summer of 2024–25. Available evidence suggests birds like gulls, skuas and giant petrels may have taken on the role of long distance virus carriers in the Antarctic and subantarctic.

The various species of skuas and giant petrels that breed in Antarctic waters go on to roam the Southern Ocean, also venturing into the Atlantic, Indian and Pacific Oceans during the southern hemisphere winter. While rarely seen on our shores, these species are not too far offshore, looking for food and occasionally gathering in large groups.

Now that HPAI H5N1 has been found on mainland Australia, it will not necessarily establish itself and spread across the continent into other birds and mammals, including livestock.

Given that skuas and giant petrels are marine rather than freshwater species, and do not occur on land in large numbers outside the breeding season, there is still a chance that it may not spread further.

The biggest risk is that infected, sick birds are eaten or scavenged by native birds and mammals, which could transmit the virus to ducks.

Try to stop the spread

Once in ducks, the likely spread of the virus increases dramatically, and the outlook would be grim.

But for now, we are a few critical steps away from that happening. Continued surveillance and testing, being led by Western Australia, is critical to reveal the extent of the virus and whether it has spread to local animals.

Vigilance is key – do not touch or take sick animals into your care. Rather, report suspected cases immediately to the Emergency Animal Disease Hotline on 1800 675 888.

For farmers or people who own chooks, its critical to follow guidelines provided by government departments and report any suspicious mortality.The Conversation

Marcel Klaassen, Alfred Deakin Professor and Chair in Ecology, Deakin University; Meagan Dewar, Lecturer, Biological Sciences. Institute of Innovation, Science and Sustainability, Federation University Australia, and Michelle Wille, Senior research fellow, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Please help Dee Why Lagoon: Clean Up

WHEN: Sunday 28th June at 10:00am
WHERE: Dee Why Lagoon
Meeting point: opposite Hadleigh Avenue - DY Lagoon side


WHAT TO BRING:
  • Gumboots (if you have them)
  • Hat
  • Water bottle
  • A smile
SUPPLIED:
  • Gloves
  • Pickers
  • Buckets
We really need your help for this one! Dee Why Lagoon is currently filled with rubbish, and the more volunteers we have, the bigger impact we can make.

Every pair of hands makes a difference, whether you can stay for 30 minutes or the whole clean-up. Together we can help restore this beautiful local environment for wildlife and our community.

If you can’t make it on the day, that’s completely okay! We’d love it if you could help by sharing this notice with your friends, family, colleagues, and local community groups. Every share helps us reach more potential volunteers.
NB Clean Up Crew
___________________

Streets as shared spaces - Avalon Beach: New Permanent design open for feedback

Comments opened: Fri 19 Jun 2026

Comments close: Sun 19 Jul 2026

At the council meeting on 17 December 2025, the council accepted the tender of Nangle Pty Ltd for the sum of $170,900 excluding GST for design services for the permanent installation of the one-way shared zone, and in keeping with the character of Avalon Beach prepare a design for high-quality upgrades to seating, lighting, landscaping and other infrastructure. 

Nangle as the landscape architect, led a team of experts including civil, hydraulic and stormwater engineers and has prepared the concept plan to make the shared space permanent.

These concept plans are now on exhibition, with the council inviting residents to provide feedback for the same.

These show the one-way zone is being extended beyond the shared zone. The council states the extension of the one-way zone aims to:

  • simplify traffic movements
  • reduce vehicle conflicts
  • improve pedestrian safety and comfort
  • support a more cohesive shared street environment.

One of the key priorities for this project was to address the existing flooding issues at the site. While flooding cannot be fully eliminated due to the site’s position as a natural low point and in an ancient flood zone, the council states the project improves stormwater management by:

  • introducing better drainage and flow paths
  • using permeable paving and water sensitive urban design
  • adjusting pavement grades to keep water moving through the shared zone and avoid ponding.

There are a number of proposed changes to parking arrangements, to make vehicle movements simpler and safer along with improving flooding issues:

  • Closing the existing carpark entrance to provide a single entry and exit point for the carpark, further away from the shared zone.
  • Replacing the 90-degree and parallel parking along Old Barrenjoey Road with 60-degree parking on both sides.
  • The short-stay parking will be formalised, with 3 spaces proposed to be located on the eastern side of the street to improve access and passenger safety.

The council states the proposed changes are intended to improve vehicle movements and increase pedestrian safety and will result in the addition of one car parking space.

Council states it anticipates the works will commence in Autumn 2027. Construction updates will be provided on the project webpage.

we invite you to review the final concept plan and share your feedback by either: 

  • completing the council's online form
  • emailing: council@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au - use ‘Streets as Shared Spaces - Avalon Beach’ plan' as a header so it doesn't get lost among other emails the council would receive
  • writing to the council marked ‘Streets as Shared Spaces - Avalon Beach’ to Northern Beaches Council, PO Box 82 Manly NSW 1655.

Comments close 11.59pm on Sunday 19 July 2026. 

The project webpage is at: yoursay./streets-shared-spaces-avalon-beach - where you can also download the full concept plan

The montage of the new plans, courtesy of the NBC, is:

Concept plan

Birdseye view

Perspective – visual delineation between pedestrian and roadway

Perspective – representation of informal seating areas

Proposed parking

Proposed water management

 

Energy savings for NSW households: loans and discounts to help families lower their bills

On Wednesday June 17 the Minns NSW Government announced eligible households will now be able to access zero-interest loans of up to $15,000 to install energy-saving and cost-cutting upgrades such as rooftop solar, household batteries, insulation, reverse-cycle air conditioning, switchboard upgrades, ceiling fans and draught-proofing.

From Wednesday, the Government’s $557 million Home Energy Saver program is available to help NSW families lower their power bills by making energy-saving upgrades more affordable.

Many NSW households are already saving money through rooftop solar, home batteries and efficient appliances – with just over half of all houses in the state equipped with solar and 13,000 new batteries being installed each month.

While energy-efficient upgrades reduce costs in the long run, the upfront costs have locked many people out, and this program will make upgrades significantly more affordable.

In addition to loans, the program will provide discounts of up to $4,000 to eligible families looking to upgrade with energy-saving measures.

The Home Energy Saver program includes:

Zero-interest loans to households with a combined taxable income of up to $210,000. This will allow eligible households to pay off up to $15,000 in upgrades over ten years rather than upfront. This is expected to benefit more than 32,000 households. This is a $480 million commitment.

Targeted discounts of up to $4,000 will be available later in 2026 to households with a combined annual income of up to $80,000, or eligible concession card holders. This is a $77 million commitment.

For example, if your household earns $200,000 and you want to purchase a solar and home battery system for $10,000, you can apply for a loan and pay it off over ten years.

Eligible households wanting to apply for a discount and a zero-interest loan on a single upgrade are advised to apply for the discount first, then seek a loan to cover the remaining amount.

Discounts will also be available to renters, to make upgrades with their landlord’s permission.

Households will enjoy benefits such as lowering their monthly power bills and making their homes more comfortable year-round, cooler through summer hat and warmer through winter.

For information and to apply, visit www.energy.nsw.gov.au/home-energy-saver.

Premier Chris Minns said:

“We know energy bills are putting pressure on families right now, and while this won't solve every cost-of-living challenge people are facing, it's practical help that can make a real difference.

“For many households, the upfront cost of these upgrades has simply been too high. We're stepping in to help where we can, so more families can access technology that lowers their bills and makes their homes more comfortable.

“We're doing what we can to help families now, while making sure NSW has a more reliable and secure energy system for the future.”

Minister for Climate Change and Energy, Penny Sharpe said:

“For too many households, energy-saving upgrades have felt like something other people can afford. This is about changing that and giving more families a fair opportunity to access the kinds of improvements that make their homes more comfortable, more efficient and better to live in.

“Every household that upgrades to more efficient technology is playing a part in NSW’s energy future. Making these technologies more accessible helps more households enjoy a cooler home in summer, a warmer home in winter, and smaller power bills every month.”

Smart Energy Council CEO, David McElrea said:

"This program is a massive win for households looking to take control of their energy bills.

“Helping lower-income earners and renters to overcome the cost barrier to modernising their homes with smart solar, batteries, efficient cooling and heating is the fastest way to permanently drive down household expenses while building a more resilient grid."

Give electronic devices and household items a new life

Each year, thousands of residents drop off quality pre-loved items at council Reuse and Recycle Events.

Thanks to charity and social enterprise partners, donations don’t just get a second life, they support people in need. And for the first time in a while, residents can now drop off electronics such as TVs, computers, phones, cameras and kitchen appliances, through The Bower Reuse & Repair Centre.

With the next event on Saturday 4 July at the Warringah Aquatic Centre carpark, get organised and plan what items you can donate by visiting council's webpage for the same, which lists what you can drop off.

By dropping off your pre-loved clothes, toys, electronics, wood, metal and sundry items, council's partners can turn them into something meaningful:

Electronics

The Bower Reuse & Repair Centre's House to Home program helps furnish social and crisis housing for people rebuilding their lives. Items not needed for the program are sold in Bower stores, with money supporting their ongoing reuse and repair initiatives. 

Clothing

Pre-loved and new adult clothing, accessories, and Manchester and new hygiene items such as soap, shampoo and deodorant are collected by Anglicare. They pass on items directly to people in need, including foster care homes and Op Shops to fund essential community services.

Nursery items

Dandelion Support Network accepts essential nursery items for babies and children. They distribute donations to disadvantaged families such as those living in housing stress, escaping domestic violence and abuse, living with mental health issues and refugees.

Toys

Volunteers at Peninsula Senior Citizens Toy Repair Group mend, fix up and upcycle toys, extending their life and bringing joy to children locally and globally. Recently toys collected at Council events were sent to Ghana, where they are now putting smiles on children’s faces.

Bikes, scooters and e-bikes

Revolve ReCYCLING collect wheeled items to fix up, donate and sell. In January, their team travelled 3,000 km to Alice Springs to deliver bikes to families in remote communities.

Useful items

The Sydney Library of Things is a not-for-profit service giving residents the chance to borrow useful items that are only needed occasionally. Currently they’re appealing for donations of high quality pre-loved fishing rods.

Miscellaneous

Cardboard, small metal items, plastic plant pots and raw timber, flat pack furniture and raw pallets can all be donated. These are recycled via Kimbriki Resource Recovery Centre. Learn more about what happens to your items.

For more information on the Reuse and Recycling Event next month, visit council's website. 

 In Trafalgar Park, Newport - old tree stump made into useful ART

PNHA Activities 2026

Our walks for 2026 are listed below. 

You are very welcome to bring friends and older children on these outings. Please book by emailing pnhainfo@gmail.com and include  your PHONE NUMBER so we can contact you in case of changes because of weather etc. 

Looking forward to getting out and about in our lovely area! 

Your PNHA Committee

Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

The Pittwater Natural Heritage Association has been formed to act to protect and preserve the Pittwater areas major and most valuable asset - its natural heritage.

PNHA is an incorporated association seeking broad based community membership and support to enable it to have an effective and authoritative voice speaking out for the preservation of Pittwater's natural heritage.

Our Aims

  • To raise public awareness of the conservation value of the natural heritage of the Pittwater area: its landforms, watercourses, soils and local native vegetation and fauna.
  • To raise public awareness of the threats to the long-term sustainability of Pittwater's natural heritage.
  • To foster individual and community responsibility for caring for this natural heritage.
  • To encourage Pittwater Council and the NSW Government to adopt and implement policies and works which will conserve, sustain and enhance the natural heritage of Pittwater.

Some of our interests and concerns include:

  • Native Tree Canopy
  • "Wildlife Friendly" Gardens
  • Weed Infestation
  • Keeping our Waterways Healthy
  • Beaches and Dunes

Act to Preserve and Protect!

If you would like to join us, please fill out the Membership Form. Visit: https://pnha.org.au

Sunday April 26 Fauna: Underpass below Mona Vale Rd East, Ingleside.

If you missed this walk last year, here’s your chance to see how fauna can move between areas of bushland, so important for finding territory, mates and food. 

Meet 9am at corner of Ingleside Rd and Laurel Rd East. Walk ends about 11am.

Saturday May 23: PNHA stall at Avalon Car Boot Sale, Dunbar Park Avalon.

From 8am to 2pm, we’ll offer Information on identifying and controlling weeds. See our posters about invertebrates in local gardens. Our famous $2 local flora, fauna and scenery cards will be for sale. Come and have a chat. 

Sunday May 24: Walk in Red Hill Bushland Reserve, Beacon Hill

Meet 9am on Lady Penrhyn Drive opposite no. 41A, close to the open gate. Flora, birds, views. Walk ends about 11.30. 

Sunday June 28: Crown to the Sea Walk, Newport

Meet 9am please note that the meeting point is on Burke Rd next to Porter Reserve. Walk ends about 12 noon. This walk goes through several very different bushland reserves with coastal heath and littoral rainforest.

Wildflowers, ferns and coastal views. Moderate fitness needed for some steep tracks and many steps. Limit: 15 people so please book early. We will provide the Crown to the Sea map to participants on booking.

Sunday July 26: Ingleside Chase Reserve

Meet 9am at end of Irrawong Rd North Narrabeen, walk ends about 11am. Birds and swamp forest along Mullet Creek. Swamp Mahoganies will be flowering attracting birds. Binoculars a must for this walk.

Sunday August 23: Spring in the Bush

Meet 9am at corner of Mallawa Rd and Bulara St, Terrey Hills. Walk ends about 11am. With a focus on botany, we’ll see flowering plants in the Proteaceae plant family, waratahs, endangered Grevillea caleyi , right, and others in the major Australian Proteaceae plant family. Birds, too. 

Sunday September 27: The Chiltern Track, Ku-ring-gai N.P.

Meet 9am at track entrance with barred gate on Chiltern Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 11am. One of our favourite walks to see Sydney sandstone flora in spring. Native plant species list available. Birds too, often a Yellow-tufted Honeyeater here. 

Sunday October 25: Katandra by Night

Meet 6.45pm at Katandra Bushland Sanctuary on Lane Cove Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 8.45pm. Sunset is about 7.15. The bush by night is wonderful. We hope to see fireflies again as on previous walks here in October. Bring a torch, or headtorch, preferably with a red light option so as not to dazzle possums. Moderate fitness needed for the bush track and steps. Limit: 15 people, so please book early. 

Sunday November 22: Deep Creek Reserve

Meet 9am in Deep Creek reserve, off Wakehurst Parkway. Walk ends about 11am. Birds and bushland. From the bridge across the creek we may see Dollarbirds, summer breeding migrants that nest in hollows, with their youngsters. Black Bitterns have been observed along the creek margins, so bring binoculars. 

Native species back from the brink: NSW commits to next decade of wildlife recovery

The Minns Government announced on Monday 29 June 2026 it is extending its long-term partnerships with Australian Wildlife Conservancy (AWC) and the University of NSW (UNSW) Wild Deserts program for a further ten years to support the next decade of threatened species recovery in NSW national parks.

The partnerships will continue at three major feral predator-free areas: Mallee Cliffs National Park and Pilliga State Conservation Area, delivered with AWC, and Sturt National Park, delivered through UNSW Sydney’s Wild Deserts program.

To date, across these three partnership sites, 13 species locally extinct in NSW have been reintroduced, including the greater bilby, bridled nail-tailed wallaby, numbat, western quoll and Shark Bay bandicoot.

Some of these species had not been seen in the wild in NSW for more than 100 years but are now breeding in areas protected from feral cats and foxes.

The three partnership sites form part of NSW’s broader network of ten feral predator-free areas. Collectively, the network is working to reduce the extinction risk for 33 species locally extinct in NSW and help secure a further 45 threatened species.

Around half of the state’s surviving mammal species are threatened with extinction, with predation by feral cats and foxes remaining a major driver of decline.

The renewed partnerships build on the success of the last ten years and support the long-term management of threatened mammal populations, including research and monitoring that can inform future opportunities for safe releases beyond fenced areas.

Minister for the Environment Penny Sharpe recently visited Mallee Cliffs National Park to meet the team behind the program and join them in releasing burrowing bettongs back into the feral predator-free area after health checks.

Minister for the Environment, Penny Sharpe said:

“We’re bringing native species back from the brink. Bilbies, Numbats and Shark Bay Bandicoots are back where they had disappeared from and they’re thriving.

“The next ten years of these partnerships is not just about what happens inside fenced areas, it’s about improving our knowledge of what contributes to successful reintroductions, so we can drive recovery of threatened species and tackle our extinction crisis.”

AWC Chief Executive Officer, Tim Allard said:

“By working together, we’ve proven what long-term collaboration can deliver for conservation in Australia.

“Together with NPWS, we’re turning the tide of extinction by restoring threatened species to their former range, rebuilding resilient ecosystems and reconnecting local communities to nature.

“With this partnership now extended, we’re excited to build on this success and see an even greater impact for Australia’s wildlife over the next decade.”

UNSW Scientia Professor and Leader of Wild Deserts Project, Professor Richard Kingsford:

“This is a realisation of the tremendous progress we have made over the last decade in restoring the desert ecosystem in Sturt National Park by reintroducing marsupial species that were wiped out by cats and foxes more than a hundred years ago. There is so much more to be done.

“Our focus on science linked to adaptive management is producing new learnings which improve the effectiveness of our management and are applicable not only to the Wild Deserts site in Sturt National Park but useful across NSW and nationally.

“The great strength of our success has come from our deep partnerships, with Ecological Horizons, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service and Taronga Conservation Society, as well as neighbouring landholders and volunteers.”

Photo: NSW Environment Minister Penny Sharpe at Brush-tailed Bettong Wildlife-release at Mallee Cliffs National Park. Image credit: AWC/NPWS

As part of the partnership with NPWS, AWC has restored eight species to the park’s 9,750 hectare feral predator-free fenced area. Most of these mammals have been absent from NSW national parks for over 90 years, and nearly all are threatened with extinction.

Mammals restored to Mallee Cliffs include the Greater Bilby (2019), Greater Stick-nest Rat (2020), Numbat (2020), Brush-tailed Bettong (2021), Red-tailed Phascogale (2021), Mitchell’s Hopping Mouse (2022), Burrowing Bettong (2023) and Bridled Nailtail Wallaby (2024). The final two mammals planned for reintroduction are the Shark Bay Bandicoot and Western Quoll.

First-ever reintroduction of threatened rufous bettongs in Ngambaa Nature Reserve

Announced: Wednesday June 24 2026

A threatened native species is making a comeback on the NSW mid-north coast, with the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS), Aussie Ark and the University of Newcastle delivering a state-first wild release of rufous bettongs into a feral predator-free area at Ngambaa Nature Reserve.

Seventeen adult rufous bettongs, 10 males and 7 females, were translocated from Aussie Ark’s Barrington Tops facility in NSW, marking the first release under this landmark partnership with NPWS after years of careful planning and preparation.

It is the first cohort of approximately 30 rufous bettongs to be reintroduced to Ngambaa Nature Reserve over the next 18 months.

A small, nocturnal marsupial, the rufous bettong is the largest member of the potoroo family and plays a vital role in maintaining healthy ecosystems by digging and turning over soil, helping disperse fungi and nutrients, all of which support healthier forest and woodland ecosystems.

Recent surveys for rufous bettongs indicate a significant reduction in their distribution and abundance, where they were previously well-known to occur in NSW.  

They play an important ecological role by digging and turning over soil, helping disperse fungi and nutrients, all of which support healthier forest and woodland ecosystems.

Once released into Ngambaa Nature Reserve, the rufous bettongs are monitored using cameras, remote microchip scanners and health checks.

The project forms part of NPWS’ 10 feral predator-free area sites spanning more than 60,000 hectares, which aims to support the conservation of more than 50 threatened species, including the re-establishment of nearly 30 species that are now either extinct in NSW or in local ecosystems.

The feral predator-free areas have been established in NSW to protect and restore some of Australia’s most vulnerable native animals from the impacts of feral cats and foxes, as part of NPWS’ commitment to zero extinctions in NSW parks.

The rufous bettong is the second species to be returned to Ngambaa Nature Reserve, joining a population of Parma wallabies that were reintroduced to the area last year and are doing well.

NPWS Manager Threatened Species, Feral Free Areas and Koalas, David Kelly said:

“Feral predator-free areas are one of the most effective measures available to protect native animals that have declined or become locally extinct through predation by feral cats and foxes.

“Returning rufous bettongs to Ngambaa Nature Reserve will help restore an important ecosystem engineer to the landscape, while contributing to the long-term security of the species.

“This project is part of a broader effort to rebuild healthier ecosystems in national parks and provide threatened native animals a better chance of recovery.”

Aussie Ark Operations Manager Dean Reid said:

“Aussie Ark is proud to work with the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service on this incredible conservation effort. Our breeding and rewilding program for the endangered rufous bettong is the largest on mainland Australia, helping save this iconic species from extinction.

“The 17 adults have been successfully ‘conditioned’ for the wild after their lives in our 400-hectare feral-proof Barrington Wildlife Sanctuary, and we’re confident they will adapt quickly and thrive in the Ngambaa Nature Reserve.

“Projects like this show what can be achieved when government, conservation organisations, researchers and landholders work together to protect Australia’s native wildlife.”

Photo: Rufous bettong being released by NPWS staff. Credit: DCCEEW

 

National Plant a Tree Day 2026: 30 Year Anniversary

Planet Ark's National Tree Day started in 1996 and has grown into Australia's largest community tree planting and nature care event.

It's a call to action for all Australians to get their hands dirty and give back to the community. While every day can be Tree Day, we generally celebrate Schools Tree Day and National Tree Day on the last Friday and Sunday in July.

2026 DATES

  • National Tree Day - Sunday 26 July
  • Schools Tree Day - Friday 24 July
  • Tropical Tree Day - Sunday 6 December

To find out more, get involved, or register a site, visit: nationaltreeday.org.au

At this stage only one local site is registered - but this section will be updated prior to NTD 2026 - that site is:

Saint Matthews Farm Reserve, Cromer

Everyone is invited to help us regenerate this important wildlife corridor with native plants. Make Cromer a cooler, greener and more connected place for our community, wildlife and creek stabilisation.

Sunday, 26 July 2026: 10:00am to 1:00pm

Site Organiser: Michael Kneipp - volunteer at this site

Have your say on the Caves Beach to Budgewoi Coastal Trail draft master plan

The draft master plan for a continuous coastal walking trail linking Caves Beach to Budgewoi will be on public exhibition from 12 June to 17 July.

National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) and Transport for NSW (TfNSW) invite community members, local residents, walkers and other interested stakeholders to review the draft master plan and provide feedback during the exhibition period.

The proposed trail corridor spans neighbouring suburbs including Budgewoi, Lake Munmorah, Catherine Hill Bay and Caves Beach, crossing both Central Coast and Lake Macquarie local government areas.

Most of the proposed trail is located within Wallarah National Park and Munmorah State Conservation Area.

The draft master plan is intended to guide the development of a safe and sustainable coastal walking trail that connects people with the area’s natural landscapes and supports nature-based recreation. Proposed features include improved access for walking and connecting with nature, educational signage and places to rest.

The master plan is being developed by NPWS with the project delivered in partnership with TfNSW. Current funding supports the development of the draft master plan.

NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service Director for Hunter Central Coast, Kylie Yeend stated:

“This draft master plan sets out an exciting vision for a coastal trail with ocean views, coastal bushland and places to stop and take in the scenery.

“It’s great to be progressing this election commitment and planning a trail that will benefit locals from Budgewoi to Caves Beach, as well as visitors.

“The draft master plan will be online from 12 June and you can attend a drop-in session – the full details are on the website at Caves Beach to Budgewoi Coastal Trail."

Transport for NSW Deputy Secretary Trudi Mares said:

“Spending time outdoors is one of the best things you can do for your mental and physical health, and this draft master plan is an important step towards another fantastic coastal trail for our state.

“The NSW Government has launched a consultation that will inform the development of the state’s first ever Walking Strategy to improve the way government and councils plan, fund and design public spaces to encourage walking.

“This draft masterplan for what’s set to be one of our most iconic coastal walks and we want to hear valuable feedback from the community, especially if you live locally or have an interest in sustainable track development.”

Dingoes in national parks in New South Wales Upper House Inquiry

Submissions close July 17

An Upper House committee has commenced an inquiry into the cultural and ecological significance of dingoes and their treatment in national parks in New South Wales.

The inquiry will consider a range of matters, including the genetic status of dingoes, their ecological role and the management of them in national parks, as well as the cultural significance of dingoes for First Nations communities.

Chair of the committee, the Hon Emma Hurst MLC, said "Dingoes occupy a unique place in Australia's natural environment and cultural landscape, and this inquiry provides an opportunity to consider how they are classified, managed and conserved in national parks in New South Wales".

The Chair continued, "The committee will examine whether existing legislative and policy frameworks are fit for purpose, and look at ways in which Indigenous knowledge and leadership could be more effectively incorporated into dingo conservation practices."

The committee welcomes submissions from interested stakeholders, including First Nations groups, government bodies, community organisations, and members of the public. The closing date for submissions is Friday 17 July 2026.

For more information about this inquiry, including the committee membership, terms of reference, and how to lodge a submission, visit the inquiry webpage.

TERMS OF REFERENCE

(1) That the Animal Welfare Committee inquire into and report on the treatment and the cultural and ecological significance of dingoes in national parks in New South Wales, and in particular:

(a) the genetic status of dingoes, the distinction between dingoes and dogs and recent research into the genetic profile of NSW dingoes

(b) the legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks governing the management of dingoes in New South Wales in national parks

(c) the ecological role of dingoes in national parks

(d) the cultural significance of dingoes for First Nations communities

(e) the impact of current government policies and programs for the management of dingoes in national parks

(f) dingo management including opportunities for incorporation of Indigenous knowledge and leadership in dingo conservation in national parks, and

(g) any other related matters.

The terms of reference for the inquiry were self-referred by the committee on 19 May 2026.

Muogamarra open season 2026: Bookings Open

Nature lovers are urged to get in quick as the hottest ticket in town, to wander through the wildflowers at magnificent Muogamarra Nature Reserve, is now open for bookings.

The nature reserve north of Sydney is open for just 6 weeks a year in order to protect its precious plants and fragile Aboriginal cultural heritage.

It’s a short window that packs a punch, coinciding with peak flowering of more than 900 species of native plants.

Think waratahs, majestic angophoras, banksias, pink boronias and delicate native orchids.

Walking tracks around the nature reserve also offer stunning views of the Hawkesbury River and Berowra Creek, as well as expansive views of Bar, Milson and Spectacle islands.

Steeped in cultural heritage in the lands of the traditional custodians, Muogamarra protects important Aboriginal sites, including rock engravings, grinding grooves and shell middens.

The reserve was established by railway engineer and conservationist John Duncan Tipper in 1934, who named the sanctuary Muogamarra, after what he believed was an Awabakal word meaning ‘preserve for the future’. Driven by a passion to safeguard the area’s native flora and fauna from development, he secured a lease for the land. Public access was limited to subscription visits and special wildflower days to protect the vulnerable ecosystem. In 1953, Tipper handed over the reins to the government and the tradition continues.

Visit: Muogamarra Nature Reserve in Cowan celebrates 90 years: a few insights into The Vision of John Duncan Tipper, Founder - 2024 History Feature

Four different types of guided tours are on offer. Each tour covers a unique section of the park and range from around 3 to 10 kilometres of walking.

Tickets for the season from 15 August to 20 September are available now and usually sell out. Entry is by booked guided or self-guided tour only.

Bookings here: nswparks.info/muogamarra

National Parks and Wildlife Service Discovery Coordinator David Thompson said:

“This is one of our most popular opportunities in NSW national parks, with good reason.

“Wandering through the wildflowers of Muogamarra is a rare, memorable experience, and every year bookings go fast, as more and more people discover this secret garden on Sydney’s doorstep.”


Bird Sanctuary (Lady Hore Ruthven). J. D. Tipper, Prop., August 1935.  Lady Hore Ruthven was NSW Governor’s wife  Reference: State Library NSW  (Created before 1955).  Bird Sanctuary (Lady Hore Ruthven). J. D. Tipper, Prop., August 1935 . Retrieved from https://collection.sl.nsw.gov.au/record/1xqG6x6Y/2lMEwmvBJrkD0


The Hon Penny Sharpe – Minister for the Environment, with Susan Rumble – Chase Alive Discovery programme volunteer tour guide, Muogamarra Nature Reserve and David Thompson – Discovery Coordinator, Muogamarra Nature Reserve, September 1st 2024

2026 Tour de Gorge

Mountain bike riders, families and outdoor adventurers are invited to experience the rugged beauty of the Pilliga when the annual Tour de Gorge returns on Saturday 5 September 2026.

The much-loved cycling event will take riders through some of the most spectacular and rarely accessed areas of the Pilliga Forest and Pilliga Nature Reserve, near Baradine, featuring dramatic sandstone formations, towering cypress pines, wildflowers and rich wildlife habitats.

Since launching in 2013, Tour de Gorge has become a popular spring event in regional NSW, offering something for all ages and experience levels with multiple ride options through one of Australia’s most unique and rugged landscapes.

Participants can choose from a family-friendly short course or a longer adventure riding along unsealed forest trails that wind through the iconic Pilliga landscape. Riders will enjoy exclusive access to sections of the forest that are usually closed to the public. The event begins and ends at Pilliga Pottery, where visitors can relax after the ride, enjoy food and soak up the community atmosphere.

Cyclists can also purchase the official 2026 Tour de Gorge riding jersey when registering online. Entry costs $30 per rider and includes a registration pack. The pre-ride briefing begins at 8:30 am, with riders departing from 9 am. To register or find more information, visit the Tour de Gorge event page.

NPWS Director Northern Inland John Whittall stated:

“Tour de Gorge is a fantastic opportunity for people to explore the Pilliga and experience one of NSW’s most remarkable natural landscapes on two wheels.

“From towering cypress pines and sandstone gorges to vibrant spring wildflowers, the ride showcases the incredible diversity and beauty of the Pilliga Forest.

“This event is about more than cycling. It’s a chance to connect with nature, culture and community while enjoying a memorable day out in the heart of regional NSW.”

Solar for apartment residents: Co-funding

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW have solar installed, but the NSW Department of Climate Chnage, Energy, the Environment and Water are on a mission to change this.

Their Solar for Apartment Residents grant is co-funding shared solar panel installations on eligible apartment buildings and multi-unit dwellings and has already helped thousands of households.

They’ve extended the program to help more homeowners and renters reduce their energy bills and have also allocated extra funds through a separate Boost grant to help priority communities too.

Application closes: 4 December 2026, 5:00 pm

Share this with your Owners Corporation or Stata Manager and check your building's eligibility at: www.nsw.gov.au/grants-and-funding/solar-for-apartment-residents-soar-grant-program

 

Dedicated alpine weather page part of latest BOM website improvements

The Bureau of Meteorology has delivered its latest website update.

In this release navigation has improved, there’s a new dedicated alpine weather page in time for the ski season, and the weather map has more place names.

Bureau of Meteorology CEO Dr Stuart Minchin said the update was a direct response to community feedback.

“Since launch, we've had requests for more locations to be added to the weather map,” Dr Minchin said.

“Our website is there to serve all Australians. We've now added more than 100 place names, primarily in the Northern Territory and Queensland.

“We'll be adding hundreds more in the months ahead.”

The weather map will now remember users’ most recent pan and zoom position, keeping the settings the same for the next time the page is viewed.

For example, if your last visit was a maximum zoomed-in view of Mount Isa, Queensland, this is the view you'll see next time you visit the rain radar.

“Changes like these will make it easier for everyone to find what they need,” Dr Minchin said.

Other changes include the UV Index being restored to the hourly forecast and updating the presentation of flood warnings.

A new alpine weather page provides weather map layers for snow, wind and temperature, and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions in one page.

The updated Alpine regions page provides weather maps and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions.

Alpine regions offers information across 2 tabs:

  • Forecasts – alpine districts and locations
  • Map – 3 hourly snow, wind and temperature forecasts.

Navigating the website has become easier with changes to tabs and page layouts on a number of key pages such as Forecasts and observations, Coasts and Oceans and state, territory and district pages.

“People have told us that navigating to forecasts and observations for districts and states was hard,” Dr Minchin said.

“We’ve paid close attention to this feedback.

“Combined with last month's search improvements, this will make it easier for regional web users to find out if their district is expecting rain or sunshine.”

Updates will continue to be made to the website in response to the feedback received from the community.

Information about recent changes is available at bom.gov.au/website-help/website-updates

The ski season starts on the June long weekend and runs until October's long weekend in NSW. 

The Kiandra Alpine Club's Snow Carnival, 1900. Photo: Kerry

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at  sydneywildliferescueline@gmail.com

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period to 31 July 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Mona Vale Dunes bushcare group: 2026 Dates

What’s Happening? Mona Vale Dunes Bushcare group catch-up. 

In 2026 our usual work mornings will be the second Saturday and third Thursday of each month. You can come to either or both. 

We are maintaining an area south of Golf Avenue. This was cleared of dense lantana, green cestrum and ground Asparagus in 2019-2020. 600 tubestock were planted in June 2021, and natural regeneration is ongoing. 

Photos: The site In November 2019, chainsaws at the ready. In July 2025, look at the difference - coastal dune vegetation instead of dense weeds. But maintenance continues and bushcarers are on the job. Can you join us?

(access to this southern of MV Dunes  - parking near Mona Vale Headland reserve, or walk from Golf Ave.) 

For comparison, see this image of MV dunes in 1969!, taken from atop the home units at the end of Golf Avenue. 

2026 Dates

Bangalley Headland WPA Bushcare 2026

Watch out for PNHA signs telling you about bush regeneration and our local environment. This is one of many coming up.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

Ten Australians are taking the government to the UN over fossil fuel exports. What is their case?

Bloomberg Creative/Getty
Maria Nawaz, UNSW Sydney and Gillian Moon, UNSW Sydney

Ten Australians – including a firefighter, First Nations leaders and young people – are bringing their concerns about the nation’s coal and gas exports to the United Nations.

On Tuesday, the group lodged a complaint with the UN Human Rights Committee, claiming the Australian government is failing to protect them from climate harms.

They argue Australia’s continued exports are inconsistent with limiting global warming to 1.5°C, as set out in the Paris Agreement.

This case spotlights Australia’s role as a major . And it’s the first case of its kind to go to the UN since the world’s highest court – the International Court of Justice – ruled countries have a legal obligation to protect the climate and prevent harm to the climate.

Last month, Australia supported a UN resolution backing the Court’s ruling.

So what is this case about? And why does it matter?

Relying on fossil fuels

Australia is the world’s second largest fossil fuel exporter, behind Russia. Our total fossil fuel exports generate around 3.5% of global carbon emissions annually.

Australia’s state and federal governments are continuing to approve and subsidise new coal and gas projects, most of which are for export. However, every approval increases global carbon emissions.

According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, every additional tonne of carbon emitted adds to global warming. For example, research shows Woodside’s Scarborough gas project in Western Australia could lead to 484 additional heat-related deaths in Europe alone, and may expose 516,000 people to unprecedented heat. Woodside has said the project “is expected to be one of the lowest carbon intensity sources of LNG delivered into north Asian markets”.

Despite growing concern about fossil fuel exports and emissions, authorities generally don’t give much weight to export-related climate harms when deciding to approve or reject fossil fuel projects.

Who is involved in this case?

The current case involves ten people making a claim against the government. These include First Nations leaders, people with disability, young people and a firefighter.

Each person says they have experienced climate harms, ranging from bushfires and extreme heat to flooding, rising sea levels and algal blooms. The First Nations claimants say extreme heatwaves have limited their ability to maintain certain cultural practices, such as engaging in controlled cultural burning. Floods have also displaced them from their traditional lands.

The case is now before the UN Human Rights Committee. This committee is made up of 18 independent human rights experts and checks whether signatory nations are upholding the terms of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. This is a key human rights treaty that Australia signed in 1972.

If this committee finds that Australia has breached the terms of this treaty, it can make recommendations to ensure Australia meets its obligations. While these recommendations are not legally binding, they carry weight.

What are they claiming?

The claimants have told the UN that Australia’s continued support for fossil fuel exports is inconsistent with limiting global warming to 1.5°C, as set out in the Paris Agreement.

They are making three main claims to support this:

  1. the climate emergency has already harmed the claimants, and these harms will get worse in the future

  2. Australia’s fossil fuel exports have and will materially contribute to climate change

  3. by continuing to produce fossil fuels for export, Australia has breached its obligations under international law to prevent significant and foreseeable climate harms.

The claimants will also argue Australia’s actions breach multiple human rights obligations. These include failing to respect and protect Australians’ rights to life, privacy, family and home life, and culture.

Yet to unfold

In this historic case, the claimants want to establish a clear link between human rights and Australia’s fossil fuel exports.

They have told the committee that climate harms such as extreme heat, bushfires, floods, and sea-level rise directly threaten the right to life by increasing the risk of serious injury or death.

For First Nations communities, climate harms also disrupt connection to Country and prevent communities from sharing traditional knowledge on Country, undermining the right to culture.

This case is unfolding in the wake of last year’s International Court of Justice Advisory Opinion. The court found that a clean, healthy and sustainable environment is needed to enjoy human rights. The court also recognised all states have a binding legal obligation to prevent significant harm to the climate.

Where to next

If this case is successful, the Australian government could be held responsible for climate harms caused to Australians by its fossil fuel exports.

The committee may also recommend Australia phase out its fossil fuel exports. This would expose Australia’s export industries to increased domestic and international scrutiny.

This case has the potential to shape future climate litigation, as well as government policy.The Conversation

Maria Nawaz, Project Lead, Australian Climate Accountability Project at the UNSW Australian Human Rights Institute, UNSW Sydney and Gillian Moon, Senior Visiting Fellow and Research Lead, UNSW Law & Justice, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Victoria claims to have stopped native logging. So why is it importing Tasmanian forests?

Chris Taylor
David Lindenmayer, Australian National University and Chris Taylor, Australian National University

There is ongoing turmoil in the native forest logging industry, as revealed in the ABC’s Four Corners program that aired last night.

The evidence presented was unambiguous: the native forest logging industry has been in financial, social, and environmental decline for decades.

Yet it continues to be financially supported by federal and state government subsidies that are detrimental to the economy, environmental integrity and the efficient spending of taxpayer dollars.

Logging is banned on public land in Victoria. However, Four Corners revealed Victorian sawmills are sourcing wood from native forests in Tasmania, at taxpayer expense.

This is not in the public interest. Instead, governments should facilitate the restoration and protection of native forests.

Is there demand for native forest wood?

Advocates for the native forest logging industry claim that Australians have an insatiable appetite for hardwood, from species like mountain ash and alpine ash.

But government forestry products data tells a different story.

It shows sawn hardwood timber consumption has declined dramatically. In 2001-2002, about 1.4 million cubic metres was consumed, compared with 318,000 cubic metres consumed in 2024-25. This is close to an 80% decline.

In comparison, softwood sawn timber – cut from trees like pine – dominates the sawn timber market, producing an annual average of 4.2 million cubic metres over the same period.

In places like Victoria, over 80% of the wood removed in native forest logging was made into white copy paper. Yet demand for this product has declined – dropping 66% in the last 20 years. Australia’s consumption of white copy paper peaked at approximately 1.8 million tonnes in 2007-08, before falling sharply to around 660,000 tonnes by 2023-24.

Will we just import more hardwood timber?

Industry representatives said on Four Corners that without native forest logging, Australia would import vast amounts of hardwood timber.

However, this is not the case. According to government data, dressed and rough hardwood sawn timber imports have fallen from a combined total of 150,000 cubic metres in 2004-05 to 47,000 cubic metres in 2024-25 – a decline of nearly 70%.

In contrast, Australia has been a net exporter of sawn hardwood timber since 2022-23, and for the years 2008–2011 and 2013–2015. This means that as a nation we have exported more hardwood timber than we have imported.

Australia is actually a net exporter by volume of most wood products, but these are of lower value, such as unprocessed logs. In 2024-25, Australia imported only 1,000 cubic metres of unprocessed hardwood and softwood logs. In contrast, it exported 1.4 million cubic metres of these logs and nearly 4.7 million tonnes of woodchips.

However, Australia imports more high value-added wood products than what it exports. For example, in 2024-2025, Australia imported 1.1 million cubic metres of engineered wood products, but exported only 319,000 cubic metres of the same kind of products. Engineered wood products include veneers and cross laminated timber.

The large amounts of exported low value wood products versus the imports of high value-added wood products in lower volumes is one of the main reasons why Australia has a trade deficit in wood products.

A bare hill of clearfelled forest near Mt Matlock in Victoria.
Clearfell logging near Mt Matlock in Victoria. Chris Taylor

Why was the forest industry closed in Victoria?

Forest industry advocates have questioned why the native forest logging industry was closed in Victoria. There are several reasons. A key one is the government-owned forestry company VicForests routinely made large net losses.

For example, its annual reports show a $60 million loss in 2022-2023, and $54 million loss in 2021–22.

In addition, forests in Victoria were heavily overlogged. Our research has found the vast majority of mountain ash and alpine ash forest across the Central Highlands of Victoria has been either severely disturbed and fragmented by clearfell logging or high severity fire (and often both).

The Victorian native forest logging industry also had large numbers of regulatory breaches for its industrial operations and ongoing impacts on biodiversity.

Has Victoria really stopped native forest logging?

The Four Corners program showed footage of wood being trucked from Tasmanian forests across Bass Strait to be processed in Victorian mills in the towns of Heyfield and Powelltown.

Following the Victorian government’s announcement it would stop native forest logging on public land, it committed $1.5 billion of taxpayer funds to support the transition away from native forest logging in Victoria.

The Heyfield mill is 49% owned by the Victoria government. Hence, although the Victorian government says it has stopped logging, taxpayer funds are being used to cut forests in Tasmania and process them through the Heyfield and the Powelltown mills. Transition funds have been allowed to flow into native forest logging rather than out of it.

Victorian Premier Jacinta Allan rejected the suggestion Victoria was shifting logging pressure to Tasmania, saying the government was backing workers and regional communities. “We’ll always look at ways to back workers, particularly in these small rural communities where companies like this one, they’re a big and important source of income and support for that area”, she told the ABC.

An end to native logging

As researchers working on forests, we have collected and read reports from roughly one inquiry or review into the native forest logging industry in Australia almost every year since the end of World War II.

No matter how much public money, suggestions for change and reform or recommendations for value-adding, the industry simply cannot survive without massive subsidies and handouts from government. It has been like this for decades.

The taxpayer should not be expected to keep propping an industry that loses so much money. It is time to terminate contracts, cease handouts, and fully close the native forest logging industry in Australia. Instead, we should transition to a well managed plantation-only forestry sector – as New Zealand did in 2002.The Conversation

David Lindenmayer, Distinguished Professor of Ecology, Fenner School of Environment and Society, Australian National University and Chris Taylor, Research Fellow, Fenner School of Environment and Society, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Cheap, effective and dangerous: how Australian farmers came to depend on the toxic weedkiller paraquat

Richard Hamilton Smith/Getty
Sarah Rogers, The University of Melbourne; Sonia Graham, University of Wollongong, and Zoe Ju-Han Wang, James Cook University

It is illegal to use paraquat in at least 74 jurisdictions worldwide, including the European Union, China, Malaysia, Brazil and, most recently, the US state of Vermont.

But today, Australia’s chemical regulator gave this effective but highly toxic herbicide the green light.

After a nearly 30-year review, the Australian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines Authority (APVMA) finally decided paraquat can continue to be used on Australian farms.

It will have to be used at reduced rates and can no longer be applied with backpack sprayers, only in enclosed systems.

There’s no doubt paraquat is dangerous. It’s a Schedule 7 poison that is acutely toxic to humans if touched, swallowed or inhaled. Farmers have to be exceptionally careful in how they handle it.

Health advocacy groups and neurologists called for an outright ban on paraquat over concerns longer-term exposure could be linked to Parkinson’s disease.

Why is Australia so dependent on this chemical? As our recent research shows, the reasons are simple. Generic imported paraquat is cheap and effective, and there are few alternatives given the way we currently farm. Ironically, paraquat is largely imported from China, where its domestic use is banned.

How did Australia get here?

For broadacre Australian farmers who grow crops such as wheat, oats, chickpeas, canola and soybeans, paraquat is an essential tool. It is used to kill broadleaf and grassy weeds on no-till farms. No-till practices have been widely adopted in Australia to minimise soil disturbance, but require chemical weed control.

Paraquat also works on weeds that have become resistant to other major herbicides, such as glyphosate. Farmers often use these two herbicides together to effectively manage weeds.

This reliance is partly due to developments in the pesticide industry (a term covering herbicides, insecticides and fungicides). Until recently, this industry was dominated by large multinational European and American companies who sold patented (more expensive) and off-patent products.

But in the last two decades, Chinese manufacturers have ramped up cheap generic products. The global industry is now dominated by Chinese state-owned and private enterprises producing off-patent and far cheaper pesticides.

Tax rebates and other government incentives have helped companies such as Rainbow, Wynca, Adama, Yangnong and Syngenta China to become the world’s leading agrochemical companies. In 2006, Australia imported around 10% of its pesticides (by value) from China; by 2025 that figure was almost 50%.

The rise in generic pesticides has led to more product availability. The 2015 China-Australia Free Trade Agreement removed tariffs on pesticide imports, making imports easier. Australia’s regulatory agency doesn’t require a full assessment to register new products with approved active ingredients.

As a result, there are now 121 products containing paraquat registered in Australia, sold under names such as Rainquat, Gramoxone and Spraytop. While individual supply chains are difficult to trace, our research shows the chemicals in these products appear to be almost exclusively produced in China. The two leading agricultural chemical retailers in Australia, Nutrien and Elders, now have their own low-cost generic labels, sourcing generic formulations from China.

As one of the interviewees for our research told us: “there are less and less commercially attractive options outside of China these days… when I was in the business 20 years ago, we had a lot of material coming out of Europe. There’s almost nothing in Australia that comes out of Europe.”

aerial view of an Australian farm with tractor tilling soil.
Australian farmers rely heavily on herbicides such as paraquat. Charles G/Unsplash, CC BY-NC-ND

What would happen if paraquat was banned?

Prior to the APVMA’s announcement, many Australian farmers and agronomists were worried about a total ban on paraquat given the lack of readily available, affordable and effective replacement herbicides.

If paraquat was off the table, Australian farmers would have had to rely more heavily on non-chemical strategies, such as rotating crops and growing crops more densely to crowd out weeds.

A change like this would likely cause significant short-term disruption as farmers grapple with how to make it work. It could reduce yield and make food more expensive, though a lot of these crops are produced for export.

With heightened attention on the APVMA’s decision, now is a chance to rethink our deep dependence on pesticides to grow our food – especially those which can severely damage our health.

It is worth thinking about how we could farm without paraquat. Supplies of cheap, generic chemicals are not guaranteed. Chinese authorities have been reducing production volume in recent years. When faced with external crises, Chinese authorities tighten fertiliser export controls to protect Chinese farmers from price rises. They could decide to do the same for pesticides.

For now paraquat will continue to be used on Australian farms. But with an uncertain future, it is worth figuring out how we can best farm without it.The Conversation

Sarah Rogers, Associate Professor of Geography, The University of Melbourne; Sonia Graham, Future Fellow in Human Geography, University of Wollongong, and Zoe Ju-Han Wang, Senior Lecturer in Human Geography, James Cook University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia has already spent over $100 million dealing with Varroa mite. Here’s what we can do next

Fabian Kleiser/Unsplash
Kate Mounsey, University of the Sunshine Coast; Lucy R Miles, University of the Sunshine Coast; Robert J Harvey, University of the Sunshine Coast, and Roy Barkan, University of the Sunshine Coast

The honeybee mite, Varroa destructor, finally breached Australia’s biosecurity defences four years ago, and is here to stay. Even more concerning, our standard treatments – such as specialised pesticides – are already failing.

What does this mean for Australians, and what can we do about it?

Roughly the size of a pinhead, the parasitic mite is regarded as the most destructive pest of honeybees worldwide. It feeds on bees, weakening colonies and causing their collapse.

For decades, Australia was the only continent free of the mite. That changed in 2022, when Varroa was detected in sentinel hives at the Port of Newcastle, New South Wales.

An ambitious eradication campaign was launched, but abandoned by 2023. Today, Varroa is established across much of Australia’s eastern and southern states. The focus has shifted from eradication to management, and we now face a new threat – treatment-resistant mites.

Varroa is more than just a beekeeping problem. Managed honeybees underpin a significant portion of Australian agriculture, contributing about A$14 billion annually. More than 30% of food production depends on pollination from bees. When bee colonies collapse, the effects ripple through food production, farm profitability and ultimately food prices.

Native pollinators also play an important role, but they cannot fully replace managed honeybees for many large-scale crops.

This makes the health of honeybee populations critical to both food security and biodiversity.

Chemical control is under pressure

Controlling Varroa is costly and labour intensive for both commercial and backyard beekeepers. Current strategies rely heavily on chemical miticides – a type of pesticide engineered to control mites. These fall into two broad groups.

“Hard” miticides, such as formamidines (amitraz or Apivar) and pyrethroids (Bayvarol), are synthetic chemicals designed to kill mites quickly. “Soft” miticides, including formic acid, oxalic acid and thymol, are naturally derived compounds that tend to linger less in the environment.

While these treatments can suppress mite populations, they’re not a long-term solution. Varroa is well known to evolve resistance, and pyrethroid- and amitraz-resistant Varroa mites have already been found in Australia less than four years after the mite’s arrival.

A new generation of pest control

As conventional treatments falter, researchers are exploring new technologies. One of the most promising is RNA interference, or RNAi. RNA is a molecule found in all living organisms that helps control how genes are expressed.

RNAi is a natural process where small RNA fragments “switch off” specific genes, blocking the production of essential proteins the pests need to survive. The RNA fragments can be delivered to bees via sugar syrup. This then gets distributed through the hive and Varroa are exposed either by feeding or absorption.

RNAi pesticides are designed to be species specific, meaning they’re unlikely to cause harm to other organisms. This makes them more desirable than chemical pesticides that can have widespread effects on beneficial insects, the environment and even human health if not applied correctly.

RNAi treatments are also unlikely to give rise to genetic resistance. This is because resistance usually involves single-point changes in the gene sequence, while these treatments target larger gene segments. RNAi is also exceptionally safe because it don’t linger in the environment as much as a chemical pesticide might.

Furthermore, RNAi doesn’t create genetically modified organisms, because the RNA fragments don’t become part of the host genome.

Not just theoretical

RNAi pesticides are no longer theoretical. In 2025, the United States approved the first RNAi-based Varroa treatment, marketed as Norroa. This product targets a gene essential for mite reproduction, effectively acting as a form of “birth control” that reduces population growth within hives.

However, Norroa has its limitations. Because it suppresses reproduction rather than killing mites outright, it’s most effective when mite numbers are low. In heavily infested colonies, it can’t reduce populations quickly enough to prevent collapse.

Research is now focused on making RNAi more effective and adaptable. One key question is which genes to target. Many current research approaches focus on “housekeeping” genes – ones essential to mite biology and therefore survival. But these are often similar across species, raising the risk the treatment could kill other species we don’t want to wipe out.

Our research group is exploring an alternative strategy to target genes involved in the mite nervous system or muscles. These are the same systems affected by existing miticides, but RNAi would provide greater specificity.

A pest like no other

Varroa is the latest in a long line of invasive pests to reach Australia. But its impact is unusually far-reaching, touching agriculture, ecosystems and food supply.

The situation is already serious. Beekeepers are facing rising costs for miticides (which may or may not work) and hive losses, and treatment options are narrowing.

Yet there is also a window of opportunity, and Australia can still take proactive steps to manage Varroa effectively. Norroa and similar emerging RNAi treatments are not yet available for use in Australia, and would need to receive approval from the Australian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines Authority (APVMA).

Investment in research, including next-generation tools like RNAi, will be critical. So too will be coordinated management strategies, monitoring, and support for beekeepers adapting to this new reality.

The alarm bells are ringing. But with the right mix of innovation and action, we still have a chance to protect Australia’s bees and safeguard this billion-dollar industry.The Conversation

Kate Mounsey, Associate Professor and Program Coordinator, Biomedical Science, University of the Sunshine Coast; Lucy R Miles, Higher Degree by Research PhD Student, Novel Biopesticides, University of the Sunshine Coast; Robert J Harvey, Professor of Pathophysiology, Associate Dean (Research) School of Health, University of the Sunshine Coast, and Roy Barkan, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, School of Health, University of the Sunshine Coast

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Most bees are solitary and don’t live in hives. Climate change risks them starving

Native green-and-gold nomia bee (Lipotriches australica). Kerri-Lee Harris/iNaturalist, CC BY-NC
Brooke Zanco, Macquarie University and Carmen da Silva, Macquarie University

When we think of bees, we often think of flowers. The more flowers the better, right? Well, not exactly. Like us, bees need to consume specific nutrients in suitable amounts and combinations.

So, the mere presence of flowers doesn’t necessarily mean the bees are getting nutritionally adequate food.

This matters because climate change is altering both the quantity and nutritional composition of pollen and nectar. At the same time, what nutrition the bees need is likely shifting, too. This creates rapidly moving goalposts – it’s increasingly difficult for bees to find and consume the right nutrients they need to reproduce, develop and survive.

In our new paper published in Current Opinion in Insect Science, we argue these changes are unlikely to affect all bees equally. Currently, most of what we know about bee nutrition comes from highly social species such as honeybees or bumblebees.

Yet most bees, including many native Australian species, are solitary or communal (group living but with no queens and workers). They might experience the nutritional landscape and nutritional stress in very different ways.

Understanding these differences is crucial for predicting which bees are most vulnerable under climate change.

Aggregation of male Lipotriches, a genus of native Australian bee that’s not highly social. Alison Mellor, Invertebrates Australia

Not all bees will encounter nutritional stress

One way to better understand vulnerability to nutritional stress is to think about the traits that shape how different bees interact with their environments. These include:

  • how far they can forage
  • how flexible their diets are
  • whether they live alone or in groups
  • how large those groups tend to be.

These traits can influence whether bees even encounter nutritional stress in the first place.

For example, a species with a large foraging range and a broad diet might live in a nutritionally poor landscape, but still be able to travel far enough, or combine pollen from different flowers, to meet its nutritional requirements. In contrast, species with narrower diets or shorter foraging ranges might have fewer opportunities to balance their diets.

Native stingless bees, such as Tetragonula carbonaria, generally forage over shorter distances than honeybees. This could make them more dependent on the nutritional quality of nearby flowers and more vulnerable to a changing climate.

A small black bee carrying pollen from a white flower.
Australian native stingless bees Tetragonula carbonaria don’t travel as far as honeybees for their food. marielaurenceo/iNaturalist, CC BY-NC

Living in a group may help a little

Once nutritional stress occurs, other traits will determine how this stress is buffered and absorbed.

T. carbonaria, for instance, live in colonies with workers that collect food and share resources. This kind of social organisation can buffer short-term changes in the environment. Even if their foraging range is small, and one floral resource declines for a season, a colony might be able to shift foraging effort, draw on stored resources, or distribute food among nestmates and brood.

But despite potential buffering, poor nutrition can still impact social species. This can show up as fewer offspring, slower colony growth, smaller workers, weaker immunity, or reduced ability to cope with other stressors, such as heat or pesticides.

Solitary bees might have fewer safety nets

Solitary bees, by contrast, will likely face different problems when it comes to nutritional stress. Many native bees, such as blue banded bees (Amegilla chlorocyanea, pictured below), don’t benefit from the support of a colony.

A single female must find a nest, collect pollen, lay eggs and provide food for her offspring. Under predictable conditions, this can be a very effective way of interacting with the environment.

Male blue banded bees (Amegilla chlorocyanea) roosting on a plant stem. Alison Mellor, Invertebrates Australia

However, if the right flowers are missing, bloom too late, or produce pollen containing different nutrients to what the bee has evolved to expect, the effects could be more immediate: fewer nests, smaller offspring, fewer daughters and lower chance of survival.

In these species, the condition of one female can shape the next generation, so poor nutrition might lead to rapid population declines. This means the timing and quality of floral resources are likely to be especially important for many of our native bees.

How we can help our native bees

To accurately predict how species respond to climate change, future studies will need to connect floral nutrition with bee performance in real landscapes. Most importantly, we need to include a diverse range of bees with different social lives and traits in these studies.

For now, there are still practical steps we can take to support our native bees at home. Rather than simply planting more flowers, we need to be more deliberate about what we plant.

Nest entrance of Australian native bee Brevineura xanthoclypeata in a rose stem. Carmen da Silva.

Native plants are of course important, but we should plant them in diverse mixes, to account for variability in nutritional availability and timing.

The same applies to nesting habitats. Many native bees will not use a hive or a bee hotel. Some need bare or lightly disturbed ground; others use stems, wood or existing cavities.

So avoid the urge to over-manage every patch of ground – leave some bare earth and dead branching stems in your roses and other plants. This will make your garden or landscape more useful to more bees, so we can help support them in this rapidly changing world.The Conversation

Brooke Zanco, Postdoctoral Researcher, The Pollinator Futures Research Centre, Macquarie University and Carmen da Silva, Macquarie University Research Fellow, The Pollinator Futures Research Centre, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

We checked 2000 museum specimens and discovered a tiny new ‘ferocious’ Australian mammal

Pat Woolley
Andrew M. Baker, Queensland University of Technology

Australia is home to unusual mammals not found anywhere else – consider the platypus, Tasmanian devil or the red kangaroo.

But did you know our understanding of this continent’s incredible mammalian diversity is still incomplete?

We have discovered a new species in one of Australia’s cutest and fiercest mammal groups: planigales. And we also unearthed a second new planigale species, from a 100-year-old specimen held in a Swedish museum.

In the past five years alone, there have been 20 new mammals added to Australia’s mammal species list. So how is it we are still discovering new species of mammals in the 21st century? Let me explain.

Tiny, ferocious marsupials

But first, what is a planigale?

Planigales are the world’s smallest marsupials. Some species weigh just over two grams (the same as a couple of paper clips) and are about half the size of a house mouse.

With flattened heads, planigales can squeeze themselves into cracks and crevices to hide from predators and extreme weather conditions. They are tiny but fearsome predators that emerge at night to hunt for insects, spiders and vertebrates, such as small lizards and even young mammals. They generally live in varied habitats that overlay cracking clay soils in central and northern Australia.

Because planigales are so small, with subtly varying shades of brown fur, they are very difficult to tell apart. They are also difficult to catch, weighing so little that conventional small metal box traps are often not effective. We have to dig holes called “pitfall” traps instead. Most species live in remote areas, so it has been difficult to understand their diversity until now.

New mammal species awaiting discovery

There are several reasons we are still discovering new mammals in Australia.

First, many mammal species have suffered declining populations, and are now very difficult to find. Also, we are using more advanced technologies to help us tell mammals apart, including sophisticated genetic methods.

But over time, perhaps what has changed most is the amount of information we can draw on. Museum collections hold more than 200 years of specimens and data — an irreplaceable scientific record that helps us recognise species we may no longer detect in nature.

It was through studies of marsupial genetics we first realised the number of planigales in Australia was likely an underestimate.

A small number of genetic samples we previously studied suggested there were probably undescribed species of planigales in Australia. But we needed to gather more samples to work out exactly where they lived.

To do this, we partnered with organisations that survey for mammals in remote Australia, such as Australian Wildlife Conservancy, and pored over museum collections for extra genetic samples. This way, we gathered hundreds of genetic samples of planigales and were finally able to work out if there were more species in this group.

A planigale hiding among the rocks

In 2017, a genetic study first identified a unique planigale found in Kakadu National Park, in the Northern Territory. These results were based on only two genetic samples from preserved specimens held in the Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory.

We exhaustively checked more than 2000 planigale specimens held in Australian museums and found a single specimen that matched the existing two. It was in the Queensland Museum, collected during the 1970s.

These three planigale specimens, two males and one female, are genetically distinct from all other planigale species and have their own unique appearance. They are large (well, for a planigale) with dark grizzled fur and a very long tail – longer than other planigale species.

And they were found in an unusual location, on top of a rocky plateau. Most other species of planigales tend to live in swampy habitats, or areas with heavy clay soils.

These factors confirmed we were dealing with a new species. We described it [https://doi.org/10.1093/zoolinnean/zlag082] as the Arnhem plateau planigale, Planigale petrophila (meaning “rock-lover”). Since it is only known from three specimens, we urgently need to do more work to determine whether it is rare or under threat of extinction.

A grey-coloured planigale on a rock.
This is Planigale ‘petrophila’, the ‘rock lover’. Martin Armstrong

But wait, there’s more

And that’s not all. During our study, we found specimens thought to represent a known species, Planigale ingrami, in the Kimberley region of Western Australia, were genetically distinct from those in the NT, Queensland and South Australia, even though they looked very similar.

This genetic information indicated these specimens were a “cryptic” species – something that can be identified by genetics but is difficult to tell apart based on appearance alone. By consulting historical research papers, we found these Kimberley planigales were in fact already described more than 100 years ago from a specimen collected in Australia that ended up in Sweden. With help from curators at the Swedish Museum of Natural History, we were able to confirm this old specimen matched the new ones from the Western Australian Museum.

We have called this the Kimberley planigale –Planigale subtilissima– as most of its range occurs in the Kimberley. Unlike the Arnhem plateau planigale, Kimberley planigales have been detected frequently by Australian Wildlife Conservancy and partners on recent surveys, so there is less concern for their future.

From five to nine species

Our work has so far added four new species of planigales to Australia, as we had previously identified the orange-headed Pilbara planigale and the cracking-clay Pilbara planigale.

This has increased the diversity of this group of tiny mammals in Australia to eight species in total, with an extra one known in Papua New Guinea.

It makes you wonder – how many more planigales and other mammals are out there waiting to be recognised?

This work would not have been possible without the help of my colleagues Linette Umbrello (WA Museum), Kenny Travouillon (WA Museum), Mike Westerman (La Trobe University), Mark Blacket (Agriculture Victoria), Skye Cameron (Australian Wildlife Conservancy) and Eridani Mulder (formerly Australian Wildlife Conservancy), and funding from the Australian Biological Resources Study and the Queensland University of Technology.The Conversation

Andrew M. Baker, Associate Professor in Ecology and Environmental Science, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Flooding rains, ocean gains: how a huge Murray flood gave the sea a feast

Geoscience Australia, CC BY-NC-ND
Paul McInerney, CSIRO; Brenton Zampatti, CSIRO, and Darren Giling, CSIRO

For decades, the rivers of the Murray-Darling Basin have been heavily regulated by dams and irrigation networks. As a result, the volume of water entering the ocean is about 60% smaller than 100 years ago. But nature broke through during massive floods over the summer of 2022–23, when heavy rains filled the Basin’s waterways.

The threshold for a flood on the Murray is when the daily water flow at the Victoria-South Australian border reaches 50 gigalitres a day. This flood reached 168 gigalitres a day – the largest in 66 years. A colossal plume of muddy floodwater reached 40 kilometres out from the Murray mouth into the Southern Indian Ocean.

For marine creatures, this was a dramatic event. What did it do to their ecosystems? To find out, we compared marine animals living directly inside the flood plume with those living further away in normal saltwater.

Our new research found the flood delivered a burst of nutrients into the ocean. We estimate more than 200,000 tonnes of organic carbon were carried out to sea between July 2022 to June 2023 – 29 times more than the same period in 2020–21.

This organic carbon came from the Basin’s rivers and their floodplains, and included large numbers of common carp. Millions of juvenile carp — a highly destructive, invasive freshwater fish — were flushed into the open sea.

Because carp cannot survive in saltwater, they perished en masse. Dead carp piled up on local beaches at astonishing densities of up to 7 kilograms per square metre. In marine rock pools more than 20km from the river mouth, we saw the local crab species such as the purple mottled shore crab and the reef crab having a field day.

Murray river in flood, aerial view of tree-lined road underwater.
The 2022-23 Murray flood inundated floodplains – and carried carp out to sea. BeyondImages/Getty

How the river fed the sea

These nutrients from the Murray provided a substantial boost to the middle of the ocean food chain. Scavengers such as crabs, and smaller fish such as yellow-eye mullet, were the main beneficiaries. They were feeding on scraps of organic matter, including dead carp, washed in from the Murray River.

We estimate a whopping 35% of the tissues of these animals came from the organic matter carried by the flood in the months afterwards.

Australasian snapper also benefited. These slow-growing larger fish frequently swam in and out of the flood zones. They preyed on smaller fish and crustaceans that had been eating food rich in nutrients from the flood. This means the floodwaters gave snapper and other predators a longer-term boost, effectively storing more of the land and river nutrients in the ocean food web.

beach with piles of dead fish piled up, blue sky.
Invasive common carp washed up on South Australian beaches following the flood. Chris Bice, CC BY-NC-ND

How to trace nutrients from a flood

It’s not easy to trace what happens to nutrients from a river once they wash into the ocean. But it can be done.

Every environment has a unique chemical fingerprint, which is reflected inside the tissues of its animals. When nutrients from rivers arrive, they impart part of this fingerprint to the residents of the ocean who eat them – you are what you eat.

We can detect this by testing the muscles of marine animals for these fingerprints.

Ocean water has a uniform sulfur signature. But the crabs we caught inside the flood plume had a very different sulfur signature, which meant they were eating land and river-based food (the carp).

Crabs usually scavenge detritus without much food value. But the crabs inside the flood plume had a heavily enriched nitrogen signature – another sign they had switched to eating dead carp. The crabs had effectively been bumped up a level on the food chain.

crabs eating dead fish on sea shore.
We observed reef crabs (Ozius truncatus) consuming dead common carp in marine rock pools 20km from the Murray River mouth. Ruan Gannon, CC BY-NC-ND

Did the nutrient pulse fuel the algal bloom?

In March 2025, a large and long-lasting harmful algal bloom developed off the coast of South Australia. The bloom killed many different marine species in large numbers.

Could the nutrient pulse from floodwaters have fuelled it? The bloom has been linked to a marine heatwave and nutrient-rich seasonal upwelling currents. The 2022–23 Murray River floods have also been proposed as a potential contributor. But this connection remains speculative because of the lag time of 18–24 months and a lack of continuous data collection.

Better monitoring after floods would help us understand whether there is a link.

Rivers matter to the sea

We can see floods not as a waste of water, but as a restoration of longstanding connections between ecosystems disrupted by human control of the river. Our research shows the benefits of these flood events aren’t restricted to land and river ecosystems – they give a major boost to surrounding oceans as well.

Floods are important for the long-term health and resilience of our coastal ecosystems and fisheries, though more research is necessary to fully understand these connections.The Conversation

Paul McInerney, Principal Research Scientist in Ecosystem Ecology, CSIRO; Brenton Zampatti, Principal Research Scientist in Aquatic Ecology, CSIRO, and Darren Giling, Senior Research Scientist in Aquatic Ecology, CSIRO

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Summer’s new normal is a hazard that’s testing Europe’s climate resilience

Júlia de Freitas Sampaio, University of Luxembourg

It is only June, and Europe is already baking through its second extreme heatwave in two months. Temperatures have topped 44 degrees Celsius in parts of the continent. Heat alerts are now in place for several countries, with six at the most severe red level.

France placed 72 of its 96 departments under red alert, and at least 40 people have drowned trying to escape the heat.

In Spain, temperatures peaked at 45.1°C, with 101 heat-related deaths in May alone, the highest ever recorded for the month.

The UK broke its all-time June temperature record. Cities are closing schools, power grids are buckling, and hospitals are reporting a surge in heat-related emergencies.

None of this should have been a surprise. Europe is the fastest-warming continent on Earth, heating at roughly twice the global average, and scientists have been warning for decades that human-made climate change would make extreme heat more frequent and more severe. Current projections expect the next five years to shatter even more records, making this the “new normal”.

Europe’s current heatwave is evidence of a new climatic reality shaped by anthropogenic warming, according to a report by France 24.

The summers European residents grew up with no longer exist, and extreme heat is no longer an anomaly, but the new baseline. This means the question now is no longer whether extreme heat will return, but whether European cities can survive it.

A climate disaster that isn’t treated like one

Extreme heat kills more Europeans than any other climate hazard.

According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), over 175,000 people die every year from heat-related causes across the continent.

Despite the numbers, extreme temperatures have not been treated with the same urgency as other disasters, such as storms, wildfires, or floods. Most governments are still improvising, and there is no coordinated response to extreme heat, as it is still treated as a weather inconvenience rather than a life-threatening hazard.

However, this framing is starting to shift. At COP30, the United Nations office for Disaster Risk Reduction (NDRR) launched a new Extreme Heat Risk Governance Framework. It formally recognised extreme heat as one of the most deadly and least managed climate threats. Although this framework is a step forward, decades of fragmented policies, short-term crisis thinking, and chronic underinvestment in public services have left Europe dangerously exposed.

As a result, every summer that passes without meaningful progress is another summer that will cost lives.

Europe is not built for this

A recent report by the UK’s Climate Change Committee argued that the country is built for a climate that no longer exists, warning that temperatures exceeding 40°C are becoming increasingly common. The same could be said of virtually every European country. Cities were designed for a different era with concrete roads, pavements, and buildings that absorb and trap heat rather than deflect it, turning urban areas into furnaces that run four to six degrees warmer than their surroundings.

Some cities are already responding. For instance, Paris has pledged to plant 170,000 trees in public spaces, and Marseille is depaving historic plazas and mapping shaded walking routes.

Other countries are also taking action by replacing standard pavement with cool surfaces and reflective road paint, rethinking building codes, and redesigning public spaces with passive cooling in mind. However, none of it touches the underlying problem. Europe is still largely powered by fossil fuels, and its food systems, housing and transport networks all carry a heavy carbon cost.

The EU’s greenhouse gas footprint amounts to around 9 tonnes of CO₂ equivalent per person per year, well above the global average of roughly 5 tonnes.

Progress is being made, but not fast enough. Train travel is still more expensive than flying on many routes, building codes still allow new construction that will soon be uninhabitable, and cooling centres, shaded public corridors, and proactive outreach to elderly people living alone remain the exception rather than the rule.

Heat action plans exist in some cities, but few are legally binding, and fewer still have the budgets to match their ambitions.

Individual action matters, but it cannot substitute for the systemic changes that only governments and institutions can deliver. Eating less meat or flying less makes a difference at scale, but the clock will not stop running unless emissions are cut at the source.

Adaptation and mitigation need to happen together, and neither can wait.

The window is narrowing

The EU is preparing a climate resilience strategy due at the end of 2026, which is expected to introduce legally binding rules and monitoring tools to coordinate action across member states. It is a step in the right direction. But as this week’s heatwave has made clear, the gap between what is being planned and what is already happening on the ground is widening fast.

The question is not just how to respond to the next heatwave, but how to govern, finance, and rebuild for a continent that is already living in a different future.



A weekly e-mail in English featuring expertise from scholars and researchers. It provides an introduction to the diversity of research coming out of the continent and considers some of the key issues facing European countries. Get the newsletter!The Conversation


Júlia de Freitas Sampaio, Postdoctoral researcher, University of Luxembourg

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

War‑induced fertilizer shortage may be reducing US soil and water pollution

A farmer in Michigan spreads liquid fertilizer on a field. Jim West/UCG/Universal Images Group via Getty Images
Kimberly Van Meter, Penn State and Nandita Basu, University of Waterloo

American farmers are expected to plant several million fewer acres of corn in 2026 than they did in 2025, as the closure of the Strait of Hormuz throttles a key fertilizer trading corridor, along with the energy and raw materials needed to produce and transport fertilizer.

The closure is disrupting deliveries of about one-third of the world’s traded agricultural fertilizers. Fertilizer prices are rising, and farmers worldwide are cutting back on fertilizer use or shifting to less fertilizer-intensive crops.

Corn is one of the most fertilizer-intensive and widely grown crops in the United States, but the disruption extends far beyond a single crop or a single nation.

These changes are often discussed as a threat to global food supplies – and they are.

But as researchers who study agricultural nutrient cycles and nutrient pollution of our waterways, we suspect that the picture is more complicated, and in some ways more hopeful, than the headlines suggest.

That is because decades of farmers using more fertilizer than they needed have quietly built up large reserves of nutrients in the soil, which crops can draw on, even when farmers aren’t applying fertilizer. Indeed, research has shown that in highly intensive agricultural systems, fertilizer application can be cut substantially with little to no effect on crop yields.

A legacy of overuse

For decades, farmers in the United States and around the world have steadily increased the amount of fertilizer they use, seeking to produce enough crops to feed a growing population. Despite several years of encouragement to apply less, farmers consistently apply more nitrogen and phosphorus than their crops actually need, our research suggests.

The nutrients that are not taken up by plants accumulate in soils, providing large stores of nitrogen and phosphorus long after they were first applied. They also leach into groundwater or run off into rivers and lakes, driving dangerous algal blooms, coastal dead zones and greenhouse gas emissions.

But in the current crisis, they may also serve an unexpected purpose.

A slimy green mess floats on water near a marina with boats and docks.
Excess fertilizer that runs off farmland with rainfall can cause algae blooms, like this one in Lake Erie in 2017. AP Photo/Paul Sancya

Latent nutrients in the ground

As shortages and price hikes force farmers to use less fertilizer, crops may be able to draw on legacy nutrient reserves already in the ground.

Our analysis of phosphorus use across U.S. croplands found that in parts of the central Midwest and livestock-dominated regions in the East, soil phosphorus reserves are large enough to maintain crop production levels without as much new fertilizer.

In these nutrient-saturated systems, reductions in fertilizer applications can lower costs and reduce environmental losses without proportionately reducing production. Applying less also means fewer nutrients running off into rivers and streams.

Nutrient distribution

The current shortage may also help shift where farmers find fertilizer.

Livestock produce manure that is high in both nitrogen and phosphorus, which makes excellent fertilizer. It can even be processed into a slurry with an even richer mixture of nutrients in anaerobic digesters, which generate electricity as a byproduct of their chemical reactions.

Processing more manure in digesters, and delivering that slurry to crop farmers, could reduce the nation’s dependence on foreign fertilizer supplies.

How anaerobic digesters can convert manure into an energy source and nutrient-rich fertilizer.

The limits of resilience

The details are important. Not every farm or field has enough leftover nutrients to maintain yields with less fertilizer, and the buffers that do exist in some fields will not last indefinitely. In parts of the world where the soil is low in nutrients, such as regions of sub-Saharan Africa, improving access to fertilizers remains essential for increasing food production and supporting livelihoods.

In places where nutrients have accumulated over decades of intensive use, the soil may serve as a buffer against losses in yield, at least for some amount of time, though exactly how much will vary with each field. The current growing season may provide opportunities to discover how strong that buffer is, and whether reducing fertilizer applications improves downstream water quality.The Conversation

Kimberly Van Meter, Associate Professor of Geography, Penn State and Nandita Basu, Professor and Tier I Canada Research Chair of Global Water Sustainability and Ecohydrology, University of Waterloo

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

When your local reflecting pool or pond turns green with algae, don’t reach for chemicals – nature has better solutions

A National Park Service employee uses a vacuum to clean the Lincoln Memorial Reflecting Pool on June 20, 2026. AP Photo/Mark Schiefelbein
Eric Palkovacs, University of California, Santa Cruz

When the Lincoln Memorial Reflecting Pool turned green with algae just days after a US$15 million renovation, the U.S. government scrambled for chemicals and expensive technical solutions to fix the iconic landmark.

Trying to kill algae with chemicals is a common response when community ponds or other water features go green. But as a scientist who studies freshwater ecology, I can tell you there are better solutions that cost far less, last longer and carry less risk of harm to pets and wildlife.

Rather than battling against nature, these alternatives work with nature for long-term solutions.

What went wrong on the National Mall

The algal bloom that turned the Reflecting Pool a vibrant green shouldn’t have been a surprise.

The pool is big, more than a third of a mile long and around 165 feet wide. But it’s shallow, meaning it warms up quickly in the sun. When it was repainted “American flag blue” during the renovations in spring 2026, the new color darkened the pool, and darker colors absorb more heat.

On top of those conditions, the pool was refilled with water from the nutrient-rich tidal basin of the Potomac River. The combination of warm water and nutrients created prime conditions for algae to bloom, turning the water pea soup green.

A tube into the Reflecting Pool, with the Jefferson Memorial in the background, puts out white bubbles.
In addition to hydrogen peroxide and vacuums, the government ordered nanobubble ozone technology to break up the algae. The nanobubbler contract was for $1.7 million. AP Photo/Jacquelyn Martin

As the national conversation over the Reflecting Pool shifts to political finger-pointing, an important environmental question deserves careful scrutiny: What is the best approach to maintain water quality in a case like this, whether for a national monument or a community water feature or pond?

Trying to chemically or mechanically remove algae can damage the structure of a water feature and may harm species in the water that could actually help solve the problem.

Importantly, chemical and mechanical solutions are only temporary fixes. When the Reflecting Pool is drained and filled again, there’s a good chance that algae will bloom again.

Natural algae control

Limnologists – scientists like me who study inland water bodies – have spent many decades learning why lakes and ponds turn green and how to clear them up.

Often, nutrient-rich waters fueled by fertilizer runoff from farm fields or sewage from cities are the sources that stimulate algal growth.

However, natural ponds also host grazing zooplankton, which eat algae. For example, a type of zooplankton called Daphnia, known as water fleas because of the way these tiny crustaceans swim, can control algae by consuming it before it becomes a pea soup nuisance. Thus, a thriving Daphnia population can help maintain good water quality in a lake, pond or community water feature, even when nutrient levels spike.

A close-up image of a see-through water creature with eggs inside.
Daphnia are a genus of hundreds of species of tiny, see-through crustaceans that happen to be voracious algae eaters. A female Daphnia magna’s eggs are visible in this magnified image. Hajime Watanabe, PLoS Genetics, March 2011, CC BY

In addition to being highly effective grazers, Daphnia have another superpower – they can evolve rapidly. Urban waterbodies are often harsh environments with a variety of challenges, including high temperatures, low levels of dissolved oxygen, and pollutants. Daphnia can adapt to tough conditions, making these creatures an ideal source of algae control in many urban ponds.

Rooted aquatic plants are also useful for algae control in ponds because they absorb nutrients. Thus, shallow ponds with thick beds of aquatic plants can often resist algal blooms when nutrient levels rise.

Why draining might not be the best solution

One downside to draining and refilling a pond or urban water feature to try to clean it is that doing so resets the aquatic ecosystem, erasing the signature of any past evolution that has taken place.

Imagine Daphnia in a shallow pond that experiences periodic heat waves throughout the summer. Through repeated exposure to high temperatures, natural selection favors heat-resistant genotypes that can thrive in an urban pond.

Daphnia and other grazing zooplankton can also evolve resistance to some types of cyanobacteria, also known as blue-green algae, which produce compounds that are toxic to people and pets. Daphnia that evolve resistance to those toxins can help control harmful cyanobacterial blooms.

If a Daphnia population that evolved to tolerate warm temperatures, low oxygen levels or cyanotoxins is removed, the new population likely won’t be ready to handle those local challenges. This evolutionarily naive population will perform poorly in its new environment, reducing its effectiveness at controlling algal blooms.

As a result, traditional mechanical and chemical approaches may actually work against the goal of minimizing algae in ponds and other water features.

Nature-based solutions

The use of Daphnia to control algal blooms is just one example of solving environmental challenges with nature-based solutions.

Growing urban forests to provide cooling and improve air quality to help reduce the need for more energy-intensive air conditioning is another example. Maintaining urban wetlands can help reduce flooding, protect property and recharge groundwater more effectively and for less money than building and maintaining levees. Coastal marshes similarly reduce erosion, buffer storm surges and support fisheries.

All these urban ecosystems protect biodiversity and support human health and well-being.

From national landmarks to city parks and backyard ponds, projects of all sizes can take advantage of nature-based solutions. While each specific project is unique, some general principles apply.

Ecosystems are most resilient when they are diverse and connected. So, it is beneficial to use a variety of species and genotypes and provide corridors that support the movement of organisms and their beneficial genes.

Urban climates are changing rapidly, so it helps to use species and genotypes that will thrive under future conditions, including rising temperatures.

Not every solution has to be engineered

The hubbub over the Reflecting Pool holds a mirror up to assumptions about how to solve pressing environmental challenges. The idea of just engineering one’s way out of any environmental crisis has limits.

Understanding ecology and nature’s mechanisms of ecosystem resilience can achieve sustainable solutions that benefit both nature and people.The Conversation

Eric Palkovacs, Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of California, Santa Cruz

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Farmers in a national park are turning down lights at night to help wildlife – it could be good for crops too

Some farms are looking at how best to use their lights at night. MillaF/Shutterstock
Jenny Hall, York St John University and Brendan Paddison, York St John University

Growing evidence suggests that excessive outdoor lighting at night may be harming wildlife.

For generations, rural communities worked to the rhythms of daylight and darkness. Today, the amount of harsh light switched on at nightime is having profound consequences for many living things.

Agricultural properties are often remote and vulnerable to equipment or livestock theft. In response, many landowners have now installed security floodlights, powerful halogen beams, and unshielded external LEDs to illuminate yards overnight.

The North York Moors National Park, an international dark sky reserve in the north of England, has been working with farmers to reduce the impact of artificial light on the natural environment.

The initiative is about ensuring that lighting is used in the right place, at the right time, and at the appropriate intensity. This might involve installing downward-facing fixtures, reducing glare through shielding, or switching to warmer-coloured lighting that is less disruptive to wildlife.

The best places to start trying to reduce bright nighttime lights are those rich in wildlife, and farms in the park are often in the darkest areas.

Since 2021, the national park has worked with more than twenty farms in key dark sky locations, with many more projects in development.

Carefully designed lighting systems can use shielded or motion-activated lighting, which reduce impact on wildlife.

Two agricultural buildings, on left more light is showing.
Before and after a North Yorkshire property worked with the national park’s advice on lighting. North York Moors National Park, CC BY

How does it affect the environment?

Over-illumination disrupts complex regional ecosystems, extending daylight artificially and changing the behaviour of animals that depend on natural darkness. Research suggests that light pollution caused by humans, harms ecosystems because of the critical role light has on the timing of biological systems, which artificial light disrupts.

The damage extends from the soil upward. Scientific research indicates that pressures on ecosystems due to habitat loss, pesticides, invasive species and light pollution could create a devastating decline in the insect population, with a knock-on effect on the food chain.

Benefits for farms?

There’s also evidence that suggests that changing lighting could help farms. This light disruption affects crucial agricultural allies. Moths, which serve as vital nocturnal pollinators, are heavily affected, alongside bats facing shrinking feeding grounds. Bats can help farmers control insect pests.

Artificial light exposure also alters vital plant cycles, for instance, and light at night can affect plant growth.

Small changes, such as switching to down-facing lights, can lead to significant environmental improvements.

Changing lighting around farms could also open up new tourism opportunities. Farms that also operate as B&Bs, for instance, can flag to tourists that they are part of a dark skies friendly community programme. This is an accreditation scheme for businesses that improve their lighting systems in accordance with international dark sky standards.

While UK national park authorities have powers to enforce planning restrictions on lighting, in places outside national parks, the UK lacks a comprehensive national regulatory framework to govern rural skyscapes.

The lesson in North Yorkshire and beyond is not that farms should switch off their lights. It is that lighting can be used responsibly to contribute to the stewardship of one of the countryside’s most valuable resources: the natural night sky.The Conversation

Jenny Hall, Associate Professor in Tourism and Events, York St John University and Brendan Paddison, Professor of Tourism Geographies, York St John University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Small forest fragments can protect more birds when the surrounding landscape is more helpful

Anderson Saldanha Bueno, Instituto Federal Farroupilha (IFFar); Carlos A. Peres, University of East Anglia, and Chase Mendenhall

Larger areas contain more species. This is one of the most ironclad laws of ecology, which explains why large natural areas usually receive higher priority in conservation strategies. In fragmented landscapes, this logic has also led small forest fragments to be seen as environments of lower value for biodiversity.

But would it be possible to increase the number of species in a forest fragment without increasing its size?

Our study, published in the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, shows that this is possible. When the surrounding landscape is favourable and more helpful, small forest fragments can support far more bird species than would be expected based solely on their size.

Fragmented forest landscapes

Forest landscapes modified by human activities are composed of forest fragments of different sizes surrounded by other types of environments. Collectively this is called the matrix. This matrix can be terrestrial, such as cattle pastures, crops and urban areas, or aquatic, such as hydroelectric reservoirs.

In addition to the matrix, the surroundings of the fragments may also include arborescent vegetation (a type of vegetation made up of scattered trees and/or tree-like shrubs and ferns), riparian (riverside) forests, and nearby fragments. Together, the matrix and the different types of vegetation form the surrounding landscape of forest fragments.

The contribution of the surrounding landscape

To understand the role of the surrounding landscape, we compiled data from nearly 2,000 bird species recorded in more than 1,000 tropical and subtropical forest remnants distributed across 50 landscapes in 17 countries in the Americas, Africa and Asia. The study compared forest fragments surrounded by terrestrial matrices modified by cattle ranching, agriculture and urbanisation with forest islands formed by hydroelectric reservoirs.

Reservoir islands represent an extreme fragmentation scenario due to the ecological hostility of the matrix. By comparing them with forest fragments surrounded by land-based matrices, we were able to measure how much changing the matrix (from water to land) can increase the number of bird species in forests of the same size.

Using satellite imagery, we also calculated the amount of tree-like vegetation surrounding forest remnants at different distances ranging from 50 to 2,000 metres. This allowed us to identify how far from the forest the increase in tree-like vegetation makes its greatest contribution to bird species.

Improving the surrounding, increasing biodiversity

Fragments surrounded by terrestrial matrices had more species than reservoir islands. This difference in species number increases as fragment area decreases. For example, a one-hectare forest fragment may contain more than twice as many species as islands of the same size.

The amount of tree-like vegetation surrounding forest remnants also matters. In both fragments and islands, more trees in the surrounding landscape — especially within a 300-metre radius — meant fewer local extinctions. The benefit is even greater for forest-dependent birds, which are the most sensitive to forest fragmentation.

How species perceive the environment

Birds living in forest fragments do not necessarily stay within these spaces. The greater the amount of tree-like vegetation in the surroundings, the more species can move between fragments and feed on resources available in the matrix, such as insects and flower nectar.

But the ability of birds to fly does not necessarily ensure free movement through the matrix and between neighbouring forest areas. Some species adapted to living under the shaded forest environment tend to avoid exposure to open environments. In addition, many species move through the forest interior without the need for long flights. Therefore, even dirt roads can limit bird movement between neighbouring fragments.

Bird movement across the landscape is important. If certain species become locally extinct in one forest fragment, they may one day arrive from another fragment. For this recolonisation process to occur, two conditions are necessary: species must be able to cross the matrix, and there must be nearby fragments or vegetation along the way, such as scattered trees and forests along riverbanks that facilitate movement between more distant fragments.

Surrounding landscape is more important for smaller fragments

In large fragments, species find enough food, shelter, and space to survive. In small fragments, however, space and resources may be insufficient to sustain several bird populations. But when birds can use resources outside the fragment and reach other forest areas, they begin to use an area larger than the fragment’s boundaries. This is why small fragments with a favourable surrounding landscape can support more species.

And most forest fragments are small. Fragmented forest landscapes in tropical and subtropical regions are overwhelmingly composed of small fragments. In the Atlantic forest of South America, 80% of forest fragments are smaller than 5 hectares. This means that biodiversity depends on a favourable surrounding landscape to ensure its survival in the small forests that remain.

Implications for conservation

Small increases in the number of trees and tree-like vegetation within a 300-metre radius of fragments can significantly reduce species loss. This means that local actions can generate real gains for biodiversity: planting trees, restoring riverside forests, recovering degraded areas, and expanding agroforestry systems — such as coffee and cocoa plantations — can make productive landscapes more favourable to wildlife.

In a world where natural habitats continue to shrink, this is a message of hope.

Protecting forests and other natural habitats is and will continue to be the central strategy for biodiversity conservation. However, our study shows that conservation does not need to stop at forest boundaries. By combining forest protection with improvements to the surrounding landscape, we can increase the conservation value of forest fragments, especially small ones, which are by far the most common in landscapes modified by human activities.

Size is crucial, but it is not everything: what lies outside the forest fragment also determines how many species live inside it.The Conversation

Anderson Saldanha Bueno, Professor, Instituto Federal Farroupilha (IFFar); Carlos A. Peres, Professor of Tropical Conservation Ecology, University of East Anglia, and Chase Mendenhall, Conservation Scientist

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Heat waves can leave homes dangerously hot – even for young, healthy adults

When temperature soar inside homes, being outside even on very hot days can feel less uncomfortable than being indoors. Brandon Bell/Getty Images
Zoltan Nagy, Eindhoven University of Technology

Most people know that heat waves can be dangerous. What they may not realize is that the heat indoors can be much worse than outdoors.

When the power goes out and air conditioning stops, a house starts to function like a greenhouse. Heat enters through windows and walls and has nowhere to go. Air stagnates.

Within hours, indoor temperatures can climb well above what the thermometer shows outside, especially on upper floors and in rooms with south-facing windows. Over longer periods, especially if temperatures don’t cool off overnight, conditions can become lethal.

Most heat-related deaths occur indoors. When a heat dome sent temperatures soaring in the Pacific Northwest in 2021, 98% of the more than 600 deaths in British Columbia happened inside homes. Washington and Oregon also saw high numbers of deaths in homes that lacked air conditioning.

In Europe, where only 1 in 10 households have air conditioning, heat waves killed an estimated 60,000 people in 2022 and 47,000 in 2023, largely inside buildings never designed for these temperatures.

People of all ages are at risk in heat waves like these. I spent eight years at the University of Texas at Austin studying how buildings respond to extreme heat. In a recent study, my team assessed the heat risk in every single-family home in Austin.

We found that even younger, healthy adults face far more risk than they realize.

How hot is too hot for a human body?

Your body maintains a core temperature of about 98.6 degrees Fahrenheit (37 degrees Celsius). To cool down, it pushes blood to the skin and sweats. But when air temperature is high, that convective cooling weakens. When humidity is also high, sweat cannot evaporate.

If the body has no way to release heat, core temperature rises. If the core temperature increases past about 104 F (40 C), the body’s thermoregulation starts to fail. Past 109 F (42.8 C), death becomes likely.

Four charts show heat and humidity risks for different ages and indoors vs outdoors.
Heat risk increases with humidity. This chart translates air temperature and relative humidity into general limits of survivability for six hours of exposure depending on whether a person is indoors or outdoors and their age. The black line is considered the edge of survivability. Zones 3-5 are considered not survivable for extended periods of time due to high humidity that prevents sweat from evaporating to release heat (Zone 3), limits on the body’s ability to sweat (Zone 4), or both (Zone 5). Tw is wet bulb temperature. A temperature of 35 C = 95 F; 50 C = 122 F. Jennifer Vanos, et al., 2023

What makes indoor heat especially dangerous is that it does not let up at night in homes that lack air conditioning. Outdoor temperatures typically drop after sunset, and someone outside can get a few hours of recovery. But a poorly insulated home that has been absorbing heat all day releases that heat slowly, keeping indoor temperatures elevated through the night. A person inside the home never gets a break.

After two or three nights of this, even healthy people start to be at serious risk for heat-related illnesses.

Why homes heat up more than people expect

People tend to underestimate indoor heat for a few reasons.

One is that the thermostat typically sits on one wall in one room. It does not tell what the temperature is in an upstairs bedroom or near a sun-facing window. In older, underinsulated homes, the actual felt temperature can exceed 90 F (32.2 C) even when a thermostat reads 75 F (23.9 C). The hot walls, ceilings and windows can radiate heat directly onto your body.

Another reason is that people assume all homes respond to heat the same way. However, a newer home with double-pane windows and good insulation acts like a thermos, keeping heat out for a longer time. An older home with single-pane windows and cracks in the walls heats up fast.

An illustration of a person sitting with their head in their hand in an older home with the ceiling temperature at 101 F, the windows 122 F and the walls and floor in the 90s F.
An illustration of how an older home in Arizona heats up on a hot day shows how underinsulated homes can feel much hotter inside than the air temperature and thermostat suggest. Jonathan Bean, CC BY-ND

Two houses on the same street, exposed to the same outdoor conditions, can have completely different temperatures inside. And in a blackout, where neither home has cooling, those differences can become a matter of life and death.

What we found in Austin

Our study combined two datasets. From Austin’s tax appraisal records, we pulled basic property information, such as the year the home was built, the size and the number of stories for each of the city’s 213,000 single-family homes. We then matched each home to the most similar energy simulation models in a U.S. Department of Energy database that contains thousands of detailed, physics-based building energy models representing the U.S. residential building stock.

Using those models, we simulated each building’s indoor temperatures over time during a three-day heat wave and power outage with outdoor temperatures above 110 F (43 C).

A map of homes in a neighborhood shows how low and high risk homes are mixed together
The average daily heat risk in a suburban Austin neighborhood, with dark red signifying higher risk and yellow lower risk, shows how risk can vary house to house. Calvin Lin

We found that 85% of homes got hot enough to pose a significant risk of death for an elderly occupant. But what surprised us was the risk to younger people.

Under today’s climate conditions in Austin, about 15% of homes already have the potential to get hot enough without air conditioning to pose serious heat risks to healthy adults. Under future warming scenarios, that number jumps to as high as 65% if average summer highs reach 104 F (40 C). Further, climate projections for Austin show that heat waves will double in frequency by the end of the century.

We found three types of buildings and accompanying risks:

  • Resilient homes, which are newer and well insulated, tended to have temperature and humidity conditions that would be survivable for an elderly occupant throughout the simulated heat wave with blackout.

  • Critical-risk buildings, which are mostly older homes, became dangerous almost immediately.

  • And then there was the middle group – homes where temperatures rose slowly during the simulated blackout, day by day, possibly giving occupants a false sense of security until it was too late.

Texas has already seen conditions like our case study’s – a heat wave paired with a power outage. In 2024, a derecho knocked out power for nearly 900,000 Houston households while the heat index climbed to 100 F (37.8 C). Seven weeks later, Hurricane Beryl cut power to 2.6 million homes, leaving them without power for over three days, with temperatures over 90 F (32.2 C).

What you can do to stay safe

If you can’t get cooling at home, there are steps you can take that can help.

Move to the lowest floor of your home, where it will be coolest. Close the blinds and curtains on sun-facing windows. Drink water constantly to stay hydrated, which is essential for regulating body temperature.

If you’re facing a blackout, be sure to also check on elderly neighbors, especially those living alone. You can also try to find a public cooling center; many cities now open them during heat emergencies.

Longer term, upgrades such as reflective window film, attic insulation and lighter-colored roofing can reduce how much a home heats up. After the 2021 heat dome, British Columbia’s coroner recommended updating building codes to address heat.

Our own findings point in the same direction: We propose that new homes should be required by building codes to maintain conditions in which at least light physical activity remains possible for all occupants for at least 72 hours during a power outage.

As summers get hotter with climate change and blackouts become more frequent, the risks of people suffering heat illnesses will only continue to rise.The Conversation

Zoltan Nagy, Professor of Building Services, Eindhoven University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Summer’s silent killer: why the world’s heatwaves are a global health emergency

Studio Nut/Shutterstock
Ian Williams, University of Southampton

Heat is no longer a future climate risk. It is already here.

Across continents, high temperatures are being pushed higher by forces acting at once: human-caused warming, very warm oceans, dry soils, slow-moving high-pressure weather systems and El Niño conditions that have now developed in the tropical Pacific.

El Niño is a natural warming of part of the tropical Pacific that can shift weather patterns around the world. It is not the cause of climate change, but when it develops in a climate already warmed by greenhouse gas pollution, it can add another push to global temperatures and regional extremes.

The science is clear. Greenhouse gases have raised the baseline, so heatwaves now begin from a warmer starting point. Record ocean heat adds more energy to the climate system. Dry ground can intensify heat, because less of the sun’s energy goes into evaporating water from soil and plants, and more goes into heating the air.

Weather patterns decide where that heat lands. A “heat dome” happens when a high-pressure system settles over a region. Air sinks, clouds are suppressed and temperatures can climb for days. The danger grows when nights remain hot, because bodies, buildings and infrastructure get little chance to cool.

El Niño’s effects vary by region and season, so it will not explain every heatwave in 2026. But it is now being added to long-term warming, and that combination can raise the risk of more extreme heat, drought or heavy rainfall in some regions, including parts of Asia, Australia and the Americas.

In the UK, Kew Gardens reached 35.1°C in late May, provisionally breaking the national May temperature record for the second day in a row. The previous record, before the 2026 heat, was 32.8°C, reached in 1922 and 1944.

Elsewhere, the same pattern is visible. Spring 2026 was the hottest spring recorded in France since records began in 1900. In the United States, March 2026 was the warmest March on record for the contiguous US (the lower 48 states). India’s meteorological service issued an extended heatwave outlook into early July for parts of northern, central and eastern India, while China’s National Climate Center has forecast above-normal summer temperatures, especially in southern China and Xinjiang in the north west. In Australia, Tasmania, Victoria and New South Wales have just had one of their ten warmest autumns on record.

Heat kills

Heat often kills without leaving obvious damage behind: it pushes bodies past what they can tolerate.

High temperatures can cause dehydration, strain the heart, worsen kidney disease and aggravate respiratory illness. Heat can also affect mental health and increase distress. Older people, babies, people with chronic illness, outdoor workers and those living alone are among those at higher risk.

Hot nights make heatwaves more dangerous because the body has less chance to recover. Research has linked high nighttime temperatures with increased heat-related deaths. In an overheated bedroom, care home or hospital ward, strain can continue for hours.

The death toll from heat is large, but often underestimated because heat may worsen existing illness rather than appear as the sole cause of death. A 2025 European analysis estimated 62,775 heat-related deaths in Europe in 2024 alone. The Lancet Countdown reports that heat-related deaths among older people have risen sharply, and that hundreds of thousands of people now die globally each year from heat.

Heat also puts pressure on the systems people rely on. Hospitals fill faster. Care homes become harder to cool. Rail lines buckle. Roads soften. Rivers warm and water quality declines. Electricity demand rises as people use fans and air-conditioning, while low river flows can affect water quality and supply. A power cut can disrupt cooling, transport, water systems, shops, hospitals and communications.

What helps during a heatwave

People can reduce risk, especially if they act before they feel ill.

Cool the body early: drink water regularly, use shade, take cool showers and put wet cloths on the skin. People who have been told to restrict fluids because of heart failure, kidney disease or another medical condition should follow medical advice about how much to drink.

Avoid being outside in the hottest part of the day where possible. Outdoor workers, athletes and people who travel on foot need particular protection.

Keep homes cooler before they overheat. Close curtains or blinds during the day, especially on windows facing the sun. Open windows after sunset if it is cooler outside than inside. Sleep in the coolest room available.

Check on people at higher risk. Do they have water, shade, medication, a way to get help and somewhere cooler to go if home becomes unsafe?

Take official warnings seriously. Follow heat-health alerts, local weather warnings and public health advice. Have a simple plan for medicines, transport, pets, food, drinking water and somewhere cooler to go if needed.

Seek urgent medical help if someone becomes confused, faints, has a seizure, collapses, has very hot skin, has a very high temperature, or does not improve after being moved somewhere cooler and cooled down.

Inequality and infrastructure

Personal precautions save lives, but they cannot make unsafe housing safe, cool a badly ventilated care home or protect outdoor workers without changes to working conditions.

Heat risk is shaped by inequality. People without trees, insulation, ventilation, secure work, clean water or affordable energy are less able to avoid exposure, cool their homes or recover after extreme heat. The same pattern applies between countries: communities that have contributed least to climate change are often disproportionately affected, because they have fewer resources for adaptation, healthcare, infrastructure and disaster response.

Adapting to heat has to be collective: cooler housing, shaded streets, heat-resilient hospitals, reliable water systems, worker protections, public cooling spaces and early warning systems that reach the people who need them.

Heat and drought are increasingly linked emergencies. Heat increases demand for water and electricity. Drought can reduce supply. Together, they can create failures across health, transport, food, water and energy. Water, health, energy and climate planning need to be connected, because stress in one system can quickly spread to another.

The next heatwave will be reported as weather. It should also be understood as a test of housing, healthcare, infrastructure and public protection. A hotter world is already here. The question now is how many heat-related deaths and system failures governments are prepared to accept as normal.The Conversation

Ian Williams, Professor of Applied Environmental Science, University of Southampton

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Caspian Sea has lost an area nearly the size of Sicily: human activities are a major reason why

Nima Shokri, United Nations University; Technical University of Hamburg and Amir AghaKouchak, University of California, Irvine

The Caspian Sea, the largest inland body of water on Earth, is shrinking. Not fluctuating, not entering another natural cycle, but shrinking.

For decades, scientists and policymakers treated changes in the Caspian as part of the basin’s natural variability. Water levels in the sea have always risen and fallen.

But our new study shows something far more troubling: the current decline is increasingly driven by human decisions to dam and divert rivers, and by fragmented decision-making across five countries that border this body of water.

Using satellite observations together with ground-based hydrological records from rivers across all five shoreline states (Iran, Russia, Turkmenistan, Azerbaijan and Kazakhstan), we found that flow into the Caspian Sea has declined sharply over the past three decades.

The main reason is not declining rainfall. In fact, rain over the Volga Basin, which supplies roughly 80% of the Caspian’s inflow, has slightly increased. That finding matters because it overturns one of the most common assumptions surrounding the Caspian crisis. The common narrative has been straightforward: climate change increases evaporation, rainfall declines, and the sea shrinks.

Climate change certainly plays a role: our analysis confirms that evaporation across the Caspian has increased significantly as regional temperatures rise. But evaporation alone explains only about 40% of the observed water loss since the mid-1990s.

The remaining decline points overwhelmingly toward human activity. The Volga River has been heavily engineered for decades. Dams, reservoirs, use for irrigation, industrial consumption and navigation systems have fundamentally altered the hydrology of the basin).

Water that once flowed naturally into the Caspian is increasingly intercepted upstream. One critical but rarely discussed example is the Volga–Don canal system, which links the Caspian basin to the Black Sea through Russia’s internal waterways. Geopolitically and economically, the canal is strategically valuable. But it diverts water away from the Caspian system.

The cumulative effect is now visible from space. Since the mid-1990s, the Caspian Sea has lost roughly 24,000km² of surface area, an area approaching the size of Sicily. Water levels have fallen by about two metres.

The shallow northern Caspian, ecologically one of the most productive parts of the sea, is drying particularly rapidly. This matters because the northern Caspian is not empty water. It is a critical ecological zone supporting fisheries, wetlands, migratory birds and spawning grounds for sturgeon, the ancient fish species that produce most of the world’s caviar.

Threats to shipping

As water retreats, ecological stress intensifies. Our study also detected a long-term rise in chlorophyll-a concentrations in the northern Caspian, a key indicator of algal activity and declining water quality. In plain terms, the sea is becoming warmer, shallower and increasingly nutrient-rich: ideal conditions for harmful algal blooms.

This is not merely an environmental story. The Caspian region sits at the centre of major energy and trade corridors linking Europe and Asia). Russia’s north-south transport routes and China’s international development plan, the Belt and Road Initiative, plus offshore oil infrastructure and regional shipping networks all depend on the Caspian remaining navigable and stable.

Falling water levels threaten ports, shipping lanes and coastal infrastructure. Declining depths reduce cargo capacity and increase transport costs. What appears initially as an environmental issue gradually becomes an economic constraint.

The Caspian Sea region

A colour map of the Caspian Sea and surrounding countries.
Shutterstock

Political problems

Then there is the political dimension. Unlike oceans, inland seas cannot rely on global circulation to buffer local mismanagement. Their survival depends directly on the behaviour of neighbouring states. And the Caspian is surrounded by countries with competing strategic interests, uneven governance systems and limited transparency over their water use.

That fragmentation has become one of the greatest risks facing the sea. Although regional agreements exist, including the 2018 Aktau Convention (formally the Convention on the Legal Status of the Caspian Sea), there is still no comprehensive and enforceable system governing water allocation, hydrological monitoring or ecological protection across the basin. Data sharing remains limited. Water withdrawals are often opaque. Environmental management is fragmented.

This resembles a pattern seen repeatedly across modern environmental crises: governments prefer to discuss climate change because it externalises responsibility. It allows leaders to portray ecological decline as an unavoidable planetary process.

But the Caspian story is more uncomfortable than that. It is also a story about political choices. Rivers were dammed. Water was diverted. Wetlands were degraded. Pollution controls remained weak. Oil and gas development expanded while ecological safeguards lagged behind. Economic growth consistently outranked hydrological sustainability.

The danger is not simply that the Caspian shrinks, but that ecological thresholds may be crossed – beyond which, recovery becomes extraordinarily difficult.

The Aral Sea, the world’s fourth largest lake, demonstrated how quickly collapse can accelerate once a chain reaction begins. Exposed lakebeds generate dust storms. Fisheries collapse. Salinity rises. Biodiversity crashes. Local climates shift. Economic systems unravel around the drying basin.

The Caspian has not yet reached that stage – but the warning signs are becoming increasingly visible.

There is still time to slow the trajectory. However, doing so would require something historically rare in the region: long-term coordination that prioritises hydrological stability – safeguarding the sea’s natural water balance and keeping water levels from dropping past a dangerous point of ecological collapse – over short-term extraction and geopolitical competition.

This would mean transparent water accounting – the open tracking and sharing of data on exactly how much water each nation is pulling from the feeding rivers for agriculture and industry. It would mean negotiated environmental flow releases from upstream reservoirs, and recognition that the Caspian is not simply an energy corridor or a shipping route, but a fragile water system.

Nature eventually imposes consequences on societies that ignore those limits. The Caspian Sea is beginning to deliver that message.The Conversation

Nima Shokri, Executive Co-Director, Institute for Water, Environment and Health (UNU-INWEH), United Nations University; Technical University of Hamburg and Amir AghaKouchak, Professor of Civil & Environmental Engineering and Earth System Science, University of California, Irvine

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

We found microplastics in hedgehogs – then we traced them back to pet food

Emily Thrift, University of Sussex

When colleagues and I found microplastics in hedgehog droppings, we wanted to know where they were coming from. One answer was surprisingly close to home: pet food.

The story began in 2021, when we collected 189 hedgehog faeces samples from residential gardens and rehabilitation centres across the UK. We found plastic in 19% of them. Despite being one of Britain’s best-loved wild animals, and now officially listed as “near threatened”, no one knew hedgehogs were ingesting microplastics.

To understand where these microplastics were coming from we decided to investigate their diet. Naturally, the European hedgehog eats invertebrates, including beetles, snails, slugs, earthworms, caterpillars and woodlice, so we started by looking at these. Colleagues and I analysed thousands of invertebrate and soil samples from 51 sites in Sussex, UK. We found plastics were widespread across different species and land types.

Next, we wanted to understand if pet foods fed to European hedgehogs in rehabilitation centres and residential gardens contained microplastics. In the UK, many rehabilitation centres treat a high number of sick or injured mammals each year.

Research suggests that food left out by people is the single biggest reason European hedgehogs visit residential gardens. Many hedgehogs have even become reliant on it, especially during the autumn and winter.

Often, this means commercially available cat, dog, or hedgehog food. To determine the levels of plastic contamination in pet foods colleagues and I selected 38 brands to test across different price categories, food types (wet and dry), and target animals (cat, dog, and wild hedgehog). We purchased six retail units of each product and took a random 1g sample from each tin, sachet, tray, or bag. Our study was recently published in the journal Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry.

We found microplastics in 29 of the 38 pet food products we tested. In 18 products, contamination appeared in more than one retail unit. Although plastic was found across the products tested, those in the “value” price category had more positive samples.

Dry food contained more plastic per gram, but animals typically eat much larger portions of wet food. As a result, wet food may lead to greater overall microplastic intake. For example, based on the average levels we found in wet dog food samples, a large dog such as a Labrador could ingest around 313 microplastic particles per day.

Hedgehog on lawn
Oi, humans, I’m hungry. Andy Willis / unsplash, CC BY-SA

Compared with studies of human food, we found that pet food had higher levels of microplastics. This is likely due to ingredient quality. For example, of the 21 products which contained animal derivatives, 19 had at least one plastic-positive sample, and 13 had at least two.

What does this mean for pets and wildlife?

All this suggests that pet foods may be an important source of microplastics for pets and wild hedgehogs (and other mammals).

We still know relatively little about the health effects of microplastics in pets and wildlife, and we did not test the health impacts in our research. However, there is a growing body of evidence from laboratory studies that it leads to issues with fertility, organ functionality, and overall health.

Given both this uncertainty and how common these particles were in the pet food we tested, reducing contamination at the manufacturing stage would be a good precaution.

That’s why the government should mandate microplastic testing for processed food manufacturers, bringing them under the same strict regulatory safety checks used for other chemical contaminants. As consumers, we should be able to purchase affordable food that is good for our pets and wild mammals, while not causing a detrimental effect on the environment.The Conversation

Emily Thrift, PhD Candidate and Doctoral Tutor in Ecology, University of Sussex

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week Four June 2026: Issue 655 (Published Sunday June 21)

 

H5 bird flu findings from Heard Island and McDonald Island: Southern Elephant Seal Pup Mortality 76 per cent - up to 97 per cent in one area - H5 Bird Flu Confirmed in Australia; Brown Skau death


See Aquatics report this Issue


Brown Skua,  (Stercorarius antarcticus) photographed offshore from Pittwater - Photos: A J Guesdon

The Surf Swap and Repair Market 2026

Save the date! The Surf Swap and Repair Market is back on Sunday 21 June at Surfrider Gardens, 50 Ocean Street Narrabeen 
Discover a better way to surf sustainably with:
  • 🏄 pre-loved boards, wetsuits and accessories
  • ☀️ sell your own surf gear
  • 🛠️ learn how to do minor board repairs
  • ♻️ explore repurposing ideas
  • 🌊 browse sustainable surf brands and join a beach clean-up.
A  waste free event. BYO refillable water bottle & reusable coffee cup
Sustainable Surf Brand Stallholders - Sine Surf, Board Exchange, WAW Handplanes, Sunbutter sunscreen, Pittwater Eco Adventures, Surfing Mums, Boomerang Bags. 

How it Works
General admission - free to everyone seeking to score awesome pre loved surf gear and give it another life.
Market Day Traders - Register here to trade on the day and sell/swap your Boards/Surf gear. $10 + booking fee. 
Bump in from 9.30am and setup is required to be complete by 10.30am, Pack down from 3pm. 
BYO your own setup for the day. No Marquees.

Streets as shared spaces - Avalon Beach: New Permanent design open for feedback

Comments opened: Fri 19 Jun 2026

Comments close: Sun 19 Jul 2026

At the council meeting on 17 December 2025, the council accepted the tender of Nangle Pty Ltd for the sum of $170,900 excluding GST for design services for the permanent installation of the one-way shared zone, and in keeping with the character of Avalon Beach prepare a design for high-quality upgrades to seating, lighting, landscaping and other infrastructure. 

Nangle as the landscape architect, led a team of experts including civil, hydraulic and stormwater engineers and has prepared the concept plan to make the shared space permanent.

These concept plans are now on exhibition, with the council inviting residents to provide feedback for the same.

These show the one-way zone is being extended beyond the shared zone. The council states the extension of the one-way zone aims to:

  • simplify traffic movements
  • reduce vehicle conflicts
  • improve pedestrian safety and comfort
  • support a more cohesive shared street environment.

One of the key priorities for this project was to address the existing flooding issues at the site. While flooding cannot be fully eliminated due to the site’s position as a natural low point and in an ancient flood zone, the council states the project improves stormwater management by:

  • introducing better drainage and flow paths
  • using permeable paving and water sensitive urban design
  • adjusting pavement grades to keep water moving through the shared zone and avoid ponding.

There are a number of proposed changes to parking arrangements, to make vehicle movements simpler and safer along with improving flooding issues:

  • Closing the existing carpark entrance to provide a single entry and exit point for the carpark, further away from the shared zone.
  • Replacing the 90-degree and parallel parking along Old Barrenjoey Road with 60-degree parking on both sides.
  • The short-stay parking will be formalised, with 3 spaces proposed to be located on the eastern side of the street to improve access and passenger safety.

The council states the proposed changes are intended to improve vehicle movements and increase pedestrian safety and will result in the addition of one car parking space.

Council states it anticipates the works will commence in Autumn 2027. Construction updates will be provided on the project webpage.

we invite you to review the final concept plan and share your feedback by either: 

  • completing the council's online form
  • emailing: council@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au - use ‘Streets as Shared Spaces - Avalon Beach’ plan' as a header so it doesn't get lost among other emails the council would receive
  • writing to the council marked ‘Streets as Shared Spaces - Avalon Beach’ to Northern Beaches Council, PO Box 82 Manly NSW 1655.

Comments close 11.59pm on Sunday 19 July 2026. 

The project webpage is at: yoursay./streets-shared-spaces-avalon-beach - where you can also download the full concept plan

The montage of the new plans, courtesy of the NBC, is:

Concept plan

Birdseye view

Perspective – visual delineation between pedestrian and roadway

Perspective – representation of informal seating areas

Proposed parking

Proposed water management

Do shark culls keep people safe in the ocean? Here’s what the science says

nathoutsidethebox/iNaturalist, CC BY-NC-SA
Charlie Huveneers, Flinders University

A young mother remains in hospital after being bitten by a shark at Coogee beach in Sydney on Saturday morning. Leah Stewart, 35, was swimming about 30 metres offshore when the shark – believed to be a three to four metre great white shark – struck.

In the wake of this tragic incident, there have been renewed calls for a shark cull to be launched. Federal Liberal Party president Tony Abbott, for example, said:

It’s so wrong that we don’t cull sharks after attacks. It’s so wrong that we don’t have a commercial shark fishery given the explosion of shark numbers, and it’s so wrong that we don’t put people before sharks.

New South Wales Premier Chris Minns has since said his government is actively considering a cull of bull sharks, in response to a surge in bull shark bites over summer.

So is the number of shark bites really increasing and is it because shark numbers are exploding? What does the research say about the effectiveness of culling? And what other measures could keep ocean users safe?

Rising numbers of shark bites

Shark bites have increased in Australia and globally over the past four decades (although they are still very rare).

The exploding number of sharks is often mentioned to explain this trend.

Many species of sharks are threatened globally. But Australia has many protections in place and relatively well-managed fisheries that support the recovery of vulnerable species, such as the great white shark, and which prevent the decline of species which are threatened in other countries, such as the bull shark.

But it’s unlikely that the recovery of the great white shark or reduced fishing pressure can alone explain the rise in shark bites.

Last year colleagues and I published a study on the factors influencing the number of shark bites. We found 40 factors suggested to affect shark-bite risk. These included human population growth, habitat modification and destruction, declining water quality, climate change and anomalous weather patterns, and changes to the distribution and abundance of sharks and their prey.

However, the relatively infrequent occurrence of such events reduces our ability to determine which of these factors explain the increase in shark bites the most. It is likely to be due to a combination of these factors.

Do shark culls work?

There are many ways to reduce the risk of shark bites. Shark culls are the most controversial.

Some research has suggested culling sharks has reduced the rate of interactions with humans in certain locations. However, other studies have highlighted no changes in bite rates after large culling programs were implemented.

The efficacy of culling varies between species and regions, and the number of sharks needed to be culled is unknown but is likely to be high before it starts affecting shark-bite risk.

While you could argue that even culling one shark reduces risk, that shark might never have bitten humans, so culling that shark does not impact the number of shark bites. This problem is best illustrated by the shark control program in Hawaii in the 1960s and 1970s, during which 4,668 tiger sharks were killed but there were no resulting changes in the rate of shark bites.

What about other measures?

Shark nets aim to catch potentially dangerous sharks close to popular swimming areas. However, this method can also kill non-dangerous sharks and a range of other marine animals such as rays, turtles and dolphins. There is also little evidence to show shark nets keep people safe.

There are a range of other area-based mitigation measures that are designed to minimise impact on the marine ecosystem, and for which efficacy has been reviewed. These include using drones to observe sharks, SMART drumlines (which intercept sharks close to shore and allow authorities to tag and then safely relocate them), and shark listening stations that detect the presence of a tagged shark.

Many studies show that early-warning systems using drones can detect sharks and quickly enable the evacuation of beaches, while SMART drumlines intercept sharks with the capture leading to sharks leaving the area upon release.

So, what now?

So, what should we use to reduce shark-bite risk? This question should be considered from both an efficacy and ethical perspective.

Culling might theoretically reduce risk. But we have no idea of how many sharks need to be culled to reduce the number of bites. As the experience of Hawaii shows, culling may see thousands of sharks killed without improvements in public safety. It would also have significant impacts on marine ecosystems.

It makes far more sense to invest more in non-lethal measures such as drone surveillance, as the evidence shows these measures reduce shark-bite risk and are preferred by the public.

But all the measures discussed so far are only part of the arsenal available to reduce the risk of sharks bites. They can be complemented with personal deterrents, which can reduce the risk of shark bites by 60% (even when sharks are motivated and in a predatory mode), bite-resistant materials that can reduce the risk of serious injury, and improved first aid training and education.

There’s no silver bullet in terms of completely eliminating the risk of shark bites (aside from well-maintained swimming enclosures), but as shark numbers recover, so could the number of bites without adequate mitigation measures. A combination of area-based measures, personal deterrents, injury-reduction material, and education would be most efficient at reducing risk and the consequences of shark bites, so people can continue to enjoy that coastal lifestyle that Australia is so famous for.


The author would like to acknowledge the contribution of Laura Ryan and Nathan Hart from Macquarie University to this articleThe Conversation

Charlie Huveneers, Professor, College of Science and Engineering, Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

 

New community garden set to grow connections in Dee Why

Dee Why residents will soon be able to grow fresh produce and local connections with the council approving a new community garden at Arthur Reserve.

At its June 16 meeting, the council endorsed the creation of a Dee Why community garden, following strong support for the locally led proposal.

The garden will occupy a 300 square metre area of community land near the Cromer-Dee Why Scout Hall and will be established, operated and maintained by a community garden group.

The garden will feature raised garden beds, and will be designed to be inclusive, while still allowing pedestrians to move easily through Arthur Reserve. 

In late 2025, Council received 145 public submissions on the proposal, with the majority supporting the establishment of the community garden.

Many submissions highlighted the significant social, health, educational and environmental benefits of the proposed community garden.

Give electronic devices and household items a new life

Each year, thousands of residents drop off quality pre-loved items at council Reuse and Recycle Events.

Thanks to charity and social enterprise partners, donations don’t just get a second life, they support people in need. And for the first time in a while, residents can now drop off electronics such as TVs, computers, phones, cameras and kitchen appliances, through The Bower Reuse & Repair Centre.

With the next event on Saturday 4 July at the Warringah Aquatic Centre carpark, get organised and plan what items you can donate by visiting council's webpage for the same, which lists what you can drop off.

By dropping off your pre-loved clothes, toys, electronics, wood, metal and sundry items, council's partners can turn them into something meaningful:

Electronics

The Bower Reuse & Repair Centre's House to Home program helps furnish social and crisis housing for people rebuilding their lives. Items not needed for the program are sold in Bower stores, with money supporting their ongoing reuse and repair initiatives. 

Clothing

Pre-loved and new adult clothing, accessories, and Manchester and new hygiene items such as soap, shampoo and deodorant are collected by Anglicare. They pass on items directly to people in need, including foster care homes and Op Shops to fund essential community services.

Nursery items

Dandelion Support Network accepts essential nursery items for babies and children. They distribute donations to disadvantaged families such as those living in housing stress, escaping domestic violence and abuse, living with mental health issues and refugees.

Toys

Volunteers at Peninsula Senior Citizens Toy Repair Group mend, fix up and upcycle toys, extending their life and bringing joy to children locally and globally. Recently toys collected at Council events were sent to Ghana, where they are now putting smiles on children’s faces.

Bikes, scooters and e-bikes

Revolve ReCYCLING collect wheeled items to fix up, donate and sell. In January, their team travelled 3,000 km to Alice Springs to deliver bikes to families in remote communities.

Useful items

The Sydney Library of Things is a not-for-profit service giving residents the chance to borrow useful items that are only needed occasionally. Currently they’re appealing for donations of high quality pre-loved fishing rods.

Miscellaneous

Cardboard, small metal items, plastic plant pots and raw timber, flat pack furniture and raw pallets can all be donated. These are recycled via Kimbriki Resource Recovery Centre. Learn more about what happens to your items.

For more information on the Reuse and Recycling Event next month, visit council's website. 

 In Trafalgar Park, Newport - old tree stump made into useful ART

PNHA Activities 2026

Our walks for 2026 are listed below. 

You are very welcome to bring friends and older children on these outings. Please book by emailing pnhainfo@gmail.com and include  your PHONE NUMBER so we can contact you in case of changes because of weather etc. 

Looking forward to getting out and about in our lovely area! 

Your PNHA Committee

Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

The Pittwater Natural Heritage Association has been formed to act to protect and preserve the Pittwater areas major and most valuable asset - its natural heritage.

PNHA is an incorporated association seeking broad based community membership and support to enable it to have an effective and authoritative voice speaking out for the preservation of Pittwater's natural heritage.

Our Aims

  • To raise public awareness of the conservation value of the natural heritage of the Pittwater area: its landforms, watercourses, soils and local native vegetation and fauna.
  • To raise public awareness of the threats to the long-term sustainability of Pittwater's natural heritage.
  • To foster individual and community responsibility for caring for this natural heritage.
  • To encourage Pittwater Council and the NSW Government to adopt and implement policies and works which will conserve, sustain and enhance the natural heritage of Pittwater.

Some of our interests and concerns include:

  • Native Tree Canopy
  • "Wildlife Friendly" Gardens
  • Weed Infestation
  • Keeping our Waterways Healthy
  • Beaches and Dunes

Act to Preserve and Protect!

If you would like to join us, please fill out the Membership Form. Visit: https://pnha.org.au

Sunday April 26 Fauna: Underpass below Mona Vale Rd East, Ingleside.

If you missed this walk last year, here’s your chance to see how fauna can move between areas of bushland, so important for finding territory, mates and food. 

Meet 9am at corner of Ingleside Rd and Laurel Rd East. Walk ends about 11am.

Saturday May 23: PNHA stall at Avalon Car Boot Sale, Dunbar Park Avalon.

From 8am to 2pm, we’ll offer Information on identifying and controlling weeds. See our posters about invertebrates in local gardens. Our famous $2 local flora, fauna and scenery cards will be for sale. Come and have a chat. 

Sunday May 24: Walk in Red Hill Bushland Reserve, Beacon Hill

Meet 9am on Lady Penrhyn Drive opposite no. 41A, close to the open gate. Flora, birds, views. Walk ends about 11.30. 

Sunday June 28: Crown to the Sea Walk, Newport

Meet 9am at Porter Reserve, Neptune Rd Newport. Walk ends about 12 noon. This walk goes through several very different bushland reserves with coastal heath and littoral rainforest.

Wildflowers, ferns and coastal views. Moderate fitness needed for some steep tracks and many steps. Limit: 15 people so please book early. We will provide the Crown to the Sea map to participants on booking.

Sunday July 26: Ingleside Chase Reserve

Meet 9am at end of Irrawong Rd North Narrabeen, walk ends about 11am. Birds and swamp forest along Mullet Creek. Swamp Mahoganies will be flowering attracting birds. Binoculars a must for this walk.

Sunday August 23: Spring in the Bush

Meet 9am at corner of Mallawa Rd and Bulara St, Terrey Hills. Walk ends about 11am. With a focus on botany, we’ll see flowering plants in the Proteaceae plant family, waratahs, endangered Grevillea caleyi , right, and others in the major Australian Proteaceae plant family. Birds, too. 

Sunday September 27: The Chiltern Track, Ku-ring-gai N.P.

Meet 9am at track entrance with barred gate on Chiltern Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 11am. One of our favourite walks to see Sydney sandstone flora in spring. Native plant species list available. Birds too, often a Yellow-tufted Honeyeater here. 

Sunday October 25: Katandra by Night

Meet 6.45pm at Katandra Bushland Sanctuary on Lane Cove Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 8.45pm. Sunset is about 7.15. The bush by night is wonderful. We hope to see fireflies again as on previous walks here in October. Bring a torch, or headtorch, preferably with a red light option so as not to dazzle possums. Moderate fitness needed for the bush track and steps. Limit: 15 people, so please book early. 

Sunday November 22: Deep Creek Reserve

Meet 9am in Deep Creek reserve, off Wakehurst Parkway. Walk ends about 11am. Birds and bushland. From the bridge across the creek we may see Dollarbirds, summer breeding migrants that nest in hollows, with their youngsters. Black Bitterns have been observed along the creek margins, so bring binoculars. 

Please help Dee Why Lagoon: Clean Up

WHEN: Sunday 28th June at 10:00am
WHERE: Dee Why Lagoon
Meeting point: opposite Hadleigh Avenue - DY Lagoon side


WHAT TO BRING:
  • Gumboots (if you have them)
  • Hat
  • Water bottle
  • A smile
SUPPLIED:
  • Gloves
  • Pickers
  • Buckets
We really need your help for this one! Dee Why Lagoon is currently filled with rubbish, and the more volunteers we have, the bigger impact we can make.

Every pair of hands makes a difference, whether you can stay for 30 minutes or the whole clean-up. Together we can help restore this beautiful local environment for wildlife and our community.

If you can’t make it on the day, that’s completely okay! We’d love it if you could help by sharing this notice with your friends, family, colleagues, and local community groups. Every share helps us reach more potential volunteers.
NB Clean Up Crew
___________________

 

National Plant a Tree Day 2026: 30 Year Anniversary

Planet Ark's National Tree Day started in 1996 and has grown into Australia's largest community tree planting and nature care event.

It's a call to action for all Australians to get their hands dirty and give back to the community. While every day can be Tree Day, we generally celebrate Schools Tree Day and National Tree Day on the last Friday and Sunday in July.

2026 DATES

  • National Tree Day - Sunday 26 July
  • Schools Tree Day - Friday 24 July
  • Tropical Tree Day - Sunday 6 December

To find out more, get involved, or register a site, visit: nationaltreeday.org.au

At this stage only one local site is registered - but this section will be updated prior to NTD 2026 - that site is:

Saint Matthews Farm Reserve, Cromer

Everyone is invited to help us regenerate this important wildlife corridor with native plants. Make Cromer a cooler, greener and more connected place for our community, wildlife and creek stabilisation.

Sunday, 26 July 2026: 10:00am to 1:00pm

Site Organiser: Michael Kneipp - volunteer at this site

Humpback whale successfully freed from entanglement off NSW South Coast

Monday June 15 2026

A humpback whale entangled off the NSW South Coast has been successfully freed following a response led by NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) with support from Marine Rescue NSW and ORRCA.

The whale was first reported to ORRCA’s 24/7 Rescue Hotline near Batemans Bay, trailing lines used for fishing and buoys attached.

A specialist response was mobilised, with teams tracking the whale and working together on Saturday to safely remove the entanglement on the weekend.

The NPWS Large Whale Disentanglement Team (LWDT) successfully removed 46 metres of trailing line, two buoys and seaweed weighing a total of 13 kilograms from the whale, allowing it to resume more natural movement. Following the disentanglement, the whale was observed moving faster and responding positively.

A drone pilot operating as part of the NSW Right Whale ID Program obtained aerial imagery of the whale, providing valuable information on the type and configuration of the entanglement to assist the response.

Disentangling marine wildlife is a complex and dangerous operation that requires highly trained operators, specialist equipment and suitable conditions to safely approach and assist animals at sea.

Large Whale Disentanglement training is supported by the NSW Marine Estate Management Strategy (MEMS).

NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service Incident Controller Andrew Wall said:

“This was a fantastic outcome for this whale and a great example of the importance of rapid reporting and coordinated response efforts by a variety of specially trained teams.

“If you see an entangled whale, please report its location, direction and speed to NPWS on 1300 072 757 or the ORRCA Rescue Hotline on 02 9415 3333.”

Marine Rescue NSW Inspector Glenn Sullivan said:

“Volunteers and rescue vessels from Marine Rescue Batemans Bay and Ulladulla played an important role in this operation.

“Marine Rescue NSW vessels act as the mothership during these complex responses, with Marine Rescue volunteers tracking the whale from Batemans Bay to Bawley Point, where they rendezvoused with Marine Rescue Ulladulla volunteers and the NPWS team.

“It was extremely rewarding to see the whale successfully freed and able to continue its journey unhindered.”

ORRCA President Ashley Ryan said:

“Whale entanglements remain one of the most significant threats faced by migrating humpback whales along our coastline. These incidents can quickly become life-threatening, which is why rapid reporting and a coordinated response are so critical.

“ORRCA volunteers have already invested hundreds of hours this migration season tracking entangled whales and supporting response efforts. While not every situation presents an opportunity for intervention, it’s extremely rewarding to see a coordinated, full-scale response achieve a positive outcome when the conditions and circumstances allow.”

NPWS Large Whale Disentanglement Team members (from left to right): James Ratcliff, Layla Cattell, Andrew Ferguson and Adam Gietzelt. Credit: NSW Marine Rescue

Have your say on the Caves Beach to Budgewoi Coastal Trail draft master plan

The draft master plan for a continuous coastal walking trail linking Caves Beach to Budgewoi will be on public exhibition from 12 June to 17 July.

National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) and Transport for NSW (TfNSW) invite community members, local residents, walkers and other interested stakeholders to review the draft master plan and provide feedback during the exhibition period.

The proposed trail corridor spans neighbouring suburbs including Budgewoi, Lake Munmorah, Catherine Hill Bay and Caves Beach, crossing both Central Coast and Lake Macquarie local government areas.

Most of the proposed trail is located within Wallarah National Park and Munmorah State Conservation Area.

The draft master plan is intended to guide the development of a safe and sustainable coastal walking trail that connects people with the area’s natural landscapes and supports nature-based recreation. Proposed features include improved access for walking and connecting with nature, educational signage and places to rest.

The master plan is being developed by NPWS with the project delivered in partnership with TfNSW. Current funding supports the development of the draft master plan.

NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service Director for Hunter Central Coast, Kylie Yeend stated:

“This draft master plan sets out an exciting vision for a coastal trail with ocean views, coastal bushland and places to stop and take in the scenery.

“It’s great to be progressing this election commitment and planning a trail that will benefit locals from Budgewoi to Caves Beach, as well as visitors.

“The draft master plan will be online from 12 June and you can attend a drop-in session – the full details are on the website at Caves Beach to Budgewoi Coastal Trail."

Transport for NSW Deputy Secretary Trudi Mares said:

“Spending time outdoors is one of the best things you can do for your mental and physical health, and this draft master plan is an important step towards another fantastic coastal trail for our state.

“The NSW Government has launched a consultation that will inform the development of the state’s first ever Walking Strategy to improve the way government and councils plan, fund and design public spaces to encourage walking.

“This draft masterplan for what’s set to be one of our most iconic coastal walks and we want to hear valuable feedback from the community, especially if you live locally or have an interest in sustainable track development.”

Winter environmental flow to support Lachlan floodplains

Announced: Wednesday June 17 2026

An environmental watering event is planned for the Lachlan River system to support extensive areas of high-quality floodplain and wetland habitat from late Winter through to Summer.

Up to 80,000 megalitres (ML) of environmental water will be delivered, targeting the Lachlan Swamp wetland system and the Greater Cumbung region below Whealbah to Oxley. The flow is being coordinated and delivered together by New South Wales and the Commonwealth Environmental Water Holder.

Peak flows will average 1,600 ML/day at the Whealbah gauge for up to 44 days. Water will move through the Lachlan River and Torriganny Creek and across diverse floodplain vegetation types characterised by braided channels, swamps and deep, open water lakes.

Water will be supplied from Wyangala Dam with releases commencing in mid-June. It is estimated that the flows will reach Willandra Weir by 2 July and Whealbah by 10 July.

To achieve targeted flow rates at Whealbah gauge, releases from Wyangala Dam will largely be at rates higher than typical winter river flows, ranging from about 2,000 ML/day to 3,000 ML/day.

Senior Environmental Water Management Officer with the NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water, Dr Jo Lenehan, said the timing is important for the Lachlan Swamp.

‘Parts of these water dependent ecosystems have been without water for close to 2 years. This flow will provide the water they need while they can still respond and recover,’ Dr Lenehan said.

The flows are expected to inundate more than 25,000 hectares of wetland and floodplain, along with large sections of the Lachlan River channel downstream of Lake Brewster. The flows will deliver broad environmental benefits.

‘We expect strong outcomes for waterbirds, native vegetation and species like the southern bell frog that rely on these flows to breed,’ she said.

The watering will support river red gum forests, river cooba, black box woodlands and lignum shrublands, which depend on regular flooding to remain healthy. 

It will also create feeding and nesting habitat for waterbirds, including threatened species such as the Australasian bittern, freckled duck and blue-billed duck.

‘Events like this can create tens of thousands of hectares of feeding habitat for waterbirds during peak movement and breeding seasons, when their energy needs are high,’ Dr Lenehan said.

The environmental flow is designed to build ecosystem resilience after the wetter years between 2021 and 2024. Research shows key floodplain species, such as river red gums, should ideally not be dry for more than 3 years if they are to remain healthy and recover from drought stress.

Follow-up watering is important to support the natural regeneration and recruitment of a range of flood-dependent species after the recent major flood events, and the long-term sustainability of vegetation communities at catchment scale.

With forecasts pointing to drier conditions, Dr Lenehan said acting now is important.

‘We’re using available water to maintain the improvements made during the recent wetter years and give these ecosystems the best chance to cope with what comes next.’

A bulk delivery in Winter to early Spring is also more efficient due to lower evaporation and seepage within the river channel as it moves to its target location. It also aligns with low irrigation demand.

The department has worked closely with landholders and stakeholders to provide clear information about how the flows will move through the system and spread onto the target floodplain.

A monitoring program will track outcomes, including surveys of waterbirds, vegetation, frogs and fish, supported by real-time sensors and on-ground observations.

‘This is one of the largest environmental watering actions planned for the Lachlan system in 2026. It will support the long-term health of nationally significant wetlands and the hundreds of species that rely on them,’ Dr Lenehan said.

Photo: A Winter environmental flow in the Lachlan catchment will support southern bell frog habitat. Image credit: Adam Kereszy

$130 million boost to make NSW national parks safer and more accessible for families

Announced: Saturday June 20 2026

$130 million is being invested by the Minns Labor Government to keep NSW national parks safe, accessible and ready for record numbers of families to enjoy the great outdoors.

From bushwalks and beach days to camping trips, mountain biking and wildlife spotting, NSW national parks give families some of the best and most affordable days out anywhere in the state.

At a time when household budgets are under pressure, more people are turning to national parks for low-cost holidays, weekend adventures and time in nature.

This investment in the 2026 NSW Budget will help renew ageing infrastructure, upgrade facilities and improve accessibility across the national parks network, so more people can get out, explore and enjoy these special places.

The funding will support works on walking tracks, campgrounds, picnic areas, amenities, lookouts, roads, visitor centres and more. It will also help rebuild and strengthen infrastructure damaged by floods, storms and landslips, improving resilience to natural disasters and helping much-loved visitor destinations reopen more quickly after extreme weather.

NSW’s network of around 900 parks and reserves hosted a record 65.6 million visits last year, showing just how much families, communities and visitors value time outdoors.

National parks are also a major driver of regional tourism, generating $19.5 billion in economic activity a year and supporting more than 62,000 jobs, with most benefits flowing to rural and regional areas.

By creating iconic new parks and investing in existing infrastructure, the Minns Labor Government is helping attract more visitors, support local tourism businesses and strengthen regional economies.

This Budget builds on our record investment in new parks and visitor experiences, including at Sydney’s Wolli Creek Regional Park. Work is almost complete on new and upgraded walking tracks, playground equipment, amenity blocks and picnic tables. The Minns Labor Government has added another three hectares of bushland to this city park, giving the community more space to explore.

Other projects include the Great Koala National Park, new parks in Outback NSW, new multi-day walks near Sydney, Lithgow and Dorrigo, and construction of visitor centres at Kamay Botany Bay and Dorrigo.

Minister for the Environment, Penny Sharpe, said:

“NSW national parks are booming and it’s easy to see why. They are some of the most beautiful, accessible and affordable places for families to spend time together.

“This investment is about backing the visitor facilities people want to use, so more visitors can enjoy memorable and affordable days out in nature. This is especially important at a time when household budgets are under pressure and visitor numbers are booming.”

Barrenjoey Headland, part of Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park, where recent works have been undertaken on Smuggler's Track

Dingoes in national parks in New South Wales Upper House Inquiry

Submissions close July 17

An Upper House committee has commenced an inquiry into the cultural and ecological significance of dingoes and their treatment in national parks in New South Wales.

The inquiry will consider a range of matters, including the genetic status of dingoes, their ecological role and the management of them in national parks, as well as the cultural significance of dingoes for First Nations communities.

Chair of the committee, the Hon Emma Hurst MLC, said "Dingoes occupy a unique place in Australia's natural environment and cultural landscape, and this inquiry provides an opportunity to consider how they are classified, managed and conserved in national parks in New South Wales".

The Chair continued, "The committee will examine whether existing legislative and policy frameworks are fit for purpose, and look at ways in which Indigenous knowledge and leadership could be more effectively incorporated into dingo conservation practices."

The committee welcomes submissions from interested stakeholders, including First Nations groups, government bodies, community organisations, and members of the public. The closing date for submissions is Friday 17 July 2026.

For more information about this inquiry, including the committee membership, terms of reference, and how to lodge a submission, visit the inquiry webpage.

TERMS OF REFERENCE

(1) That the Animal Welfare Committee inquire into and report on the treatment and the cultural and ecological significance of dingoes in national parks in New South Wales, and in particular:

(a) the genetic status of dingoes, the distinction between dingoes and dogs and recent research into the genetic profile of NSW dingoes

(b) the legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks governing the management of dingoes in New South Wales in national parks

(c) the ecological role of dingoes in national parks

(d) the cultural significance of dingoes for First Nations communities

(e) the impact of current government policies and programs for the management of dingoes in national parks

(f) dingo management including opportunities for incorporation of Indigenous knowledge and leadership in dingo conservation in national parks, and

(g) any other related matters.

The terms of reference for the inquiry were self-referred by the committee on 19 May 2026.

Muogamarra open season 2026: Bookings Open

Nature lovers are urged to get in quick as the hottest ticket in town, to wander through the wildflowers at magnificent Muogamarra Nature Reserve, is now open for bookings.

The nature reserve north of Sydney is open for just 6 weeks a year in order to protect its precious plants and fragile Aboriginal cultural heritage.

It’s a short window that packs a punch, coinciding with peak flowering of more than 900 species of native plants.

Think waratahs, majestic angophoras, banksias, pink boronias and delicate native orchids.

Walking tracks around the nature reserve also offer stunning views of the Hawkesbury River and Berowra Creek, as well as expansive views of Bar, Milson and Spectacle islands.

Steeped in cultural heritage in the lands of the traditional custodians, Muogamarra protects important Aboriginal sites, including rock engravings, grinding grooves and shell middens.

The reserve was established by railway engineer and conservationist John Duncan Tipper in 1934, who named the sanctuary Muogamarra, after what he believed was an Awabakal word meaning ‘preserve for the future’. Driven by a passion to safeguard the area’s native flora and fauna from development, he secured a lease for the land. Public access was limited to subscription visits and special wildflower days to protect the vulnerable ecosystem. In 1953, Tipper handed over the reins to the government and the tradition continues.

Visit: Muogamarra Nature Reserve in Cowan celebrates 90 years: a few insights into The Vision of John Duncan Tipper, Founder - 2024 History Feature

Four different types of guided tours are on offer. Each tour covers a unique section of the park and range from around 3 to 10 kilometres of walking.

Tickets for the season from 15 August to 20 September are available now and usually sell out. Entry is by booked guided or self-guided tour only.

Bookings here: nswparks.info/muogamarra

National Parks and Wildlife Service Discovery Coordinator David Thompson said:

“This is one of our most popular opportunities in NSW national parks, with good reason.

“Wandering through the wildflowers of Muogamarra is a rare, memorable experience, and every year bookings go fast, as more and more people discover this secret garden on Sydney’s doorstep.”


Bird Sanctuary (Lady Hore Ruthven). J. D. Tipper, Prop., August 1935.  Lady Hore Ruthven was NSW Governor’s wife  Reference: State Library NSW  (Created before 1955).  Bird Sanctuary (Lady Hore Ruthven). J. D. Tipper, Prop., August 1935 . Retrieved from https://collection.sl.nsw.gov.au/record/1xqG6x6Y/2lMEwmvBJrkD0


The Hon Penny Sharpe – Minister for the Environment, with Susan Rumble – Chase Alive Discovery programme volunteer tour guide, Muogamarra Nature Reserve and David Thompson – Discovery Coordinator, Muogamarra Nature Reserve, September 1st 2024

2026 Tour de Gorge

Mountain bike riders, families and outdoor adventurers are invited to experience the rugged beauty of the Pilliga when the annual Tour de Gorge returns on Saturday 5 September 2026.

The much-loved cycling event will take riders through some of the most spectacular and rarely accessed areas of the Pilliga Forest and Pilliga Nature Reserve, near Baradine, featuring dramatic sandstone formations, towering cypress pines, wildflowers and rich wildlife habitats.

Since launching in 2013, Tour de Gorge has become a popular spring event in regional NSW, offering something for all ages and experience levels with multiple ride options through one of Australia’s most unique and rugged landscapes.

Participants can choose from a family-friendly short course or a longer adventure riding along unsealed forest trails that wind through the iconic Pilliga landscape. Riders will enjoy exclusive access to sections of the forest that are usually closed to the public. The event begins and ends at Pilliga Pottery, where visitors can relax after the ride, enjoy food and soak up the community atmosphere.

Cyclists can also purchase the official 2026 Tour de Gorge riding jersey when registering online. Entry costs $30 per rider and includes a registration pack. The pre-ride briefing begins at 8:30 am, with riders departing from 9 am. To register or find more information, visit the Tour de Gorge event page.

NPWS Director Northern Inland John Whittall stated:

“Tour de Gorge is a fantastic opportunity for people to explore the Pilliga and experience one of NSW’s most remarkable natural landscapes on two wheels.

“From towering cypress pines and sandstone gorges to vibrant spring wildflowers, the ride showcases the incredible diversity and beauty of the Pilliga Forest.

“This event is about more than cycling. It’s a chance to connect with nature, culture and community while enjoying a memorable day out in the heart of regional NSW.”

Solar for apartment residents: Co-funding

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW have solar installed, but the NSW Department of Climate Chnage, Energy, the Environment and Water are on a mission to change this.

Their Solar for Apartment Residents grant is co-funding shared solar panel installations on eligible apartment buildings and multi-unit dwellings and has already helped thousands of households.

They’ve extended the program to help more homeowners and renters reduce their energy bills and have also allocated extra funds through a separate Boost grant to help priority communities too.

Application closes: 4 December 2026, 5:00 pm

Share this with your Owners Corporation or Stata Manager and check your building's eligibility at: www.nsw.gov.au/grants-and-funding/solar-for-apartment-residents-soar-grant-program

 

Dedicated alpine weather page part of latest BOM website improvements

The Bureau of Meteorology has delivered its latest website update.

In this release navigation has improved, there’s a new dedicated alpine weather page in time for the ski season, and the weather map has more place names.

Bureau of Meteorology CEO Dr Stuart Minchin said the update was a direct response to community feedback.

“Since launch, we've had requests for more locations to be added to the weather map,” Dr Minchin said.

“Our website is there to serve all Australians. We've now added more than 100 place names, primarily in the Northern Territory and Queensland.

“We'll be adding hundreds more in the months ahead.”

The weather map will now remember users’ most recent pan and zoom position, keeping the settings the same for the next time the page is viewed.

For example, if your last visit was a maximum zoomed-in view of Mount Isa, Queensland, this is the view you'll see next time you visit the rain radar.

“Changes like these will make it easier for everyone to find what they need,” Dr Minchin said.

Other changes include the UV Index being restored to the hourly forecast and updating the presentation of flood warnings.

A new alpine weather page provides weather map layers for snow, wind and temperature, and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions in one page.

The updated Alpine regions page provides weather maps and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions.

Alpine regions offers information across 2 tabs:

  • Forecasts – alpine districts and locations
  • Map – 3 hourly snow, wind and temperature forecasts.

Navigating the website has become easier with changes to tabs and page layouts on a number of key pages such as Forecasts and observations, Coasts and Oceans and state, territory and district pages.

“People have told us that navigating to forecasts and observations for districts and states was hard,” Dr Minchin said.

“We’ve paid close attention to this feedback.

“Combined with last month's search improvements, this will make it easier for regional web users to find out if their district is expecting rain or sunshine.”

Updates will continue to be made to the website in response to the feedback received from the community.

Information about recent changes is available at bom.gov.au/website-help/website-updates

The ski season starts on the June long weekend and runs until October's long weekend in NSW. 

The Kiandra Alpine Club's Snow Carnival, 1900. Photo: Kerry

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at  sydneywildliferescueline@gmail.com

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period to 31 July 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Mona Vale Dunes bushcare group: 2026 Dates

What’s Happening? Mona Vale Dunes Bushcare group catch-up. 

In 2026 our usual work mornings will be the second Saturday and third Thursday of each month. You can come to either or both. 

We are maintaining an area south of Golf Avenue. This was cleared of dense lantana, green cestrum and ground Asparagus in 2019-2020. 600 tubestock were planted in June 2021, and natural regeneration is ongoing. 

Photos: The site In November 2019, chainsaws at the ready. In July 2025, look at the difference - coastal dune vegetation instead of dense weeds. But maintenance continues and bushcarers are on the job. Can you join us?

(access to this southern of MV Dunes  - parking near Mona Vale Headland reserve, or walk from Golf Ave.) 

For comparison, see this image of MV dunes in 1969!, taken from atop the home units at the end of Golf Avenue. 

2026 Dates

Bangalley Headland WPA Bushcare 2026

Watch out for PNHA signs telling you about bush regeneration and our local environment. This is one of many coming up.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

Levels of ‘forever chemicals’ in dolphins and whales are rising globally

Katharina J. Peters, University of Wollongong; Frédérik Saltré, University of Technology Sydney; Australian Museum, and Karen Stockin, Te Kunenga ki Pūrehuroa – Massey University

Whales and dolphins inhabit some of the largest and seemingly most pristine environments on Earth, from tropical coastlines to Antarctic waters. Yet even they cannot escape PFAS – persistent “forever chemicals” that leak from our homes, factories and waterways into the sea.

Forever chemicals are the secret ingredients in our non-stick pans, waterproof jackets and stain-resistant carpets. These chemicals belong to a group of more than 1,400 compounds known as PFAS (per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances). They enter the environment through manufacturing waste, industrial runoff, wastewater treatment plants and firefighting foams. But once these chemicals escape our homes and factories, they become almost impossible to get rid of. Washed into waterways, they make their way to the sea.

Small organisms absorb them from the water, fish eat those organisms and larger predators eat the fish. At each step, the chemical load increases. As top predators, whales and dolphins can end up with very high levels in their bodies. Not even deep-diving species living and feeding far from humans are safe.

In our new research, we found PFAS concentrations in cetaceans have increased globally since 2000. Animals in the Pacific Ocean were the most contaminated, with humpback dolphins showing the highest PFAS concentrations.

These mammals are sentinels of ocean health. They sit high in the food web, live for many years and are exposed to pollution across large areas of the ocean. When whales and dolphins show signs of chemical exposure, it tells us something is wrong in the wider marine ecosystem.

pod of dolphins hunting sardines, shot from below.
Forever chemicals move through the food web and end up in the bodies of high-level predators such as dolphins. Dmitry Miroshnikov/Getty

Why are we worried about forever chemicals?

Many of these chemicals have been in use for decades. Their sheer durability and ability to resist heat, oil and water make them very useful.

Scientists have grown increasingly concerned about them because they persist for decades and build up over time in our own bodies, as well as in wildlife and the broader environment.

The key concern is what these chemicals may be doing to the animals that accumulate them.

Research in humans and laboratory animals links PFAS to immune suppression, hormonal changes, reproductive problems and developmental effects. But we don’t yet have enough research to understand how different PFAS compounds and levels of exposure affect health.

Understanding these impacts in whales and dolphins is harder still. Marine mammals are long-lived, highly mobile and exposed to many human-made problems at once, from climate change to noise pollution to other contaminants.

Even so, there are warning signs. Some dolphin studies have reported changes in immune-related markers associated with PFAS exposure.

How do you test a whale for forever chemicals?

For humans, testing PFAS levels is usually done with a blood test. It is not as simple for whales and dolphins.

It is extremely difficult to take blood samples from large marine mammals in the wild. Scientists often rely on tissue samples from dead animals, particularly from the liver and kidney where many PFAS compounds tend to accumulate. These samples are analysed in specialised laboratories capable of detecting tiny concentrations of individual PFAS compounds.

This way, scientists have been measuring PFAS in whales and dolphins for decades. Each study added another piece to the puzzle, showing these chemicals were present in different species, populations and oceans.

Our study took a step back and looked at the global picture.

We compiled PFAS data from cetaceans worldwide, focusing on liver samples because they are the most commonly available tissue type, allowing us to compare studies across species and regions.

What did we find?

We found PFAS contamination differed substantially across species, location, sex, age and time.

Infographic showing the main findings of the study. CC BY

The highest concentrations tended to be found in coastal dolphins and porpoises, suggesting animals living near urban and industrial areas face greater exposure.

Cetaceans in the Pacific had higher levels than other oceans. This is likely due to high industrial activity and the extent of historical PFAS production in coastal regions.

Female whales and dolphins can transfer forever chemicals during pregnancy and nursing. This means their calves can be exposed to concerning levels of PFAS at a very early age.

Males often end up with higher levels than females overall, as they cannot transfer these chemicals to their young.

There are some large gaps in the global dataset we collated, which means we don’t fully know the extent of PFAS contamination in cetaceans off India, Indonesia and parts of Africa.

humpback whale and calf swimming below the surface.
Female whales and dolphins can transfer forever chemicals to their calves. Kerstin Meyer/Getty

What should we do?

While important questions remain about the effects of forever chemicals on whales and dolphins, the widespread contamination we observed is a real concern. We need to continue monitoring while strengthening regulations and working to reduce PFAS flows into the environment.

History shows global action on harmful chemicals works. After it became clear Earth’s protective ozone layer was being eaten away, nations agreed to phase out the chemicals responsible. The ozone layer is now recovering.

The European Union moved to ban some PFAS compounds 20 years ago. Our study found lower levels of some legacy PFAS compounds in the Mediterranean Sea, a pattern that may reflect the effects of regulation. This is positive, but not sufficient given overall PFAS levels in whales and dolphins have increased globally over time. The EU is now moving to better regulate this class of forever chemicals.

Forever chemicals are one of the defining pollution challenges of our time. The more we understand how these chemicals accumulate in whales and dolphins, the better equipped we will be to reduce future contamination and protect marine ecosystems.

What ends up in the ocean does not simply disappear. And neither do PFAS.

This article is based on collaborative research that also included Lavinia Stokes (University of Wollongong), Jesuina de Araujo (National Measurement Institute) and Gavin Stevenson (National Measurement Institute).The Conversation

Katharina J. Peters, Lecturer in Biological Sciences, University of Wollongong; Frédérik Saltré, Senior Lecturer in Ecology and Biogeography, University of Technology Sydney; Australian Museum, and Karen Stockin, Professor of Marine Ecology, Te Kunenga ki Pūrehuroa – Massey University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The weather bureau has just declared an El Niño. What could this mean for Australia?

Marnie Griffiths/Getty
Kimberley Reid, The University of Melbourne

After months of anticipation, the Bureau of Meteorology officially declared an El Niño on June 16.

El Niño is a naturally occurring variation in temperature and winds across the Pacific Ocean that can influence weather around the globe.

During El Niño, sea surface temperatures in the central and eastern Pacific warm up and trade winds – which typically blow from east to west along the equator – weaken. As a result, a region of strong storm activity known as the Walker Circulation shifts east over the Pacific Ocean, drawing moisture and clouds away from Australia.

Past El Niño events have coincided with some of the driest and hottest weather in Australian history.

Making El Niño official

El Niño events occur about every three to seven years, and can last anywhere from six months to two years. They typically ramp up in winter and spring, before easing in autumn.

The likelihood of El Niño has been in the news for months, but the Bureau of Meteorology only just officially declared it active. That’s because there is a specific set of criteria that must be met.

Scientists must observe at least three of the following:

  1. Sea surface temperatures in the central Pacific Ocean must be greater than 0.8°C above average

  2. The trade winds that blow east to west across the Pacific have to be weaker than average for the past four months

  3. The Southern Oscillation Index, which measures the difference in atmospheric pressure between Tahiti and Darwin, must be lower than -7. This tells us whether the region of strong storm activity is closer to Darwin or Tahiti

  4. The majority of global seasonal forecasting models must predict that ocean temperatures in the Pacific will stay warm for at least three months.

What does this mean for Australia?

Importantly, an El Niño declaration is not a forecast. Rather, it’s a statement on the current conditions in the Pacific Ocean.

On average, past El Niño events were associated with warmer than normal maximum temperatures across Australia, particularly in winter and spring. They were also linked to drier than average winter and spring conditions, especially in eastern Australia.

Western Australia is not as affected by El Niño because, particularly compared to eastern states, it’s only indirectly influenced by Pacific Ocean conditions. The north of the country, however, tends to experience fewer tropical cyclones on average and a delayed start to the monsoon season during El Niño.

It may seem counterintuitive, but El Niño can lead to colder minimum temperatures and therefore more frost. This is because we tend to see less cloud cover during El Niño, and nighttime clouds act like a blanket that stops heat from escaping to space.

However, global average temperatures tend to be hotter during El Niño. And we often see record breaking years coinciding with El Niño.

It’s worth noting, human-made greenhouse gas emissions are the main driver of rising global average temperatures. However, El Niño can tip these temperatures to record breaking levels.

Why are people talking about a ‘super El Niño’?

You may have seen reports of a potential “Super El Niño”. A “super” or “strong” El Niño refers to events where the sea surface temperatures in the Central Pacific Ocean are about 2°C warmer than normal.

As of June 14, the sea surface temperatures in this region were 0.92°C above average. However, forecasting models suggest temperatures could exceed the 2°C threshold by late winter.

However, a “super El Niño” will not necessarily lead to “super droughts” or “super bushfires”. That’s because, in Australia, the strength of an El Niño event is not related to the severity of its impacts.

The 2002 El Niño event was weak, but was still associated with widespread drought and severe bushfires in some parts of Australia. In contrast, the strong El Niño of 2015 affected rainfall patterns differently across the country.

El Niño is not the whole story

El Niño is just one ingredient in the recipe of Australian weather.

Our weather is influenced by El Niño in the Pacific Ocean as well as the Indian Ocean Dipole, sometimes known as El Niño’s cousin to the west. Australia’s weather is also shaped by shifts in the jet stream to the south – which impacts how many cold fronts reach Australia – and tropical storms in the north.

Now that El Niño has been declared, scientists will keep a close eye on what happens in the Indian Ocean. If waters off Australia’s northwest cool over winter, the rest of the year may be quite dry. But if the waters off northwest Australia get warmer, it’s less likely a drought will develop.

In short, many factors must coincide to cause severe droughts and bushfires in Australia. Currently, this is not happening. So the Bureau’s long-range forecast – which considers all these factors as well as El Niño – offers the most accurate information about Australia’s ever-changing weather.The Conversation

Kimberley Reid, Postdoctoral Research Fellow in Atmospheric Sciences, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

El Niño is back, and ocean temperatures are already near record highs – that can spell disaster for fish and corals

Dillon Amaya, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

It’s official: El Niño is back. By late fall 2026, forecast models give a 2-in-3 chance of a strong-to-very strong El Niño affecting the weather, climate and ocean temperatures across the planet.

El Niño is the climate system’s biggest player and one side of the El Niño-Southern Oscillation, or ENSO. It’s the heads to La Niña’s tails.

During El Niño, a swath of ocean stretching 6,000 miles (about 10,000 kilometers) westward off the coast of Ecuador warms for months on end, typically by 2 to 4 degrees Fahrenheit (about 1 to 2 degrees Celsius). A few degrees may not seem like much, but in that part of the world, it’s more than enough to completely reorganize wind, rainfall and temperature patterns all over the planet.

White corals cover a reef.
Marine heat waves can trigger coral bleaching. Alexis Rosenfeld/Getty Images

I’m a climate scientist who studies the oceans. With an El Niño expected to strengthen through the summer and fall, water temperatures will heat up even more. It’s time to start preparing.

How does El Niño affect the planet?

No two El Niño events are exactly alike, though we’ve seen enough of them that forecasters have a pretty good idea of what’s likely to happen.

People tend to focus on El Niño’s impact on land, justifiably. The warm water affects air currents that leave areas wetter or drier than usual. It can ramp up storms in some areas, like the southern U.S., while tending to tamp down Atlantic hurricane activity.

How El Niño forms. NOAA.

El Niño can also wreak havoc on the many marine ecosystems that support the world’s fishing industries, including coral reefs and seagrass meadows.

Specifically, El Niño tends to trigger intense and widespread periods of extreme ocean warming known as marine heat waves.

Global ocean temperatures are already near record highs, so El Niño-induced marine heat waves could push many sensitive fisheries to a breaking point.

What is a marine heat wave?

A marine heat wave is just that: a “wave” of extreme heat in the ocean, not dissimilar to an atmospheric heat wave on land.

At their smallest, marine heat waves can inundate local bays and coves with hotter-than-normal water for a few days or weeks. At their largest, marine heat waves like the Northeast Pacific Warm Blob of 2013-2014 can grow to gargantuan proportions, with regions three times the size of Texas experiencing ocean temperatures 4 to 6 F (about 2 to 3 C) above average for months or even years.

Warm water might not seem like a big deal, especially to surfers hoping to leave their wetsuits at home. But for many marine organisms that are highly adapted to specific water temperatures, marine heat waves can make living in the ocean feel like running a marathon.

For example, some fish increase their metabolism in warm waters by so much that they burn energy faster than they can eat, and they can die. Pacific cod declined by 70% in the Gulf of Alaska in response to a marine heat wave. Other impacts include bleached corals, widespread harmful algal blooms, decimated seaweeds and increased marine mammal strandings. All told, billions of U.S. dollars are lost to marine heat waves each year.

Marine heat waves flare up for a variety of reasons. Sometimes, ocean currents shift warm water around. Sometimes, surface winds are weaker than normal, leading to less evaporation over the ocean and warmer waters. Sometimes, cloudy places just aren’t as cloudy for a few months, which lets more sunlight in and heats up the ocean. Sometimes, both weaker winds and fewer clouds happen at the same time, producing record-breaking marine heat waves.

How does El Niño fit in?

In the climate system, El Niño is king. When it dons its fiery crown, the entire planet takes notice, and the oceans are no exception. But the likelihood of increased marine heat wave activity during El Niño depends on where you are.

Along the U.S. West Coast during El Niño, surface winds that normally blow from the north tend to subside. This weakens evaporation and slows upwelling of colder, deeper water. That increases the chances of coastal marine heat waves. California waters are already extremely warm. El Niño could make things even hotter for longer.

Peruvian fishers have for centuries weathered periods of extreme ocean warming that drive fish away. It wasn’t until the 1920s that scientists realized that these South American marine heat waves were related to the Pacific-wide ENSO.

In the Bay of Bengal east of India, interactions between El Niño and a tropical air flow pattern known as the Walker Circulation elevate the risk for marine heat waves.

Seafloor heat waves are another risk

Even if marine heat waves aren’t obvious at the ocean surface, that doesn’t mean all is well down below.

In a 2023 study, my colleagues and I showed that marine heat waves also unfold along the seafloor of coastal regions. In fact, these “bottom marine heat waves” are sometimes more intense than their surface counterparts. They can also persist much longer. For example, a 1997-1998 bottom marine heat wave off the U.S. West Coast lasted an extra four to five months after surface ocean temperatures had already cooled.

Events like this can be related to El Niño and put a lot of stress on bottom-dwelling species. Bering Sea snow crab landings were down 84% in 2018 after a marine heat wave reached the seafloor.

We’re in (for) hot water

With El Niño on the horizon, what can we expect for this year?

The good news is seasonal forecast models can skillfully predict marine heat waves three to six months in advance, depending on the region. And forecasts tend to be most accurate during El Niño years.

Maps show increasing risk, particularly off California and in the Indian Ocean. The Arctic Ocean also heats up
Marine heat wave forecasts from May 2026 show the probability, left, based on the North American Multi-Model Ensemble, and magnitude, right, of marine heat waves expected in 2026 and early 2027. Marine heat waves were already developing off the Pacific Coasts of North, Central and South America as of June 2026. NOAA

The latest forecast predicts several marine heat waves developing as El Niño ramps up, with damaging heat reaching close to half the global ocean by the end of 2026. The California and Mexican coasts in particular have a very high likelihood of strong marine heat waves, and the Indian Ocean and parts of the Southern Ocean are also likely to see damaging heat.

These predictions are far enough out that conditions could change. Time will tell whether they hold (hot) water, but we would do well to prepare.

This article incorporates details from an article originally published April 18, 2023.The Conversation

Dillon Amaya, Climate Research Scientist, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A ‘super’ El Niño has the power to devastate fishing – and leave seals and sea lions starving

Many sea lions died in previous super El Niño. wildestanimal/Shutterstock
Samantha Garrard, Plymouth Marine Laboratory

There is a more than 60% chance that a “super” El Niño will develop by the end of this year.

This is defined as the strongest El Niño event you can get, and happens when sea surface temperatures in the tropical Pacific Ocean rise by more than 2°C. During a super El Niño, the ocean gives off extra heat into the air, which helps raise global temperatures. Because climate change is already warming the planet, a super El Niño could push global temperatures to the highest levels ever recorded.

El Niño conditions have already begun this year, according to the US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. While El Niño is a natural phenomenom, climate change means that El Niños are becoming stronger and more frequent.

Hotter sea surface temperatures could spell big problems for marine wildlife and fisheries alike. As the oceans warm, they become more layered, leading to warm, nutrient-poor water sitting on the surface, and cooler, nutrient-rich water trapped below. This layering makes it harder for nutrients to rise to the surface. As a result, there are fewer nutrients available for phytoplankton, the tiny plants that form the base of the marine food chain.

With less phytoplankton in the oceans, there is less food for zooplankton (drifting animals that eat phytoplankton), fish and larger animals including seabirds and marine mammals. This is even more pronounced for the tropical eastern Pacific. The Humboldt current usually brings cold, nutrient-rich water up to the surface, creating one of the most productive marine regions on Earth. But this current is disrupted and overwhelmed during an El Niño. This rich ecosystem supports both wildlife and important fisheries, making it one of the most biologically and economically important ocean regions in the world.

Temperatures for El Niño provided by the UK Met Office.
Met Office, CC BY

Dramatic effects on fisheries

Strong El Niño events are known to seriously affect Peruvian anchoveta stocks (Engraulis ringens). The super El Niño led a 55% decline in catch in 1972 and 51% on 1973, leading to severe economic hardship. The collapse was driven by El Niño combined with high fishing pressure, as fleets continued trying to maintain catch rates despite rapidly declining stocks. This forced government intervention in the fishery.

The Peruvian anchoveta (Engraulis ringens) is the basis of the world’s largest single-species fishing area, worth an estimated US$1-3 billion (£74.5 million-£2 billion) each year. Globally, this fishery accounts for about 20% of all fishmeal production, which in turn provides roughly half of the feed used in global aquaculture. This makes the species not only vital for Peru’s economy, but also essential for supporting fish farming and food production worldwide.

Reduced fishing quotas

These days El Niño conditions lead to reduced quotas and fishery closures. The anchovy fishery is currently closed due to El Niño. This has led to record-high fishmeal prices (US$2,500 per tonne) which will make aquaculture food more expensive and lead to higher fish farming costs globally.

While the Peruvian anchoveta fishery is perhaps one of the most severely effected and well-documented fisheries in response to El Niño, other fisheries across the globe are also affected by these changing ocean conditions. Along the Californian coast, squid landings plummet during El Niño years. Similarly, in the Indian Ocean, tuna catches appear to be at their lowest after a strong El Niño. Not all fish stocks decline, and some have been shown to increase in response to warmer temperatures. Declining and altered fish stocks during El Niño have been shown to lead to increased fish “wars” between countries in the South China Sea, as fishermen follow migrating fish stocks into other countries economic zones.

An image of lots of anchovies.
Anchovy stocks in Peru are likely to be seriously affected. Corrado Baratta/Shutterstock

Dying coral reefs

El Niño can also have a major impact on marine habitats. One of the most widely recognised effects is on coral reefs, with warmer marine temperatures triggering bleaching, causing corals to expel the microscopic algae they rely on for energy, and in some cases die. During El Niño years, widespread bleaching becomes common across the tropical Pacific, Indian Ocean, south-east Asia and north-east Australia, highlighting the ripple effect of El Niño.

The recent 2023-24 El Niño triggered unprecedented heat stress across the globe, with extensive mortality documented in many countries (for instance Mexico, Australia and Costa Rica).

But it is not just coral reefs that are at risk. In the Galapagos Islands, seaweed and coral habitats have disappeared, or are extremely degraded, due to sensitivity to El Niño. Similarly, mangroves have suffered mortality in Australia, while in California, kelp populations have decreased by 50-70% during El Niño.

Starvation of seals and sea lions

Large marine animals have suffered during strong El Niño. Most notable has been the starvation of a large proportion of fur seals (Arctocephalus galapagoensis) and sea lions (Zalophus californianus wollebaeki) in the Galapagos, and the dramatic reduction in seabird populations in Peru. Many South American fur seals (Arctocephalus australis) and South American sea lions (Otaria byronia) along the southern coast of Peru died. The mother seals remained at sea for longer than ever recorded before, and this is likely to be because they were looking for food.

El Niño can trigger harmful algal blooms, which occur when tiny algae in the water grow really fast and produce toxins that can harm animals and people. These blooms have led widespread deaths of whales when they feed in affected areas near the coast.

It’s hard to determine what the extent of a super El Niño will be on marine life. But with our oceans already struggling under climate change, and little time for marine populations to recover from the last El Niño of 2023-24, it could be the most devastating one yet.The Conversation

Samantha Garrard, Senior Marine Ecosystem Services Researcher, Plymouth Marine Laboratory

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Burning forest ‘waste’ to make cement damages the climate. Let’s pursue cleaner options

tylim/Getty
David Lindenmayer, Australian National University and Brendan Mackey, Griffith University

The Australian government has agreed to invest almost $53 million in a north Tasmanian company that will upgrade its coal-fired kiln to burn wood “waste” and used tyres for cement manufacturing.

The Federal Minister for Climate Change, Chris Bowen, says this initiative will help decarbonise the Australian economy.

However, the science is clear: burning forest biomass, or so-called forest “waste” – which could include dead trees, understorey vegetation and fallen logs – generates large amounts of carbon emissions. It will likely also accelerate poor forest health.

The empirical evidence shows burning forest biomass to make concrete is poor climate policy, poor environmental and forest policy, and a poor use of taxpayer funds.

Why is this happening?

In line with climate change treaty commitments under the Paris Agreement, governments worldwide are working to decarbonise their economies in an attempt to limit global warming.

This includes finding alternative sources of clean energy to using fossil fuel. This is especially important for carbon-intensive, high-polluting industries, such as concrete production. While about 56% of concrete emissions come from processing clinker (the base material for cement), 39% come from using fossil fuel to generate heat, and 14% from electricity.

Unfortunately, forest biomass is increasingly being promoted as an energy source to replace fossil fuels, for example in the United Kingdom and Europe. Most forest biomass used to generate energy will likely be trees. And what is often referred to as “waste” is actually a critical part of the structure and composition of natural forests. For example, understorey vegetation and logs provide habitat for a wide range of animal species. They play an essential role in nutrient cycling, such as storing substantial amounts of carbon.

Whilst forest biomass is technically a renewable resource, as trees can be regrown after logging, it is not a source of clean energy. This is because about half of tree biomass is carbon (assuming a moisture content of 45%). Therefore, burning a tonne of wood generates roughly a tonne of carbon dioxide emissions. Importantly, up to 30% of carbon dioxide emissions are still in the atmosphere after 1,000 years.

A man spreads concrete on a walkway, wearing high-vis clothing and a hard hat.
Concrete and its primary ingredient, cement, account for up to 8% of global carbon emissions. This is because high heat is required to turn limestone into ‘clinker’. chameleonseye/Getty

The time lag between release and absorption

Critically, there is a highly significant lag time, of decades to centuries, between carbon being instantaneously released from burning forest biomass and when it is removed from the atmosphere. These removals occur either by plant growth or through carbon making its way to the bottom of the ocean.

The lag time between burning forest biomass and tree regrowth is important because the increase in atmospheric carbon dioxide concentrations causes even more climate change. This is one of the key reasons why widespread burning of forest biomass in some European countries threatens their ability to meet Paris Agreement greenhouse gas reduction targets.

Furthermore, forest biomass has a far lower calorific content relative to coal. This means large quantities of forest material has to be burned to generate an equivalent amount of energy. This high demand for wood for biomass energy can contribute significantly to poor forest health.

Notably, Australia, along with many other governments, has committed to ending deforestation and degradation by 2030. This recognises the importance of forest carbon sequestration and storage in meeting climate targets and achieving the Paris Agreement goals.

Not an isolated example

The Tasmanian plan, that would see Cement Australia burn forest “waste” to generate energy, is far from an isolated case. There are well-developed plans for Verdant Earth Industries to reopen the former coal-fired Redbank Power Station in the Hunter Valley, in New South Wales, and generate energy by burning hundreds of thousands of tonnes of “wood waste” annually.

Much of this “waste” will likely be trees from forest and woodland regrowth, which are fundamental to the integrity of those ecosystems. This regrowth also provides habitat for a vast array of species, including a range of threatened species.

Biomass burning is frequently supported by native forest logging advocates because of structural issues in the industry. These issues include attempts to extract some financial return from an industry that is largely unprofitable. The native forest sector produces primarily low-value, high-volume commodities such as [woodchips and paper pulp], whereas plantation forest sector dominates high-value sawn wood products.

Similarly, state government forestry agencies have been unable to get market certification for wood products such as woodchips and pulpwood from bodies such as the Forest Stewardship Council. This is partly because the areas logged to produce wood products are often are home to a diverse range of plants and animals that may be threatened by logging.

Decarbonisation matters

We fully acknowledge the efforts being made to explore how emissions-intensive industries can be decarbonised, such as reducing the clinker content in cement.

However, Australian governments must stop using taxpayer money to subsidise projects that entail large-scale burning of forest and woodland biomass for industrial energy.

Alternative forms of energy, including concentrated solar power, will be important in this regard. Unlike forest biomass burning, these are both renewable and clean sources of energy.


A response was sought from Cement Australia.The Conversation

David Lindenmayer, Distinguished Professor of Ecology, Fenner School of Environment and Society, Australian National University and Brendan Mackey, Director, Griffith Climate Action Beacon, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australian farmers are desperate to escape the latest mouse plague – and may soon get relief

Robert Davis, Edith Cowan University

For months, a flood of mice has engulfed Western Australia’s agricultural regions.

For people living through it, this latest mouse plague is all-consuming. Houses, sheds, paddocks and roads are blanketed with mice. And the smell of mice, both dead and alive, is impossible to escape.

It may well be the worst plague the region has ever seen, with scientists recording up to 8,000 mice in each hectare of land. That’s ten times the number needed to officially declare a mouse plague.

But there are signs the plague could end soon. And that’s promising news for local farmers and communities.

Why so many mice?

In WA’s northern wheatbelt region, the current mouse plague started back in April. That was after a cyclone created the ideal conditions for mice to thrive, including increased rainfall and soil moisture that boosted crop yields. However, scientists were warning of a potential mouse plague back in March, based on modelling and field monitoring.

Research suggests large-scale mouse plagues mainly affect Australia and China, but the reasons for this are not yet understood.

An end in sight

Many people in affected regions are wondering when their living nightmare will end. The good news is, it’s likely to be soon.

There are three main reasons for this.

1. Less food

When it comes to growing crops, Australia is a boom and bust country. While good conditions fuel bumper crops, times of drought reduce crop yields and the growth of native plants.

So in drier years, such as this year, mice populations can drop dramatically as there’s less available food.

2. Less rain

Rainfall is the single strongest predictor of mouse plagues. High rainfall boosts the growth of plants, including agricultural crops, which provides female mice with the food and nutrition needed to rapidly breed.

Research shows plagues generally occur about three months after unusually high rainfall. However, it also suggests mouse plagues do not occur for at least two years after a significant plague event.

3. More heat

With the right conditions, mouse plagues can stretch from early autumn to winter, and even summer of the following year.

However, WA tends to have hot, dry summers that further compact and suck moisture from the region’s already hard soils. Research shows this makes it much harder for mice to burrow and keep breeding.

Concerns for local wildlife

The current mouse plague has wreaked havoc in rural communities across WA. That’s because of its scale and its timing, having coincided with the critical crop sowing period.

This prompted local farmers to lobby for double-strength mice bait to be made available, particularly in large-scale crop farming. This higher-dose bait is made of zinc phosphide, and kills mice more quickly and effectively than existing products. This lobbying proved successful, with Australia’s federal pesticides regulator approving it for use in May.

However, concerns are mounting about the effect of this double-strength bait on native birds. This type of bait has been used during previous mouse plagues, without causing secondary poisoning of native wildlife. This is because this bait does not get concentrated in mice, and therefore can’t be ingested by native predators in large quantities.

However, scientists are worried this higher-dose bait will directly poison native birds, particularly those that eat grain from paddocks. One local wildlife carer reported finding 106 native birds either dead or dying, in the small farming community of Coorow. These included western corellas, little corellas, galahs, Regent parrots and Australian ringnecks.

It is possible to test these birds for exposure to zinc phosphide, but such tests are not routinely used for screening dead wildlife and can take weeks or even months to complete. So the long-term effects of using stronger mice baits, particularly on native birds and wildlife, remain unknown.

Communities across WA have borne the brunt of this latest mouse plague. But as winter sets in and the double-strength baits take effect, relief will hopefully come soon.The Conversation

Robert Davis, Associate Professor in Wildlife Conservation, Edith Cowan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How Australia can deliver the secure gas, renewable fuels and battery minerals Asia and the Pacific need

Miragest/Getty
Robert Monterosso, University of Sydney

Energy security is a top priority globally, as governments grapple with the closure of the Strait of Hormuz, an accelerating clean energy transition and surging power demand from AI data centres.

The problem is especially acute for Asia and the Pacific, as both regions are highly dependent on imported fuels.

This is where Australia could step up as a regional energy superpower, rich in both renewables and fossil fuels. Australia could form a new energy security alliance to stabilise regional markets for the long-term.

In the short term, this would mean guaranteeing supplies of liquefied natural gas (LNG). In the longer term, green exports such as renewable fuels and battery minerals could form the bedrock of Australia’s energy relationship with Asia.

Energy insecurity is rife across Asia

The war between the United States-Israel and Iran triggered a major disruption to fossil fuel supplies.

After Iran closed the Strait of Hormuz, Asia lost 80% of its oil supply and 27% of its natural gas supply. Flow-on impacts to Pacific nations were significant, as these island nations rely heavily on diesel and food imports.

The deal to end the Iran war doesn’t mean an end to these challenges. This year has shown the risks of relying on Middle Eastern oil and gas producers in a conflict-prone region.

Asia-Pacific governments are looking for reliable partners to ensure energy security.

The world’s top two powers, the United States and China, are jostling to expand their energy exports in the region but in very different ways.

China’s response to the Iran conflict has been to double down on electrification and build its reserves of oil. Beijing is also aggressively expanding its exports of electric vehicles, solar panels, batteries and other green tech exports to root out any overseas competition.

Meanwhile, the US is pursuing a strategy of “energy dominance”, focused on producing abundant supplies of oil and gas domestically. Washington believes this will deliver affordable energy, win the AI race against China with cheap power and expand energy exports to bind allies closer.

electric vehicles at a port waiting to be loaded onto a ship.
China has cornered the market in many clean tech exports. koiguo/Getty

Time for a decisive strategy

Without a clear strategy for energy exports, Australia risks becoming a passive spectator.

The risks are twofold. Our role as a coal and LNG exporter could erode as Asian countries look elsewhere to fill their supply gap and we could miss the window of opportunity to grow our clean energy exports.

What should this strategy look like? In practice, it would involve working with allies like the United States and Japan to build a regional energy security alliance. This would focus on meeting the region’s immediate energy needs and enable Australia to play a central role in the region’s transition to clean energy. The Quad members’ recent joint statement is a strong start.

Any such alliance cannot simply focus on securing fossil fuel supply to the region. The shift to clean energy transition must be factored into its design.

Ideally, this alliance should cover the full energy supply chain. That means critical minerals, natural gas, diesel, hydrogen, batteries, data centres and even emerging products such as low-carbon fertilisers.

Australia is poised to take the lead

Australia is the only reliable high-volume LNG exporter in the Asia-Pacific.

Key competitors face challenges meeting the region’s needs. Russian gas is heavily sanctioned, Qatari exports have been held hostage in the Strait of Hormuz and US gas export terminals are concentrated on the Gulf Coast, adding 10 extra days in transit to reach Asia compared to shipments from Darwin.

Australia also has some of the greatest clean energy resources in the world, including critical minerals vital to batteries and renewables.

The United States and Canada would also play a role as major LNG and oil producers. Japan would provide the financing and shipping infrastructure that many smaller Southeast Asian nations cannot. The United States and Japan could also help produce the EVs, batteries and clean tech to drive the region’s transition.

Despite the Trump administration’s unfavourable views on wind and solar, US battery manufacturing is forecast to increase five-fold.

An alliance like this would give certainty to Indo-Pacific countries such as the Philippines, Thailand and India that Australia and its allies would not prematurely turn off fossil fuel supply.

This is pragmatic. While Australia is aiming for net zero by 2050, many Asian countries are aiming for 2060 or 2070. They may require fossil fuel supply beyond 2050 - would we rather that supply to come from Australia or Russia?

What needs to happen?

Shifting energy policies and sluggish approval timeframes have left Australia close to a gas shortfall in southern states, slowed the renewable transition and contributed to higher energy costs.

These domestic challenges must be balanced with the region’s current need for Australian energy exports.

The Iran war has shown the world is not yet ready to wean itself off fossil fuels. Despite very rapid shifts to renewables and clean transport, there are years ahead where gas and oil will remain vital.

As the region’s most reliable LNG exporter, Australia is well placed to cement its position in the Indo-Pacific’s energy landscape long-term as green exports ramp up. Grabbing this opportunity requires a cohesive strategy, partnering with like-minded allies and fixing domestic challenges.The Conversation

Robert Monterosso, Research Fellow, United States Studies Centre, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Life isn’t easy at the edge of the power grid. Could batteries and microgrids offer a brighter future?

John W. Banagan/Getty
Asma Aziz, Edith Cowan University and Yasir Arafat, Edith Cowan University

Australia’s big clean energy projects get a lot of attention, from giant solar farms to the Snowy 2.0 pumped hydro scheme. So too does the push for rooftop solar and home batteries.

What often gets overlooked are the innovations underway where the power grid ends. It costs power utilities a lot to keep these towns connected to the grid. But the plunging costs of renewables and storage mean it’s increasingly possible to do things differently. It makes sense for towns, remote communities and mine sites to produce more of their own power – and eventually, cut the link to the grid entirely.

Western Australia – a state larger than western Europe – is at the forefront of these changes. Because it’s not connected to the national power grid, it has long gone its own way on power. Now, utilities are rethinking whether the state’s huge grid is necessary. Over 15,000 kilometres of overhead line have been decommissioned in recent years.

technician installing solar on house in bushy area.
Solar and energy storage are making it possible for remote towns to produce more of their own power. Solstock/Getty

Life at the end of the grid isn’t easy

For the residents of small towns in outback Western Australia, remote First Nations communities in the Northern Territory or a mine site in the middle of the WA Goldfields, power isn’t something to take for granted.

For decades, these places have had to make do with an often unreliable trickle of electricity transmitted along very long, ageing wires. These can be battered by storms, coated in salt and sand, and regularly knocked out.

For instance, the small outback Queensland town of Thargomindah had 20 unplanned blackouts in the three months to February 2024 – more than one a week.

This is a common problem for communities at the edge of the grid. Electricity is often less reliable and more expensive. Transmitting power thousands of kilometres from where it is produced means up to 35% is lost along the way.

Many remote communities rely on diesel generators, either as a backup or permanently. Because these rely on expensive fuel trucked in, residents can end up paying much more for electricity than people in cities.

Three ways to power the end of the grid

For a long time, there was no real alternative to generators and unreliable power. Now there are several.

The three most advanced options are standalone power systems, renewable microgrids and community batteries. All represent a shift away from grid dependence, though they differ in the degree. Standalone systems operate without the grid, microgrids can work with or without it and community batteries remain connected to the network.

Standalone power

A standalone power system is a self-contained power supply combining solar panels, batteries or a backup generator to replace long, costly powerlines. These work best for large isolated properties, such as an outback station.

Combining solar with storage or a backup means the power supply is reliable, and can cut costs for both customer and the network.

Microgrids

For small towns, renewable microgrids offer a new alternative. These are essentially power grids in miniature – a local electricity network serving multiple consumers through shared solar and batteries, with diesel generators as a backup. They are overseen by a smart control system making thousands of decisions every day over when to store, use or share power. They can be owned by the community, run by a utility or operated by a third party.

Community batteries

A community battery is exactly what it sounds like: a large battery shared by many homes and businesses in a local area. It stores excess daytime power from rooftop solar and releases it when demand rises in the evening. It’s like a neighbourhood water tank, but for electricity.

These batteries reduce pressure on local networks, make voltage more stable and allow households and businesses to install more rooftop solar without grid issues. Some make it possible for eligible households to access stored power from their solar arrays for around 30% cheaper than a home battery system.

Why is Western Australia leading the way?

WA has two electricity grids – one in the southwest, where most people live, and another in the northwest mining hub. It also has 38 microgrids. Authorities want to have 1,000 standalone power systems dotting the state by 2030.

Here are some examples of what’s being tested at the edge of the grid.

The town of Kalbarri sits at the end of a notoriously unreliable 130km power line from Geraldton, regularly lashed by storms. This is why it was chosen to host the state’s standout example of what’s possible – a 5 megawatt microgrid.

It combines local wind, rooftop solar and batteries and detects faults in milliseconds, switching to island mode so smoothly that residents may not even notice. It’s expected to eliminate 80 per cent of the town’s previous outages.

Kalbarri Microgrid.

In towns such as Esperance, Exmouth and Carnarvon, 10 community batteries are being installed, while the gold mining hub of Kalgoorlie will soon host a large 50 MW battery.

Mining companies are looking to these methods to lower operating costs and cut emissions. The Agnew Gold Mine now gets 50-60% of its electricity from wind, solar and batteries with 99.99 per cent reliability, which is essential for a mining operation.

Remote First Nations communities such as Blackstone are also looking to microgrids combining solar, batteries and a diesel backup. Reliable electricity is vital for family homes and healthcare.

From the edge of the grid to cutting edge

The innovation at the edge of the grid isn’t just vital for remote residents.

These real world trials of microgrids, batteries, smart software and standalone power systems will feed into how we manage bigger energy grids and make the best use of renewables and storage.The Conversation

Asma Aziz, Senior Lecturer in Power Engineering, Edith Cowan University and Yasir Arafat, Senior Research Engineer in Electric Vehicle Batteries and Battery Storage, Edith Cowan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A waltz over evolutionary timescales: why it’s so hard for animals to invent a new mating dance

Tparla / inaturalist, CC BY-NC
Nathan Butterworth, Deakin University and Keith M. Bayless, CSIRO

“Love makes fools of all of us,” wrote 19th-century novelist William Makepeace Thackeray. A moment spent watching the pigeons at your local park suggests he was right: males with puffed-up, shimmering necks hop, pirouette, coo, and bow to capture the attention of unimpressed females.

But why do male pigeons express themselves through the passion of dance? The concept of sexual selection, first proposed by Charles Darwin, suggests that through extravagant displays, males give females information to identify their suitability as a partner. Females who choose the fittest and most well-coordinated dancers should produce fit and well-coordinated offspring.

But this seems to raise a paradox. If females are only interested in the best dancers, then evolution should converge on a single optimal dance. Yet courtship displays, even among closely related species, are extraordinarily diverse.

So, why hasn’t evolution danced itself into a corner? We set out to answer this question in our new study published in the journal Behavioural Ecology.

Australia’s dancing dune flies

We turned to an unlikely subject: flies that dance along beach dunes in eastern Australia (Apotropina ornatipennis). These tiny creatures, with patterned wings and reflective patches, perform courtship displays that rival some of the most complex dances in the animal kingdom.

Our study was the first to characterise their courtship choreography of twists, turns and flicking wings.

The courtship display of the dancing dune fly Apotropina ornatipennis.

These dancing flies gave us an opportunity that many more conspicuous species don’t: distinctly isolated populations. Because they live on discrete stretches of coastline, separated by headlands and estuaries, populations have been evolving independently for generations.

If evolution has room to wiggle through dance, we expect these isolated populations to develop different dance routines, the same way regional dialects emerge in human language and birdsong.

We studied both the genetics and behaviour of these populations, mapping their 41 different dance moves and comparing their dances against their degree of genetic divergence.

The results were surprising. Even when populations were clearly separated, their dance routines stayed consistent. Among all the moves in their repertoire, only a subtle change in the timing of one wing movement hinted at any divergence at all.

Two dancing dune flies standing on the sand. A male (right) following a female (left).
The dancing dune fly (Apotropina ornatipennis). A male (right) following a female (left). Nathan Butterworth, CC BY-NC

Honest signals and the cost of improvising

This consistency suggests that males who try to invent new choreography pay a high cost: females might simply ignore them.

A courtship display works best for females if it reflects the quality of the performer – what biologists call an “honest signal”. A physically demanding routine that requires precise execution should separate high-quality males from poor ones. So females don’t mind stale moves, as long as those moves provide proof of a male’s fitness.

Rearranging the choreography can be risky if it departs from what females consider to be honest indicators of male quality. A male who deviates from the established routine might be performing in a language the female hasn’t learned or signalling that he hasn’t mastered the language everyone else speaks.

This cost of innovation may explain why evolutionary changes to courtship dances are often minor improvisations, and why larger changes may only occur over long evolutionary timescales.

A male Western Parotia fans out his neck and head feathers and displays a rainbow-iridescent patch on his neck.
The courtship display of the Western Parotia bird-of-paradise (Parotia sefilata). Ben Tsai, inaturalist/bentsai, CC BY-NC

How do dances evolve?

Courtship displays are not frozen in time. Behaviours can emerge or be abandoned under intense evolutionary pressure.

A striking example comes from Hawaii, where a parasitic fly that hunts crickets by eavesdropping on their courtship songs invaded the islands. Within just 20 generations, some male crickets found a new strategy for reproductive success: abandoning their instruments and piggybacking on the efforts of other males that were foolish enough to keep singing.

Often, genetic change is the origin of new behaviours. In many species, courtship behaviours are hardwired in the genome.

In fruit flies, males of one species are born with the desire to vomit up nuptial “gifts” as part of their courtship ritual. Researchers identified the gene responsible for the vomiting behaviour, and when they triggered it in a different species that species also began vomiting up gifts.

A banksia peacock spider (_Maratus mungaich_) displaying his vibrant green, red and blue abdomen.
The courtship display of the banksia peacock spider (Maratus mungaich). Kerry Stuart, kerrystuart/inaturalist, CC BY-NC

Social learning is another way displays might evolve, such as in lyrebirds and songbirds, where juveniles can learn by watching older individuals. In such scenarios, cultural drift can gradually reshape courtship over time. Small novelties creep in, other males copy them, females learn to prefer the new moves, and the dance slowly changes.

Ultimately, when it comes to Dancing with the Flies, the judge’s panel is all female. No matter how fit a male is, a novel dance can only succeed if females find it appealing and if their daughters inherit or copy the preference. Fashionable dance in the animal kingdom is dictated largely by the selective momentum of females.

A waltz over evolutionary timescales

The remarkably diverse dance routines we see in pigeons, peacock spiders, and flies are all snapshots of an ancient and ongoing negotiation between the sexes.

More than 150 years since Darwin introduced the idea of sexual selection, we are just beginning to unravel the complexities of courtship choreography.

What our research adds is a sense of just how stable these routines might be, and how the rigorous aesthetic standards set by females may cause choreography to change far more slowly than previously thought.The Conversation

Nathan Butterworth, Associate Research Fellow in Insect Ecology, Deakin University and Keith M. Bayless, Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How will Australian native bees cope with climate change? Their nests hold a clue

Rosalyn Gloag
Carmen da Silva, Macquarie University; Rosalyn Gloag, University of Sydney, and Vanessa Kellermann, La Trobe University

Bees have many different ways of building their homes.

Many people will be familiar with the hives of European honeybees, often found in tree cavities. But many other bees – including many of Australia’s roughly 2,000 species of native bees – build their nests underground, in plant stems or in wood cavities.

Our new paper published in Nature Communications shows that the extent to which native Australian bees can cope with increasing heat depends on the type of nest they use.

Surprisingly, the species that are the most tolerant to heat are also the most vulnerable to future warming.

A large black and yellow bee feeding on a pink flower
Great carpenter bees are the largest bees in Australia. Carmen da Silva

An important question

Understanding whether tolerance to heat can evolve is an important question for understanding how species might respond to further climate change.

However, most studies show no relationship between how tolerant land-based species are to heat and the average ambient temperatures across their range (often calculated at a coarse 1 x 1 kilometre resolution). This suggests most animals will have a very limited ability to evolve greater tolerance to heat.

But these studies don’t consider species microclimates – that is, the climates species actually experience depending on their behaviour. Our new study aimed to address this gap.

A four-month field trip

To understand how vulnerable bees are to warming climates, and whether bees can evolve in response to changes in climate, we set out on a four-month field trip catching bees from the north to south of Australia’s mainland and tested their tolerance to heat.

In each location, we waved butterfly nets at flowering plants and sucked the bees we collected into collection tubes using an apparatus called a “pooter”.

A pooter is a long flexible tube that helps us to suck bees into a collection vial with a piece of fine gauze inside so we don’t accidentally inhale bees.

We brought bees back to a transportable lab and tested the heat tolerance of over 95 species of native bee. We tested species tolerance to heat by slowly increasing the temperature bees were exposed to until they lost coordination.

Microclimate temperatures linked to heat tolerance

We found the microclimate temperatures native bees experience in their nests explain their tolerance to heat.

Bee species that live in the hottest nests (stem nests) were the most heat tolerant, followed by the somewhat climate-buffered cavity nesting bees. Ground-nesting bees, which can hide from extreme heat, were the least heat tolerant.

We also found that closely related species shared similar nesting strategies and heat tolerances. This made it a little tricky to figure out what came first – nesting strategy or heat tolerance.

But not all closely related bees shared the same nesting strategy. So we were able to use these bees to assess patterns in heat tolerance and nesting behaviour.

We found both species’ evolutionary history and their nesting ecology drives how tolerance to heat evolves.

This means species can evolve greater tolerance to heat over time, but heat tolerance evolution might be slow. Future research needs to figure out if bees can evolve fast enough to keep pace with climate change in the future.

The most heat tolerant bees are the most vulnerable

We also wanted to determine which bee species are the most vulnerable to climate change. To do this we calculated a metric of vulnerability called a “thermal safety margin”.

This is the difference (in degrees Celsius) between a species’ heat tolerance and the hottest environmental temperature they inhabit. Typically, thermal safety margins are calculated based on the air temperatures where species live.

But because we know bees that use different nests are exposed to different microclimates, we compared how predictions of vulnerability change when microclimate temperatures are used instead.

We found a striking result: vulnerability predictions were completely flipped.

Using air temperatures, ground nesters were found to be the most vulnerable because they have the lowest tolerance to heat.

However, when the microclimates species are exposed to in their nests were considered, stem nesters were shown to be the most vulnerable. This is because they are unable to hide from extreme temperatures, like ground nesters.

We also found a general trend showing that species vulnerability to climate change increases towards tropical latitudes. This means tropical bees that nest above ground are the most vulnerable to climate change.

A small brown and black bee on a purple flower.
Australia has about 2,000 species of native bees. Carmen da Silva

Working to conserve bees

Tropical Queensland still has one of the fastest land clearing rates on Earth.

To conserve our crucial pollinators of native plants and agricultural crops, we need to stop further land clearing of tropical forests, which provide cooler microclimates in an otherwise very warm environment.

As well as conserving native vegetation, Australia needs to slow its greenhouse gas emissions so we can secure pollination (of both native and agricultural plants) and food security into the future.The Conversation

Carmen da Silva, Macquarie University Research Fellow, Macquarie University; Rosalyn Gloag, School of Life and Environmental Sciences Research Fellow, University of Sydney, and Vanessa Kellermann, Senior Lecturer, Ecological Plant and Animal Sciences Melbourne, La Trobe University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Floating volcanic rock is disrupting life in Papua New Guinea – and the problem will last a long time

Pumice rafts also hit Papua New Guinea’s shores in 2020 after an underwater eruption. doctorlegacy / YouTube
Rebecca Carey, University of Tasmania

People in parts of Papua New Guinea are facing an unusual problem. Floating volcanic rock is making boat travel difficult, blocking access to fishing grounds and disrupting daily life in coastal communities.

The source of the pumice is the ongoing Titan Ridge eruption from an underwater volcano in the Bismarck Sea. Since May 9, the eruption has produced vast amounts of pumice – a lightweight, porous volcanic rock that floats on the ocean surface.

Satellite image of the eruption plume associated with the Titan Ridge eruption.
White plume and grey rafts of pumice spread from the Titan Ridge underwater volcano. European Space Agency, CC BY

Reports from Manus Province in the country’s northeast describe chunks of pumice accumulating along coastlines and waterways in enormous “rafts” 2–5 metres thick. In some locations, residents report being able to walk where there was previously open water.

It’s a strange sight, but not an unprecedented one. Submarine eruptions have produced similarly vast pumice rafts before, and the experience from those events suggests the disruption facing Manus communities could persist for months or even years, long after the Titan Ridge eruption itself has ended.

A lifeline cut off

For many Manus communities, small boats are essential for accessing fishing grounds, neighbouring villages, markets, schools and healthcare services. When those transport routes become difficult to use, the consequences extend well beyond inconvenience.

PNG’s Disaster Minister Billy Joseph has described growing concerns regarding food security and access to essential supplies.

The ocean serves as the backbone of Manus livelihoods, providing daily sustenance and the primary source of income through seafood sales. In some villages, residents have begun manually clearing pumice from shorelines and waterways in an effort to restore access to fishing grounds and prevent longer-term damage to local fisheries.

Location map of the Titan Ridge and Manus Province.
Titan Ridge volcano is in the Bismarck Sea near Papua New Guinea’s Manus Province, an archipelago of islands and atolls. Fumihiko Ikegami

A costly precedent from Japan

Titan Ridge is not the first submarine eruption to generate widespread pumice rafts.

In 2021, the submarine eruption of Fukutoku-Oka-no-Ba south of Japan produced large quantities of floating pumice that drifted to the Nansei islands including Okinawa. There, pumice clogged 71 harbours and marinas, damaged hundreds of vessel engines, disrupted ferry services and affected tourism and fishery industries.

The economic cost in the Okinawa Prefecture alone exceeded 515 million yen.

Japan had extensive transport infrastructure, alternative supply chains and substantial federal resources for clean-up and recovery. The cleanup effort employed heavy machinery on land and sea and removed more than 110,000 cubic metres of pumice from the ports and beaches at an additional cost of more than 1 billion yen.

Despite its scale, the cleanup was only somewhat useful. Most pumice rafts only washed away the following spring with the change in seasonal winds.

Why this could last for years

While pumice from the 2021 Fukutoku-Oka-no-Ba eruption caused major disruption to ports, ferries and tourism in Japan, reports from Manus highlight a different concern: the potential impacts on food security and livelihoods in communities that depend directly on the ocean. These impacts may persist far longer than people expect.

Even after the eruption ends, the pumice already floating on the ocean will continue to move through the region for months to years. To understand why, it helps to understand how pumice behaves.

Pumice forms when gas-rich magma erupts and rapidly cools. The escaping gas leaves behind countless tiny holes, creating a rock that can be porous enough to float.

Individual pieces of pumice lump together to form enormous floating rafts covering hundreds or even thousands of square kilometres.

Many people believe that floating pumice quickly becomes waterlogged and sinks. Research by my colleagues and I shows otherwise.

Previous submarine eruptions show some pumice can remain afloat for years. Ocean currents, winds, and storms can repeatedly redistribute pumice across large areas of the ocean, moving it between coasts and islands long after an eruption ends.

After the 2012 submarine eruption of Havre volcano north of New Zealand, pumice travelled thousands of kilometres across the Pacific, reaching Queensland about eight months later and even Tasmania more than a year afterwards. So even after the Titan Ridge eruption, we can expect the pumice already produced to float around the region for months or years to come.

An ecological toll, too

Humans won’t be the only ones affected. Whole ecosystems may suffer.

Months after the 2021 Fukutoku-Oka-no-Ba eruption in Japan, scientists observed dead farmed fish with stomachs full of pumice, indicating that some species may mistake floating pumice for food. The same researchers also documented pumice rafts passing across fringing coral reefs, temporarily reducing light levels and physically colliding with shallow-water coral colonies.

Research following the 2022 Hunga Tonga-Hunga Ha’apai eruption in Tonga suggests another possible ecological impact. Satellite observations showed volcanic particles suspended in seawater reduced light penetration through the water column, potentially affecting coral reefs and other marine ecosystems that depend on sunlight.

Whether similar impacts will occur in Papua New Guinea is not yet known. However, these observations suggest the marine ecological effects may extend beyond the immediate disruptions.

For now, the immediate concern remains the disruption to fishing, water and food security, and boat transport for essential services in Manus Province. But the people of Manus are dealing with only the first stage of the problem.

Pumice rafts are an unusual volcanic hazard because their impacts do not necessarily end when an eruption stops. The experience from Japan is that once the pumice enters coastal waterways, there are few easy solutions.The Conversation

Rebecca Carey, Senior Lecturer in Earth Sciences, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Eco‑literate children can be stewards of nature – here’s how to boost environmental education

Thx4Stock team/Shutterstock
Seirian Sumner, UCL

Most of my ecology and evolution undergraduates have never held a pair of binoculars or looked at a bug through a magnifying glass. They don’t know how to use a key to identify a plant or insect, let alone why they should bother. They struggle to name common garden birds. They expect to learn about biodiversity from behind the safety of a computer screen. Fieldwork is considered a luxury or an inconvenience, depending on your tolerance to rain.

It’s not the students’ fault. Ecology and evolution offerings in the biology school curriculum are slim pickings: blink and you miss them among a sea of cells and neurons. The education system has done little to nurture a curiosity and understanding of nature in real life.

This is about to change.

Fifteen years ago, environmentalist and author Mary Colwell started campaigning for the government to introduce a GCSE in natural history. It was a bold ambition.

girl in summer clothes, smiling, holding binoculars in woods
The proposed curriculum teaches students to identify native species found in grasslands, woodlands, urban and marine environments. PeopleImages/Shutterstock

The term natural history musters images of dusty museums and misshapen taxidermy. But there’s now so much evidence highlighting the benefits of connecting with nature. That includes research that shows how nature-literate kids are likely to be more resilient. Evidence also shows clear trends of a biodiversity crisis and rising concerns about our declining exposure to and experience of nature. This is what ecologists call the “extinction of experience” with the natural world.

After much campaigning and several setbacks, a draft curriculum has just been released for public consultation.

This curriculum serves the field of ecology pretty well. Students will learn to identify native species found in grasslands, woodlands, urban and marine environments. They will learn about the dynamic relationships between species and the implications of human influence (including climate change) for habitats, ecosystems and species. This helps equip the next generation as effective stewards of the natural world, and it complements other subjects such as biology and geography.

But does it promise enough?

Noticing nature is the first step towards understanding it. We have become a nature-blind society: “plant blindness” is a term used to describe how we fail to see the most common wildlife (plants) under our noses. We need to re-learn the innate ability we all had as toddlers to notice the tiny creatures beneath our feet or the fractal patterns emanating through sunlit leaves.

This can only be done by directly experiencing nature. This new GCSE promises 20 hours of fieldwork. “It’s twice as much as geography GCSE,” boasted representatives from the Department of Education in a curriculum consultation I attended recently.

That equates to less than 15% of the total GCSE teaching time (150 hours). For comparison, GCSE PE has a more substantial practical component consisting of 30% teaching time – equivalent to 45 hours.

Twenty hours is an average of 15 minutes a week over a two-year GCSE. Hardly time to step outside, let alone find something that catches your eye, make notes about its appearance and behaviour then find the right identification key to name it. In a time-stressed world, noticing nature – really observing it closely, not just ticking species off a list – offers an excuse to slow down, be mindful and spark your curiosity.

Students need time to contemplate how specific plants, animals and fungi connect together into the tangled web of life. A nature-journal style assessment would help kids engage, remember, reflect and grow a real attachment and personal relationship with the wildlife they are learning about. It would offer cross-curricular links too, with art, biology, geography.

But let’s focus on the pros. There is fieldwork and it’s flexible. Teachers can adapt the curriculum to make the most of their local nature opportunities. It’s also a fantastic opportunity to explore the role of digital tools and monitoring technology (platforms like iNaturalist and Merlin Bird ID app) as ways to help children notice and name nature on their doorstep. That could be in their school grounds, local park or in pavement cracks on their walk to school.

Will urban kids be disadvantaged? With the right resources, hopefully not. Urban ecology is a rapidly growing research area, and green spaces are increasingly valued in cities and towns. With more than 60% of the world’s human population predicted to be living in cities by 2050, being tuned into urban nature is perhaps the most valuable skill of all.

The proposed curriculum focuses exclusively on UK habitats and species. This makes the content relatable. Despite our poor species richness, UK species are also the best described in the world. This is because, ever since the 1600s, we have been a nation of nature lovers obsessed with observing, recording and sharing our findings from nature. At least we used to be.

To understand UK nature, children need to meet Gilbert White – the 17th-century parson whose observations of wildlife in his garden transformed the way we look at (and record) the natural world.

White made people notice what organisms were doing, not just what they were. He popularised UK wildlife, giving rise to centuries of naturalists who shaped aspects of our culture, science and heritage today. A UK-based natural history GCSE that doesn’t capture our rich history of naturalists is not serving our children.

An interdisciplinary opportunity

This move for biodiversity education will certainly help narrow the nature literacy gap my colleagues and I see in ecology students at university.

I hope this qualification will be a success, widely adopted by all types of schools across the country. But will it appeal to prospective pupils and their guardians?

Pitching it as “a GCSE to teach teens to plant wildflower-friendly gardens” sets it up to be niche and middle-class before it even launches. Natural history is about so much more than planting wildflowers.

To widen the appeal, it’s important to emphasise the interdisciplinary relevance of the qualification.

That requires drawing links with health. NHS doctors are now prescribing green therapies such as park walks and gardening for patients. Nature is good for our health because we evolved as part of nature.

For many non-western societies, nature’s value is deeply spiritual. There is an opportunity to integrate learning on diversity, beliefs and multi-culturalism.

And there’s so much potential to integrate art. The original naturalists were artists. In observing nature carefully, they noticed anatomical structures, stages of metamorphosis, mimicry. Sketching nature – without judgment – to record its structure, form, behaviour and interactions, could bridge the age-old division between arts and sciences.The Conversation

Seirian Sumner, Professor of Behavioural Ecology, UCL

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Four reasons electric vehicle targets shouldn’t be weakened

Serge Cornu/Shutterstock
Jagannadha Pawan Tamvada, Kingston University and Mili Shrivastava, Bournemouth University

The UK government is preparing to water down its electric vehicle sales targets. Under the existing zero emission vehicles (ZEV) mandate, 80% of all new cars sold in Britain needed to be electric vehicles (EVs) by 2030.

Following sustained lobbying from car manufacturers and trade unions, that figure could be revised down to somewhere between 50% and 70%.

While this shift may be described as a pragmatic response to market realities, the rationale for altering EV targets deserves closer scrutiny. There are four key reasons EV targets shouldn’t be weakened.

1. Risk of repeating the industry’s past mistakes

Lobbying tends to make immediate, tangible costs (the £10 billion in discounts, potential job losses) feel more urgent than long-term benefits like minimising climate impacts. But the lobby may overstate these costs.

This framing is not always ideal. The US automobile industry lobbied for decades against tightening Corporate Average Fuel Economy (Cafe) standards meant to improve fuel efficiency, successfully keeping them weak through to the 2000s. The industry argued that consumers didn’t want fuel-efficient cars and that tighter standards would cost jobs.

As a result, US car manufacturers, such as GM and Chrysler, became dependent on fuel inefficient trucks and SUVs for profit margins. Those companies were left exposed when oil prices spiked in 2008 during the financial crisis and required government bailouts.

At the same time, Japanese manufacturers who had developed fuel-efficient vehicles under their own domestic constraints (including the 1973 oil crisis and increasing fuel prices) captured a large market share in the US and globally.

While lobbying protected American autoworkers in the short-term, it contributed to the very crisis that subsequently threatened their jobs.

When unions join manufacturers in lobbying, it becomes very difficult for politicians to not listen. The jobs argument could make it hard for the government to hold firm on its targets.

2. Uncertainty can slow investment

If targets keep shifting every few years, uncertainty can slow the transition as businesses and consumers lose confidence in the policy. This can lead to the self-fulfilling prophecy problem, which results in reduced investment in the sector and further stalling.

electric car factory, one factory worker in view
If targets keep shifting, uncertainty can slow the transition to EVs. Ringo Chiu/Shutterstock

3. Jobs need long-term protection

The effect of the EV transition on automotive jobs is more nuanced than lobbying might suggest.

The transition will not reduce the overall scale of vehicle manufacturing. Assembly plants, logistics networks, body shops and much of the broader supply chain will continue to exist.

New employment opportunities from battery cell production, charging infrastructure installation and maintenance, grid upgrades and EV software engineering will also increase. Investments in initiatives such as gigafactories that mass produce EV batteries have already created new jobs.

However, workers making specific internal combustion engine components, such as exhausts, gearboxes, fuel injection systems and other parts that EVs do not use, face real displacement risk. That deserves serious attention to ensure a just transition – that is, the process of moving to a low-carbon society that is green, sustainable and socially inclusive.

What is a just transition? An expert explains.

To protect these jobs, the government and manufacturers need to fund retraining, invest in future skills and support workers through this phase of change. In Germany, unions have negotiated transition funds for workers in legacy auto parts.

Policies aimed at increasing demand for EVs, such as creating a more extensive and reasonably priced charging infrastructure, can give manufacturers economies of scale, bringing prices of EVs down over time. And the positive feedback loop can further accelerate demand and create new employment.

4. Fear of losing UK export edge

Nearly eight of the ten cars produced in the UK are exported to 140 countries. If UK manufacturers and workers fall behind on EV capability because of the slowdown in momentum, they risk losing export markets to competitors.

China now produces highly competitive EVs at scale, and European manufacturers are increasingly producing efficient, long-range EVs. To maintain a competitive advantage, car makers in Britain need to continue investing in skilled workers specialising in technologies such as batteries.

British car manufacturers are asking the government to rethink the ZEV mandate because EV residual values have been volatile. This has made the used market uncertain and dampened enthusiasm for new purchases. Plus, the charging network remains unreliable and EV buyers still suffer from range anxiety (concerns that EVs don’t go far enough on a single charge).

But if paired with solid investment, these are problems that a well-supported mandate could help solve. A target reduction from 80% to 50% or 60% takes pressure off the government and manufacturers to address those issues. And delaying the green transport transition just moves costs from firms and their shareholders to workers and the public.The Conversation

Jagannadha Pawan Tamvada, Professor of Entrepreneurship, Kingston University and Mili Shrivastava, Principal Academic in Strategy, Bournemouth University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

One of the world’s most important climate threats has an image problem

The Atlantic offers little visible sign of what’s moving beneath the waves. Arno Ryser / unsplash, CC BY-SA
Fionagh Thomson, Durham University

Deep in the Atlantic, a vast circulation of water carries heat from the tropics towards Greenland. This is the Atlantic meridional overturning circulation, or Amoc. It does this work largely out of sight, so doesn’t have the public profile of rainforests, polar ice caps or other huge climate-regulating systems.

Recent studies suggest it is weakening. If it slows further, northern Europe could experience much colder winters even as the world warms, while tropical monsoons could shift, and sea levels could suddenly rise along the US east coast.

Yet despite repeated scientific warnings, Amoc rarely remains in the headlines for long. One explanation involves media ownership and editorial constraints, but there is another. Amoc presents a particular problem for modern journalism: it is extraordinarily difficult for many to even imagine, as it exists in a world far below our own – moving slowly, silently through the Atlantic.

Images help shape how people understand climate issues. In journalism, over decades, a visual culture has evolved: burning forests, calving icebergs, oil rigs at sunset, swirling hurricanes, beaches strewn with plastic bottles. These visuals act as stand-ins for systems that are hard or impossible to observe directly. Climate journalism did not create this visual filter, but it has to operate within it.

The Great Pacific Garbage Patch illustrates how the filter works. Often imagined as a floating island of waste, in reality it is a diffuse soup of microplastics spread across millions of square kilometres of ocean, largely invisible at sea level.

It circulates in news coverage partly because visual proxies give it a recognisable form – discarded bottles and nets pulled from the ocean, an endurance swimmer collecting data during a long journey. These images allow the garbage patch to continually stay in mainstream news even if it simplifies and distorts what is happening in the ocean.

It’s garbage in the Pacific – but it’s not the Great Pacific Garbage Patch. Naja Bertolt Jensen / unsplash, CC BY-SA

When systems have no image

Amoc operates on a slow but immense scale. Warm surface waters move north from the tropics toward Greenland, where they cool, become denser, sink to depths of around 5,000 metres, and return south at depth. Hundreds of kilometres wide in places, it redistributes heat and salinity across the Atlantic on a massive scale.

Many dynamic processes shape this ocean current, so we still don’t know exactly how fast the circulation will change or even its future trajectory. Predicted outcomes remain uncertain and some scientists are more hopeful than others, but multiple studies indicate a weakening trend.

Yet Amoc generates few visuals. Researchers can observe its traces: long-dead coral carrying chemical echoes of past waters, layers of sediment slowly accumulating a record of currents, or through instruments timestamping the faintest deep-sea movements. These fragments are assembled into patterns through computer models that reconstruct circulation and can animate it in three dimensions. Satellites offer some surface clues of temperature, height and salinity. But the results of this work are generally designed for scientific analysis, not news coverage or public understanding.

How to illustrate the invisible

So is the answer to find more dramatic images – and do any actually exist? The UK’s Met Office and Nasa often fall back on red-and-blue diagrams of arrows looping around the Atlantic. For some people it works: Vicky Allan, a Scottish-based environmental journalist who has reported on Amoc in detail, told me that what finally hit home was a lecture slide showing a cold “blue blob” over Scotland, a collapse scenario projecting winters of -30°C.

man with globe with arrows
Met Office meteorologist Aidan McGivern explains Amoc – with red and blue arrows. Met Office / Youtube, CC BY-SA

But images do not carry universal meaning. We interpret the world through direct experience, knowledge, and cultural memory. Allan lives in the region depicted. For others, the same image may not have the same impact.

Beyond these diagrams, Amoc offers almost no visual proxies. It’s sometimes illustrated with “frozen Europe” visuals, but most scientists say such a doomsday scenario is unlikely. If journalists lean into frozen Europe too much, the science itself risks being adapted to fit an engagement-friendly visual convention.

When complex, invisible systems appear in mainstream news, dramatic images often travel further than the story itself. I found this with my own work on satellites burning up in the atmosphere: striking visuals draw attention and help readers imagine how spacecraft end their working lives. But my core message about the still-uncertain effect of microscopic particles on ozone-depleting polar clouds was much harder to convey.

From the deep ocean to the upper atmosphere, some of the most consequential environmental processes unfold beyond human perception, across timescales from decades to millennia. They belong to a planet far more complex than we can fully grasp, where uncertainty is not a failure, but part of how we learn about the climate system.

Yet climate journalism relies on a narrow visual filter: images that are urgent, dramatic and human-centred, reducing vast slow environmental processes into events that can be seen and felt. In doing so, we risk mistaking attention for understanding. Amoc and similar critical systems reveal the gap between what matters and what becomes visible. The challenge is not scientific complexity, but the limits of the visual conventions through which we tell environmental stories.The Conversation

Fionagh Thomson, Visiting Research Fellow, Centre for Extragalactic Astronomy, Institute for Computational Cosmology, Durham University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How local communities are challenging Big Tech data Centres' noise, pollution and rising electricity bills

Citizens attend a City Council hearing in Pocatello, Idaho, to discuss the prospect of a new $2.6 billion data center in their community. Natalie Behring/Getty Images
Rachel Mural, Harvard Kennedy School

As the race to build data centers across the United States accelerates, local governments worry that the tech industry mantra of “move fast and break things” means their communities are at risk of being broken.

I’m a Harvard researcher studying the relationship between data centers and energy. I’ve closely monitored how local governments respond to proposals or even just concerns about the potential for data centers in their communities. What I’ve found is a complex story of community needs, political tensions and corporate power – all interacting with local, state and national democratic processes.

Promises and potential

Technology companies stay competitive by being ready to provide data and communications services even before customer demand rises. Data centers already power online communications, shopping and banking systems. Now, expanding demand for artificial intelligence has led to over 1,000 pending data center proposals across the country.

Federal actions also drive development. The Trump administration has identified data center build-out as a strategic priority. The administration has promoted data center capacity as a measure of American strength and signaled that federal regulations on data centers may be eased.

At the community level, technology companies claim that data centers bring jobs, economic revitalization, digital connectivity and economic growth to local communities.

Not great neighbors

So far, however, data centers’ benefits are overshadowed by more visible harms.

Nearby residents experience higher air pollution and excess noise. Data processing also uses a lot of water to cool the buildings and their equipment.

People sit behind a long desk looking at a diagram of a data center cooling system.
Local leaders, like these in Evanston, Wyo., are faced with questions, and potential opportunities, when data centers are proposed in their communities. Natalie Behring/Getty Images

Simultaneously, electricity prices continue to outpace inflation, burdening families across the country. These trends reflect, in part, the costly infrastructure investments needed to power data centers.

The local movement

My research has found that local governments across the U.S. are trying to avoid or reduce these harms.

Some counties and cities that don’t have specific zoning rules and regulations for data center development are using short-term moratoriums. These pauses in data center permitting and construction give communities time to consider how to define new laws and regulations about the facilities’ location, electricity use, water conservation and noise buffering.

Speaking about his town’s decision to impose a one-year data center moratorium, Rick Bella, the town council president in Merrillville, Indiana, about 40 miles southeast of Chicago, stressed a desire to “evaluate real-world impacts and learn from a project developing right next door before determining what may or may not be appropriate for Merrillville.”

Other places want to block data centers altogether. In April 2026, for example, the Ypsilanti Community Utilities Authority near Detroit, Michigan, passed a yearlong halt to the “delivery, commitment, reservation, extension, or approval of water and sewer services” for data centers. The move blocks data centers, including one under development by the University of Michigan and Los Alamos National Laboratory, from getting the water they need to operate.

Separately, towns across Ohio, Wisconsin, Maryland, Nevada and California have put questions related to data centers on their local ballots. Through these referendums, voters can weigh in on construction bans, tax incentives and zoning ordinances.

An aerial view of a large construction site.
Many residents opposed the construction of this $16 billion data center in Saline, Mich., developed by Related Digital for Oracle and Open AI. Jim West/UCG/Universal Images Group via Getty Images

Power struggles

While public attitudes around data centers have remained largely nonpartisan, local and state officials don’t always see eye to eye.

Officials in Hood County, Texas, for example, rejected a proposal for a six-month moratorium after a state senator urged the Texas attorney general to intervene and prevent the measure.

In 2025, West Virginia passed a bill that reduces local governments’ zoning and regulatory powers in relation to data centers and microgrids. A similar bill in New Hampshire’s legislature was defeated in May 2026.

Tech companies are also flexing their legal and financial muscles. For example, data center developers sued Saline Township, Michigan, and Chatham County, North Carolina, seeking to overturn their local zoning decisions, to be able to proceed with data center construction.

Changing tides

Local pushback comes at a pivotal moment for artificial intelligence technology itself.

As seen in objections to the internet’s expanding AI “slop,” backlash over AI-generated Super Bowl ads, worries about an AI-related financial bubble and complaints about Google’s pivot to AI-directed search, Americans are reckoning with AI’s role in society.

Further, many people are questioning the role of technology broadly. Increasing numbers of teens and adults are addicted to their smartphones, emotionally and psychologically dependent on their availability. Parents and teachers are questioning the usefulness of various types of digital technologies in classrooms. Even the pope has warned that technology must serve humanity – and not the other way around.

Americans are responding to this moment through the power of their voices and votes.

People sit at a table decorated with signs saying 'community hearing on data centers,' 'inform the public' and 'repeal tax breaks.'
Data center opponents speak at a rally at the Minnesota State Capitol. Michael Siluk/UCG/Universal Images Group via Getty Images

Technology companies may view moratoriums and new regulations as delays in project development. But the town hall discussions, community coalitions, public petitions and even farmers’ unions reflect American democracy at work.

In Sunbury, Ohio, local officials considered a moratorium only after witnessing the scope of public protest over a proposed data center.

In April 2026, voters in Festus, Missouri, removed several City Council members after they supported a new data center despite resident pushback.

The question of whether a community wants or should have a data center does not have a universal answer. I believe it’s a question that deserves deliberate processes, transparency and consideration.

To me, these local-level actions reflect a desire to slow down. There is little question that data centers and AI will be part of our collective future. Today, communities are asking for a fair say in what their futures will be.The Conversation

Rachel Mural, Senior Research Associate in Environment and Natural Resources and Science, Technology, and Public Policy, Harvard Kennedy School

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Heat waves increase wildfire risk – a new study explains how much, and it’s not a small number

A record-tying heat wave helped spread a wildfire in Northern California’s Shasta and Trinity counties in July 2018. Terray Sylvester/Getty Images
Dmitri Kalashnikov, University of California, Merced; Cong Yin, University of California, Merced; Madhulika Gurazada, University of California, Merced, and Mukesh Kumar, University of California, Merced

When heat waves hit the Western United States, the risk of wildfires quickly rises. The prolonged heat dries out vegetation, but that’s only part of the cause – heat waves also play other roles in spreading wildfires.

In a new study, our team of fire and climate scientists looked at two decades of wildfire activity in the West, from 2001 to 2024, and for the first time quantified the effect of heat waves on those fires.

We expected a big impact, but the numbers still surprised us: While heat waves, which we defined as three or more consecutive days with temperatures in the top tenth of hottest days, accounted for only 12% to 15% of warm-season days, we found that 42% of all the area burned by fires had occurred during or right after a heat wave.

Moreover, the amount of the area that burned each day was more than 50% larger during heat waves than during the cooler days right before the heat wave began in many parts of the West. In some regions, the difference was much larger – up to 300%.

How heat waves worsen fire risk

Heat waves create conditions that favor wildfire ignition and spread in a few ways.

First, hot temperatures increase the atmosphere’s demand for moisture, meaning the rate at which the air can evaporate moisture from the land and vegetation. As a result, these fuels rapidly dry out, making them easier to ignite.

Heat waves also limit nighttime humidity. The drier air allows fires to remain active for longer periods and burn through more hours of the night.

Making matters worse, heat waves can create conditions favorable for lightning because of the hot, unstable atmosphere. We found increases in cloud-to-ground lightning, including “dry” lightning, during and after heat waves across many parts of the West.

How heat waves exacerbate wildfire risk.
An illustration shows how heat exacerbates wildfire risk. Mukesh Kumar

Dry lightning can occur when the precipitation in a storm system evaporates before it reaches the ground. This type of lightning is particularly dangerous because it can ignite vegetation without producing enough rainfall to douse the flames.

These factors combine to heighten the risk of wildfires. That risk often persists even after the heat wave ends, as dry vegetation and dead material on the ground tend to remain unusually dry for days after temperatures return closer to normal – allowing fires to continue growing.

Trends in heat and fires

The connection between heat waves and wildfire activity is becoming increasingly important because heat waves are becoming more common as global temperatures rise, fueled by greenhouse gas emissions.

Since 2001, the number of heat wave days across Western U.S. forests has nearly doubled. During the same period, the amount of forest area burned increased by 2.5 times. Strikingly, without the increase in heat wave days since 2001, we found that the cumulative are of burned forest would have been 37% smaller.

A map of the western U.S. shows the greatest influence of heat waves on parts of California, Oregon, Nevada, Idaho and Utah, but all areas with high percentages.
Heat waves have a bigger influence in some regions than others. The map shows the percentage of the total area burned during and immediately following heat waves from May to October, 2001-2024. Dmitri A. Kalashnikov, et al., 2026

However, not all ecosystems respond the same way.

While we found a strong long-term relationship between increasing heat waves and increasing burned area in forests, this was not the case in grasslands and shrublands, where the total burned area has not increased. In grasslands and shrublands, the amount of land that burns in a given year is influenced more strongly by the amount of available vegetation than by heat alone.

How burned area and lightning-caused wildfire ignitions increase during and after heat waves, from a review of wildfires in the Western U.S. from 2001 to 2024. The chart shows the percentage increase each day compared to levels before a heat wave. For example, on average, the seventh day after the heat wave starts produces an almost 200% increase in forest burned area compared to the conditions that existed before the heat wave. John Abatzoglou

A future with even drier heat waves

Climate change is causing Western U.S. summers to trend hotter and drier. Consequently, relative humidity during heat waves has also declined in recent decades, especially in forested regions of California, Oregon and Washington.

These drier heat waves appear particularly effective at increasing wildfire activity. Alongside long-standing fire deficits, which resulted from the practice of quickly extinguishing fires rather than allowing low-level fires to burn away forest debris, these factors have escalated the potential for large fires in the West.

Wildfire forecasts already account for factors such as wind, humidity and fuel dryness, but they typically have not included heat waves. Our research suggests that heat waves deserve greater attention, as they are not just periods of uncomfortable and sometimes deadly weather, but are also increasingly important drivers of wildfire risk.The Conversation

Dmitri Kalashnikov, Postdoctoral Research Scholar, University of California, Merced; Cong Yin, Postdoctoral Researcher in Climate and Hydrology, University of California, Merced; Madhulika Gurazada, Ph.D. Student in Management of Complex Systems, University of California, Merced, and Mukesh Kumar, Postdoctoral Researcher in Wildfires and Complex Systems, University of California, Merced

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Paving paradise: Dismantling the US Roadless Rule threatens to disrupt wildlife, water and peace in the last quiet places in America

A sign on a dirt hiking trail in the Tongass National Forest in southeast Alaska points to naturalist John Muir’s cabin. Wanderluster/iStock/Getty Images
Mariah Meek, Michigan State University and Travis Belote, Montana State University

Pause for a moment and listen. What do you hear? Chances are, somewhere in the background, is the ever-present hum of a road.

More than 4.2 million miles of public roads crisscross the lower 48 states – enough to reach the Moon and back almost nine times. This vast network of roads spiderwebs its way across the contiguous U.S., leaving only about 5% as an inventoried roadless area or wilderness.

Now, some of those last remaining lands free of roads are under threat from the Trump administration’s proposed rollback of the 2001 Roadless Rule. That includes southeast Alaska’s Tongass National Forest, where eagles, bears, salmon and many other species thrive in old-growth coastal forest along the Inside Passage.

A black bear in a tree
An American black bear hangs out in a tree near Anan Creek in the Tongass National Forest. Gerald Corsi/iStock/Getty Images Plus

In announcing its plan, the administration said rescinding the rule would remove prohibitions on road construction and logging on nearly 59 million acres of national forest, arguing that the rule slowed economic development.

In Congress, another effort is underway to try to change the law through an amendment to the Wildfire Prevention Act. That change, if approved, would both remove the Roadless Rule and prevent the U.S. Forest Service from reinstituting it in the future, despite overwhelming public support for the rule.

As ecologists who have spent decades studying wilderness and the animals and ecological functions that depend on undisturbed habitats, we believe it’s important to understand that preserving roadless areas has value for environmental health, clean water, wildlife survival and people’s own well-being.

What is the Roadless Rule?

The National Forest Roadless Area Conservation Policy, better known as the Roadless Rule, was issued in January 2001 by President Bill Clinton. It has had overwhelming public support and received more public comments than any other rule in history.

The rule prohibits road construction, maintenance and commercial timber harvest in inventoried roadless areas within the National Forest System. It applies to over 58 million acres across the country, excluding Idaho and Colorado, which have their own state-specific roadless rules. While most of these roadless areas are in the western states and Alaska, 38 total states as well as Puerto Rico host roadless areas.

A US map shows lots of roadless areas in Alaska, Idaho and Montana, as well as in other western states.
The nation’s inventoried roadless areas are primarily in the western U.S. and include large parts of southeast Alaska, where 14,779,000 acres of roadless areas are within National Forest System land. US Forest Service Enterprise Map Services Program

The primary goal of the Roadless Rule is to maintain forest health and productivity for future generations. It also helps avoid exacerbating the U.S. Forest Service’s road maintenance backlog by not making new roads.

The Roadless Rule prohibits new road construction, with very limited exceptions, as well as commercial logging in designated roadless areas. It does not restrict other uses that are compatible with the management plan, such as hiking and mountain biking, or resource uses such as grazing livestock and working existing mining claims.

Beyond providing vital habitat for species and enabling healthy forests, the rule protects drinking water for the millions of Americans whose water flows from national forests. It also preserves high-quality recreation opportunities – hiking, camping, hunting and fishing – that Americans cherish.

The problem with roads in national forests

While roads can provide benefits, such as access to forests, they can also do ecological harm.

Roads enable invasive weeds to spread by being carried on vehicle tires and deposited in exposed soils, erode sediments into streams and fragment habitat that wildlife rely on. Vehicles directly kill and injure animals through collisions. They occasionally start fires, too. A recent study found that fires are more likely to start in areas with roads than in areas without.

A large logging truck on a narrow road through woods.
Logging and mining use large, loud vehicles that can disrupt wildlife and fragment habitat. AP Photo/Don Ryan

Studies show that road noise displaces wildlife, increases stress and can affect wildlife behavior patterns at distances of over a mile from the road.

And roads don’t just cause problems for species on land. Most roads cross streams and rivers, which requires building a way for those waters to keep flowing under the road (structures called culverts). While culverts can be designed to allow fish to pass through and maintain ecological connections, they are rarely built to do so. This leads to declines in the health of fish populations and can leave some species locally extinct.

The benefits of roadless areas

Inventoried roadless areas are among the most ecologically intact and wildest places left in the United States, yet – unlike Wilderness Areas and National Parks – there are no signs acknowledging their boundaries when you enter one.

Most are part of larger ecosystems, directly adjacent or ecologically connected to better known national parks and wilderness areas. Removing Roadless Rule protections would erode ecological buffers to these more famous protected lands.

For some species, roadless areas protect critical core habitat. For instance, over half the suitable habitat for relictual slender salamander, a critically imperiled species native to the Sierra Mountains of California, occurs in a roadless area. Nearly 40% of Mount Pinos, lodgepole chipmunk, an imperiled subspecies of the lodgepole chipmunk, also live in roadless areas in California.

Research shows that every formal roadless area provides habitat for at least two wildlife species of conservation concern – those facing risks to their long-term survival – with the median roadless area supporting 10 of these imperiled species. Some Arizona roadless areas contain habitat for up to 62 of these species.

A landscape view across the East Fork of the Salmon River with colorful valleys and snow-capped mountains in the distance.
The Sawtooth National Recreation Area in Idaho is bordered by roadless areas within the Sawtooth National Forest. Eric Zamora/VW PICS/Universal Images Group via Getty Images

Roadless areas also protect watersheds that supply drinking water to 47 million Americans.

Without this protection, these watersheds would still provide water, but their long-term health and hydrological sustainability could be compromised if roads block stream flow and increase sediments flowing into waterways. The result can be higher costs for water purification.

The Forest Service’s own watershed health assessment, known as the Watershed Condition Framework, uses road density as a key indicator of conditions that can disrupt water quantity and quality.

What is at risk in rescinding the Roadless Rule?

The Trump administration’s proposed rollback, expected to be formalized in 2026, would open these last wild places to development, fragmenting habitats that can never be restored.

The American public spoke loudly in 2001 when they supported the Roadless Rule. Two decades later, the public comments submitted on the recission notice overwhelming opposed rolling back the rules, a Center for Western Priorities review found, reaffirming that U.S. roadless forests remain as vital and valued as ever.

Protecting these areas is about promoting healthy ecosystems on public lands so they can provide hiking, hunting and fishing opportunities for generations to come to enjoy the tranquility of being in nature.The Conversation

Mariah Meek, Associate Professor of Integrative Biology, Michigan State University and Travis Belote, Assistant Professor of Landscape Ecology, Montana State University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why US states are walking back their own climate and energy laws, and what they could do instead

Over a third of Hawaii’s power comes from renewable energy, which cuts its need for fossil fuel imports. John S Lander/LightRocket via Getty Images
Andres Clarens, University of Virginia

During the first Trump administration, states and cities, tired of waiting for the federal government to deal with energy and climate challenges, started writing their own laws.

New York passed the Climate Leadership and Community Protection Act in 2019, setting mandatory renewable energy and emissions reduction targets. Virginia passed the Clean Economy Act in 2020, setting a schedule to retire fossil fuel power plants. Colorado set greenhouse gas reduction targets. Boston and Seattle revised their building codes to make buildings more energy efficient and their public transportation fleets cleaner.

In fact, close to half of all Americans live somewhere that made a legally binding commitment to cleaner energy in the early 2020s.

Those laws were written at the start of the energy transition, with the information available at the time. Six years later, several governments are backing away from their commitments.

New York became the first state in the country to roll back its signature climate law in May 2026, trading a binding 2030 target to reduce emissions by 40% for a fuzzier 2040 goal. Gov. Kathy Hochul blamed high energy costs, though the move also conveniently killed a lawsuit she had just lost, in which a judge ruled her administration had ignored the law’s deadline. She admitted the rollback wouldn’t lower anyone’s bills right away.

The governor smiles as she holds the signed legislation, sitting in front of a banner reading 'Combating climate change, creating good jobs'.
New York Gov. Kathy Hochul celebrated the passage of a climate law to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and create green jobs in 2022. In 2026, with the war in Iran stressing fuel supplies and the expansion of AI data centers demanding increasing power, she rolled back the state’s flagship climate law. AP Photo/Yuki Iwamura

In Virginia, where I live and work, the largest utility says it can’t both meet demand and retire its gas power plants on the law’s schedule, so it wants a new gas peaker plant – a plant that runs only when needed to meet high demand – to keep the state’s booming data centers running.

Hawaii’s governor signed a tax cut package for low-income workers in May that also phased out a renewable energy tax credit that has fueled the state’s adoption of rooftop solar power.

Even California, long the global pacesetter in addressing climate change, in 2026 handed oil refineries and other big polluters billions of dollars worth of pollution permits they would otherwise have had to buy. The state caps emissions and makes polluters pay for them to push industry to clean up over time. The Air Resources Board said the giveaway would ease gas prices that had spiked during the war in Iran. However, the result is pollution in the neighborhoods near those refineries and lost revenue that would have supported public transit.

Energy costs, vanishing federal subsidies and an administration in Washington hostile to clean energy are giving officials reasons to retreat from efforts to deal with climate change and the political cover to do so.

I understand the pressure these officials are under. I spent time working on energy policy in the Biden White House. But even though the politics have changed, the world’s climate problems aren’t going away. If states want to protect their citizens from energy price inflation, abandoning the energy transition is not the answer, but they do need an updated playbook.

Why meeting climate goals feels tougher today

Every state starts with different resources and a different mix of industries and emissions sources. A sunny state, a state with offshore wind, a state covered in forest and farmland, and a state full of steel and cement factories all have very different paths to reducing emissions. There are no one-size-fits-all solutions. When my colleagues and I modeled the cheapest paths to zero emissions for all 50 of them, some states had an easier path, and all took different routes.

Homes with solar panels on their roofs.
California still has the nation’s largest solar market, even after regulators rolled back incentives. AP Photo/Rich Pedroncelli

But all states are also running into what some researchers call the “mid-transition,” the awkward stretch where both the clean energy system and the fossil energy system are needed to meet power demand. A gas power plant might run only when demand spikes, but residents are still paying for it. Transmission lines can take a long time to build. Utilities keep paying to patch up plants that would have been retired and replaced with much cheaper and cleaner renewables.

Despite the friction of the mid-transition, wind, solar and batteries remain the cheapest ways to generate electricity, and they will continue to capture the market for new power capacity simply because they make the most financial sense. In 2025, wind and solar technologies produced a record 17% of America’s electricity. In 2026 almost all of the new capacity planned for the grid is solar, wind or batteries.

Energy-saving technologies at home help reduce emissions as well. Trade an old electric-resistance heater for a heat pump and a typical home keeps about $1,530 a year while lowering emissions. These retrofits have upfront costs, but many governments have been subsidizing them because they save money for everyone in the long run.

Historically, federal subsidies smoothed over these adoption costs. But Trump’s One Big Beautiful Bill Act took an eraser to the 2022 U.S. Inflation Reduction Act’s incentives for electric-vehicle tax credits, rebates for heat pumps, and money for interstate transmission improvements.

How to keep cutting emissions

States can still take steps to navigate this moment and continue cutting emissions. Here are four ways:

Use data centers and AI to accelerate electrification: All the new power demand from growing numbers of data centers is the best reason in a generation to finally build the energy transmission and storage the U.S. will need in an electrified future powered by renewable energy. Ensuring that companies pay their share for the power supply build-out could speed up electrification for residents, shifting homes and vehicles away from fossil fuels and saving people money.

The artificial intelligence boom can also be used to track energy use and find excess emissions. AI can turn satellite images, utility data and building records into near-real-time maps of emissions, block by block, making emissions cuts easier to target.

Embrace industrial policy: Much about the energy transition remains unresolved, including how it will affect manufacturing, freight, aviation and construction. During periods of technological change, governments often rely on industrial policy to tilt the market toward industries that matter for security and competitiveness: the last administration used grants; this administration is using tariffs. China has played this game the hardest, growing a breathtaking number of companies that now dominate the supply chains for EVs, batteries, solar panels and rare earth metals.

At the state level, industrial policy usually boils down to luring industries that can bring jobs. I believe state agencies can also do more by tapping into public university expertise to solve problems related to the energy transition and train the next generation of workers these industries will need.

Build more urban housing: The country is short millions of homes, which is a reason rent and mortgages are so high. Buildings are also one of the largest sources of climate-changing pollution. Building the right size housing in the right places – close to where residents work or near transit – can be the cheapest way to cut a household’s overall energy needs and their costs. Smaller places are cheaper to heat, and homes close to transit mean occupants have to drive a lot less. California, Oregon and Montana have all overridden local objections to expand urban housing.

Support carbon removal techniques that boost rural areas: Carbon removal projects can have multiple benefits. For example, restoring a coastal marsh stores carbon and rebuilds the storm buffer fishing towns depend on. Biochar or crushed silicate worked into the right farm soils helps retain water and improve yields. Better forest management cuts fire risk. Done right, this is rural development that also cleans up pollution.

The world has shifted its energy foundation before: from wood and biomass to coal in the 1800s, from coal to oil and gas in the last century, and now to a fully electrified, affordable and clean economy. Each time, the nation came out better off.

As an engineering professor, I am a technology optimist. The fossil-fueled past that some leaders say they miss was never as cheap as they remember it. What’s coming is better, and state and local officials can help the U.S. get there.The Conversation

Andres Clarens, Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of Virginia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week Three June 2026: Issue 655 (Published Sunday June 14)

 

Sand project boosts the resilience of Great Mackerel Beach

Work is underway on an important project to help restore the natural sand dunes of Great Mackerel Beach. The dunes are susceptible to coastal erosion, particularly when Great Mackerel Beach is exposed to swells.

During the month-long project, teams will relocate sand to enhance dunes and install matting and native coastal plants to help stabilise the natural dunes.

Mayor Sue Heins said it’s part of a longer-term project to protect the dunes.

“Great Mackerel Beach is much-loved by residents and visitors alike, as an ideal location for swimming, fishing and family picnics,” she said.

“This important work will nourish the natural sand dunes, build the natural resilience of the public beach and ensure the community can continue to enjoy this beautiful location.”

“In recent months, Council teams have worked closely with residents to identify and remove boats from the sand dunes as a way of further protecting the area.

“We encourage residents and visitors to Great Mackerel Beach to stay out of the dunes and avoid leaving boats and other vessels on the sand dunes.”  

The work will be completed in 2 sections, starting in the area north of the public wharf and then continuing south of the wharf on Council reserves. 

Over the next month, a selection of 18 species of native coastal plants, such as warrigal greens, beach spinifex and beach fan-flower will be planted in the dunes on the council reserve, the NBC said in a media release.

The work on the sand dunes will typically take place between 7am and 6pm weekdays and may also occur on Saturdays between 8am-1pm. 

Beach and dune access will be temporarily restricted while the project is underway.

Where possible, the council will minimise the impact of the temporary construction work.  

Ramp build at northern end of dune for start of dune building smaller

Excavator loading sand into belly dumper in northern delta

Photos above - credit: Northern Beaches Council

Great Mackerel Beach: Pittwater

January 18, 2023, 9.30 am - low tide - (NB: PON Proprietors do visit cousin's place at MB - potential 'conflict of interest' in that).




Mackerel after 2020 to 2022 storms, sandbags still in place. Photos: courtesy MB resident.

 

Oil Spill at Alexandria: Please keep an Eye out for Impacted Birds

Friday June 5 2026

We need your help! Be on the look out Sydney! 

Following an oil spill in Alexandria, there are multiple birds being seen covered in oil. Chemicals such as oils on feathers is damaging as birds are no longer waterproof, cannot stay warm, can no longer float efficiently and have digestion issues when trying to clean the oil off. 

We need you to report any birds you see around Sydney that look impacted by this oil spill. They can be anywhere in Sydney - they may not be anywhere near the original spill. 

Be on the look out for the following species:

  • - Australian Pelicans
  • - Cormorants
  • - Australasian Darters
  • - Egrets
  • - Terns 
  • - Australian White Ibis

Birds will have black or dark patches where there shouldn’t be, they may be unable to swim or move properly in the water, they may be on the bank or in trees struggling and looking sick. 

Please don’t handle them - contact us on 9413 4300 to report sightings. Take a photo and take note of the precise location. 

Share share share! Let’s get these birds rescued and rehabilitated for the very best chance of survival. 

Rescue hotline: 9413 4300

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services)

Photo: Sydney Wildlife

 

The Surf Swap and Repair Market 2026

Save the date! The Surf Swap and Repair Market is back on Sunday 21 June at Surfrider Gardens, 50 Ocean Street Narrabeen 
Discover a better way to surf sustainably with:
  • 🏄 pre-loved boards, wetsuits and accessories
  • ☀️ sell your own surf gear
  • 🛠️ learn how to do minor board repairs
  • ♻️ explore repurposing ideas
  • 🌊 browse sustainable surf brands and join a beach clean-up.
A  waste free event. BYO refillable water bottle & reusable coffee cup
Sustainable Surf Brand Stallholders - Sine Surf, Board Exchange, WAW Handplanes, Sunbutter sunscreen, Pittwater Eco Adventures, Surfing Mums, Boomerang Bags. 

How it Works
General admission - free to everyone seeking to score awesome pre loved surf gear and give it another life.
Market Day Traders - Register here to trade on the day and sell/swap your Boards/Surf gear. $10 + booking fee. 
Bump in from 9.30am and setup is required to be complete by 10.30am, Pack down from 3pm. 
BYO your own setup for the day. No Marquees.

PNHA Activities 2026

Our walks for 2026 are listed below. 

You are very welcome to bring friends and older children on these outings. Please book by emailing pnhainfo@gmail.com and include  your PHONE NUMBER so we can contact you in case of changes because of weather etc. 

Looking forward to getting out and about in our lovely area! 

Your PNHA Committee

Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

The Pittwater Natural Heritage Association has been formed to act to protect and preserve the Pittwater areas major and most valuable asset - its natural heritage.

PNHA is an incorporated association seeking broad based community membership and support to enable it to have an effective and authoritative voice speaking out for the preservation of Pittwater's natural heritage.

Our Aims

  • To raise public awareness of the conservation value of the natural heritage of the Pittwater area: its landforms, watercourses, soils and local native vegetation and fauna.
  • To raise public awareness of the threats to the long-term sustainability of Pittwater's natural heritage.
  • To foster individual and community responsibility for caring for this natural heritage.
  • To encourage Pittwater Council and the NSW Government to adopt and implement policies and works which will conserve, sustain and enhance the natural heritage of Pittwater.

Some of our interests and concerns include:

  • Native Tree Canopy
  • "Wildlife Friendly" Gardens
  • Weed Infestation
  • Keeping our Waterways Healthy
  • Beaches and Dunes

Act to Preserve and Protect!

If you would like to join us, please fill out the Membership Form. Visit: https://pnha.org.au

Sunday April 26 Fauna: Underpass below Mona Vale Rd East, Ingleside.

If you missed this walk last year, here’s your chance to see how fauna can move between areas of bushland, so important for finding territory, mates and food. 

Meet 9am at corner of Ingleside Rd and Laurel Rd East. Walk ends about 11am.

Saturday May 23: PNHA stall at Avalon Car Boot Sale, Dunbar Park Avalon.

From 8am to 2pm, we’ll offer Information on identifying and controlling weeds. See our posters about invertebrates in local gardens. Our famous $2 local flora, fauna and scenery cards will be for sale. Come and have a chat. 

Sunday May 24: Walk in Red Hill Bushland Reserve, Beacon Hill

Meet 9am on Lady Penrhyn Drive opposite no. 41A, close to the open gate. Flora, birds, views. Walk ends about 11.30. 

Sunday June 28: Crown to the Sea Walk, Newport

Meet 9am at Porter Reserve, Neptune Rd Newport. Walk ends about 12 noon. This walk goes through several very different bushland reserves with coastal heath and littoral rainforest.

Wildflowers, ferns and coastal views. Moderate fitness needed for some steep tracks and many steps. Limit: 15 people so please book early. We will provide the Crown to the Sea map to participants on booking.

Sunday July 26: Ingleside Chase Reserve

Meet 9am at end of Irrawong Rd North Narrabeen, walk ends about 11am. Birds and swamp forest along Mullet Creek. Swamp Mahoganies will be flowering attracting birds. Binoculars a must for this walk.

Sunday August 23: Spring in the Bush

Meet 9am at corner of Mallawa Rd and Bulara St, Terrey Hills. Walk ends about 11am. With a focus on botany, we’ll see flowering plants in the Proteaceae plant family, waratahs, endangered Grevillea caleyi , right, and others in the major Australian Proteaceae plant family. Birds, too. 

Sunday September 27: The Chiltern Track, Ku-ring-gai N.P.

Meet 9am at track entrance with barred gate on Chiltern Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 11am. One of our favourite walks to see Sydney sandstone flora in spring. Native plant species list available. Birds too, often a Yellow-tufted Honeyeater here. 

Sunday October 25: Katandra by Night

Meet 6.45pm at Katandra Bushland Sanctuary on Lane Cove Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 8.45pm. Sunset is about 7.15. The bush by night is wonderful. We hope to see fireflies again as on previous walks here in October. Bring a torch, or headtorch, preferably with a red light option so as not to dazzle possums. Moderate fitness needed for the bush track and steps. Limit: 15 people, so please book early. 

Sunday November 22: Deep Creek Reserve

Meet 9am in Deep Creek reserve, off Wakehurst Parkway. Walk ends about 11am. Birds and bushland. From the bridge across the creek we may see Dollarbirds, summer breeding migrants that nest in hollows, with their youngsters. Black Bitterns have been observed along the creek margins, so bring binoculars. 

Please help Dee Why Lagoon: Clean Up

WHEN: Sunday 28th June at 10:00am
WHERE: Dee Why Lagoon
Meeting point: opposite Hadleigh Avenue - DY Lagoon side


WHAT TO BRING:
  • Gumboots (if you have them)
  • Hat
  • Water bottle
  • A smile
SUPPLIED:
  • Gloves
  • Pickers
  • Buckets
We really need your help for this one! Dee Why Lagoon is currently filled with rubbish, and the more volunteers we have, the bigger impact we can make.

Every pair of hands makes a difference, whether you can stay for 30 minutes or the whole clean-up. Together we can help restore this beautiful local environment for wildlife and our community.

If you can’t make it on the day, that’s completely okay! We’d love it if you could help by sharing this notice with your friends, family, colleagues, and local community groups. Every share helps us reach more potential volunteers.
NB Clean Up Crew
___________________

 

National Plant a Tree Day 2026: 30 Year Anniversary

Planet Ark's National Tree Day started in 1996 and has grown into Australia's largest community tree planting and nature care event.

It's a call to action for all Australians to get their hands dirty and give back to the community. While every day can be Tree Day, we generally celebrate Schools Tree Day and National Tree Day on the last Friday and Sunday in July.

2026 DATES

  • National Tree Day - Sunday 26 July
  • Schools Tree Day - Friday 24 July
  • Tropical Tree Day - Sunday 6 December

To find out more, get involved, or register a site, visit: nationaltreeday.org.au

At this stage only one local site is registered - but this section will be updated prior to NTD 2026 - that site is:

Saint Matthews Farm Reserve, Cromer

Everyone is invited to help us regenerate this important wildlife corridor with native plants. Make Cromer a cooler, greener and more connected place for our community, wildlife and creek stabilisation.

Sunday, 26 July 2026: 10:00am to 1:00pm

Site Organiser: Michael Kneipp - volunteer at this site

Wobbegong Incident: Red Cliff NSW

Massive coal mine expansion heads to NSW Planning Commission

The largest coal project proposed in New South Wales’s history was referred to the Independent Planning Commission NSW (IPC) for decision on Friday June 12, just hours after the NSW government accepted findings from the NSW Net Zero Commission that climate impacts must meaningfully be considered in planning decisions. 

Glencore and Yancoal are seeking approval for the Hunter Valley Operations (HVO) Continuation Project near Singleton in the Hunter Valley. If approved, it would allow open-cut mining to continue for another 19 years until 2045 and mine an additional 430 million tonnes of coal, making HVO the largest ever coal project in NSW.

HVO North was previously granted an 18-month short-term extension (Modification 8) until December 2026 while the long-term continuation bid undergoes assessment.

Lock the Gate Alliance Acting National Coordinator Georgina Woods said: "Expanding Hunter Valley Operations mine will worsen air pollution and water stress locally in the Hunter, but the impact of worsening global warming from its 800 million tonnes of greenhouse pollution will be felt by communities across New South Wales. 

"NSW communities are already paying for climate change through rising insurance premiums, high food and energy costs, and worsening floods and fires. This week the NSW Net Zero Commission found NSW residents were worse off due to rising temperatures. 

"Pollution from this coal mine will contribute to even higher grocery bills, lost income and the damage bills from mounting wild weather.

"We are expecting people from the Hunter region and regional areas around the state to tell the Planning Commission about their experience of climate change and what it is costing them already. For too long these voices have not been heard and the costs of climate change on households have not weighed up in planning decisions about coal mines."

The IPC referral came just hours after NSW Environment Minister Penny Sharpe accepted four out of five findings from the NSW Net Zero Commission’s landmark Coal Mining Emissions Spotlight report, which was released last year. 

Ms Woods said: "We're pleased that the government has accepted the Commission’s finding that the complex, compounding and cascading impacts of climate change need to be meaningfully considered in all planning decisions.

"This response has direct implications for the IPC as it considers HVO, and it's important that they specifically seek input from the Net Zero Commission about the HVO expansion. 

"Last week, the NSW Net Zero Commission offered to help the government work through how to ensure the planning system is meaningfully considering climate change. It’s crucial that the government takes up this offer."

The Glencore/Yancoal Hunter Valley Operations Open Cut Coal Continuation Project (HVO)has been recommended to the Independent Planning Commission (IPC) by the NSW Government. The expansion is being considered under an updated state coal policy to allow expanded and extended coal mines  which would impact on meeting legislated emissions reduction targets.

Greens MP, Solicitor and spokesperson for Planning and Climate Sue Higginson said “The Minns Labor Government has allowed this massive and catastrophic project to proceed in the planning system despite publicly and legally committing to emissions reduction targets that will be impossible to reach if this project goes ahead,”

“The Minister for Planning has once again guaranteed that the community will not be able to challenge the merits of this dangerous mine expansion through recommending the IPC conduct a ‘public hearing’, a decision that prevents the merits of a project from being challenged if it’s approved,”

“This next step for HVO comes the same day that the Government accepted all of the Net Zero Commission’s recommendations in the Coal Spotlight Report, except the recommendation that coal expansions were inconsistent with climate laws that the Minns Labor Government introduced in 2023,”

“We cannot afford any more coal. Every single person in NSW is already paying $20k per year because of the impacts of climate change, and this project is literally pouring petrol on a house fire,”

“The Government could act today, to make sure this project is never approved, and we stop the expansion of coal in NSW. Instead, they are avoiding the truth, lying to the community, and setting us on a path to disaster,” Ms Higginson said.  

The IPC will now call for submissions and hold a public hearing in the Upper Hunter. A decision to approve or reject the HVO project will be made within 12 weeks of the referral. 

$119 million flows to strengthen businesses and employment in the NSW southern Murray-Darling Basin

Announced: Wednesday June 10 2026

Communities in the southern Murray-Darling Basin in New South Wales will benefit from 14 new major infrastructure, community and economic development projects announced today, valued at $69 million, along with the opening of the next $50 million grant round.

Round 2 of the Sustainable Communities Program, funded by the Albanese Government and delivered by the Minns Government, will support job creation, workforce participation and long‑term resilience as the region adjusts to the impacts of the Australian Government’s water recovery program.

A full list of successful projects is attached, and includes:

  • Federation Council will begin work to replace ageing infrastructure in Howlong. The project will increase local water storage to 7 megalitres and upgrade the pump station. This vital enabling infrastructure project will assist council to meet housing demand and support population and business growth ($7.8 million).
  • Griffith City Council will deliver new and upgraded roads in the Lake Wynganhousing precinct. These works will help to unlock 1,660 residential lots for development, Additional housing will allow people in Griffith to live affordably and closer to local jobs, supporting employers attract and retain staff ($5.56 million).
  • The establishment of two hemp processing and manufacturing facilities at Barham and Darling Point to support the growth of the emerging hemp industry and support sustainable agriculture and jobs in the manufacture of hemp building products and textiles ($20 million).
  • Edward River Council to construct the Perrin Park Early Learning Centre at Deniliquin. The purpose‑built service will deliver a 110‑place long day care centre, helping to strengthen local workforce participation ($4 million).

Today, applications also open for the next $50 million Business and Industry round of grants for the region, with Murray–Darling businesses encouraged to apply. Applications open 10 June at 12pm and close 3 August at 12pm.

This funding will provide grants between $100,000 to $5 million for projects that improve business and industry sustainability, retain and create local jobs and provide long-lasting benefits and economic growth for local communities.

This funding will support projects that help businesses and industries grow, boost local employment, upskill workers and support local communities to thrive.

Eligible projects could include:

  • Expansion of existing, or construction of new, facilities to increase capability and production
  • Introduction of new or advanced technologies, innovations or plant and equipment to encourage business growth
  • Industry led programs that improve business operations or create access to new markets
  • Programs to upskill workers to address the needs of local industries
  • Upgrade or repurpose local buildings to increase economic activity.

The 12 Local Government Areas eligible to apply are:

  • Balranald
  • Berrigan
  • Carrathool
  • Edward River
  • Federation
  • Griffith
  • Hay
  • Leeton
  • Murray River
  • Murrumbidgee
  • Narrandera
  • Wentworth

To apply for the Business and Industry Round and for program updates, visit www.nsw.gov.au/scp

To learn more about the Australian Government’s Sustainable Communities Program, visit www.dcceew.gov.au/water/policy/programs/open/sustainable-communities

Federal Minister for the Environment and Water, the Hon. Murray Watt stated:

“The Albanese Government is backing communities in the southern Murray-Darling Basin with targeted investment to create jobs, stimulate growth, and strengthen long-term resilience.

“The science tells us that we need to recover water to secure the long-term environmental health of the Murray-Darling Basin and the jobs and communities that rely on it.

“In delivering a healthy river system, we need to support communities to adjust, which is why we’ve committed a record $300 million in funding to help minimise social and economic impacts of water recovery, including $160 million for Basin communities in NSW.

“Today we see more of that funding reaching NSW communities, with more on the way through the next round.”

NSW Minister for Agriculture and Regional NSW, the Hon. Tara Moriarty said:

“The $69 million in projects announced today, together with the new $50 million Business and Industry Round, represents a significant investment that will create jobs, attract skilled workers and drive the Murray-Darling regional economy.

“These investments are about backing local businesses, supporting regional jobs and building stronger, more sustainable communities for the future.

“This funding will help businesses increase productivity, diversify their operations, expand into new markets and invest in innovative projects that strengthen their long-term competitiveness and resilience.

“While the NSW Government remains opposed to water buybacks, we are committed to ensuring regional communities are well placed to seize every opportunity for economic growth and prosperity.

Senator for NSW, Deborah O’Neill stated:

“It’s great to see another $69 million hitting the ground for projects here in NSW.

“From early learning centres and housing project works to saleyards, these projects will breathe new life into their communities, and help to a deliver strong, sustainable region into the future.

“I’d strongly encourage communities to take a look at the eligibility and apply for a share of the next round of funding, which opens today.”

South West Renewable Energy Zone unlocks an initial $60 million in community benefits

Announced: Wednesday June 10 2026

An initial $60 million will soon begin flowing to communities in the South West Renewable Energy Zone to deliver local infrastructure, services and employment opportunities that will support long-term regional prosperity.

The Minns Labor Government is making funding available through the Community and Employment Benefit Program so it can be invested in priorities that matter to local communities to create lasting benefits that support long-term regional prosperity alongside renewable energy development.

EnergyCo will get input from councils and the community on the design of the funding program.

The Minns Labor Government is also announcing that the eligible funding area has been expanded, so benefits can reach towns and centres that are outside the REZ boundary but still impacted by new infrastructure. They include Coleambally, Jerilderie and Deniliquin.

Contributions will continue in years to come from access fees paid by renewable energy projects with an agreement to connect to the new transmission lines in the REZ – BayWa r.e., Origin Energy, Someva and AGL, and Spark Renewables.

The funding builds on the approach of the Central‑West Orana REZ, where community benefit funding has been provided to projects including key worker accommodation in Mudgee, water security initiatives in the Warrumbungle Shire and early education services for children in Dunedoo. It has also supported targeted employment initiatives for young people, returning workers, and people transitioning into renewable energy careers.

These investments help to ensure host communities are well‑placed to benefit from the jobs and economic opportunities generated by renewable energy development.

The South West REZ will power up to 1.6 million homes and businesses across NSW and create hundreds of ongoing jobs.

The Minns Labor Government is delivering the REZ as part of a once-in-a-generation transformation of NSW’s power system, to keep the lights on and put downward pressure on prices when coal-fired power plants retire.

For more information, visit energyco.nsw.gov.au/cebp.

Minister for Energy, the Hon. Penny Sharpe said:

“The Renewable Energy Zone will deliver meaningful and lasting benefits for regional communities in the South West as investment starts to flow into communities well before projects come online.

“This $60 million in funding from the Minns Labor Government is just the beginning. It will be amplified by renewable energy projects in the REZ and deliver initiatives that will continue to support the region long after construction has finished.”

EnergyCo Chief Executive Officer, Hannah McCaughey said:

“EnergyCo is working to ensure the best outcomes for communities hosting new infrastructure, and South West communities are playing a critical role in keeping the lights on in NSW.

“By supporting regional development across the South West, we hope to bring exciting new opportunities to local communities.”

About the South West REZ:

The South West REZ stretches from west of Jerilderie to the Victorian border near Mildura. It includes Buronga, Gol Gol, Balranald and Hay, and will include four renewable energy projects and two new transmission lines.

It will unlock 3.56 gigawatts of clean energy generation capacity within the next decade, with the capability to power up to 1.6 million homes.

It is expected to support about 1,690 direct local jobs per year during construction and hundreds of ongoing operational jobs from 2031. It will also create additional demand for workers in local manufacturing, retail, transport and the supply of goods and services.

Dingoes in national parks in New South Wales Upper House Inquiry

Submissions close July 17

An Upper House committee has commenced an inquiry into the cultural and ecological significance of dingoes and their treatment in national parks in New South Wales.

The inquiry will consider a range of matters, including the genetic status of dingoes, their ecological role and the management of them in national parks, as well as the cultural significance of dingoes for First Nations communities.

Chair of the committee, the Hon Emma Hurst MLC, said "Dingoes occupy a unique place in Australia's natural environment and cultural landscape, and this inquiry provides an opportunity to consider how they are classified, managed and conserved in national parks in New South Wales".

The Chair continued, "The committee will examine whether existing legislative and policy frameworks are fit for purpose, and look at ways in which Indigenous knowledge and leadership could be more effectively incorporated into dingo conservation practices."

The committee welcomes submissions from interested stakeholders, including First Nations groups, government bodies, community organisations, and members of the public. The closing date for submissions is Friday 17 July 2026.

For more information about this inquiry, including the committee membership, terms of reference, and how to lodge a submission, visit the inquiry webpage.

TERMS OF REFERENCE

(1) That the Animal Welfare Committee inquire into and report on the treatment and the cultural and ecological significance of dingoes in national parks in New South Wales, and in particular:

(a) the genetic status of dingoes, the distinction between dingoes and dogs and recent research into the genetic profile of NSW dingoes

(b) the legislative, regulatory and policy frameworks governing the management of dingoes in New South Wales in national parks

(c) the ecological role of dingoes in national parks

(d) the cultural significance of dingoes for First Nations communities

(e) the impact of current government policies and programs for the management of dingoes in national parks

(f) dingo management including opportunities for incorporation of Indigenous knowledge and leadership in dingo conservation in national parks, and

(g) any other related matters.

The terms of reference for the inquiry were self-referred by the committee on 19 May 2026.

Muogamarra open season 2026: Bookings Open

Nature lovers are urged to get in quick as the hottest ticket in town, to wander through the wildflowers at magnificent Muogamarra Nature Reserve, is now open for bookings.

The nature reserve north of Sydney is open for just 6 weeks a year in order to protect its precious plants and fragile Aboriginal cultural heritage.

It’s a short window that packs a punch, coinciding with peak flowering of more than 900 species of native plants.

Think waratahs, majestic angophoras, banksias, pink boronias and delicate native orchids.

Walking tracks around the nature reserve also offer stunning views of the Hawkesbury River and Berowra Creek, as well as expansive views of Bar, Milson and Spectacle islands.

Steeped in cultural heritage in the lands of the traditional custodians, Muogamarra protects important Aboriginal sites, including rock engravings, grinding grooves and shell middens.

The reserve was established by railway engineer and conservationist John Duncan Tipper in 1934, who named the sanctuary Muogamarra, after what he believed was an Awabakal word meaning ‘preserve for the future’. Driven by a passion to safeguard the area’s native flora and fauna from development, he secured a lease for the land. Public access was limited to subscription visits and special wildflower days to protect the vulnerable ecosystem. In 1953, Tipper handed over the reins to the government and the tradition continues.

Visit: Muogamarra Nature Reserve in Cowan celebrates 90 years: a few insights into The Vision of John Duncan Tipper, Founder - 2024 History Feature

Four different types of guided tours are on offer. Each tour covers a unique section of the park and range from around 3 to 10 kilometres of walking.

Tickets for the season from 15 August to 20 September are available now and usually sell out. Entry is by booked guided or self-guided tour only.

Bookings here: nswparks.info/muogamarra

National Parks and Wildlife Service Discovery Coordinator David Thompson said:

“This is one of our most popular opportunities in NSW national parks, with good reason.

“Wandering through the wildflowers of Muogamarra is a rare, memorable experience, and every year bookings go fast, as more and more people discover this secret garden on Sydney’s doorstep.”


Bird Sanctuary (Lady Hore Ruthven). J. D. Tipper, Prop., August 1935.  Lady Hore Ruthven was NSW Governor’s wife  Reference: State Library NSW  (Created before 1955).  Bird Sanctuary (Lady Hore Ruthven). J. D. Tipper, Prop., August 1935 . Retrieved from https://collection.sl.nsw.gov.au/record/1xqG6x6Y/2lMEwmvBJrkD0


The Hon Penny Sharpe – Minister for the Environment, with Susan Rumble – Chase Alive Discovery programme volunteer tour guide, Muogamarra Nature Reserve and David Thompson – Discovery Coordinator, Muogamarra Nature Reserve, September 1st 2024

World Environment Day: launch of Australia’s first greenhouse gas monitoring network

June 5 2026

On World Environment Day, NSW Government scientists have launched Australia’s first dedicated regional greenhouse gas (GHG) monitoring network, which will help inform emissions reduction as we head towards net zero.

The pilot network in the Upper Hunter will enable independent monitoring and assessment of GHG emissions across the region, including emissions from industry such as mines.

Accurate greenhouse gas monitoring improves our understanding of emissions sources, strengthens reporting transparency and supports emission reduction programs that are essential to limiting the impacts of climate change and achieving net zero.

Using advanced air-monitoring equipment, scientists will analyse the ‘molecular fingerprints’ of greenhouse gases and compare the results with known emissions from industrial sources.

A network of high-precision cavity ring-down spectrometers (CRDS) is being installed at existing air quality monitoring stations across the Hunter to measure carbon dioxide, methane and water vapour. CRDSs are highly sensitive instruments that can measure gas samples down to parts-per-billion.

The project will advance the science of greenhouse gas measurement, improve public understanding of emissions sources and help inform future regulation and mitigation.

The project is being delivered by the Science and Insights Division in the NSW Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water (DCCEEW) in partnership with the NSW EPA and is guided by an external Scientific Advisory Committee to ensure scientific rigour and independence.

Following the pilot’s completion, the network could expand across NSW.

NSW DCCEEW Science and Insights Division Director Matthew Riley stated:

“It’s exciting to be working on this world-class science to measure regional greenhouse gases. 

“Our scientists are leaders in emissions modelling and air quality monitoring, drawing on more than 75 years of expertise and one of Australia’s largest air-quality monitoring networks to deliver trusted, evidence-based insights.

“We’re now combining all that experience to collect brand new data by retrofitting some of our existing air monitoring stations with advanced greenhouse gas sensors.

“By building on NSW’s trusted air monitoring network, we’re combining proven infrastructure with cutting edge science.”

NSW EPA Director Climate and Environment Protection Policy Shagofta Ali said:

“This is an incredibly exciting step forward in climate change science for the state, providing clearer, independent information about greenhouse gas emissions in the Upper Hunter.

“The insights from this pilot project will enable us to measure greenhouse gases independently and verify the methods used to report emissions – ensuring future regulatory decisions are based on the best available information.”

Cooler- greener playgrounds: 150 schools to benefit from expanded tree planting program

The state government has announced it is investing $2.3 million to plant thousands of trees, shrubs and bush tucker gardens to help combat urban heating in more than 150 schools over the next four years.

The Cooling the Schools program has already planted more than 70,000 native trees and shrubs across 306 schools, benefiting over 20,000 students.

It has also run close to 100 Cultural education sessions helping students connect with Country while learning about sustainability.

The Cooling the Schools program is funded by the NSW Government and delivered by Greening Australia in some of the hottest areas of metropolitan NSW with cooler outdoor spaces and hands‑on learning opportunities.

Schools can check eligibility and register at: www.greeningaustralia.org.au/projects/cooling-the-schools

The program builds on Greening Our City grants which the government states has, to date, awarded $46.8 million to 164 greening projects across Greater Sydney, the Central Coast, the Hunter and the Illawarra-Shoalhaven to build climate resilience, improve air quality, and connect communities with nature.


2026 Tour de Gorge

Mountain bike riders, families and outdoor adventurers are invited to experience the rugged beauty of the Pilliga when the annual Tour de Gorge returns on Saturday 5 September 2026.

The much-loved cycling event will take riders through some of the most spectacular and rarely accessed areas of the Pilliga Forest and Pilliga Nature Reserve, near Baradine, featuring dramatic sandstone formations, towering cypress pines, wildflowers and rich wildlife habitats.

Since launching in 2013, Tour de Gorge has become a popular spring event in regional NSW, offering something for all ages and experience levels with multiple ride options through one of Australia’s most unique and rugged landscapes.

Participants can choose from a family-friendly short course or a longer adventure riding along unsealed forest trails that wind through the iconic Pilliga landscape. Riders will enjoy exclusive access to sections of the forest that are usually closed to the public. The event begins and ends at Pilliga Pottery, where visitors can relax after the ride, enjoy food and soak up the community atmosphere.

Cyclists can also purchase the official 2026 Tour de Gorge riding jersey when registering online. Entry costs $30 per rider and includes a registration pack. The pre-ride briefing begins at 8:30 am, with riders departing from 9 am. To register or find more information, visit the Tour de Gorge event page.

NPWS Director Northern Inland John Whittall stated:

“Tour de Gorge is a fantastic opportunity for people to explore the Pilliga and experience one of NSW’s most remarkable natural landscapes on two wheels.

“From towering cypress pines and sandstone gorges to vibrant spring wildflowers, the ride showcases the incredible diversity and beauty of the Pilliga Forest.

“This event is about more than cycling. It’s a chance to connect with nature, culture and community while enjoying a memorable day out in the heart of regional NSW.”

Solar for apartment residents: Co-funding

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW have solar installed, but the NSW Department of Climate Chnage, Energy, the Environment and Water are on a mission to change this.

Their Solar for Apartment Residents grant is co-funding shared solar panel installations on eligible apartment buildings and multi-unit dwellings and has already helped thousands of households.

They’ve extended the program to help more homeowners and renters reduce their energy bills and have also allocated extra funds through a separate Boost grant to help priority communities too.

Application closes: 4 December 2026, 5:00 pm

Share this with your Owners Corporation or Stata Manager and check your building's eligibility at: www.nsw.gov.au/grants-and-funding/solar-for-apartment-residents-soar-grant-program

 

Dedicated alpine weather page part of latest BOM website improvements

The Bureau of Meteorology has delivered its latest website update.

In this release navigation has improved, there’s a new dedicated alpine weather page in time for the ski season, and the weather map has more place names.

Bureau of Meteorology CEO Dr Stuart Minchin said the update was a direct response to community feedback.

“Since launch, we've had requests for more locations to be added to the weather map,” Dr Minchin said.

“Our website is there to serve all Australians. We've now added more than 100 place names, primarily in the Northern Territory and Queensland.

“We'll be adding hundreds more in the months ahead.”

The weather map will now remember users’ most recent pan and zoom position, keeping the settings the same for the next time the page is viewed.

For example, if your last visit was a maximum zoomed-in view of Mount Isa, Queensland, this is the view you'll see next time you visit the rain radar.

“Changes like these will make it easier for everyone to find what they need,” Dr Minchin said.

Other changes include the UV Index being restored to the hourly forecast and updating the presentation of flood warnings.

A new alpine weather page provides weather map layers for snow, wind and temperature, and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions in one page.

The updated Alpine regions page provides weather maps and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions.

Alpine regions offers information across 2 tabs:

  • Forecasts – alpine districts and locations
  • Map – 3 hourly snow, wind and temperature forecasts.

Navigating the website has become easier with changes to tabs and page layouts on a number of key pages such as Forecasts and observations, Coasts and Oceans and state, territory and district pages.

“People have told us that navigating to forecasts and observations for districts and states was hard,” Dr Minchin said.

“We’ve paid close attention to this feedback.

“Combined with last month's search improvements, this will make it easier for regional web users to find out if their district is expecting rain or sunshine.”

Updates will continue to be made to the website in response to the feedback received from the community.

Information about recent changes is available at bom.gov.au/website-help/website-updates

The ski season starts on the June long weekend and runs until October's long weekend in NSW. 

The Kiandra Alpine Club's Snow Carnival, 1900. Photo: Kerry

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at  sydneywildliferescueline@gmail.com

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period to 31 July 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Mona Vale Dunes bushcare group: 2026 Dates

What’s Happening? Mona Vale Dunes Bushcare group catch-up. 

In 2026 our usual work mornings will be the second Saturday and third Thursday of each month. You can come to either or both. 

We are maintaining an area south of Golf Avenue. This was cleared of dense lantana, green cestrum and ground Asparagus in 2019-2020. 600 tubestock were planted in June 2021, and natural regeneration is ongoing. 

Photos: The site In November 2019, chainsaws at the ready. In July 2025, look at the difference - coastal dune vegetation instead of dense weeds. But maintenance continues and bushcarers are on the job. Can you join us?

(access to this southern of MV Dunes  - parking near Mona Vale Headland reserve, or walk from Golf Ave.) 

For comparison, see this image of MV dunes in 1969!, taken from atop the home units at the end of Golf Avenue. 

2026 Dates

Bangalley Headland WPA Bushcare 2026

Watch out for PNHA signs telling you about bush regeneration and our local environment. This is one of many coming up.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

Climate change has already made Australians in one state much poorer, and more’s to come

Timothy Neal, UNSW Sydney and Ben Newell, UNSW Sydney

The world’s hottest years over the past decade have coincided with stagnant economic productivity, rising prices and geopolitical instability.

Is this just coincidence or has the current level of climate change been one of the drivers? Climate change is often framed as a problem for the future. But how much economic damage has today’s current level of ~1.35°C of warming already caused?

To answer that question, we analysed the effects of climate change to date on the New South Wales economy. The results were released today as part of a Net Zero Commission report.

We estimate climate change has already caused median losses of around 18% (probability range 4–33%) to the NSW economy, the biggest economic jurisdiction in the country. At a median 18% loss, that translates to about A$21,300 per person on average in yearly income.

We show that it’s not local bushfires or flooding that are driving the majority of damage, but changing global weather that in turn affects our cost of living.

Imagine a world without climate change

Studies typically project the global economic damage that climate change will do by 2050 or 2100.

Some influential estimates have suggested climate damage would be fairly small. But our recent research and work by others shows the economic damage coming down the pipeline could be more than four times larger than previously thought.

Our research question for this report was different: “What would the NSW economy look like today if historical emissions of greenhouse gases had not caused climate change?”

This requires a thought experiment: imagining a past where we burn fossil fuels at the historical rate, but the additional carbon dioxide and other atmospheric gases do not cause changes to temperature or rainfall patterns.

Answering this question will allow us to understand the economic losses we have already endured from historical climate change.

How we did it

First, we collected data on historical economic growth and weather across the world over the past 70 years. We then modelled how weather changes (or shocks) impacted economic growth over this period. There is significant debate on how to do this, so we adopted a variety of approaches.

Then we had to plausibly guess at how the weather would have evolved in the past four decades without climate change. To create this hypothetical weather series, we simply removed any trend found in the weather data which we ascribe to human-caused climate change. This works because there is no evidence natural causes have contributed to the upward trend in temperatures.

Finally, we compared economic growth rates predicted by the models under the observed and under the hypothetical weather conditions. The contrast between the total economic production of the NSW economy in the two scenarios is the economic cost of historical climate change for a given year.

What we found

We estimate the median economic loss for NSW in 2024 was 18%. There is significant uncertainty in this figure, with the lower estimates around 4% and the higher around 33%.

The median loss figure of 18% translates into an average of $21,288 in losses per person in yearly income (in 2023–2024 dollar values). In other words, the model finds that if historical warming had not occurred then people living in NSW would each have $21,288 more dollars, on average, in their pockets every year. This amount is large enough to meaningfully improve the quality of life of the state’s average household.

The models suggest the primary mechanism through which this loss has occurred is the rise in the global average temperature. When people think about losses associated with climate change in NSW, they might consider how climate change exacerbated the bushfires of 2019–20, or the floods that followed. The damages they caused are, of course, real and significant.

However, the economic models suggest the majority of the damage has come from shifts in weather globally. Given the interconnectedness of modern economies through trade and global supply chains, it is reasonable to assume that climate shocks to supply chains affect the whole globe.

Large cargo and tanker ships sail through the Strait of Hormuz.
The interconnectedness of the global economy can be seen in the downturn following the US-Israel war with Iran and the halt to shipping in the Strait of Hormuz. Eric Seddon/Pexels, CC BY

How we think about climate change

When pollsters ask Australian voters what issues they care about, “climate change” is often listed as one issue among many. Voters are asked to assess how important climate change is to them relative to the cost of living, public health, interest rates, secure employment, and other important things.

Presenting issues in this way reinforces a common misconception that they are independent, and that one can be prioritised over the other.

To the contrary, there is now good evidence that climate change is strongly related to economic outcomes, which in turn drive the cost of living, interest rates, investment in in health and education and the labour market.

It’s time to stop thinking of climate change as “merely” an environmental issue, which can be discarded when economic times are tough. Instead, we should recognise what it really is: a current and ongoing threat to our standard of living.The Conversation

Timothy Neal, Senior lecturer in Economics and the Institute for Climate Risk and Response, UNSW Sydney and Ben Newell, Professor of Cognitive Psychology and Director of the Institute for Climate Risk and Response, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How waves, ponds and green algae are accelerating sea ice melt in Antarctica

https://www.gettyimages.com.au/detail/photo/iceberg-sits-still-on-a-calm-day-in-antarctica-royalty-free-image/1274512891?phrase=sea%20ice%20floes%20Antarctica&searchscope=image%2Cfilm&adppopup=true
Luke Bennetts, The University of Melbourne; Bonnie Light, University of Washington; Petteri Uotila, University of Helsinki; Philip Reid, Australian Bureau of Meteorology, and Rob Massom, Australian Antarctic Division

Picture sea ice in your mind. You probably imagine brilliant white, snow-covered floes floating on the surface of the ocean, home to penguins in the south of the globe or polar bears in the north.

But our new research shows Antarctic sea ice can turn into rafts of rotting floes (the free-floating pieces of ice) or an icy green slush when it interacts with waves in the stormiest ocean on the planet.

We now know the wave-driven processes that cause the surface of the sea ice to melt are a “missing link” in understanding what’s driving the increasing Antarctic sea ice melt each summer.

These processes can dramatically increase the rate the ice melts, with major implications for the global climate and Antarctic marine ecosystems.

Our planetary heartbeat

Each year, the sea ice that hugs the coast of Antarctica expands from 3 million square kilometres in summer to 19 million square kilometres in winter, stretching far north into the Southern Ocean. As the sun rises and the temperatures increase, it retreats again.

This remarkable seasonal change is like a heartbeat within our planet’s climate system, moderating global temperatures, driving ocean circulation and forming a unique habitat for a plethora of living organisms, all adapted to its seasonal rhythms.

The annual summer sea ice melt is particularly remarkable because it occurs over only three months. But even the most sophisticated climate models underestimate the rapid rate of sea ice retreat each summer.

https://www.gettyimages.com.au/detail/photo/iceberg-sits-still-on-a-calm-day-in-antarctica-royalty-free-image/1274512891?phrase=sea%20ice%20floes%20Antarctica&searchscope=image%2Cfilm&adppopup=true
A NASA image from space shows sea ice at its maximum in Antarctica. NASA, CC BY

How do waves melt sea ice?

Until now, the waves travelling from the ice-free ocean into the area covered in sea ice had only been studied for their role in breaking up ice floes. We knew these smaller floes were prone to melting around their sides and bottoms as the ocean was heated by the sun as summer progressed.

But this is not the full story.

We now know waves also flood over ice floes, washing away the bright snow cover that shields the underlying ice from sunlight and creating ponds of seawater on the floe surfaces.

Due to their reduced brightness, the snow-free ice and these “wave ponds” absorb substantially more solar heat than snow-covered ice, and this melts the ice from the top down. Moreover, the snow-free ice and wave ponds are oases in which algae thrive, turning the ice and ponds green and absorbing even more heat from the sun.

The waves also pulverise the floes into small fragments and slush. Under the right conditions, the combination of wave flooding, algal greening and pulverisation turns the sea ice cover into a slushy mixture, resembling a green soup.

We estimate that flooding, ponding and pulverisation can increase summer-time ice thinning by over 4 centimetres per day. Algal greening can add an additional 1 centimetre of thinning per day. These are extraordinary accelerators of ice melt, considering that most Antarctic sea ice is less than 1 metre thick at the end of winter.

Waves are also generated deep within the Antarctic sea-ice region by winds blowing over large openings in the ice cover. In this way, wave melt processes eat away at the ice cover from within, as well as from the edge throughout summer.

Chunks of sea ice that have been broken up wave pulverisation and darkened by algae.
In this picture of sea ice you can see the effects of wave pulverisation and algae, which darkens the ice. Robert Massom, CC BY-ND

Feedbacks could trigger further melt

Our ice melt estimates are significant, yet they are likely underestimates. They do not account for amplifications to melting caused by so-called “positive feedbacks”.

For example, the ice darkening caused by waves removing the snow, ponding and pulverisation substantially increases the amount of sunlight absorbed by the ice. This causes additional surface and interior melting, which further reduces the ice brightness. And this causes more vertical melting, and so on, in an amplifying cycle.

We propose that this positive feedback is strengthened by algal greening that further darkens the ice, leading to further absorption of sunlight and melting.

Exactly how much these feedbacks would cause further ice melt is tricky to quantify, so we have left this as an exciting future research challenge.

Ponds at both poles

The Antarctic “wave ponds” we have observed are the seawater equivalent of “melt ponds”. These form extensively across Arctic sea ice in summer from pooling snow meltwater.

These freshwater melt ponds have been intensively studied and integrated into climate models, because of their important role in the rapid decline in the coverage and thickness of Arctic sea ice over recent decades.

Unlike melt ponds, seawater wave ponds occur year-round. Although they only occur in regions where sea ice interacts with ocean waves, this encompasses a large proportion of Antarctic sea ice over the course of a year.

The future of Antarctic sea ice

The effects of wave melt, greening and associated feedbacks are likely to intensify on sea ice around Antarctica over coming decades. Climate change is predicted to increase wind speeds and wave heights across the polar Southern Ocean.

This disruption of the annual sea ice cycle and further sea ice loss has serious consequences for global climate and marine ecosystems.

We need further observations using autonomous camera systems on icebreakers and modelling research to better understand these wave processes and their overall influence on Antarctica’s sea ice cycle.

These advances are vital to understanding the causes of recent dramatic sea-ice losses around Antarctica, and promise vital insights about the future of the icy south and our Earth system.The Conversation

Luke Bennetts, Professor of Applied Mathematics, The University of Melbourne; Bonnie Light, Physicist, University of Washington; Petteri Uotila, Professor, University of Helsinki; Philip Reid, Scientist, Australian Bureau of Meteorology, and Rob Massom, Leader, Sea Ice Section, Antarctic Climate Program, Australian Antarctic Division

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australian Antarctic Division sea-ice scientist, Dr Rob Massom, led the study published in The Cryosphere, that identifies previously unconsidered roles for ocean waves in the melting of sea ice. Photo: AAD

Are Australia’s carbon farming schemes just hot air? Hardly – forests are regrowing almost everywhere

Cris Brack, Australian National University

Trees take carbon dioxide from the air and turn it into wood, storing it for decades. This is why Australian authorities have made forest regeneration eligible for carbon credits.

The largest carbon farming scheme is known as human-induced regeneration. Here, land owners and managers support forests to return on once-forested land. Every tonne of carbon dioxide soaked up by regrowing trees is worth one Australian carbon credit, about A$37.50.

The scheme has around 42 million hectares of land on its books. But only a third of this area is eligible for carbon credits, as the land has to be assessed as likely to regenerate into forest under changed management.

In recent years, some projects have come under fire. Researchers have suggested there’s not enough regeneration or that regeneration would have happened anyway. But independent assessment of these claims suggest these concerns are overblown.

As someone responsible for formally reviewing almost 100 of these projects since 2023, I have visited many sites and verified the data. Overall, I found these projects were being managed well – and forests are regrowing.

How does carbon farming work?

Under the rules, the area can’t have been forested for at least a decade before the project starts. It must have a high likelihood of becoming forested and richer in carbon through regeneration.

If left alone, trees will naturally regrow unless something stops them. Grazing by livestock, feral animals and sometimes native animals is the biggest barrier.

Many regeneration projects are in semi-arid areas with limited water. If water is made freely available for livestock, it can lead to surging numbers of kangaroos, wallabies and other native animals that eat regenerating saplings. This is why one method of limiting grazing is removing artificial watering points.

Fencing is another method. Australian and international researchers have found trees and vegetation on degraded land usually regenerate better when behind fences, though not always.

Does it work?

Australian authorities define a forest as an area dominated by trees over two metres tall, with existing or potential taller trees covering 20% or more of the area.

Participants have to prove forests of local tree species exist in the surrounding area, show the land can support forest and that there are sources of seeds. They also have to show evidence the area could be considered forest 20 years or so after the project begins.

Before carbon farmers can earn credits, the evidence they supply is audited and reviewed by teams of independent experts.

As one of these experts, I have reviewed a great deal of evidence and been on site when data was collected by independent ecologists to confirm how accurate tree cover estimates are. They’re not perfect. But they are very good.

If regeneration is too slow or fails, the area can be removed from the scheme. To date, about 6% of the land considered likely to regenerate has been taken off the scheme. Put another way, that means forests are actually regrowing on 94% of the land considered likely to regenerate.

How human-induced regeneration projects are assessed and audited.

Is criticism warranted?

Prominent critics have questioned the link between stopping grazing and regenerating forest. If this critique was accurate, it would mean there was no permanent boost to forests by ending grazing.

They argue instead in favour of only giving carbon credits to projects where trees are actively planted on previously cleared land.

The problem is, planting is relatively expensive and can be limited in scope. Planting also requires great care in tree species selection and genetics.

By contrast, removing pressure and allowing forests to naturally regenerate avoids these issues. Natural regeneration can also work in areas where planting and tree management would be expensive.

The critics used national-scale maps of woody vegetation to argue tree cover on some projects was falling short.

But as other experts have pointed out, these criticisms don’t stack up. The maps and models they rely on underestimate tree cover, compared to local and precise data gathered by aircraft with high-resolution scanning lasers.

When regeneration areas are independently assessed using similar gold standard methods, almost all show clear signs of regenerating forest.

Where does this leave us?

Worldwide, there are very real and well documented problems with carbon credit schemes intended to protect or restore forests.

This is why it’s important to scrutinise Australia’s human-induced regeneration scheme and others like it. But not all criticisms are valid.

The good news is, gold standard data gathered by participants cross-checked with regular on the ground audits and reviews show the scheme is largely working.

Regeneration can be slow, even after livestock have been removed. Some heavily degraded areas may not regenerate at all. But overall, it is leading to more forests and more carbon stored.

Under Australia’s carbon credit rules, all methods of producing credits expire after ten years. As a result, the human-induced regeneration scheme closed to new participants in 2023. Policymakers are working on new nature-based solutions to store carbon and boost wildlife on privately managed land.

But for the foreseeable future, forests will quietly regrow on huge tracts of land – and their successes and failures will be tracked and measured to make sure Australia has more trees than it would have otherwise.The Conversation

Cris Brack, Associate Professor, Forest Measurement and Management, Fenner School of Environment and Society, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

I don’t want to kill the spiders, ants and other bugs in my house. What should I do instead?

Rhian Sousa/Pexels
Tanya Latty, University of Sydney

We’ve all been there: just as you’re about to fall asleep, you notice a huntsman spider on the ceiling. Or you walk into your kitchen and find a long trail of ants snaking into your pantry.

Given there are an estimated 10 quintillion individual insects alive on Earth at any one time, it’s no surprise they sometimes find their way into our homes. In fact, the average Australian shares their home with around 100 different insect and spider species.

But the reality is most of these tiny housemates won’t hurt us, and you really don’t need to kill them. In fact, many perform helpful jobs such as catching flies and mosquitoes, or tidying up crumbs.

So, what can you do instead?

Starting with spiders

Remember: many spiders in your home are harmless.

Common spider housemates include:

They’re big and speedy, but huntsmen are gentle giants that rarely bite and their venom can’t hurt humans. They are naturally timid animals that will usually try to avoid us big, scary humans.

A huntsman spider resting on the authors wall.
A huntsman spider resting on the author’s wall.

Black and brown house spiders live in messy webs often on screen doors or in corners. They are sometimes mistaken for funnel-web spiders, and while their venom can cause unpleasant symptoms such as nausea and swelling, they are generally timid and rarely bite.

Daddy long-legs spiders are the source of an urban legend claiming they are the most venomous spider in Australia, but have jaws too weak to break human skin. This is false; there’s no evidence these lovely spiders have venom capable of harming a human.

The author's housemate, a house spider (_Badumna_ sp)  named Arachne, paying its rent by catching flies.
The author’s housemate, a house spider (Badumna sp) named Arachne, paying its rent by catching flies.

There have been no confirmed deaths from a spider bite in Australia in nearly 50 years, partly due to the introduction of effective antivenom and partly because most spiders are very reluctant to bite.

In fact, you are far more likely to be killed by a dog, cow or kangaroo than by a spider.

Even redbacks are shy and non-aggressive and will often play dead rather than bite; most bites occur when the spider is accidentally squeezed, such as when moving a pot plant or putting on a shoe. Although their venom can make us unwell, no one has died from a redback bite since antivenom was introduced in 1956.

While a bite from a Sydney funnel web spider (Atrax robustus) should always be treated as a medical emergency, effective antivenom treatments mean no one has died from a funnel-web bite since 1981.

What about ants and flies?

Most ants in the house are harmless. They are likely scavenging for food, looking for water, or may even be passing through on their way to somewhere else.

Having said that, sometimes it’s hard to figure out what they’re doing. I have a trail of ants that runs up my shower wall – I have no idea what they are doing or why they are there. They’re just part of the family now.

Some people worry insects can spread disease. Yes, cockroaches, ants and flies can potentially transfer bacteria from one surface to another but this is rarely a problem in our homes since a single fly touchdown is unlikely to transfer enough bacteria to cause issues. Our homes also don’t typically have rotting food or faeces lying around where insects can touch it and spread germs elsewhere.

What should I do about them?

In many cases, you don’t have to do anything; the bug or spider in your house is likely harmless and won’t cause problems.

And growing evidence suggests at least some insects, including crickets, can experience pain or pain-like states.

While scientists still debate exactly what insects experience, it’s increasingly clear insects and spiders are far more behaviourally and neurologically complex than once assumed.

Is it really worth causing suffering to an animal that has done nothing wrong other than share your space?

Instead, consider simply capturing the animal in a container and sliding a piece of cardboard or plastic underneath before releasing it outside.

If you live with a phobia, perhaps you could ask a friend or neighbour to do it for you.

Most spiders make great housemates that help control insects, like this adorable jumping spider (_Salticidae sp_)
Most spiders make great housemates that help control insects, like this adorable jumping spider (Salticidae spp)

To make your home less attractive to insects and spiders, you can:

  • cover food sources, including pet food
  • clean up any spilled foods, crumbs or food residues
  • store loose food in sealed containers to prevent pantry moths and grain beetles
  • make sure your bin seals properly when closed
  • ensure your windows have well-fitting fly screens.

Only if everything else fails — or if the spider or insect is genuinely dangerous, which is rare — should lethal control such as pesticides or squishing be considered.

Remember: household insecticides are not necessarily harmless. Some studies have linked insecticide exposure to a range of health concerns (particularly in children).

Learning to live with them

The minibeasts in our homes are fascinating to watch and can provide a source of entertainment and education.

Kids (and adults!) can learn a lot about nature, ecology and science from watching insects and spiders at home. In fact, keeping and observing an insect has even been used as a successful form of therapy for children.

It’s OK to be scared of insects and spiders, but perhaps we should approach it the same way we approach fear of dogs or other furry animals: not through killing but by acknowledging the fear and working towards managing it.The Conversation

Tanya Latty, Associate Professor in Entomology, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Koala numbers crashed across Australia 100,000 years ago. Global glacial cycles are likely to blame

janclewett/iNaturalist, CC BY-NC
Toby Kovacs, University of Sydney

It’s surprising how easy it is to see a koala every day in Australia’s major cities.

The cute, grey marsupial can be found on t-shirts, hanging off people’s bags and pencils, and decorating any decent souvenir shop. But seeing a real koala in the wild has become increasingly tricky in some parts of the country. The iconic marsupial is now listed as endangered in Queensland, New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory.

But koalas have been in a similar situation before.

As my new study published in the journal Molecular Biology and Evolution shows, koalas experienced a population crash about 100,000 years ago. This finding rewrites our understanding of the genetic history of koalas in Australia – and overturns previous theories about what caused their decline in ancient times.

Turning to the genome

Fossil records of koalas are extremely rare. This makes it difficult to estimate how many koalas were present in the past.

Instead, genomes provide important clues about their evolutionary history. The genome acts as a historical record. It preserves genetic information from ancestral populations that can be used to determine their population size.

Previous genomic studies of koalas have estimated koalas experienced a major population decline roughly 40,000 years ago. This was shortly after the arrival of humans in Australia, suggesting this may have been a contributing factor.

Yet the impact of human arrival on Australian fauna is hotly debated. Some researchers use it to explain the widespread extinction of megafauna during this period.

My new study challenges this theory.

A grey koala sitting in between tree branches.
Koalas are once again experiencing population declines across Australia. dcla/iNaturalist, CC BY-NC

Pushing the timeline back 60,000 years

My colleagues and I set out to construct the first estimate of the koala mutation rate. This is simply the number of mutations that appear in each generation.

Estimating the historical population sizes that have shaped mutation patterns in the genome relies heavily on knowing how often new mutations arise. The problem is that each species has its own unique mutation rate.

To estimate the mutation rate in koalas, we sequenced the genomes of 12 koalas from three families, comprising seven parents and five offspring. This allowed us to count the number of new mutations over each generation.

The whole koala genome has about 3.4 billion sites where changes could occur. We found only 25 mutations per offspring. That’s the equivalent of searching for 25 wrong letters scattered across more than 1,000 copies of The Lord of the Rings trilogy.

We then applied this mutation rate to 457 koala genomes sampled across their entire range. This allowed us to investigate how koala populations have changed over time – including when their numbers crashed.

We found koala population declines occurred around 100,000 years ago – well before humans arrived in Australia. This effectively rules out humans as a cause of the population crash.

Although the mutation rate is a fundamental evolutionary concept, we surprisingly have very few estimates for Australian species. Our estimate is the first from Diprotodontia, the marsupial order which also includes wombats, kangaroos and possums.

Previous studies estimating historical population sizes in koalas have had to rely on mutation rate estimates from distantly related placental mammals such as humans and mice. Applying the koala mutation rate has rewritten the genetic timeline for koalas.

So, what caused the crash?

The koala population crash 100,000 years ago matches a period of intense environmental change across Australia.

The Pleistocene (2.5 million to 11,700 years ago) saw repeated glacial periods, characterised by cold and dry conditions, as well as repeated interglacial periods, characterised by warmer and wetter conditions.

As Australia became drier, the expansion of the Nullarbor Plain established a vast semi-arid shrubland across southern Australia, shrinking suitable koala habitat and separating eastern and western koala populations.

Unfortunately, the population west of the Nullarbor Plain (which was recently described as a distinct species from the modern koala) went extinct around 28,000 years ago.

Although eastern populations were restricted to a small patch of forest on the east coast, they persisted through harsh glacial conditions. Over the last 17,000 years, as conditions became warmer and wetter, they expanded and formed the five genetic groups that are now distributed along the east coast of Australia.

Given our results, we’re now curious to see if other Australian species, including the closest relatives of extinct megafauna, also experienced population declines before humans arrived.

A brown sign signalling the Nullarbor Plain against a blue sky.
The expansion of the Nullarbor Plain established a vast semi-arid shrubland across southern Australia, shrinking suitable koala habitat and separating eastern and western koala populations. Craig Manners/Unsplash

Koalas are back to hard times

Koalas are once again experiencing population declines across Australia.

One similarity between modern and ancient declines is they are both largely driven by reductions in the amount of suitable habitat. The ancient decline was driven by global glacial cycles – an unavoidable result of Earth’s orbit.

However, recent declines have generated a similar bottleneck over a much shorter time window, due to the historical and continued removal of suitable koala habitat. This is made worse by other threats such as hunting, disease, vehicle strikes, feral dog attacks and bushfires.

Fortunately, most koala populations have only recently started losing genetic diversity, and rapid population recovery can prevent further loss and inbreeding.

Hopefully the eastern koala will persist once again.The Conversation

Toby Kovacs, PhD Candidate, School of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

South Australia’s koala boom could end in mass starvation: New Research

June 8 2026: University of Technology Sydney

South Australia’s koala population has grown so large that it may be heading toward a self-made disaster, with forests struggling to support the animals. Researchers say targeted fertility control could prevent widespread starvation and habitat collapse before it’s too late.

South Australia’s koala boom could end in a devastating crash—unless a carefully targeted fertility-control plan succeeds. Credit: Professor Corey Bradshaw, Flinders University

South Australia is home to a booming koala population, but researchers warn that this apparent conservation success could eventually turn into a serious problem. A new study has provided the first comprehensive estimate of koala numbers in the region and identified a humane, cost effective strategy to keep the population at sustainable levels.

The research, published in Ecology and Evolution, was led by Dr. Frédérik Saltré, who serves as both a Research Scientist at the Australian Museum and a Senior Lecturer in Ecology and Biogeography at the University of Technology Sydney (UTS). The project also involved scientists from Flinders University and the University of Wollongong.

South Australia's Growing Koala Population

The study estimates that the koala population in South Australia's Mount Lofty Ranges now accounts for about 10% of all koalas in Australia. While that may sound like positive news, researchers say the population has already reached levels that could threaten its long term survival.

According to the team's projections, the population could increase by another 17% to 25% over the next 25 years if no action is taken. Continued growth could place increasing pressure on food resources, native vegetation, and the broader ecosystem.

"Koalas are in steep decline across much of eastern Australia, but in South Australia's Mount Lofty Ranges, the opposite problem is happening: a booming koala population. This should be good news, but these numbers are concerning.

"Many areas now have koala densities far beyond what the ecosystem can sustain, creating a growing risk of severe over browsing that could rapidly damage the very forests koalas rely on for food. In the next few decades, following this trajectory, there will almost certainly be a terrible situation of mass koala starvation and death," Dr. Saltré said.

Computer Modelling Reveals Future Risks

To better understand the situation, researchers combined advanced spatial modelling with thousands of citizen science observations. Their analysis showed that koala densities in many parts of the Mount Lofty Ranges already exceed sustainable levels.

The findings highlight a difficult challenge for conservation managers. Traditional approaches such as culling and relocation are often controversial or considered unsuitable for a species that holds a special place in Australia's wildlife heritage.

"We are faced with a difficult conservation dilemma, because traditional methods of population management, like culling or relocation, either raise ethical concerns from the public or are not appropriate for such an iconic native animal.

"How do we manage a species that is now threatened by its own abundance, and do so in a way that protects both animal welfare and long-term ecosystem health?" Dr. Katharina Peters, co-author of the study at the University of Wollongong said.

Researchers state Fertility Control Offers a Humane Solution

The researchers evaluated several population management options using computer simulations. Their results suggest that a targeted fertility control program could effectively stabilise koala numbers.

The most effective strategy involved sterilizing about 22% of adult female koalas each year in areas with the highest population densities rather than applying the approach across the entire region. The team estimates the program would cost approximately $34 million over a 25 year period.

"The novelty lies in the proactivity of the approach: instead of spending money on a conservation plan without knowing whether it will succeed, we use computer simulations to identify in advance which strategies are most likely to work -- optimizing both costs and taxpayer investment," said Dr. Frédérik Saltré.

Preparing for Future Conservation Challenges

The researchers say proactive, evidence based planning will become increasingly important as climate change continues to alter habitats and shift species distributions. They argue that scientific forecasting tools can help decision makers balance ecological needs with public concerns, particularly when managing well known and highly valued species.

The study also builds on earlier Australian Museum research that successfully sequenced roughly 20,000 koala genes. That work has expanded opportunities for medical research, improved understanding of koala evolution, and provided new insights into how the species can be conserved in the future.

Journal Reference:

Frédérik Saltré, Katharina J. Peters, Daniel J. Rogers, Joël Chadoeuf, Vera Weisbecker, Corey J. A. Bradshaw. Balancing High Densities and Conservation Targets to Optimise Koala Management Strategies. Ecology and Evolution, 2026; 16 (1) DOI: 10.1002/ece3.72470

A 5.3 million‑year‑old whale graveyard has been found on the floor of the Indian Ocean

Vanessa Pirotta, Macquarie University

When a whale dies, a very special natural phenomenon can come alive. The carcass might float at the surface for some time, attracting sharks and other predators. As it becomes weathered it may start to sink, falling through the water until it eventually settles on the seafloor where deep sea scavengers feast upon it.

The scientific record of “whale falls” is sparse and fragmentary. But a team of researchers, led by Xiaotong Peng from the Chinese Academy of Sciences, has discovered a vast and ancient whale necropolis in the Diamantina Zone in the southeastern Indian Ocean.

The site, described in a new paper published in Nature, dates back more than five million years and is one of the deepest known whale fall ecosystems in the world.

A whale-sized find in the middle of the ocean

During a special dive mission in February 2023 using a submersible called the Fendouzhe, the team of scientists discovered extensive whale skeletons and fossils partially buried in sediment on the seafloor.

Following the initial discovery, the team made 32 more dives to the seafloor over the next month, mapping the extent of the necropolis.

It stretched roughly 1,200 kilometres along the seafloor at depths of between 4,200 and 7,000 metres. It contained 476 whale fossils as well as five active whale falls.

A topographical map of the Indian Ocean, with orange dots representing the location of whale fossils.
Distribution and abundance of whale fossils and whale falls in the Diamantina Zone. Xiaotong Peng et al, CC BY-NC

These active whale falls were teeming with many strange-looking creatures, including jellyfish, brittle stars and bone-boring worms – many of which may be new to science, according to the researchers.

From the 43 fossils the team recovered, they identified five beaked-whale species, including the Andrews’ beaked whale (Mesoplodon bowdoini) and the strap-toothed whale (Mesoplodon layardii) which are known to inhabit the region, and one species of baleen whale – the sei whale (Balaenoptera borealis).

The largest find was a dead Antarctic minke whale, five metres in length, which the team identified from its distinct ear bone shape, as well as genetic analysis. The team also identified a new whale species – Pterocetus diamantinae – which is now extinct.

Isotopic dating, where scientists use the decay of radioactive isotopes, revealed that the oldest fossils from the site are about 5.3 million years old.

The high concentration of whale remains in the region raises the question of how exactly this graveyard was formed. The authors suggest the reason probably has to do with the V-shaped topography of the Diamantina Zone which funnels carcasses onto the seafloor, plus the fact that many deep-diving beaked whale species are known to inhabit this part of the ocean.

Three weathered skulls against a black background.
Fossil skulls of three beaked whales recovered from the seafloor of the Diamantina Zone. Global TREnD, IDSSE

A reminder of how little we know

This work deepens our our understanding of whale falls and the incredible ecosystems they support. It also deepens our understanding of beaked whales – usually offshore species which routinely dive up to 1 kilometre and hold their breath for more than an hour.

The finding of five million-year-old fossils provide an evolutionary window into the history of beaked whales from the Pliocene epoch to the present day.

This research is also a humbling reminder of how little we know of the deep sea – and how when we look for something, we may just find it, and so much more.The Conversation

Vanessa Pirotta, Postdoctoral Researcher and Wildlife Scientist, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia’s huge ‘forever chemical’ lawsuit focuses on the cleanup – not human health. Why?

CRC CARE, CC BY-NC-ND
Cameron Holley, UNSW Sydney and Carley Bartlett, UNSW Sydney

The Australian government has launched its largest-ever lawsuit, suing American chemical giant 3M and its local subsidiary. The government is seeking A$2 billion in damages for the past and future cost of investigating and managing “forever chemicals” contamination from firefighting foams on almost 30 Defence sites.

The government alleges the company withheld internal testing that showed these foams did significant environmental damage. 3M has vowed to defend itself.

What’s interesting is the scope. State-owned facilities, such as public water utilities, are unlikely to be included. The case also avoids any mention of possible impacts on human health. This is at least in part because the impacts of forever chemicals are a live topic of scientific debate and inquiry.

What is the case based on?

Forever chemicals are properly known as PFAS, or per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances. They are also known as “forever chemicals” because they take a very long time to break down in the environment.

The Commonwealth case focuses on the use of PFAS-containing firefighting foams manufactured by 3M and used on Defence bases from the 1970s until the mid 2000s. These aqueous film-forming foams have been slowly phased out in Australia.

Several communities near affected Defence facilities have sued the Commonwealth, with class actions and other claims amounting to around $400 million in legal settlements.

Until now, the government hasn’t sought to recover these costs, but is doing so now to remediate the sites, pay out class actions and cover future remediation.

While full court documents are not yet public, multiple government statements and the court file suggest the claim is mainly based on the Australian Consumer Law.

The Commonwealth may argue 3M engaged in misleading or deceptive conduct by failing to disclose what it knew about the environmental risks of these firefighting foams.

In the United States, many state attorneys-general have sought to recover clean-up and monitoring costs from manufacturers allegedly promoting PFAS products as safe, despite knowing their risks.

How likely is a settlement?

While both sides appear to have adopted a firm public position committing to the case, this isn’t guaranteed. Large lawsuits like this frequently reach a settlement before trial.

This is because reaching a settlement allows parties to agree on compensation without a judicial finding of liability.

Australian courts encourage alternative dispute resolution, which can enable settlements and reduce costs and uncertainty, while allowing defendants to avoid formal findings of wrongdoing. Class actions against Defence have all settled before trial.

In the US, municipal governments and water authorities sued 3M and other PFAS manufacturers for selling products they knew would contaminate the environment, seeking payments to “help clean up the mess that they created”. These claims became part of a larger case.

In response, 3M agreed to pay about A$14 billion (US$10 billion) to assist with testing and treatment costs while denying liability.

Settlements have also been reached in personal injury litigation, including one against another manufacturer, DuPont, worth A$953 (US$670) million across 3,550 claims.

What’s in and what’s out of the case?

The proceedings have been framed as an effort to recover past and future costs from almost 30 Defence sites.

Yet PFAS contamination isn’t limited to these sites. Other sites of concern include state-operated firefighting facilities, industrial sites and public water supplies. This case is unlikely to directly address those locations.

It’s not clear whether any funds recovered would support measures sought by affected communities, such as routine blood testing or long-term medical monitoring. Residents of Katherine in the Northern Territory have questioned whether any potential settlement would compensate losses not covered by earlier class actions. Many civilian and military firefighters exposed to these PFAS foams for decades have not been involved in compensation schemes or major litigation.

Notably, the case doesn’t mention any possible effects on human health. Assistant Minister for Defence Peter Khalil has cited advice from health authorities that evidence of health impacts from forever chemicals remains limited.

In 2023, the cancer agency of the World Health Organization found one forever chemical, PFOA, was carcinogenic. But there are many different types of PFAS. The WHO is now conducting a systematic review of key PFAS compounds and health outcomes, such as cancer and reproductive toxicity.

The PFAS class actions against Defence similarly excluded personal injury claims, focusing instead on property, business and cultural losses. Even so, evidence about possible health effects was raised because contamination affected property values.

It will be interesting to see whether the Commonwealth can separate environmental contamination from health concerns, while maintaining its position that evidence of human health impacts remains limited.

fighter planes about to take off from runway.
PFAS contamination has affected almost 30 Defence sites, including NSW’s RAAF Williamtown base. Jungle Jack/Flickr, CC BY-NC-ND

What’s next?

If the lawsuit goes to a trial and the government succeeds in its claim, it would likely open the door to further claims against 3M by fire services, water suppliers and other affected groups.

This could also happen if the claim is settled out of court.

Regardless of the result, more legal action and advocacy is likely from communities affected by PFAS around Australia.The Conversation

Cameron Holley, Professor, UNSW Law & Justice and UNSW Institute for Climate Risk & Response, UNSW Sydney and Carley Bartlett, Postdoctoral Research Associate in Law and Justice, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Warming winters are changing NZ’s landscapes, bringing insect pests, smaller fruit and carbon loss

Cate Macinnis-Ng, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

Summer heatwaves are currently receiving a lot of attention in Europe because they now cause more deaths than floods or storms.

But winters are also warming. While they are generally less deadly, they influence and disrupt human and natural systems in many subtle ways.

Aotearoa New Zealand has experienced a particularly warm start to this winter, with record high June temperatures in the capital and warm conditions across the country.

Many will welcome the unseasonably warm weather, but milder winters have a range of impacts, especially for plants and insects.

Extra winter growth, but loss of carbon

In forests, warmer temperatures can extend the growing season of trees.

Usually, many trees are dormant during winter as conditions are too cold for growth. But our ongoing measurements of kauri tree growth in Auckland indicate trees have continued to grow throughout recent winters.

One might assume a longer growing season would increase carbon uptake and storage in trees. However, overall carbon changes are actually negative because warmer temperatures also increase respiration, which returns more carbon to the atmosphere.

In Aotearoa, few plant species lose their leaves in winter. But according to traditional Māori knowledge (mātauranga Māori), flowering time has changed and fruit biomass has declined with warming in forests of the central North Island since the 1950s.

This has had a negative impact on the numbers, breeding rates and health of kererū (native wood pigeons) and has reduced nutrient cycling in the soil.

Risk of new invasions

Insects are also very sensitive to winter temperatures.

Like trees, many insects have a dormant period during colder months. Some insects from warmer climates have established as pests in Aotearoa, but they usually struggle to survive cold conditions. As winters warm, the numbers of species able to get through the cold season is increasing.

For instance, in temperate climates such as in New Zealand, wasp colonies have a strong seasonal cycle. Wasp numbers increase during spring after the queen emerges from overwintering and lays eggs. The workers expand the colony during summer but when temperatures drop in autumn, most of them die off.

However, in warmer conditions, sightings of winter-active workers have increased in Aotearoa. This means a warming climate will likely lead to higher wasp numbers and increased ecological and economic impacts.

There are a range of other invertebrate pests that may become more problematic in natural systems, plantation forests and agricultural and horticultural settings as winters warm. This includes rising numbers of parasites of sheep and cattle, more insect pests in plantation forests, increased risk of overwintering of the Queensland fruit fly and bigger range sizes for mosquitoes and ant and cattle ticks.

Shrinking alpine refuge

New invasive plant species from subtropical regions may also be able to establish or expand their ranges and shift into the alpine zone.

Similarly, the upward expansion of invasive mammals will reduce the availability of refuge areas for native birds, including the endangered rock wren.

Known as “thermal squeeze”, the movement of rats and stoats to higher elevations reduces the availability of safe spaces for large alpine birds such as the kea, exacerbating the risk of extinction.

The alpine zone is especially vulnerable to winter warming because plants and animals living there are highly adapted to the specific environmental conditions and are often poorly prepared for invasive predators or competitors.

Horticultural winners and losers

In the horticulture industry, cold winter nights are important as a trigger for spring flowering. Economically important fruits such as apples, avocados and kiwifruit may not flower well and have poor-quality fruit under future climates.

Potatoes and onions are also sensitive to warming conditions because heat stress reduces the quality of tubers and produces smaller bulbs, causing lower yields of both crops.

Plant breeding and gene technologies offer opportunities to develop fruits and vegetables that are better prepared for a warmer world.

And there is some good news in other areas, including that flea infestations are predicted to decline in regions where warming is associated with drying. There may also be opportunities for the establishment of new crops, such as bananas.

As the climate continues to warm, there is more to learn about the impacts and options for adaptation in Aotearoa. Research needs to focus on finding solutions for native species and primary industries because healthy ecosystems are essential for a healthy economy and thriving communities.The Conversation

Cate Macinnis-Ng, Professor in Biological Sciences, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

I used sound waves to make espresso. It could cut coffee‑brewing energy use by 75%

Richard Freeman / UNSW
Francisco Trujillo, UNSW Sydney

Most of us think of espresso as a hot, high-pressure ritual. Finely ground coffee goes into a machine, boiling water is forced through it, and in about 30 seconds we get a concentrated shot with crema, aroma, bitterness, body and caffeine.

As someone from Colombia, I like to think coffee is in my blood – and I’m proud to come from a country known for producing some of the best coffee beans in the world.

So perhaps that’s why I have spent a lot of time in my laboratory with my team asking a simple question: does espresso really need hot water?

Our new research suggests the answer may be no.

Low energy, full strength

We have developed what we call an ultrasonic espresso: a room-temperature brewing process that uses high-frequency sound waves to extract the flavour, oils, aroma and caffeine from coffee grounds. The result is an espresso-strength coffee made in under three minutes, but needing far less energy than the conventional method.

Saving up to 75% of energy by not heating the water is a minor benefit for home users or small coffee shops. But for companies making ready-to-drink coffee products at industrial scale, it could be very significant indeed.

A concentrated room-temperature coffee could be used directly in bottled drinks, milk-based beverages or cold coffee products. It can also be shipped as a concentrate and diluted later. This would reduce not only energy use, but potentially processing time as well.

Ultrasound replaces heat

The key to the new process is ultrasound. These are sound waves above the range of human hearing.

In our system, a small metal device called a transducer presses against the side of a traditional espresso basket and makes it vibrate rapidly. Those vibrations move through the water and coffee grounds.

This creates a phenomenon known as acoustic cavitation. Tiny bubbles form and collapse in the liquid.

Diagram showing components of an espresso machine with an added 'ultrasonic horn'.
How ultrasonic vibrations are added to a traditional espresso machine. Naliyadhara et al. / Journal of Food Engineering, CC BY

When these bubbles collapse near coffee particles, they produce microscopic jets and forces that act a little like scrubbing brushes. They pit and fracture the surface of the coffee grounds, helping flavour compounds, oils and caffeine move into the water much faster than they normally would at room temperature.

In other words, ultrasound helps us replace heat with mechanical energy.

Water, grind and time

This is not the same as cold brew. Cold brew is usually made by steeping coffee in cold water for 12 to 24 hours. It tends to be smooth, mellow and much less concentrated than espresso. In earlier work, we used ultrasound to speed up cold brew dramatically.

But the challenge in this project was different: could we produce something with the strength, body and intensity of espresso, without heating the water?

Man in white lab coat and goggles stands at an espresso machine with some kind of electronic box attached.
Ultrasonic espresso uses cold water in a normal espresso machine with an attachment that produces high-frequency high-frequency transducer attached t. Richard Freeman / UNSW

To do that, we adjusted several variables. Brew ratio was one of the most important: how much water we used for each gram of coffee. Too much water and the drink becomes diluted; too little and extraction becomes difficult.

Grind size also mattered. Finer grounds allowed us to extract flavour more rapidly. Finally, we tested how long the ultrasound should be applied. We found the sweet spot was about two-and-a-half to three minutes.

The taste test

Of course, making a concentrated coffee in the laboratory is one thing. The real test is whether people want to drink it.

So we ran a blind evaluation with around 100 regular coffee drinkers. They were not trained judges; they were everyday consumers who drink coffee at least once a week.

We served them four coffees in identical cups: traditional espresso, ultrasound-brewed espresso, traditional filter coffee and ultrasound-brewed filter coffee. All were freshly prepared, cooled to the same temperature and presented in random order.

For the espresso samples, participants could not reliably tell the traditional and ultrasonic versions apart. There were no significant differences in aroma, flavour, bitterness or overall liking. For filter coffee, the ultrasound version was actually preferred overall, with participants rating its bitterness more pleasantly.

Those results show espresso may not need to begin with hot water after all. By using sound waves to shake the coffee grounds, we were able to create the same richness, body and intensity, but with far less energy.The Conversation

Francisco Trujillo, Senior Lecturer, School of Chemical Engineering, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A meteorite impact may have once rained gold on Western Australia – new study

The goldfields in Western Australia. Aaron Cavosie
Aaron J. Cavosie, Curtin University and Raiza R. Quintero, University of Puerto Rico - Mayagüez

We’re used to a lot of different natural things falling out of the sky. These can include snow, rain, and sometimes even frogs (yes, really). All of these relate to weather phenomena.

Far more exotic things fall from the sky that are not related to weather. Earth is pelted by about 14 tons of micrometeorites each day. And larger meteorite falls also happen daily, which are visible as fireballs that streak across the night sky.

When an asteroid collides with Earth, it can trigger even stranger debris. Tektites are glassy droplets that form by melting during a meteorite impact, and are then ejected hundreds to thousands of kilometres away from the impact site. The Australasian tektite field that formed some 790,000 years ago from an unknown impact and might cover 10–30% of Earth’s surface is the most famous example.

In a new study published in the journal Meteoritics and Planetary Science, we describe the discovery of a previously unknown 4km-diameter meteorite impact crater in the Eastern Goldfields of Western Australia.

A gold band points the way

The impact site is near the town of Ora Banda (Spanish for “gold band”), a historic gold mining district about 50km north of Kalgoorlie.

For now we’ve named the site the “Ora Banda impact structure”, given its proximity to the historic mining district. However, the region has a much longer history of First Nations culture, and we’re currently working with collaborators at the Goldfields Aboriginal Language Centre on establishing an Indigenous name for the site.

The impact site is interesting for a number of reasons. Ora Banda is one of the few impact craters on Earth whose target rocks – meaning, all rocks in the area affected by the impact – are ancient greenstones, which are metamorphosed volcanic rocks like basalt.

Greenstones are valuable to the economy of Australia because in some places they contain gold. The Ora Banda impact was accidentally discovered during exploration drilling for gold.

The ‘smoking gun’ evidence for impact

If you find a site you suspect might be an impact crater, the scientific process to confirm that’s indeed the case involves documenting what’s known as diagnostic evidence.

Diagnostic impact evidence – the “smoking gun” of an impact – is that which is found nowhere else. It can include either evidence of the space rock itself, or unique high-pressure shock wave damage in the target rocks.

The first evidence for impact we found at Ora Banda was shatter cones – distinctive conical features in rocks that record the passage of the shock wave. We found a few shatter cones in rubbly outcrops at the surface, and we also found some in the drill cores.

Shatter cones formed in greenstones from the Ora Banda impact structure. Left: shatter cones in an oxidised surface sample; right: shatter cones encountered in a drill core, a cylindrical sample taken from within rocks. Aaron Cavosie

The discovery of shatter cones nailed it – we knew then this spot had to be an ancient impact site.

However, we set out to look for more evidence in order to further support our new impact hypothesis and learn more about the event. So, we went back to the cores.

Unusual rocks

The Ora Banda drill cores contained a range of different rock types. At the top was a sequence of clay-rich sediments – these washed into the crater after it formed. At the bottom were rocks that had a different story to tell: impact breccias.

Breccia is a name for any rock that’s been broken up into smaller fragments and has a matrix of smaller particles that “glue” it all together. Breccias are commonly found at impact craters, because the high-energy shock waves can cause rocks to instantly shatter.

Not surprisingly, there are different types of impact breccias, depending on what they contain.

A breccia is “monomict” if it consists of just one rock type, or “polymict” if it contains pieces of different rocks. Polymict breccias provide strong evidence of mixing, as if the rocks were thrown together in a blender. Both breccia types occur in the Ora Banda cores.

If breccia contains glassy melt particles along with other bits of rock, we call that “suevite”. The glassy bits provide key evidence for an even stranger part of the impact process.

They hint that molten material was thrown up into the sky when the meteorite smashed into Earth. While flying in the air, the molten particles turned to glass before landing back into the newly formed crater, resulting in a layer of suevite breccia.

Core sample of Ora Banda impact breccia. On the left is polymict breccia (suevite) that contains black impact glass. One the right is polymict breccia without impact glass. The boundary between the two breccia types is in the middle of the image. The scale bar is 10cm. Aaron Cavosie

But that’s not all. We found two additional types of microscopic “smoking gun” impact evidence in the breccia.

The first was shocked quartz grains, deformed in a way that’s unique to meteorite impacts. The second was meteorite residue in the glass. This happens because the meteorite vaporises and partly dissolves within the glassy melt particles.

With the discovery of shatter cones, shocked quartz, and extra-terrestrial meteorite residue, our hypothesis that the Ora Banda structure is an impact crater was confirmed.

Raining gold?

Glass and shocked minerals wasn’t all we found in the Ora Banda breccias. Some also contained small nuggets of gold.

This means that during the impact event, when all the shocked rock fragments and glass were thrown up into the sky, gold particles were also raining back down onto the surface, into the newly formed breccia deposits. That’s not something typically found in impact craters, and it shows how unique this geologic setting is.

A gold nugget found in the Ora Banda impact breccia; different imaging methods reveal it has a granular texture. Raiza Quintero

With Ora Banda, and the recently discovered Ilkurlka and Miralga structures, there are now 34 confirmed meteorite impact craters across Australia. They range in age from a few thousand years old, to the 2.2 billion-year-old Yarrabubba structure.

Some, like the iconic Wolfe Creek (Kandimalal) crater, are youthful and well preserved. Most others, including Ora Banda, are older and eroded to the point that a circular crater is no longer visible.The Conversation

Aaron J. Cavosie, Senior Lecturer, School of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Curtin University and Raiza R. Quintero, Assistant Professor, Department of Geology, University of Puerto Rico - Mayagüez

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Good news for renewables: southern Australia’s offshore winds will stay strong even as the climate changes

by-studio/Getty
Alberto Meucci, The University of Melbourne; Guisela Grossmann-Matheson, The University of Melbourne, and Shiaohuey Chow, The University of Melbourne

If you’ve ever stood on a Victorian beach and felt the wind from the Southern Ocean, you’ll know this is not a gentle force. Whipped up across thousands of kilometres of cold ocean, these winds are relentless and powerful.

More than that – they’re one of Australia’s most valuable untapped sources of energy. Australia has many windfarms, but all of them have been built on land.

The stronger, more reliable winds blowing over oceans now turn truly enormous turbines in nations from Denmark to China. Offshore wind would work particularly well in Victoria. The state government wants large windfarms built out at sea to replace the remaining coal plants.

But will these strong winds keep blowing as reliably under climate change? Our recent research is reassuring. Despite small drops in wind strength, the winds will remain strong and reliable over the next 30-50 years.

What’s so good about offshore wind?

Offshore wind farms produce power more reliably than onshore wind or solar. They can produce a great deal of power and require minimal land. This is why offshore wind has been seen as a good fit for Australia.

Coupled with big batteries and transmission lines, offshore wind could contribute significantly to the energy transition.

Victoria has most at stake. For decades it has relied on brown coal and gas. But its gas supplies are depleting fast and ageing coal plants in the Gippsland region will not be replaced with more coal. Instead, the state wants to tap Gippsland’s offshore wind resources, which rank among the world’s best.

Despite the interest, the offshore wind sector has been slow to start. Political and economic headwinds have led some projects to be cancelled. But the sector looks set to finally begin in August, when Victoria will host the nation’s first offshore auction with a goal of securing 2 gigawatts of capacity.

Victoria is not alone. Offshore wind zones have been declared along Australia’s entire southern and western coastline, including Victoria, South Australia, Tasmania and parts of New South Wales and Western Australia.

wind farm in background, blurry, and choppy ocean waves, dark blue ocean in foreground.
To date, Australia’s wind farms are all on land – but that could be about to change. John White Photos/Getty

Will the winds stay strong?

As the climate changes, wind patterns are likely to change too.

The powerful westerly winds of the Southern Ocean are forecast to be gradually pushed closer to Antarctica. Wind speeds across southern mainland Australia could drop by up to 5% by the end of the century.

If wind speeds drop too much, it could pose a problem for offshore wind. Weaker winds would mean less electricity can be generated, potentially making projects less viable and slowing the energy transition.

An offshore windfarm commissioned today will operate for 25–30 years. That means it will still be operating mid-century, when climate change is likely to have intensified.

To find out what climate change will mean for offshore wind, we worked with climate scientists and offshore wind researchers to simulate winds 30-50 years from now using seven high-resolution regional climate models.

We projected future wind speeds at the ocean surface and offshore wind energy production across Australia’s existing offshore wind zones under two scenarios – ambitious climate action limiting global warming to around 1.8°C and continued fossil fuel dependence driving warming to roughly 3.6°C by 2100.

We validated our projections against the best available records of historical wind speeds, which date back several decades. This is because it’s not just about whether wind speeds change, but whether they will change more than the natural variability offshore wind farms can already cope with.

What we found was broadly reassuring. Yes, the winds are likely to weaken over the next 30 to 50 years. But the changes are minor, falling 0.1% to 2.6% on average. That’s within the bounds of natural variability. Unlike projections of future rainfall or temperature, our findings hold across both emissions scenarios. This suggests offshore winds will remain strong and reliable overall.

While reassuring, one area is likely to see a larger drop. Under the high emissions scenario, wind speeds are likely to fall up to 20% over winter in Western Australia’s offshore wind zones near Bunbury.

Good news for offshore wind?

It’s good news that average wind speeds across Australia’s offshore wind zones are not likely to change significantly.

Our research is not the whole story, however. We didn’t model whether extreme winds or strong swell conditions will become more likely. These events can stop windfarms from operating, damage infrastructure and shorten the window of time when turbines can be installed and maintained.

To give offshore wind developers full certainty, it will be important to study what climate change will do to these extreme events.The Conversation

Alberto Meucci, Research Fellow in Oceanography, The University of Melbourne; Guisela Grossmann-Matheson, Research Fellow in Oceanography, The University of Melbourne, and Shiaohuey Chow, Associate Professor in Geotechnical Engineering, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Demolishing homes after climate disasters can be devastating. Here’s how we reused precious materials

Elise Derwin
Berto Pandolfo, University of Technology Sydney; Angelique Milojevic, University of Technology Sydney, and Dan Etheridge, Southern Cross University

Following the devastating Northern Rivers floods in New South Wales in 2022, roughly 14,000 truckloads of water-damaged materials were sent to landfill.

The flood exposed many things, including our unimaginative approach to managing waste. As immediate recovery moved into reconstruction, we saw an opportunity to manage this flood-damaged material differently.

We proposed an alternative to traditional house demolition. It was piloted on two flood-damaged houses in Lismore, using a “circular” model that could reuse materials and eliminate waste.

As well offering potential economic benefits for the local community, our report found it had considerable social and environmental value.

Why did homes get demolished?

In the aftermath of the floods, many NSW homes were significantly damaged and still lay in the path of future floods. In response, the NSW government introduced a buy-back scheme for eligible homes in flood-prone areas.

Part of this program involved demolishing homes, with the materials discarded in landfill or used for low-value recycling, such as woodchipping and burning. Yet the homes contained valuable materials, such as hardwood timbers.

Losing these homes was traumatic for the local community and an unnecessary loss of valuable resources. So the NSW Reconstruction Authority, Living Lab Northern Rivers, and the University of Technology Sydney (UTS) explored how to recover a material that is extremely difficult to source today – old growth timber.

A weatherboard house that has suffered flood damage.
A flood-damaged home in North Lismore, before it was dismantled as part of the Circular Timber project. Kurt Petersen/LLNR

The colonial hunger for hardwood

The first wave of European colonisation of the Northern Rivers included groups known as “cedar getters”. These timber cutters arrived in search of highly-prized rainforest hardwoods.

Much of this timber was transported to Australian cities or as far away as Europe. It was also used to construct buildings and homes for local communities.

Premium old growth timbers extracted from the area included red cedar (Toona ciliata), spotted gum (Corymbia maculata), tallowwood (Eucalyptus microcorys), rosewood (Didymocheton fraserianus) and blackbutt (Eucalyptus pilularis).

This is not your ordinary hardware-variety timber. Prized hardwood rainforest timber is dense, strong, durable and resistant to rot and insects.

Two men in workwear and hard hats study the timber inside a house being deconstructed.
Berto Pandolfo (project lead) and Kris Gardner identifying timber species during the selective deconstruction process. Kurt Petersen

The circular timber project

In early 2024, the Circular Timber project developed an alternative to traditional demolition, which offers very little opportunity for recovering materials.

The current system for demolishing homes is this: large-scale machines level structures and excavators scoop materials into dump trucks, which transport them to distant landfill. Sometimes, materials are recovered, but the vast majority are broken into small pieces, trucked away and buried.

We wanted to establish a “circular” system that reused materials and eliminated waste. This cannot be achieved by a single entity – multiple partners needed to collaborate. In this case, the local community, educators, businesses and government agencies collaborated to establish a pilot where timber from uninhabitable homes could be recovered and reused.

The local community was invited to make prototypes as proof that these premium timbers could be salvaged into new objects. Buy-in from the community was immediate – the materials in these homes represented a link to the region’s history and culture.

Two homes acquired by the government authority were deconstructed, with their recovered materials made available to local timber makers, builders, artists, architects and designers. The salvaged timber was transformed into a dining table, a community shed, and other designed objects.

An aerial photo of two houses on a green hill.
An aerial photo of the two properties that were used for the project. Living Lab Northern Rivers

How it happened

Moving from home demolition to deconstruction represented a significant challenge. There are Australian standards for demolishing a building, but no guidelines for deconstructing exist (yet).

This project developed a considered approach to dismantling the homes. Care was taken in site preparation, materials identification and disassembly to ensure as much of the timber was recovered as possible.

Although deconstructing, recovering and reusing house materials requires more time, there were significant local and global benefits. For example, salvaging timber reduces carbon emissions, significantly reduces waste sent to landfill, and has a smaller carbon footprint than using virgin timber.

There are also economic and social benefits. This was a Northern Rivers community with a long history of seeing lives turned upside down by catastrophic floods. They responded positively to retaining the physical, cultural, and historical value of the past built into these homes.

A composite picture of household objects made with hardwood.
The salvaged timber from deconstructed homes was used to make new objects. Living Lab Northern Rivers

Homes hold many values

Between 2019 and 2025, there were 214,483 approvals granted nationwide for knock-down-and-rebuild applications in Australia, with the management of waste material left to the discretion of the owner and demolition contractor.

A standard Australian house can include salvageable materials such as hardwood timber, premium timbers, pressed metal ceilings or Federation red bricks.

Shifting our approach from demolition to deconstruction could open up new opportunities. Not only could it create jobs, but it could reduce the need for virgin materials and protect our environment.

This project reminds us that value should not only be assessed in economic terms but also in relation to our environment and communities. This program showed deconstructing homes can be embraced as a way to transform waste into a valuable resource.The Conversation

Berto Pandolfo, Associate Professor, Product Design, University of Technology Sydney; Angelique Milojevic, Design Researcher, University of Technology Sydney, and Dan Etheridge, Director, The Living Lab Northern Rivers, Office of Pro Vice Chancellor (Research and Education Impact), Southern Cross University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

An invisible forever chemical rain is falling across the planet

June 9, 2026: Lancaster University

A surprising study suggests that chemicals introduced to protect the ozone layer may have unintentionally created a growing global pollution problem. Researchers found that refrigerants and certain anaesthetic gases have generated more than 335,000 tonnes of trifluoroacetic acid (TFA), a highly persistent "forever chemical," that has been deposited across Earth's surface since 2000. The pollutant is now showing up everywhere from rainwater to remote Arctic ice, and scientists expect levels to keep rising.

Researchers led by Lancaster University estimate that CFC replacement chemicals and certain anaesthetics caused about a third of a million tonnes (335,500 tonnes) of trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) to be deposited from the atmosphere onto Earth's surface between 2000 and 2022.

The findings suggest the problem is still growing. Because some of these replacement chemicals remain in the atmosphere for decades, TFA pollution is expected to continue increasing. Scientists estimate that annual TFA production from these sources could peak at some point between 2025 and 2100.

What Is TFA and Where Does It Come From?

The study, published in Geophysical Research Letters, used advanced "chemical transport" modelling to track how chemicals move through the atmosphere, react with other substances, and eventually settle back to Earth.

Using this approach, the researchers calculated how much TFA is produced when hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), and chemicals used in inhalation anaesthetics break down in the atmosphere.

HCFCs and HFCs have been widely used in refrigeration and air conditioning systems. Although these compounds, known as F-gases, are gradually being phased out (following the Montreal Protocol and the later Kigali Amendment), their atmospheric concentrations continue to rise.

TFA is part of a larger family of synthetic chemicals called per- and polyfluorinated alkyl substances (PFAS). PFAS are commonly known as forever chemicals because they resist breakdown and can remain in the environment for extremely long periods.

Concerns About Environmental and Human Health

Scientists are still working to fully understand the long-term effects of TFA. The European Chemicals Agency classifies the chemical as harmful to aquatic life.

Researchers have also detected TFA in human blood and urine. In addition, the German Federal Office for Chemicals recently proposed classifying TFA as potentially toxic to human reproduction.

Some agencies maintain that current environmental levels are below thresholds expected to harm people. However, concerns remain because TFA continues to accumulate and may be extremely difficult to remove once it enters the environment. That growing buildup has prompted calls for TFA to be considered a potential planetary boundary threat.

"Our study shows that CFC replacements are likely to be the dominant atmospheric source of TFA," said Lucy Hart, PhD researcher at Lancaster University and lead author of the study. "This really highlights the broader risks that need to be considered by regulation when substituting harmful chemicals such as ozone-depleting CFCs."

Tracking TFA Across the Globe

To test their calculations, the team compared modelled estimates of TFA production (from chemical breakdown) and deposition with real-world observations, including rainwater measurements and Arctic ice-cores.

The model incorporated data from a worldwide monitoring network that tracks atmospheric concentrations of the source gases and their geographic distribution. As these gases react with other atmospheric compounds, they eventually break down and form TFA.

The researchers also included realistic weather patterns in their simulations. TFA can return to Earth's surface through rainfall or settle directly from the atmosphere onto land and water.

Arctic Ice Reveals the Scale of the Problem

One of the study's most striking findings involved the Arctic. The modelling indicates that almost all of the TFA detected there originates from CFC replacement chemicals, despite the region being far removed from major sources of emissions.

The result highlights just how effectively these chemicals can travel around the world.

"CFC replacements have long lifetimes and are able to be transported in the atmosphere from their point of emission to remote regions such as the Arctic where they can breakdown to form TFA," said Lucy Hart. "Studies have found increasing TFA levels in remote Arctic ice-cores and our results provide the first conclusive evidence that virtually all of these deposits can be explained by these gases."

New Refrigerants May Increase Future TFA Levels

The researchers also identified a growing source of TFA outside the polar regions. Their analysis points to HFO-1234yf, a refrigerant commonly used in vehicle air conditioning systems, as an increasingly important contributor.

"HFOs are the latest class of synthetic refrigerants marketed as climate friendly alternatives to HFCs," said Professor Ryan Hossaini of Lancaster University and co-author of the study. "A number of HFOs are known to be TFA-forming and the growing use of these chemicals for car air conditioning in Europe and elsewhere adds uncertainty to future levels of TFA in our environment."

"There is a need to address environmental TFA pollution because it is widespread, highly persistent, and levels are increasing," said Professor Hossaini.

Scientists Call for More Monitoring

Researchers say the findings underscore the need for a better understanding of TFA pollution and its potential impacts.

"The rising levels of TFA from F-gases is striking. Although HFC use is gradually being phased down, this TFA source will remain with us for decades. There's an urgent need to understand other TFA sources and to assess TFA's environmental impacts. This requires a concerted international effort, including more extensive TFA monitoring in the UK and elsewhere," he said.

Professor Cris Halsall, Director of the Lancaster Environment Centre and co-author, noted that TFA is now known to come from a much wider range of sources than previously believed.

"We've generally viewed TFA as a breakdown product from the use of a few fluorinated pesticides, but it's clear that TFA (a very persistent chemical in the environment) arises from the use and breakdown of a very wide group of organofluorine chemicals including refrigerants, solvents, pharmaceuticals and the PFAS group in general."

Co-author Dr. Stefan Reimann, whose research team in Switzerland closely monitor the atmospheric abundance TFA-forming F-gases, said evidence of increasing contamination is appearing around the world.

"In all regions where TFA measurements are available, a consistent picture of increasing atmospheric concentrations and deposition to Earth's surface is emerging.

"This study is outstanding, as it combines for the first time all the important sources of atmospheric TFA and has a global focus. With increasing use of HFOs, accumulation of TFA in water bodies will potentially grow and this makes long-term monitoring a necessity.

Lucy Hart, Ryan Hossaini, Oliver Wild, Andrea Mazzeo, Crispin Halsall, Xuewei Hou, Zihao Wang, Martyn P. Chipperfield, Jgor Arduini, Paul B. Krummel, Chris R. Lunder, Jens Mühle, Simon O’Doherty, Sunyoung Park, Stefan Reimann, Kieran M. Stanley, Ray F. Weiss, Dickon Young. Growth in Production and Environmental Deposition of Trifluoroacetic Acid Due To Long‐Lived CFC Replacements and Anaesthetics. Geophysical Research Letters, 2026; 53 (3) DOI: 10.1029/2025GL119216

Kerbside parking is great for drivers – but terrible for everyone else. Could we get rid of it?

Dorina Pojani, The University of Queensland

It may seem like it’s impossible to find a car park on the street.

As a recent Grattan Institute report makes clear, Australia actually has an oversupply of parking, both on streets and in parking lots. Across five of the state capitals, most postcodes have more on-street spaces than there are registered cars.

That’s great for drivers, given most on-street parking outside the inner city is free and has no time limit. Many spaces are used by locals with a driveway or garage who find it more convenient to park on the street.

The problem is, abundant street parking comes at a cost. Streets jammed with parked cars look bad – and remove space for bikes, e-bikes and scooters.

Is it too late to change course? No.

The rise and rise of kerbside parking

If you look back at the street designs by 19th-century planning pioneers, you immediately notice something very different from today’s city streets.

Back then, there was no kerbside parking. Streets were largely shared spaces, where walkers, horse coaches, trams and early bicycles mingled. Of course, this was when motor vehicles were just emerging.

As car ownership surged in the 1920s and ‘30s, city centres began to struggle with parking shortages, double parking and endless cruising for spaces. The problem was summed up by Nebraska journalist Henry Allen Brainerd in a letter to his city newspaper:

What a pity that the builders of large business blocks could not have looked ahead at the time of building and seen the need for parking space in the larger cities of the world.

Since then, many cities around the world have heeded that advice, requiring parking spaces to be provided everywhere – along city streets, in suburbs, under apartment blocks and in parking lots.

What’s wrong with kerbside parking?

Many people see kerbside parking as a simple fact of life. But it was a choice, and it comes with real costs.

For one, parked cars look bad. A pretty street loses appeal if there are endless lines of parked cars. There’s a reason real estate ads don’t include cars. People find it stressful or boring to be in monotonous streetscapes characterised by heavy traffic and parking.

Road space is limited. Drivers are using a public road to park their private cars.

Worse still, kerbside parking makes it much harder for other types of transport to share the road. In recent years, there’s been huge growth in micromobility – think bikes, e-bikes and scooters.

But the road space available hasn’t changed much. Too often, riders are forced onto skinny bike lanes that end abruptly, or have to try and ride in the narrow space between parked cars and moving vehicles.

As micromobility booms, the pressure on scarce road space will only intensify as riders demand wider segregated paths. The only way this could happen in densely populated areas is if there was less kerbside parking.

busy high street with parked cars and lots of shops close together in Sydney.
Kerbside parking is convenient – but comes at a cost to other forms of transport. Kokkai Ng/Getty

Could we really reduce kerbside parking?

What would happen if authorities banned on-street parking? Given the oversupply of parking, most drivers would be able to park off-street, such as at shopping centres, offices and parking lots. These would need better sharing arrangements.

With road space freed up, it would be possible to make many streets much more pleasant – and include safe two-way paths for riders.

In areas where these lanes aren’t needed, the freed-up space could be used for trees and plants to help cool cities and soak up rain. Other options include EV charging stations and expanding outdoor dining, as many areas did during the COVID years.

In practice, a ban on kerbside parking couldn’t be universal. Some spaces would have to be reserved for people with disabilities, emergency services, deliveries, ride-hailing and car-sharing.

With kerbside parking removed, there’s space for more trees and lanes for micromobility. Dorina Pojani

But would it be political suicide?

There’s almost always a backlash when authorities try to wind back kerbside parking.

Resistance usually comes from drivers, residents and business owners, who worry that less on-street parking will lead to more traffic, less business and even a drop in property prices.

The opposite is true. When high streets are made more friendly to bikes and other forms of micromobility, businesses generally make more money, not less, and property values can go up. People who prefer driving or have no alternative also benefit from less traffic, making it more likely they can visit the business.

Overseas examples show it can be done

In many European nations, authorities have worked to make streets less centred on cars and parking.

Established models of reducing car parking include Woonerven (living streets) and Fietsstraten (cycling streets) in the Netherlands, as well as car-free or car-lite neighbourhoods such as Vauban in Germany and Hammarby Sjöstad in Sweden. If cars are permitted at all, they are treated as guests.

Even in the car-friendly United States, there are examples such as as Culdesac Tempe near Phoenix, a car-free development without kerbside or household parking. My colleagues and I have dubbed this “Robin Hood planning” – taking from cars and giving to people.

If this is possible in the US – the land of automobility – it should be possible in Australia.The Conversation

Dorina Pojani, Associate Professor in Urban Planning, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Gulf Stream suddenly moved north during an ancient cold snap – and it’s a warning for our future

The Gulf Stream shifts warm water across the Atlantic to Europe. NASA/Goddard Space Flight Center Scientific Visualization Studio, CC BY-SA
Alice Carter-Champion, Royal Holloway, University of London; Fangjingcheng Zhu, University of Southampton, and Jack Wharton, UCL

Around 13,000 years ago, as the world was emerging from the grip of the last ice age, much of the North Atlantic region plunged back into near-glacial conditions.

Sea ice expanded across the North Atlantic, reaching as far south as the Shetland Islands. Glaciers began to regrow in the Scottish Highlands, while winter temperatures across Europe and North America plummeted. Yet off the coast of Atlantic Canada, the ocean did the opposite.

In our new study, published in the journal Nature Communications, we found evidence that waters off Nova Scotia, Canada, warmed as the Gulf Stream shifted hundreds of kilometres northward, while deep circulation also changed.

It is the first direct evidence that this vital current responded in such a way during a period of abrupt climate change that rearranged Atlantic Ocean circulation.

The finding lends support to the climate models that predict a similar northward shift in the future if the Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation (Amoc) weakens – a trend that has probably already begun.

Why the Gulf Stream matters

The Gulf Stream transports warm tropical waters northwards along the eastern coast of North America before turning north-east towards Europe. In doing so, it forms part of the Amoc, a vast system of ocean currents that redistributes heat, nutrients and carbon around the Atlantic Ocean. Consequently, the Amoc plays a major role in regulating the climate. In particular, the northern arm of the Gulf Stream helps keep western Europe much milder than other regions at similar latitudes.

Polar bear feeding on carcass, rocky background
Without the Gulf Stream, eastern Canada is generally much colder than western Europe. Along the coast, polar bears can be found at the same latitude as England. GTW / shutterstock

Scientists are increasingly concerned about the future of this circulation system. As the climate warms and extra freshwater (from melting ice) enters the North Atlantic, surface waters become less dense and therefore less able to sink. Most climate models project that these changes weaken the Amoc. Observations suggest that this weakening has already begun, but it is predicted to weaken much more as the 21st century progresses. However, direct evidence showing how the system responds to such major disruptions remains relatively limited.

To answer that question, paleoceanographers like us turn to the past.

A natural experiment from the end of the last ice age

The Younger Dryas was one of the most dramatic episodes of abrupt climate change in Earth’s recent history. As the planet emerged from the last ice age, warming trends across much of the North Atlantic region abruptly reversed. European summer temperatures declined by around 4°C–8°C in less than a century, while Greenland cooled by up to 10°C within just a few decades. The effects rippled far beyond the North Atlantic, weakening monsoon systems across Africa and Asia.

People on boat with sediment core
The authors inspect a ‘sediment core’ taken from the seabed 500 miles east of New York City. Alice Carter - Champion, UCL

To understand how the ocean responded, we analysed sediment extracted from the seabed off Nova Scotia. Microscopic fossil shells and sediment grains preserved within this marine mud can reveal what the sea would have been like at the time it formed. We then reconstructed changes in both surface and deep Atlantic circulation before, during, and after the Younger Dryas.

An unexpected warming signal

What we found surprised us. While Greenland and much of the subpolar North Atlantic cooled rapidly, waters off Atlantic Canada warmed instead, by as much as 4°C–5°C.

The most likely explanation is that the Gulf Stream migrated northwards, bringing warm subtropical waters closer to the Canadian coastline.

Previous climate-model simulations had predicted that a weakening of one of the Amoc’s deep currents could trigger exactly this response. Until now, however, there had been little direct geological evidence that it had happened before.

Our study provides real-world evidence for a process that climate models have long proposed. That matters because it shows that large reorganisations of Atlantic circulation are not just theoretical possibilities – they have happened before.

What can the past tell us about the future?

No past climate event is a perfect analogue for modern climate change. The Younger Dryas occurred under very different conditions from today. Massive ice sheets still covered much of Canada and Scandinavia, and the sea level was tens of metres lower than at present.

Nevertheless, the physical links connecting the different components of the North Atlantic circulation system are likely to be the same.

Our study does not suggest that the Amoc completely collapsed during the Younger Dryas, nor does it tell us whether such a collapse is likely in the future. Instead, it reveals a more nuanced picture in which various components of the North Atlantic circulation system changed in different ways. Rather than producing a uniform response, this reorganisation created a patchwork of warming and cooling across the North Atlantic.

Similar patterns have also emerged over the last 150 years, with a relative “warming hole” developing in the ocean south of Greenland while regions closer to the Gulf Stream have warmed more rapidly. Our findings provide real-world evidence that these contrasting patterns are closely linked to changes in ocean circulation.

In a warming world, the North Atlantic cold blob is very visible. Ed Hawkins / Berkeley Earth, CC BY-SA

Looking to the future, scientists are concerned that continued human-caused warming could trigger major changes in North Atlantic circulation, leading to shifts in ocean temperature patterns, which would disrupt weather and climate across the globe. Examining how the Atlantic behaved 13,000 years ago can help us recognise the warning signs of major changes before they happen again.

Critically, our study suggests that such reorganisations can unfold over about a century, with individual components of the circulation changing within just a few decades – within a human lifetime.

By showing how different parts of the Atlantic circulation interacted during a past episode of abrupt climate change, our findings provide an important benchmark for testing climate models. The deeper understanding we have gained into how the interconnected Atlantic system behaves will also help us with the very challenging task of developing early-warning systems for future circulation changes and potential climate tipping points.The Conversation

Alice Carter-Champion, Researcher, Paleoceanography, Royal Holloway, University of London; Fangjingcheng Zhu, PhD Candidate, Paleoceanography, University of Southampton, and Jack Wharton, Postdoctoral Research Fellow in Paleoceanography, UCL

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week Two June 2026: Issue 655 (Published Monday June 8) - Kings Birthday Honours Long Weekend

 

Closed areas: Areas closed for trail surface maintenance - Mackerel Trail

Mackerel Trail, the Basin Trail and the Basin Aboriginal art site will be closed from 1 June to 12 June 2026 between 7am to 5pm Monday to Friday for trail surface maintenance.

Please follow directions from contractors, NPWS staff, and signage.

For more information, please contact the Forestville NPWS office 9451 3479.

Closed areas: Smugglers Track closed for maintenance repairs

Applies from Tue 02 Jun 2026, 1.43pm to Sat 06 Jun 2026, 1.44pm. Last reviewed: Tue 02 Jun 2026, 1.51pm.

Smugglers Track to Barrenjoey Lighthouse will be closed for maintenance repairs from Monday 1st June 2026 to Friday 5th June 2026. 

The Access Trail to Barrenjoey Lighthouse will still be open for use to the summit. 

For more information, please call NPWS Forestville office 9451 3479. 

Closed areas: Unauthorised Muppet Track closed

NPWS has closed the unauthorised Muppet Track in Terrey Hills, Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park, to protect an Asset of Intergenerational Significance (AIS) site. 

This area contains endangered Grevillea caleyi plants and Duffys Forest Endangered Ecological Community. The track was illegally constructed by recreational users through sensitive bushland.

A small section of the track will remain open to enable access between Terrey Hills and St Ives until a formal alternative can be established.

Penalties apply for non-compliance. For more information, contact the local NPWS office.

Closed areas: Upper Gledhill Falls access unsafe

There is no safe location to park a vehicle on the side of McCarrs Creek Road to reach Upper Gledhills Falls. For your own safety, climbing and abseiling are prohibited here. Please visit Duckholes picnic area instead.

1080 pest management operation

NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPEs) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing between 1 February and 31 July 2026 in Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park.

All baiting locations are identifiable by signs. Don’t touch baits or ejector devices. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

Domestic pets are not permitted in NSW national parks and reserves. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

Fox baiting in these reserves is aimed at reducing their impact on threatened species.

For more information, contact the local park office on:

  • Forestville 9451 3479 or Lane Cove 8448 0400 (business hours)
  • NPWS after-hours call centre: 1300 056 294 (after hours)

Oil Spill at Alexandria: Please keep an Eye out for Impacted Birds

Friday June 5 2026

We need your help! Be on the look out Sydney! 

Following an oil spill in Alexandria, there are multiple birds being seen covered in oil. Chemicals such as oils on feathers is damaging as birds are no longer waterproof, cannot stay warm, can no longer float efficiently and have digestion issues when trying to clean the oil off. 

We need you to report any birds you see around Sydney that look impacted by this oil spill. They can be anywhere in Sydney - they may not be anywhere near the original spill. 

Be on the look out for the following species:

  • - Australian Pelicans
  • - Cormorants
  • - Australasian Darters
  • - Egrets
  • - Terns 
  • - Australian White Ibis

Birds will have black or dark patches where there shouldn’t be, they may be unable to swim or move properly in the water, they may be on the bank or in trees struggling and looking sick. 

Please don’t handle them - contact us on 9413 4300 to report sightings. Take a photo and take note of the precise location. 

Share share share! Let’s get these birds rescued and rehabilitated for the very best chance of survival. 

Rescue hotline: 9413 4300

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services)

Photo: Sydney Wildlife

 

Minns Government Announces $221 million to deliver new era of threatened species protection


On Friday June 5 2026 the Minns Labor Government announced it is transforming how it protects the environment, investing $221 million in a new, holistic approach to threatened species conservation.

'For the first time, conservation efforts will take a whole-of-ecosystem approach, better protecting not just individual species, but the habitats and natural systems they depend on to survive and thrive.' the government stated

'There are well over 100 types of ecosystems in NSW, but many are under pressure and our biodiversity is in crisis. This new approach to conservation will focus on protecting what essential habitats are left and restoring what has been harmed.

'This investment in the 2026 NSW Budget will reform the Saving our Species program for the future and unify existing conservation work, including koala conservation.

'Over three years, $195.2 million will support targeted conservation action under the Saving our Species program. This includes feral animal control, tree planting, weeding and riverbank management and restoring landscapes for our most-at-risk species.'

'An additional $26 million will support delivery of the NSW Nature Strategy. This new work will use years of scientific research to set targets for nature recovery across the state. Consultation on the Nature Strategy is ongoing with conservation experts.' the government said

'This expanded ecosystem approach will:

  • increase the number of species that are actively managed through ecosystem recovery
  • protect and restore the habitat that supports our endangered species
  • acquire important habitat for inclusion in the national parks estate
  • reconnect wildlife corridors with private, public and traditional owners
  • integrate knowledge systems and practices, including Aboriginal cultural knowledge and perspectives.

Together with major initiatives such as the Great Koala National Park, this investment represents a step-change in conservation that will restore ecosystems, protect wildlife and secure the natural heritage of NSW for future generations.'

Minister for the Environment, Penny Sharpe said:

“There’s no point protecting a regent honeyeater unless you’re also protecting the woodland it lives in, and that’s exactly what our plan does.

“This investment marks a new era for conservation in NSW. For the first time, we are taking a holistic approach by protecting entire ecosystems, not just individual species.

“We’re securing the future health of the NSW environment by investing in the protection of threatened species and the habitats they call home.”

Treasurer Daniel Mookhey said:

“Biodiversity matters in NSW and this investment demonstrates our commitment to put nature on a path to recovery.

“Healthy ecosystems underpin our economy, our communities and our future prosperity. Securing their future delivers benefits for regional economies and climate resilience.”

More actual ambition is needed to Save our Species

The NSW Greens, while welcoming the announcement for a new three year funding cycle for the Saving Our Species program, state this still is leaving critical natural areas vulnerable to continued logging, broadscale clearing and destruction under the failed biodiversity offsets system.

Greens MP and spokesperson for the environment and solicitor Sue Higginson said 

"The increase in allocated spending for the Saving Our Species Program for the next three years is obviously a very welcomed announcement, and direct investment in frontline services and boots on the ground at a landscape scale is a move that has been called on for decades,"

"Unfortunately, it’s not the ambition and vision nature needs right now. If the Minns Labor Government are serious about protecting the environment, stopping the extinction crisis and repairing nature, they would fix the failed biodiversity offsets system, fix our land clearing laws, end native forest logging, and expand our National Park system to 30% of land and water by 2030,” 

“Investment in managing our landscapes is a defence position, our natural world needs bold and positive action that stops the harm and builds resilience - not just repairing harm,”

"I look forward to more detail from the Minister about how and where this money will be spent, and what in fact will be saved." Ms Higginson said.

 

NSW scientists leading international research to protect kelp and fisheries

On Wednesday June 3 the NSW Government announced an international team of world-class scientists, led by the Government’s NSW Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development (DPIRD), is working on a ground-breaking project designed to protect underwater kelp forests and sustain our fisheries into the future.

The project is investigating how to boost the climate resilience of kelp forests to secure the future of these important marine habitats which are declining globally, including in NSW.

The research is part of Government’s Marine Estate Management Strategy 2018 - 2028 which outlines how to protect and enhance our waterways, coastline and estuaries over the next ten years.

Kelp forests provide food, shelter and breeding grounds for thousands of marine species, absorb carbon dioxide, improve water quality and help buffer coastlines from storm impacts and erosion.

Researchers from DPIRD, Dr Melinda Coleman and Dr Hugh Goold, first aim to identify climate-tolerance traits in microalgae which are easier to study, have smaller genomes and faster generation times.

The learnings from these organisms can be translated to more complex, slower growing species like golden kelp (Ecklonia radiata).

They will then develop advanced gene-editing tools that can be used in the future to enhance beneficial traits, helping improve the resilience of these critical marine ecosystems under accelerating ocean warming.

While the project is focussed on improving marine ecosystems, the research could also help pinpoint the same climate-tolerance traits in agricultural crop plants.

The project has received global interest and was selected for funding by Revive & Restore, a US-based wildlife conservation organisation which advances innovative biotechnology projects to tackle biodiversity loss.    

The research will benefit from an expert team of collaborators from King Abdullah University of Science and Technology (Saudi Arabia), Laboratory of Microbial Biodiversity and Biotechnology at Banyuls-sur-Mer Oceanographic Observatory (France), and Flinders University (Australia).  

Minister for Agriculture Tara Moriarty said:

“NSW fisheries are among the state’s most important sectors, generating millions in economic activity and creating thousands of jobs.

“The Minns Labor Government is committed to the effective, evidence-based management of our marine estate and sustainable fisheries management in the face of climate change and other major challenges.

“This project shows how our world-leading scientists are exploring the latest innovations in biotechnology to restore and conserve the state’s marine and coastal environments to sustain our fisheries into the future.

“It is exciting to think that the data gained from this project could later be adapted to improve the climate resilience of agricultural crops, which are crucial for our state’s economy and the livelihoods of many farmers in regional NSW.”  

DPIRD Senior Principal Research Scientist Melinda Coleman said:

“Kelp forests are often underappreciated but they’re just as important as our higher profile marine habitats, like coral reefs, but they are increasingly challenged by climate change in Australia and globally.

“To keep pace with climate change, we need to start investing in innovative and transformative technologies that will allow scientists to build climate resilience into kelp forests.

“It’s vital we share the data we gather so that these proactive conservation strategies can be applied to support other important marine habitats.”

NSW DPIRD Research Scientist Dr Hugh Goold said:

“If we figure out the genetics underpinning how these organisms survive in warmer climates and apply that in restoration, we will be able to prepare our important marine habitats for climate change, and ensure value is retained by our stakeholders over coming generations.

“We will develop cutting edge tools to genetically boost climate resilience in golden kelp and will guide managers and practitioners in understanding these approaches well before we need to deploy them — preparedness is central to protect fisheries and agriculture into the future.

“While this project is focussed on improving the marine environment, the data we generate and the strategies we develop will one day be able to improve agricultural food crop climate resilience and help tackle problem weeds.”

Background

Dr Melinda Coleman

Melinda is a Principal Research Scientist with Regional NSW, DPI, whose work is transforming kelp forest conservation. Melinda does research in algal ecology, conservation and population genetics. The project will draw on Dr Coleman’s 25-year career as an international authority in marine restoration and genetics and her Green Globe award-winning efforts to reverse the loss of kelp forests across the vast NSW marine estate. 

As a founding member of the Green Gravel action group and the award-winning Operation Crayweed team, Melinda is actively restoring lost kelp forests around Australia with the aim of boosting resilience to future climate change.  

Operation Crayweed 2022 Update: Laura Enever, Tom Hobbs and Tom Carroll at the Bondi planting event. Photo by Frame.co

As part of a global research team, Melinda pioneered a new restoration technology “green gravel”; small rocks were seeded with kelp and reared in the laboratory until 2–3 cm, before out-planting to the field. 

See: Green gravel: a novel restoration tool to combat kelp forest decline - March 2020. Nature

Also: Coleman MA, Goold HD. Harnessing synthetic biology for kelp forest conservation1. J Phycol. 2019 Aug;55(4):745-751. doi: 10.1111/jpy.12888. Epub 2019 Jun 30. Erratum in: J Phycol. 2022 Feb;58(1):182. doi: 10.1111/jpy.13228. PMID: 31152453.  Phycological Society of America.

Abstract

Environmental and climatic change is outpacing the ability of organisms to adapt, at an unprecedented level, resulting in range contractions and global ecosystem shifts to novel states. At the same time, scientific advances continue to accelerate, providing never-before imagined solutions to current and emerging environmental problems. Synthetic biology, the creation of novel and engineered genetic variation, is perhaps the fastest developing and transformative scientific field. Its application to solve extant and emerging environmental problems is vast, at times controversial, and technological advances have outpaced the social, ethical, and practical considerations of its use. Here, we discuss the potential direct and indirect applications of synthetic biology to kelp forest conservation. Rather than advocate or oppose its use, we identify where and when it may play a role in halting or reversing global kelp loss and discuss challenges and identify pathways of research needed to bridge the gap between technological advances and organismal biology and ecology. There is a pressing need for prompt collaboration and dialogue among synthetic biologists, ecologists, and conservationists to identify opportunities for use and ensure that extant research directions are set on trajectories to allow these currently disparate fields to converge toward practical environmental solutions.

Dr. Melinda Coleman, Adjunct Professor, Faculty of Science and Engineering, Southern Cross University and the University of Western Australia. She has previously been an Australian Research Council Fellow and a postdoctoral fellow at the University of Maine, USA. She is currently co-editor of the Journal of Phycology.

Melinda leads a team of postdocs and students across government and university sectors to inform proactive marine management that anticipates and prepares for climate change. By melding ecology with genomics her team is providing new solutions for conserving and managing kelp forests in a future of increasing change.

Algal Genetic Engineering for Climate Resilience: April 21, 2026

Identifying and introducing climate resilience traits in Australian kelp, securing the future of kelp forests under accelerating ocean warming.

Team & Collaborators: Drs. Hugh Goold, Melinda Coleman, Dave Wheeler, Deborah Hailstones (NSW Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development), Dr. Kyle Lauersen (KAUST), Dr. Sheree Yau (Sorbonne/Banyuls sur Mer Oceanographic Observatory), Flinders University, South Australian Research and Development Institute, National Laboratory of the Rockies.

Challenge: Climate change is pushing kelp forests beyond their adaptive limits, underscoring the urgent need for transformative solutions.

Approach: Use genome-wide deletion libraries in compact microalgal models to experimentally identify genes controlling climate tolerance, then translate validated resilience genes into golden kelp (Ecklonia radiata) via pioneering CRISPR/Cas9 approaches, with findings integrated into the Reef Adapt decision-support platform for immediate practitioner use.

Anticipated outcomes: Experimentally validated genetic determinants of climate resilience, functional CRISPR tools for kelp genome editing, and decision-support resources for climate-smart restoration.

Dr. Melinda Coleman,

____________________________

Project Restore aims to combine the methods and technologies of four SIMS flagship projects, which to date have operated largely independently of one another.

Together, these key projects provide a template for restoration of whole seascapes within urban harbours and waterways:

  • Operation Posidonia
  • Operation Crayweed
  • Living Seawalls
  • Fish Habitat enhancement

See February 2026 Update: Project Restore at Balmoral: Modern Moorings May Protect Sydney’s Endangered Seagrass

Or February 2025 report: Project Restore: seagrass from Palm Beach Going to Sydney Harbour - Join the Storm Squad + Environmentally Friendly Moorings – Free Trial Available

Dr Hugh Goold

Dr Goold will bring his expertise in biotechnology following on from his involvement in an international consortium that successfully constructed the world’s first synthetic eukaryotic genome — a complete set of genetic information that defines an organism.

See 2025 announcement below:

DPIRD scientist unlocks the deep secrets of biology with the help of international research team

Announced: 7 April 2025

In what could be one of the most significant gene technology developments in decades, a NSW Government scientist has led a team of international researchers to understand the deep secrets of biology that underpins our food systems, agriculture, and the environment.

Following nearly a decade of research, NSW DPIRD scientist, Dr. Hugh Goold, has just completed the construction of the final chromosome in the worlds first synthetic yeast genome, paving the way for major advancements such as combating diseases like cancer, developing healthier food, or improving food security by developing crops that thrive in harsh growing conditions.

A genome is the complete set of an organism’s DNA, including all of its genes. It contains all the instructions for growth, development, and functioning.

DPIRD research scientist, Dr Hugh Goold FASM MRSN MRSB said using baker’s yeast (Saccharomyces cerevisiae), researchers have been able to build a genome from a computer design to demonstrate the potential for producing foodstuffs that could survive the rigors of a changing climate or widespread disease.

“In simple terms, this project has allowed us to construct a genome – this means that we can not only understand DNA more deeply, but open the door to new ways of combating diseases like cancer, developing healthier food, or improving environmental impacts of our industries,” said Dr Goold.

This is the first time a synthetic eukaryotic genome has been constructed in full and is proof-of-concept for how more complex organisms, like food crops, could be synthesized by scientists.

Dr Goold said that building the largest single piece of DNA in Australian history marks a massive technological leap in gene technology, paving the way for revolutionary advancements in medicine and agriculture.

“In our agriculture sector, the possibilities for applying these techniques are endless – we can engineer crops that thrive in harsh conditions, such as drought or acidic soils, and even refine livestock breeding by selecting the best genetic traits,” said Dr Goold.

The discovery also has profound implications for environmental sustainability and will allow scientists to now explore innovative ways to improve the survival chances of endangered species, such as through the restoration of lost genetic diversity, as well as develop bioengineered organisms that bolster ecosystem resilience.

NSW DPIRD Chief Scientist Dr Natalie Moltschaniwskyj said the project not only deepens our understanding of the natural world but also strengthens our ability to protect Australia’s primary industries from major threats such as foot-and-mouth disease in sheep and invasive plant pathogens.

“This scale of DNA synthesis and construction is unprecedented in Australia, and it is this kind of world-class research that makes me proud to be part of a department dedicated to advancing biotechnology and biosecurity,” said Dr Moltschaniwskyj.

“This research exemplifies DPIRD’s commitment to collaboration—working alongside leading Australian institutions and world-renowned partners such as The University of Edinburgh, New York University, The University of Manchester, and Johns Hopkins University to drive innovation in synthetic biology and agricultural resilience.”

Dr. Goold is set to continue these studies working to understand plant life, fungal pathogens and how to improve breeding programs.

The project was supported by the Australian Research Council Centre of Excellence in Synthetic Biology, Macquarie University and external grants from Bioplatforms Australia and the NSW Chief Scientist and Engineer.

For more information on the project, visit Construction and iterative redesign of synXVI a 903 kb synthetic Saccharomyces cerevisiae chromosome | Nature Communications.

Dr Hugh Goold FASM MRSN MRSB. Photo supplied

Turtle-ly terrific travels

Are sea turtles local residents, or do they travel long distances along our coast?

A NSW turtle tracking project is helping answer that question by shedding new light on how threatened marine turtles move, forage and rest along the NSW coastline.

Using satellite tracking, the research team is building a clearer picture of turtle behaviour over time. These insights will support future conservation planning and climate adaptation strategies for marine turtles.

The project is led by Taronga Conservation Society Australia, in partnership with the NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service, the Sydney Institute of Marine Science and Gumbaynggirr Land and Sea Rangers.

So far, satellite tags have been attached to 19 green turtles, five loggerhead turtles and five hawksbill turtles. Across all three species, tracking data shows that most turtles remain close to where they were initially sighted, highlighting the importance of NSW’s local inshore waters as key habitat for both resident and transient turtles.

In February 2026, the team visited Lord Howe Island (LHI) and successfully attached trackers to two turtles, including one green turtle and one hawksbill turtle.

To further our understanding of the habitat use and migrations of the more elusive loggerhead turtle, the team recently tagged two rehabilitated loggerhead turtles; a small juvenile from Taronga Wildlife Hospital that was released from LHI and a large adult female from Irukandji Shark & Ray Encounters that was released in Port Stephens.

The team have been liaising closely with NSW Marine Parks throughout the project to ensure compliance with licence conditions and marine park zoning regulations. The team also works closely with Indigenous ranger groups and local tourism operators to ensure their work reflects the priorities of the local community.

“These threatened species act as sentinels, revealing how our marine ecosystems are responding to a warming climate. With marine turtles gradually extending their range to southern NSW, identifying biologically important areas helps us protect their habitats more effectively,” said Jo Day, Conservation Biologist at Taronga Conservation Society Australia.

This collaborative project is contributing valuable knowledge to support evidence based management of NSW’s marine estate, now and into the future.

The turtle tracking project is partly funded by the Marine Estate Management Strategy, the NSW Government’s long term plan for coordinated, evidence-based management of the marine estate.

A green turtle (Chelonia mydas) swims away after being fitted with a satellite tracking tag.

 


By 2050, there could be more plastic in our oceans than fish. 
We all do our best to reduce our plastic waste, but it’s time we stopped letting big polluters off the hook.
Come along to the Waves Without Waste Plastics Expo and hear from experts and advocates leading the call for change.
Saturday June 13 10am | Warriewood Community Centre | RSVP at:

The Surf Swap and Repair Market 2026

Save the date! The Surf Swap and Repair Market is back on Sunday 21 June at Surfrider Gardens, 50 Ocean Street Narrabeen 
Discover a better way to surf sustainably with:
  • 🏄 pre-loved boards, wetsuits and accessories
  • ☀️ sell your own surf gear
  • 🛠️ learn how to do minor board repairs
  • ♻️ explore repurposing ideas
  • 🌊 browse sustainable surf brands and join a beach clean-up.
A  waste free event. BYO refillable water bottle & reusable coffee cup
Sustainable Surf Brand Stallholders - Sine Surf, Board Exchange, WAW Handplanes, Sunbutter sunscreen, Pittwater Eco Adventures, Surfing Mums, Boomerang Bags. 

How it Works
General admission - free to everyone seeking to score awesome pre loved surf gear and give it another life.
Market Day Traders - Register here to trade on the day and sell/swap your Boards/Surf gear. $10 + booking fee. 
Bump in from 9.30am and setup is required to be complete by 10.30am, Pack down from 3pm. 
BYO your own setup for the day. No Marquees.

Sacred Site Bulldozed - A Million trees Cut Down

Andrew Gee MP, Independent Federal Member for Calare, has been drawing attention in recent weeks to the destruction of an Indigenous rock shelter in Central West New South Wales as part of the Central West Orana Renewable Energy Zone. The damage occurred while ACEREZ workers were cutting an access track to build power lines.

The destruction of the cultural site occurs just months after the company was criticised for leaving at least 60 native bird babies homeless after felling "ancient" trees for the project.

A Wiradjuri representative has confirmed that a significant rock shelter has been completely destroyed in an area near the Cope Road between Gulgong and Mudgee.

On Sunday May 31 Mr. Gee posted on social media

''ACEREZ recently put out a statement denying any cultural heritage had been damaged or destroyed at the Merotherie Road grinding grooves site, north of Gulgong.

Well on the weekend we went back to the site on Merotherie Road, and what we found is scandalous, disgraceful and totally disrespectful.

Some of the representatives with me were on the original survey assessment walk back in 2022. They know exactly what this site looked like, what they found, and what was recommended. They are completely shocked and hurt by the destruction.

At the time of discovering these artefacts, they recommended the entire rock ridge be preserved so they could come back for a further investigation - that never happened. The current flagged protection zone only covered an area with the obvious exposed grooves. They also told me there should have been a 20 to 30-metre buffer zone to protect this sacred history. 

Instead, ACEREZ has cut trees down right on top of the grinding grooves. It’s bulldozed over some of the ancient grooves, which are now completely missing and other rock artefacts, such as one referred to as “turtle rock” is now lost.

Rubble is all that's left, and we can never get this history back. 

Last week ACEREZ was caught out in another lie. It put out a statement saying that all environmental protections for the project were properly in place.

After I raised this issue on social media, ACEREZ was forced to admit that they had obliterated a Wiradjuri rock shelter.

Local Indigenous reps now feel they were just brought out to tick a box in 2022, and afterwards ACEREZ did whatever they wanted without further engagement.

It seems there is one law for ACEREZ and the NSW Government, and another law for everyone else. If anyone else caused this kind of destruction, they’d be in the slammer! 

They lied about the killing and orphaning of the baby native birds, the obliteration of the rock shelter and now the destruction at the grinding grooves.''

ACEREZ CEO Steve Masters said in a released statement:

'During construction of an access track on private property, an Aboriginal heritage rock shelter that had been identified in the project’s planning approval was damaged beyond recovery. The processes required to protect the rock shelter at this location were not fully implemented.

We are deeply sorry. We apologise without reservation to the Traditional Owners and to the local community. The loss of this rock shelter is permanent and nothing we say can undo that.

We have been contacting the Traditional Owners directly and will work with them to determine how this site and its story can be acknowledged and honoured from here.

On becoming aware of the incident, work on access tracks was immediately paused. An internal investigation has commenced into the circumstances. We have also been advised an investigation has been launched by the Department of Planning, Housing and Infrastructure.

We are working with all relevant stakeholders to understand how this happened and to prevent this from occurring anywhere else on this project.

ACEREZ values and respects the Aboriginal cultural heritage of the lands on which the Central-West Orana Renewable Energy Zone (REZ) transmission project is being built.'

NSW Environment Minister Penny Sharpe said the state's planning department would also conduct an investigaton into the site's destruction.

"I am furious about this," she said in a statement. "It should never have happened and is completely unacceptable."

The state government agency EnergyCo, which leads the delivery of the REZs, said in a statement it was "extremely disappointed" by the incident.

"ACEREZ has failed to conduct its works with the agreed management plans and heritage protection measures," a spokesperson said.

"EnergyCo has alerted ACEREZ of its failure to comply with its contractual obligations."

Scar Tree Destroyed - A Million Others Killed?

Mr Gee has been calling for the resignation of the ACEREZ CEO after the destruction of other cultural sites, including a scar tree, stating:

''This is a Wiradjuri scar tree in the Wilpinjong Creek area of the Central-West Orana Renewable Energy Zone. 

Trees were scarred when bark was removed to make items such as canoes, containers, tools, traps, shields and to build temporary shelters. 

They are a tangible and increasingly rare link to Wiradjuri culture and history. 

Wiradjuri representatives asked ACEREZ to record the location of this scar tree and protect it.

ACEREZ refused.

They then bulldozed and woodchipped it. 

It’s one rule for ACEREZ, EnergyCo and the NSW Government and another for everyone else.

Just another example of why the CEO of ACEREZ needs to go.''

Wiradjuri scar tree in the Wilpinjong Creek - alledegly woodchipped by ACEREZ. Photo Andrew Gee MP

Mr Gee has also been pointing out the mass destruction of trees and habitat that is ongoing, posting on May 17 2026:

''I am out near Wollar, and the destruction of native trees keeps going.

I saw these two emus displaying clear “displacement behaviour”, wandering aimlessly through a graveyard of fallen timber.

They look lost because their home has been erased.

It is May - the peak of the breeding season. They have lost the shelter and landmarks they need to prepare for their chicks and now these Emus are pacing through a wasteland - exposed to predators.

The tree clearing currently being undertaken by EnergyCo and the NSW Government for ACEREZ transmission lines is massive.

Yes there is mining in the area but what the NSW Government and EnergyCo is doing is next level.

They’re mowing down everything in their path proving that there is one rule for government and another for everyone else.

Our region is carrying a massive burden of destruction that city people never see. 

I reckon we’re up to a million trees.''

One Million Trees Destroyed

On May 22nd the Independent MP for Calare shared:

''The NSW Government, ACEREZ and EnergyCo are STILL bulldozing and chipping our region's trees to install these massive power lines!

I was out on the Cope Road between Gulgong and Ulan - from the air, it looks like the deforestation of the Amazon Rainforest - but this isn’t the Amazon. This is happening right here, right now, in OUR region! 

What are we up to now, NSW Government? 

Is it a million trees yet? 

And what about these "environmental offsets"? 

The government says they’re buying offsets to make up for all this destruction... but are they just buying trees in some other part of the state?

How much money is actually being spent IN THIS AREA to make up for all of this demolition and decimation?''

Alcoa’s Exemption Order Revoked But Clearing of Jarrah Forest Continues

June 3 2026

Alcoa’s Exemption Order – which allows the company to continue mining without EPA approval – will be revoked this month to update the conditions they can operate under. The change follows multiple suspected breaches and a record federal ‘fine’ for illegal clearing.

Despite this, Alcoa will not be forced to stop work. The Cook Labor Government has indicated it will issue a new Exemption Order as soon as the existing one is revoked, ensuring there is no interruption to Alcoa’s clearing operations.

The Cook Labor Government has not clarified what the trigger was for reviewing the Mining Management Plan and revoking the Exemption Order, but it comes on the back of increasing scrutiny and community pressure. 

Since December 2025, Jess Beckerling MLC has submitted three reports of suspected breaches to the Department of Water and Environmental Regulation (DWER). 

The DWER response to these reports has been wholly inadequate and deeply concerning, with Ms Beckerling now waiting for documents related to the investigations to be released under FOI. 

It is clear the government is under unprecedented and increasing pressure over the American mining company’s actions. 

The Greens (WA) Environment spokesperson Jess Beckerling MLC said the announcement was proof that exposing Alcoa’s bad behaviour was having the desired effect on the Cook Labor Government.

“Of course Alcoa’s Exemption Order must be revoked, but the Cook Labor Government should not be even considering issuing a new one. 

“Alcoa is continuing to clear ancient jarrah forests, push black cockatoos to the brink of extinction and threaten our drinking water all while under EPA assessment, making an absolute mockery of our nature laws.

“While the EPA assesses Alcoa’s impacts on our Jarrah forests, there should be zero clearing yet the Cook Labor Government continues to bend over backwards to exempt their mining and clearing operations while they wait for approval.

“I have been appalled by the investigations into the suspected breaches I reported. In every case there remain serious questions to be answered, and I am awaiting documents under FOI laws concerning the first suspected breach. 

“In the case of the Hollowbutt Jarrah tree, the investigation shows DWER engaged a consultant who had found there had in fact been a breach. Yet, DWER decided to engage a second consultant who used a different methodology to conveniently conclude there had been no breach.

“This whole process has confirmed what we already knew: that the Cook Labor Government prioritises Alcoa’s interests over the community’s. This must change and I have no doubt that Alcoa’s social licence is nearing its expiry date.

“A fourteen day feedback period has just been opened, providing for anyone to contact the Environment Minister to have their say about Alcoa’s exemption order being revoked. 

“I expect thousands of people will make it very clear that Alcoa must stop clearing while their exemption order is revoked. 

“The Cook Government needs to take this opportunity to actually listen to the public who want Alcoa to be reined in and the forests and our water to be protected.” Ms  Beckerling said

See earlier 2026 report: Environment Groups call on Environment Minister to revoke Alcoa’s 'national interest' exemption in Northern Jarrah Forest

section of the Alcoa bauxite strip mining operations in Western Australia’s globally unique northern jarrah forests. Photo: Conservation Council of Western Australia

Murray Watt to gazette Tasmanian oversight for native forest logging this week

On Thursday June 4 2026 the Bob Brown Foundation shared that the Federal Environment Minister will gazette a bilateral agreement with Tasmania next week that will allow ongoing logging destruction.

In Tasmania’s Budget Estimates of June 4, Murray Watt informed the Tasmanian Government that he intends to gazette the bilateral agreement for logging assessments on 9 June.

“Albanese and Rockliff are teaming up to continue native forest destruction and licence the ongoing logging of habitat for endangered and critically endangered species in Tasmania’s forests. Ongoing, disastrous native forest logging will be regulated by the same group that has ticked off the decades-long destruction of forests that the community want ended. This is the Regional Forest Agreements 2.0 and will allow business as usual in precious native forests. We are calling for the Regional Forest Agreement (RFA) to be extinguished and an immediate end to native forest logging,” said Jenny Weber, Campaigns Director at Bob Brown Foundation

“Minister Watt is not even pretending to deliver strong national environment laws to protect nationally significant forest ecosystems and their wildlife. This gazettal comes before the national environment laws have agreed environment standards, and the standards currently on public display are appalling.”

“Murray Watt’s plan will gazette the Forest Practices Authority to continue their decades-long failed oversight of large-scale forest destruction and drive Swift Parrots closer to extinction. Allowing the Tasmanian Forest Practices Authority to conduct federal assessments on behalf of the Commonwealth is putting the same body that has failed to deliver the federal environment provisions under the RFA in charge.”

“This is not what the community wants. This is not what the majority of Labor voters want. Australians want native forests protected and endangered species saved. Murray Watt is serving the native forest logging industry and is licensing ongoing climate, community and wildlife destruction,” Jenny Weber said.

'It's unacceptable that the logging assessment bilateral agreement between the Tasmanian and federal governments will be progressed ahead of the relevant environmental standards being finalised', the Greens stated

"This is simply the next chapter in an ongoing collusion between Labor and the Liberals to lock in destruction of Tasmania's precious forests," Australian Greens Forests spokesperson and Senator for Tasmania Nick McKim said.

"We have not even seen some of the environmental standards in draft form, and the ones we have seen are grossly inadequate.

"Governments should be protecting native forests, not conspiring to destroy them.

"Native forest logging should end, and it should end now.

"Tasmania's Forest Practices Authority has an appalling track record of rubber-stamping forest destruction, and simply can't be trusted to assess impacts from logging."


Swift Parrot visiting Canberra. Photo: Gunjan Pandey 

National Plant a Tree Day 2026: 30 Year Anniversary

Planet Ark's National Tree Day started in 1996 and has grown into Australia's largest community tree planting and nature care event.

It's a call to action for all Australians to get their hands dirty and give back to the community. While every day can be Tree Day, we generally celebrate Schools Tree Day and National Tree Day on the last Friday and Sunday in July.

2026 DATES

  • National Tree Day - Sunday 26 July
  • Schools Tree Day - Friday 24 July
  • Tropical Tree Day - Sunday 6 December

To find out more, get involved, or register a site, visit: nationaltreeday.org.au

At this stage only one local site is registered - but this section will be updated prior to NTD 2026 - that site is:

Saint Matthews Farm Reserve, Cromer

Everyone is invited to help us regenerate this important wildlife corridor with native plants. Make Cromer a cooler, greener and more connected place for our community, wildlife and creek stabilisation.

Sunday, 26 July 2026: 10:00am to 1:00pm

Site Organiser: Michael Kneipp - volunteer at this site

Cooler- greener playgrounds: 150 schools to benefit from expanded tree planting program

The state government has announced it is investing $2.3 million to plant thousands of trees, shrubs and bush tucker gardens to help combat urban heating in more than 150 schools over the next four years.

The Cooling the Schools program has already planted more than 70,000 native trees and shrubs across 306 schools, benefiting over 20,000 students.

It has also run close to 100 Cultural education sessions helping students connect with Country while learning about sustainability.

The Cooling the Schools program is funded by the NSW Government and delivered by Greening Australia in some of the hottest areas of metropolitan NSW with cooler outdoor spaces and hands‑on learning opportunities.

Schools can check eligibility and register at: www.greeningaustralia.org.au/projects/cooling-the-schools

The program builds on Greening Our City grants which the government states has, to date, awarded $46.8 million to 164 greening projects across Greater Sydney, the Central Coast, the Hunter and the Illawarra-Shoalhaven to build climate resilience, improve air quality, and connect communities with nature.


2026 Tour de Gorge

Mountain bike riders, families and outdoor adventurers are invited to experience the rugged beauty of the Pilliga when the annual Tour de Gorge returns on Saturday 5 September 2026.

The much-loved cycling event will take riders through some of the most spectacular and rarely accessed areas of the Pilliga Forest and Pilliga Nature Reserve, near Baradine, featuring dramatic sandstone formations, towering cypress pines, wildflowers and rich wildlife habitats.

Since launching in 2013, Tour de Gorge has become a popular spring event in regional NSW, offering something for all ages and experience levels with multiple ride options through one of Australia’s most unique and rugged landscapes.

Participants can choose from a family-friendly short course or a longer adventure riding along unsealed forest trails that wind through the iconic Pilliga landscape. Riders will enjoy exclusive access to sections of the forest that are usually closed to the public. The event begins and ends at Pilliga Pottery, where visitors can relax after the ride, enjoy food and soak up the community atmosphere.

Cyclists can also purchase the official 2026 Tour de Gorge riding jersey when registering online. Entry costs $30 per rider and includes a registration pack. The pre-ride briefing begins at 8:30 am, with riders departing from 9 am. To register or find more information, visit the Tour de Gorge event page.

NPWS Director Northern Inland John Whittall stated:

“Tour de Gorge is a fantastic opportunity for people to explore the Pilliga and experience one of NSW’s most remarkable natural landscapes on two wheels.

“From towering cypress pines and sandstone gorges to vibrant spring wildflowers, the ride showcases the incredible diversity and beauty of the Pilliga Forest.

“This event is about more than cycling. It’s a chance to connect with nature, culture and community while enjoying a memorable day out in the heart of regional NSW.”

NSW releases its first Cultural Fire Strategy

Announced: Thursday June 4 2026

For the first time in NSW, cultural burning is being recognised as a vital Aboriginal practice through the Cultural Fire Strategy.

Cultural fire is not hazard reduction. It’s a tradition that has been practised by Aboriginal people for millennia. Cultural fire practices have spiritual, environmental and social outcomes at their core.

The Strategy will support Aboriginal people to lead the use of cultural fire on Country. It simplifies processes, clarifies responsibilities and removes unnecessary regulatory barriers.

Developed in partnership between Aboriginal groups and NSW Government agencies, the Strategy formally acknowledges the expertise of Aboriginal burning practitioners.

In the communities where they have been able to practise cultural fire burning, there have been beneficial economic, spiritual, environmental, social, educational and health outcomes.

An example of this is the NSW South Coast, where Aboriginal-led cultural burning has supported healthier ecosystems and strengthened cultural knowledge sharing between Elders and younger generations.

The Batemans Bay Local Aboriginal Land Council and the Walbunja Ranger Team have been using cultural fire activities across a range of land in the Batemans Bay area, some of which involve fee-for-service work that assists with employment and training costs.

Near Tumut, the Buugang Wambal project led by Walgalu and Wiradjuri people promotes caring for Country to protect critically endangered species that are important to the Walgalu–Wiradjuri community.

Northern Tablelands Banbai Rangers are using cultural fire to ‘learn from Country’ and to properly implement fire the ‘right way’ on the Wattleridge and Tarriwa Kurrukun Indigenous Protected Areas. In doing so, their team looks after heritage, including Aboriginal rock art sites, artefacts, stories and knowledge.

The Strategy will improve coordination of cultural fire across NSW, responding to recommendations from the Bushfire Inquiry and contributing to government commitments under the NSW Closing the Gap Priority Reforms and the National Agreement on Closing the Gap.

NSW Environment Minister Penny Sharpe said:

“Cultural fire is an essential cultural practice and supports Aboriginal people to care for Country as they have for thousands of years.”

“Cultural fire is not simply another hazard reduction technique. Cultural fire is led by Aboriginal people and guided by cultural knowledge, values and responsibilities to care for Country and kin.

“I look forward to working in partnership with Aboriginal people as we make this strategy a reality.”

Emergency Services Minister Jihad Dib said:

“This strategy will support opportunities for fire services to work with Aboriginal people and develop a greater understanding of cultural burning methods to help manage the landscape.”

Aboriginal Affairs and Treaty Minister David Harris said:

“I’m proud to be part of a Government that is committed to working in partnership with and learning from Aboriginal people.

“Cultural fire keeps community, culture and Country strong and this strategy recognises the expert knowledge of Aboriginal people who have cared for Country as the on-going custodians for tens of thousands of years.

“It acknowledges the strength and importance of Aboriginal-led sustainable land management practices for healthy Country and communities.”

Bundjalung and Wonnarua woman and manager of the DCCEEW Healthy Country Team, Dr Vanessa Cavanagh, said:

“Aboriginal people know the importance of caring for Country, including with fire, and they know that what is good for Country is good for everyone.

“The outcomes are more than just about fire, they are environmental, social, spiritual and cultural. The strategy helps NSW Government in supporting Aboriginal-led approaches”

Gumbayngirr woman and former NSW Cultural Fire Aboriginal Working Group member, Dr Chels Marshall, said:

“The Cultural Fire Strategy has been a long time coming. We are starting to see the impacts of it on the ground which is great and we want to see more Aboriginal people empowered to care for Country, the strategy is a key step in making that happen”

To find out more about the Cultural Fire Strategy, visit: www.environment.nsw.gov.au/topics/fire/nsw-cultural-fire-strategy

Solar for apartment residents: Co-funding

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW have solar installed, but the NSW Department of Climate Chnage, Energy, the Environment and Water are on a mission to change this.

Their Solar for Apartment Residents grant is co-funding shared solar panel installations on eligible apartment buildings and multi-unit dwellings and has already helped thousands of households.

They’ve extended the program to help more homeowners and renters reduce their energy bills and have also allocated extra funds through a separate Boost grant to help priority communities too.

Application closes: 4 December 2026, 5:00 pm

Share this with your Owners Corporation or Stata Manager and check your building's eligibility at: www.nsw.gov.au/grants-and-funding/solar-for-apartment-residents-soar-grant-program

PNHA Activities 2026

Our walks for 2026 are listed below. 

You are very welcome to bring friends and older children on these outings. Please book by emailing pnhainfo@gmail.com and include  your PHONE NUMBER so we can contact you in case of changes because of weather etc. 

Looking forward to getting out and about in our lovely area! 

Your PNHA Committee

Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

The Pittwater Natural Heritage Association has been formed to act to protect and preserve the Pittwater areas major and most valuable asset - its natural heritage.

PNHA is an incorporated association seeking broad based community membership and support to enable it to have an effective and authoritative voice speaking out for the preservation of Pittwater's natural heritage.

Our Aims

  • To raise public awareness of the conservation value of the natural heritage of the Pittwater area: its landforms, watercourses, soils and local native vegetation and fauna.
  • To raise public awareness of the threats to the long-term sustainability of Pittwater's natural heritage.
  • To foster individual and community responsibility for caring for this natural heritage.
  • To encourage Pittwater Council and the NSW Government to adopt and implement policies and works which will conserve, sustain and enhance the natural heritage of Pittwater.

Some of our interests and concerns include:

  • Native Tree Canopy
  • "Wildlife Friendly" Gardens
  • Weed Infestation
  • Keeping our Waterways Healthy
  • Beaches and Dunes

Act to Preserve and Protect!

If you would like to join us, please fill out the Membership Form. Visit: https://pnha.org.au

Sunday April 26 Fauna: Underpass below Mona Vale Rd East, Ingleside.

If you missed this walk last year, here’s your chance to see how fauna can move between areas of bushland, so important for finding territory, mates and food. 

Meet 9am at corner of Ingleside Rd and Laurel Rd East. Walk ends about 11am.

Saturday May 23: PNHA stall at Avalon Car Boot Sale, Dunbar Park Avalon.

From 8am to 2pm, we’ll offer Information on identifying and controlling weeds. See our posters about invertebrates in local gardens. Our famous $2 local flora, fauna and scenery cards will be for sale. Come and have a chat. 

Sunday May 24: Walk in Red Hill Bushland Reserve, Beacon Hill

Meet 9am on Lady Penrhyn Drive opposite no. 41A, close to the open gate. Flora, birds, views. Walk ends about 11.30. 

Sunday June 28: Crown to the Sea Walk, Newport

Meet 9am at Porter Reserve, Neptune Rd Newport. Walk ends about 12 noon. This walk goes through several very different bushland reserves with coastal heath and littoral rainforest.

Wildflowers, ferns and coastal views. Moderate fitness needed for some steep tracks and many steps. Limit: 15 people so please book early. We will provide the Crown to the Sea map to participants on booking.

Sunday July 26: Ingleside Chase Reserve

Meet 9am at end of Irrawong Rd North Narrabeen, walk ends about 11am. Birds and swamp forest along Mullet Creek. Swamp Mahoganies will be flowering attracting birds. Binoculars a must for this walk.

Sunday August 23: Spring in the Bush

Meet 9am at corner of Mallawa Rd and Bulara St, Terrey Hills. Walk ends about 11am. With a focus on botany, we’ll see flowering plants in the Proteaceae plant family, waratahs, endangered Grevillea caleyi , right, and others in the major Australian Proteaceae plant family. Birds, too. 

Sunday September 27: The Chiltern Track, Ku-ring-gai N.P.

Meet 9am at track entrance with barred gate on Chiltern Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 11am. One of our favourite walks to see Sydney sandstone flora in spring. Native plant species list available. Birds too, often a Yellow-tufted Honeyeater here. 

Sunday October 25: Katandra by Night

Meet 6.45pm at Katandra Bushland Sanctuary on Lane Cove Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 8.45pm. Sunset is about 7.15. The bush by night is wonderful. We hope to see fireflies again as on previous walks here in October. Bring a torch, or headtorch, preferably with a red light option so as not to dazzle possums. Moderate fitness needed for the bush track and steps. Limit: 15 people, so please book early. 

Sunday November 22: Deep Creek Reserve

Meet 9am in Deep Creek reserve, off Wakehurst Parkway. Walk ends about 11am. Birds and bushland. From the bridge across the creek we may see Dollarbirds, summer breeding migrants that nest in hollows, with their youngsters. Black Bitterns have been observed along the creek margins, so bring binoculars. 

Grevillea caleyi, now critically endangered. Image taken in Bush at Ingleside/Terrey Hills verges - picture by A J Guesdon, 31.10.2014

 

Dedicated alpine weather page part of latest BOM website improvements

The Bureau of Meteorology has delivered its latest website update.

In this release navigation has improved, there’s a new dedicated alpine weather page in time for the ski season, and the weather map has more place names.

Bureau of Meteorology CEO Dr Stuart Minchin said the update was a direct response to community feedback.

“Since launch, we've had requests for more locations to be added to the weather map,” Dr Minchin said.

“Our website is there to serve all Australians. We've now added more than 100 place names, primarily in the Northern Territory and Queensland.

“We'll be adding hundreds more in the months ahead.”

The weather map will now remember users’ most recent pan and zoom position, keeping the settings the same for the next time the page is viewed.

For example, if your last visit was a maximum zoomed-in view of Mount Isa, Queensland, this is the view you'll see next time you visit the rain radar.

“Changes like these will make it easier for everyone to find what they need,” Dr Minchin said.

Other changes include the UV Index being restored to the hourly forecast and updating the presentation of flood warnings.

A new alpine weather page provides weather map layers for snow, wind and temperature, and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions in one page.

The updated Alpine regions page provides weather maps and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions.

Alpine regions offers information across 2 tabs:

  • Forecasts – alpine districts and locations
  • Map – 3 hourly snow, wind and temperature forecasts.

Navigating the website has become easier with changes to tabs and page layouts on a number of key pages such as Forecasts and observations, Coasts and Oceans and state, territory and district pages.

“People have told us that navigating to forecasts and observations for districts and states was hard,” Dr Minchin said.

“We’ve paid close attention to this feedback.

“Combined with last month's search improvements, this will make it easier for regional web users to find out if their district is expecting rain or sunshine.”

Updates will continue to be made to the website in response to the feedback received from the community.

Information about recent changes is available at bom.gov.au/website-help/website-updates

The ski season starts on the June long weekend and runs until October's long weekend in NSW. 

The Kiandra Alpine Club's Snow Carnival, 1900. Photo: Kerry

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at  sydneywildliferescueline@gmail.com

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period to 31 July 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Mona Vale Dunes bushcare group: 2026 Dates

What’s Happening? Mona Vale Dunes Bushcare group catch-up. 

In 2026 our usual work mornings will be the second Saturday and third Thursday of each month. You can come to either or both. 

We are maintaining an area south of Golf Avenue. This was cleared of dense lantana, green cestrum and ground Asparagus in 2019-2020. 600 tubestock were planted in June 2021, and natural regeneration is ongoing. 

Photos: The site In November 2019, chainsaws at the ready. In July 2025, look at the difference - coastal dune vegetation instead of dense weeds. But maintenance continues and bushcarers are on the job. Can you join us?

(access to this southern of MV Dunes  - parking near Mona Vale Headland reserve, or walk from Golf Ave.) 

For comparison, see this image of MV dunes in 1969!, taken from atop the home units at the end of Golf Avenue. 

2026 Dates

Bangalley Headland WPA Bushcare 2026

Watch out for PNHA signs telling you about bush regeneration and our local environment. This is one of many coming up.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

UN report warns AI could soon use 3% of world’s electricity and more water than we need to drink

Getty Images
Amanda Turnbull-McRae, University of Waikato

One argument often used to quell concerns about the rising energy and resource demand of data centres is that artificial intelligence (AI) models will need less in the future as they improve and become more efficient.

But this seemingly logical thinking is a trap, according to a new United Nations report that quantifies the environmental costs of AI.

The report estimates that by 2030, AI’s energy use could double to consume 3% of the world’s electricity, produce emissions to equal the UK and deplete more water for cooling than the annual drinking water need of the global population.

It also anticipates the use of AI will follow an economic principle known as the “Jevons paradox”, which predicts that when technological improvements increase the efficiency of a resource, it leads to a rise, rather than a fall, in the total consumption of that resource.

The paradox is named after economist William Stanley Jevons who observed this effect with the use of coal in 19th-century England. Efficiency gains did not reduce overall consumption. Instead, the lower costs resulted in expanded use and higher overall demand.

As AI models become cheaper and more attractive, the report expects this to encourage new uses and higher volumes of use, eroding and possibly erasing any savings from efficiency advances.

To avoid falling into this trap, it lays out a roadmap for responsible AI use based on guiding principles of transparency, efficiency by design, equity and justice, lifecycle responsibility, global cooperation and sustainable use.

The scale of the problem

Last year, data centres already consumed as much electricity as Saudi Arabia, which ranks as the world’s 11th largest electricity consumer.

If electricity use doubles as projected by 2030, the associated carbon footprint would require 6.7 billion trees grown over ten years to offset this demand.

Data centres would also require 9.3 trillion litres of water and land nearly ten times the size of Mexico City.

Beyond resource use, the report also underscores the structural inequity at the heart of the AI boom, with only 32 nations hosting AI-specific cloud infrastructure and 90% of that capacity located in the US and China.

It warns of a widening digital divide between nations that build and control AI systems and those that consume them, with the latter often bearing a disproportionate environmental burden caused by mineral extraction and e-waste.

Responsible AI use

Two main forces shape AI’s operational footprint: how much we use it and how we use it.

This involves all tasks AI models perform, from text and code generation to image and video. Each of these tasks requires different levels of computational effort.

The model choice also matters as each AI system performs these task with distinct energy and environmental costs.

The report argues responsible AI requires full value-chain governance, from mineral sourcing to recycling and safe disposal.

It calls for a twinning of capability and environmental stewardship – thinking about both what AI can do for us and the protection of the natural environment.

This would mean making environmental disclosures a routine part of AI development, at both the model and task level, and incorporating projected AI demand in climate and energy planning.

Responsible AI is crucial as countries are promoting and adopting AI across government and the public sector.

In Aotearoa New Zealand, the government has launched a national AI strategy and a public service AI framework.

While the framework was informed by the OECD’s values-based AI principles, including inclusive and sustainable development, there is no requirement for environmental disclosures and no regulator compiling energy use or emissions.

Likewise in Australia, improving public services is part of the national AI plan. For example, the National Film and Sound Archive of Australia has created Bowerbird, a machine learning-enabled mass audio and video transcription engine, to document material. The Department of Veteran’s Affairs has developed a proof-of-concept tool to see whether AI can help speed up the processing of claims.

Both countries take a deliberate “light touch” and principles-based regulatory approach to AI. But this approach risks overlooking the growing environmental cost of AI that can’t be solved by improving it.

The natural environment is foundational to the economy, culture and wellbeing. It should be at the centre of our thinking. It’s time to rethink the AI innovation playbook and shift focus toward a sustainable tech future.The Conversation

Amanda Turnbull-McRae, Senior Lecturer in Law, University of Waikato

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How much water and power will AI data centres use in Australia? Ironically, we don’t have the data to know

Daniele Levis Pelusi/Unsplash, CC BY-NC-SA
Michael Vardon, Australian National University

Australia’s data centre rush now rivals the mining boom. OpenAI chief executive Sam Altman last week said Australia could become a “data centre capital of the world”.

This would come at an environmental cost. Water use is a common concern. One report estimates AI centres could use billions of litres of water a year.

But what do the numbers say? Based on the value derived per megalitre, data centres look less threatening and more likely to be a highly economically productive use of water.

The bigger problems are energy and location. As a new report suggests, electricity demand from data centres could outstrip clean power from renewables and lead to new gas plants.

Before committing fully, we need granular detail on how much water and energy these centres use.

What value do we get from water?

In the 2023–24 financial year, Australian industries consumed about 17.6 million megalitres of water – about 30 times the water in Sydney Harbour.

Of this, agriculture, forestry and fishing consumed about two-thirds of the total – nearly 11.8 million ML. This water was used to produce goods valued at A$54.6 billion – roughly $4,600 for every megalitre consumed.

Compare this to “other industries”, the category covering data centres. A megalitre of water in this sector was valued at $2.3 million – 500 times more value than if used on a farm.

How much water do data centres use?

We can only make a rough estimate on water use due to a lack of clear data.

Research shows data centres need about 25ML of water per megawatt of capacity. Australia has about 300 data centres with about 1.3 gigawatts of operating capacity. Using these figures, Australia’s current data centres would use 15,000–35,000ML a year. That would be a fraction of 1% of the water used nationwide – close to a rounding error.

There are three caveats.

First, credible estimates of water use vary widely.

Second, most estimates – including this article – only count water used directly for cooling. Data centres can be remarkably frugal with this water and getting more efficient.

But data centres indirectly use substantially more in the water used to produce the electricity powering them. Coal, gas and hydro plants all need water.

Third, proposed new data centres are much, much larger than existing ones. Some are seeking between 5ML and 40ML a day.

Sydney is set for huge growth in AI data centres.

If all 41 in the pipeline or under assessment are built, they would directly use 15–20% of Sydney’s water supply within a decade.

Sydney would bear the strain on water supplies in return for an upfront economic benefit from construction and some ongoing jobs. But the economy wide $116 billion boost to GDP from AI adoption by all industries over the next ten years would be spread nationally.

It would make sense to locate data centres where water is more abundant and cheaper.

Energy is a bigger concern than water

At present, data centres use just over 2% of the electricity on the National Electricity Market.

This would almost triple to 6% within four years, according to Australian Energy Market Operator forecasts. The Clean Energy Finance Corporation estimates the figure could be 11% within a decade.

Energy use isn’t inherently bad. What matters is whether increasing demand will be met by renewables – or gas.

aerial view of wind turbines and a data centre warehouse set among green fields.
Data centres are hungry for energy. The question is how that demand will be met. Westend61/Getty

We need better data – on data centres

We can’t manage what we don’t measure. Data centres are a textbook example of a data gap impeding good policy.

The Australian Bureau of Statistics rolls data centres into a broader category.

This means we can’t access detailed statistics on how much water or energy data centres use. Nor how much they add to the national accounts.

The federal government has introduced new expectations on water use and efficiency for data centre operators. That’s something. But it’s not the same as a national picture that fits with existing official statistics. Only one data centre meets the new national water-efficiency rating.

Surprisingly, Australia’s National AI Plan has little focus on water and energy. State and federal water ministers have named data centres as an emerging threat to water security. A Senate inquiry is in progress.

We need to track water use better

Australia’s water accounts measure how much water every industry uses. But they don’t track how much water is lost to evaporation or value all water used. Water supply and sewerage are bundled together in even the most detailed view of the national accounts, meaning neither can be seen clearly.

So while data centres appear to be a high-value use of water, we can’t confirm it.

There are signs of change. Australia uses the international System of Environmental-Economic Accounting to track water use. This is being rewritten now, in part to address these issues. The national accounts have also begun treating damage to nature as a cost of production. Both shifts matter, no longer treating the environment as free lunch.

To finish the job, authorities will have to properly value all the water used by industries and disentangle data centre data from other industries. This would turn a noisy debate into a measurable one.

Time to keep tabs on AI

Based on the data we do have, we can say Australia’s data centre boom is neither the water villain some fear nor the cost-free miracle its promoters describe.

Instead, it looks like a high-value industry arriving at record speed which is relatively light on water use and fairly heavy on energy.

With better data in hand, the numbers – not the headlines – should decide where the next megalitre and the next megawatt should go.The Conversation

Michael Vardon, Associate Professor of Environmental Accounting, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Hanson’s gas policy follows the far‑right playbook: attack ‘elites’ and push for drilling

Mick Tsikas/AAP, Hakim/Canva, The Conversation, CC BY
Emily Foley, Flinders University; University of Canberra; Jordan McSwiney, University of Canberra, and Kurt Sengul, Macquarie University

New polling this week put One Nation ahead of Labor in the primary vote for the first time, as the party’s latest policy announcements signal greater political ambition.

One Nation recently unveiled its new oil and gas policy at the Australian Energy Producers Conference in Adelaide. It promises “vastly greater returns” to an electorate “rightly unhappy” with the distribution of Australia’s natural resources.

While One Nation’s gas policy is not entirely new, the party’s growing prominence means announcements will attract greater scrutiny.

So, what is the party proposing?

Embracing government intervention

The Norway-style gas proposal is One Nation’s first substantial intervention in current tax and energy policy debates. It’s a marked shift away from the social and migration issues that have long defined the party.

Norway heavily taxes its oil and gas extraction profits. It reinvests the wealth into the world’s largest sovereign fund to spent on social initiatives.

Echoing the Trump administration’s willingness to buy into resource and technology companies, One Nation’s announcement reflects a broader embrace of economic interventionism: where a government actively modifies a free-market economy.

The announcement shows a stark differentiation between One Nation and The Liberal Party on the economy. And it comes at a time when the parties have increasingly overlapped on issues like migration.

Liberal frontbencher James Paterson attacked the policy as socialist. He described it as “borrowed from Venezuela and Hugo Chávez”.

One Nation’s policy

Despite the splashy announcement, One Nation’s gas policy was not entirely new.

Hanson has pointed to a Norway-style sovereign wealth fund as a model for gas revenue policy since at least 2017. Senator Hanson has also frequently attacked parliament for being “hostage” to multinationals resource companies operating in Australia.

In announcing the policy, Senator Hanson committed One Nation to encouraging more gas and oil exploration and production. Hanson also said taxpayers should get a “fair share” on profits from Australian resources.

Key elements of the policy include replacing the current Petroleum Resource Rent Tax, which places a 40% tax on the profits related to the extraction of petroleum, gas and condensate.

Instead, One Nation would give the government the option to take a 30% stake in future drilling projects, with profits directed into a new sovereign wealth fund.

It’s not the first time this has been suggested. Back in May 2017, Hanson proposed One Nation adopt a system of royalties paid on production, saying such a scheme would raise up to $10 billion per year.

Tapping into public grievance

One Nation’s position sets it apart from both major parties.

Labor and the Coalition hold sharply differing views on energy and Net Zero.

But the two parties share common ground on one point: neither supports increased taxation measures on the gas industry, particularly amid global uncertainty caused by the US-Israel war with Iran.

With its policy, One Nation is tapping into real public grievance. Others, such as The Australia Institute, the Greens, and Independent senator David Pocock have spent years pointing out the same basic unfairness: Australia exports vast quantities of gas, companies profit enormously, and the taxpayer gets very little in return.

But the timing of One Nation’s announcement deserves closer scrutiny. It was not made to a general audience but a gathering of energy industry heavyweights. Reports suggest the announced version was softened after consultations with industry representatives.

Pushing back at the ‘green agenda’

Far-right parties have a distinctive approach to energy policy – they simultaneously cast multinationals as “elites” who take wealth from ordinary people, while advocating for gas drilling expansion themselves.

Hanson has adopted US President Donald Trump’s slogan – “drill, baby, drill” – to spruik her party’s approach to fossil fuels. And she has called on the Labor government to push their “climate change bedwetters” to the side, and expand oil and gas exploration in the interest of energy security.

One Nation blames environmental reforms for triggering an energy crisis, which it claims has cost everyday Australians. Ending net zero is, accordingly, a “massive part” of One Nation’s gas policy, which they claim will safeguard fuel security.

Hanson has described One Nation’s policy as “partnering with the oil and gas industry, rather than treating it as the enemy”.

Internal tensions

This policy debate risks exposing potential tensions between the federal and state branches of One Nation.

Efforts by the South Australian Labor government to repeal a ten-year moratorium on fracking in the south east of the state were blocked by the newly elected One Nation MPs and Liberal Opposition.

The inconsistency between the federal party’s pledge to expand gas exploration and the state branch’s efforts to block it have created headaches for their leader. Hanson distanced herself, dismissing it as a decision for the state branch.

Heading into the next election, One Nation wants contrast with the Liberals on economic interventionism, while setting itself apart from Labor, the Greens and the independents on climate and environmental policy. It is calculated decision from a party that senses its moment.The Conversation

Emily Foley, Postdoctoral research fellow, Flinders University; University of Canberra; Jordan McSwiney, Senior research fellow, University of Canberra, and Kurt Sengul, Research fellow, Far-Right Communication, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Hidden in plain sight: the race to discover new species before they’re gone

JOY PAN/Getty
Jane Younger, University of Tasmania

When most people imagine scientists discovering new species, they probably still picture an expedition into the unknown.

A naturalist travels somewhere remote, perhaps on a wooden ship, and traipses through the jungle to encounter an animal or plant never before described by science. The intrepid explorer brings back specimens or observations to a museum, where they can be compared, named and described.

There is some truth to this stereotype. Between 1854 and 1862, scientist Alfred Russel Wallace travelled through the Malay Archipelago, discovering animals and insects unknown to Western science. This led him to the theory of evolution by natural selection, contemporaneously with Charles Darwin.

Antarctica had its own era of discovery. In 1840, scientists on a French expedition encountered what we now know as Adélie penguins. Imagine seeing penguins for the first time: strange black-and-white birds waddling over the ice, sliding on their bellies, leaping from freezing seas.

Of course, “discovery” is a loaded word. Many animals and plants described by Western science were already known to Indigenous peoples and local communities. What changed was their entry into the formal scientific naming system – the global process by which species are compared, classified and recognised.

Today, scientists are still finding new life in remote places and hidden inside the DNA of animals we thought we already knew.

We still explore unknown worlds

Scientists still discover species this way: by probing Earth’s nooks and crannies and travelling to remote places to study what lives there.

Last year, I was onboard the scientific vessel R/V Falkor (too) in Antarctica’s Weddell Sea, where one scientific team was searching for seafloor methane seeps.

These are not just geological curiosities. Methane seeps create unusual habitats that harbour strange communities of life fuelled not by sunlight, but by chemicals rising from below. Scientists have already found new microbial diversity at Antarctica’s first known active methane seep.

Not all hard-to-reach worlds are underwater. In Papua New Guinea’s Southern Fold Mountains, camera traps captured a shy, ground-dwelling bird slipping through rugged limestone forest. Scientists described it as a new species in 2025, the hooded jewel-babbler.

But there is another kind of discovery happening too.

White microbial mats underwater are telltale signs of seeping methane. Andrew Thurber, CC BY-ND

Hidden species in familiar animals

Some species are not hidden because they live at the bottom of the sea or deep in a mountain forest. They are hiding in plain sight.

Gentoo penguins are a good example. With their bright orange bills and comic waddle, they are familiar to anyone who has visited Antarctica. To most observers, they are simply “gentoos”.

But our new research shows gentoo penguins are not one widespread species, but four. Our 2020 study first showed major genetic and physical differences between gentoo penguins from different islands.

Now, using whole genomes – the complete set of genetic instructions inside an animal – and ecological modelling, we found these penguins are not just separated by distance, but have adapted to different Southern Ocean worlds.

A large colony of Gentoo penguins on the ice with the ocean behind.
Gentoo penguins on Cuverville Island, Antarctica. David Stanley/flickr, CC BY-ND

Learning to see in higher resolution

Discoveries like this are often called “hidden” species. They look very similar to their relatives, but if we study their DNA, body measurements, behaviour and ecology, it’s clear they are separate species.

Species discovery has always depended on the tools available. Early naturalists relied on what they could collect: feathers, skins, eggs and bones. These museum collections are like time machines and remain incredibly important.

Today, whole genomes tell us if animals have different coding. Ecological models show whether animals live in different environmental conditions. Mathematical approaches test whether groups are evolving independently.

In other words, we are learning to see biodiversity in higher resolution.

This sharper view is changing how we understand familiar animals. For a long time, giraffes were considered one species, but genetics suggests they are four. My own work on forest birds in Madagascar found a new species of Newtonia bird.

The Tapanuli orangutan is a powerful example. This Indonesian great ape from Sumatra was described as a new species in 2017, based on genomic, anatomical and behavioural evidence. It was extraordinary to recognise a new great ape in the 21st century, and sobering to realise fewer than 800 may remain.

Again and again, the message is the same. The natural world is more complex than we know. And sometimes, by the time we recognise that complexity, a species may already be in deep trouble.

An orangutan sits in a leafy tree.
The Tapanuli orangutan is a species of orangutan restricted to South Tapanuli in the island of Sumatra in Indonesia. It is one of three known living species of orangutan. Prayugo Utomo/Creative Commons, CC BY

Why names matter

Taxonomy – the science of naming and classifying life – can sound like an old-fashioned labelling exercise. But it’s how we map life on Earth.

Conservation laws, threatened species lists and monitoring programs usually work at the species level. If several species are mistakenly treated as one, a declining species can be hidden inside a larger group that looks secure.

As we stand at the precipice of Earth’s sixth mass extinction, this has never been more important.

Recognising hidden biodiversity does not solve conservation problems by itself. But it helps us ask better questions. Which species are increasing? Which are declining? Which have not been counted for decades?

These questions are urgent, because we are racing to understand biodiversity while climate change and habitat loss reshape life on Earth.

Even now, in an age of satellites and genome sequencing, Earth still has secrets. Not only in the most remote places, but in the first animals we learn to recognise as children: penguins, giraffes, orangutans.

The closer we look, the more life reveals itself. Our task now is to keep looking and protect the richness that was there all along.The Conversation

Jane Younger, Senior Lecturer in Southern Ocean Vertebrate Ecology, Institute for Marine and Antarctic Studies, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Climate change may shift hailstorms towards Earth’s poles – new study

Warren Faidley/Getty Images
Timothy H. Raupach, UNSW Sydney and Steven Sherwood, UNSW Sydney

Everyone has a storm story – whether it’s that time you just escaped a downpour, or the hailstorm that wrote off your car. Even though hailstorms are relatively rare, they cause significant damages. Two new studies shed light on how hail might change as the world warms.

In our study, published today in Nature Climate Change, we show that hail conditions may move towards the poles with global warming and shift a bit from summer to winter. This could lead to more hailstorms in places such as northern Europe, Canada, southeastern Australia and New Zealand’s South Island.

Another new study led by Shiyi Zhang at Peking University shows that hail may also become more damaging.

Hailstorms are costly. In Australia in 2025, hail in New South Wales and Queensland caused A$1.9b in insurance claims, and in recent years severe storms have caused enormous losses globally.

Severe storm costs are increasing. Much of this increase is because people and assets are more exposed to storms as populations increase and cities expand.

But is climate change also playing a role?

How does hail form?

To get hail you need a thunderstorm, and to get a thunderstorm you need an updraught. Updraughts form when buoyant air rises in a localised area. They bring up water vapour, which condenses into clouds made of tiny water droplets.

Inside a storm those drops hit each other, and if it’s cold enough, liquid drops freeze onto ice particles, growing them into hailstones.

For hail to affect us at ground level, a strong updraught needs to keep hailstones aloft for long enough to grow, and the hailstones must then survive melting as they fall to Earth’s surface.

Wind shear, or shifts in wind with height, increases storm severity by moving falling rain and hail away from the updraught, so the updraught is not inhibited and can grow stronger.

Buoyancy and wind shear form the basic atmospheric “ingredients” required for hail.

How might climate change affect hailstorms?

Climate change is warming the atmosphere and adding moisture to it. Moisture is the fuel for storms, and a warmer atmosphere is more likely to make strong updraughts that can support larger hail.

A warmer atmosphere also melts falling hail faster, which might make hailstones shrink or melt away before they reach the ground. So, these two changes work against each other.

According to past research, the broad expectation of climate change’s impact on hail is that it will bring less frequent hail, but the hailstones will be larger when hail does happen. That’s because more melting would mean smaller hail reaches the ground less often, but stronger updraughts would enable larger hailstones.

However, these changes vary regionally, depending on variations in the delicate balance between hailstorm ingredient changes.

Global climate models generally can’t tell us about individual storms, let alone hailstones – think of a low-resolution image that only shows the broad picture but no details.

So, instead of looking at hail directly, our study examined how the ingredients for hailstorms change. Because the exact relationships between ingredients and hail risk remain unclear, we used several so-called “proxy” relationships, including one that we previously developed for Australia and the wide range of weather regimes here.

New global projections for hail frequency

We applied three proxies to outputs from eight climate models to look at a range of possible future warming scenarios.

First, the proxies and models agree that in the warming scenarios hail-prone conditions are shifting toward the poles – decreasing across mid-latitudes in the southern hemisphere, and increasing in mid-high latitudes, particularly in the northern hemisphere.

We project more frequent hail conditions in northern Europe, Canada and the northwestern US, southeastern Australia, and the South Island of New Zealand; and less frequent hail conditions in northern Australia, most of Africa, southern India and southeastern China.

Two maps of the world showing projected changes in hail-prone day frequency.
Changes in normalised annual hail-prone days in climate projections under 2 (a) and 3 degrees Celsius (b) of mean global warming. Red shows increases and blue shows decreases in hail-prone day frequency. Hatched areas are where there was more model and proxy agreement. For full details see Raupach et al., 2026. CC-BY, Tim Raupach, UNSW Sydney

Second, our results predict less frequent hail conditions in summer and more in winter. That means winter crops like wheat may see increasing risk, while risk may decrease for summer crops like maize. If climate change shifts arable regions closer to the poles, these crops may be subjected to increased hail frequency there.

Third, the different proxies don’t always agree, particularly in the tropics where some show increases and others decreases. These disagreements highlight the difficulties in estimating changes in hail environments and how that connects to whether hail happens.

Less frequent, but more damaging

What about the severity of hail when it occurs? Zhang and colleagues took a different approach to ours. They applied a model of hailstone growth and melting to climate simulations, to examine possible hail sizes and changes in potential damage they might cause.

Their new global simulations overall predict more large hailstones and fewer small ones. This result is in line with previous reasoning – a warmer atmosphere can melt smaller hailstones away but produce larger hail through stronger updraughts.

Like ours, their study shows regional differences in changes. Both studies show increasing hail risk with increased frequency and hail damage potential in the mid-high latitude northern hemisphere and southeastern South America.

In sub-tropical regions of Africa and northern South America, both studies show decreasing hail risk. In southeast US, mid-northern Africa, southern India, and northeastern Australia, we project decreasing frequency while Zhang and colleagues project increasing damage potential.

These two studies point to increasing risk from hail damage in a warming world, even though the details of where this will be experienced are still not clear. The more warming occurs, the more this risk will increase.

Quickly reducing greenhouse gas emissions is the surest way to blunt the most damaging effects of climate change.The Conversation

Timothy H. Raupach, Scientia Senior Lecturer, Institute for Climate Risk and Response, UNSW Sydney and Steven Sherwood, Professor of Atmospheric Sciences, Climate Change Research Centre, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Ever seen a cave cricket? Australia now has three new species of these spindly, spider‑like creatures

Reiner Richter/iNaturalist, CC BY-NC-SA
Perry G. Beasley-Hall, Adelaide University and Brock A. Hedges, Adelaide University

When you picture a cave, you probably think of an environment devoid of life. But for most caves on Earth, this couldn’t be further from the truth.

Caves are remarkably good at supporting life. Underground air temperature and humidity levels are usually consistent. For vulnerable species unable to tolerate fluctuations above ground, caves are a haven. This is why ecologists think of caves as evolutionary time capsules. They preserve troglofauna – small animals living mostly or entirely within caves – that might have otherwise died out during ancient climate change events.

Australian caves are home to many such species, ranging from blind fishes, to blind eels, and even blind wasps.

Perhaps the weirdest are cave crickets. Cave crickets are spindly, spider-like insects very different to your average backyard cricket. They can’t chirp and are flightless. Because they can’t travel long distances, all of Australia’s species are endemic – that is, they’re found nowhere else.

When the pioneering entomologist Aola Richards retired in the 1980s, it was thought Australia only harboured 23 cave cricket species and knowledge of these creatures languished. But in our recent research, we found three new species – with more to come. One was named to honour Richards, and another uses Gundungurra language in a first for Western scientific naming.

A close-up shot of a cave cricket, showing its elongated antennae and reduced eyes.
An undescribed cave cricket species in the genus Speleotettix from the Dandenong Ranges, east of Melbourne. Reiner Richter/iNaturalist, CC BY-NC-SA

Underground room service

The long legs and antennae of cave crickets mean that some people mistake them for spiders, but these animals are harmless.

As their common name suggests, cave crickets thrive in cool, dark and humid environments such as caves.

These crickets also play a critical ecological role in cave ecosystems – by leaving them. When night falls, these savvy scavengers leave the cave entrance and venture above ground to forage for food, chomping on vegetation, other insects and whatever they can get their six legs on.

Food is in short supply in caves. This is why cave crickets are so vital – they can be prey for other species, while the nutrients they bring back and poo out act as a crucial top-up for other species, such as bats. They’re essentially cave room service.

How we found and named three new species

Despite the uniqueness of Australia’s cave crickets, research has been minimal since the late Aola Richards retired. Richards was responsible for naming almost all cave cricket species in Australia and New Zealand.

We had a hunch there were more to find which hadn’t yet been described, based on our fieldwork and observations by citizen scientists.

We worked with experienced cavers to collect crickets from the entrances of caves and abandoned mineshafts in Victoria and New South Wales.

In the lab, we examined dozens of specimens in detail. By comparing their physical characteristics with species already known to science, we were able to find three different types of cave cricket in the Speleotettix genus.

To make sure our identification was correct, we sequenced their DNA and compared it to known species. All three were distinct. Tiny differences in the base pairs of their DNA – often referred to as the building blocks of life – provide a reliable way of determining when one species is distinct from another.

Finding a name

Naming a species might sound simple. In reality, it’s a long and complicated process with important implications for conserving our native species. Without a formal name, species aren’t eligible for protection under Australia’s environmental laws - effectively rendering them invisible.

We chose the names Speleotettix aolae, S. binoomea, and S. palaga.

The first species was named to acknowledge Richards’ huge contribution to our knowledge of cave crickets. In fact, several specimens of S. aolae were collected by Richards more than 60 years ago. These museum specimens proved essential in understanding where the new species were found.

Speleotettix aolae and S. palaga were collected from caves and mineshafts in Victoria, while S. binoomea is from the World Heritage-listed Jenolan Caves and surrounding cave systems in NSW.

A cave cricket clings to the chalky wall of an abandoned mineshaft.
The new species Speleotettix palaga sits deep inside a disused gold mine near Blackwood, Victoria. The name is Latin for gold ingot, alluding to the history of the site. Paul George/iNaturalist, CC BY-NC-SA

First Gundungurra word in a species name

The Gundungurra people are the Traditional Custodians of the Jenolan Caves.

We named the species found in these and surrounding caves Speleotettix binoomea. Binoomea means “dark places” in Gundungurra, and is used by the Gundungurra people to refer to the Jenolan Caves. To select the name, we worked with Gundungurra Elder Aunty Sharyn Halls and the Jenolan Caves Reserve Trust.

The choice of name recognises the deep cultural link between this species, the Jenolan Caves, and their Traditional Custodians.

To our knowledge, this is the first time a Gundungurra word has been used in the the Western scientific naming process.

Thousands of Australian species still without names

Australia and New Zealand are home to an estimated 225,000 species of insects.

Most of these are sorely understudied. In fact, only a third of our insect fauna has been formally named, and many are entirely unknown to science. That is, we estimate they should exist but a lack of study means they’ve never even been collected, let alone named.

Today, fewer than 30 Australian cave cricket species have been formally described. Our field collections and genetic analyses suggest the true number is at least double this amount.

The first step to protect a species is to describe it and name it. Once a species has a formal name, scientists and authorities can assess their risk of extinction and work to protect them.

Caves have long been a refuge, but this isn’t guaranteed. As the climate changes, drier, hotter conditions will intrude into caves. That could pose an existential threat to cave crickets and other cave dwellers, many of which can quickly dry out.

We hope this research will revive interest in Australia’s cave crickets and represents a crucial first step towards protecting these strange animals.The Conversation

Perry G. Beasley-Hall, Postdoctoral Fellow in Entomology, Adelaide University and Brock A. Hedges, Research Affiliate in Ecology, Adelaide University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Wildfire risk is now spreading to cool climates like the Scottish Highlands and Irish uplands

An Irish Air Corps helicopter extinguishing a wildfire in Howth, Dublin, in 2023. Thomas Halpin/Shutterstock
Will Hayes, Royal Holloway, University of London

The most destructive wildfire season on record in Europe was in 2025, with more than one million hectares burned and tens of thousands of people displaced by fires across the continent.

For people in Ireland and Britain, the type of destructive wildfires that ravage southern Europe each summer can seem like a distant problem. But these fires are not confined to the dry Mediterranean landscapes of Spain, Portugal and Greece. In recent years, they have started to extend into regions more commonly associated with rain-soaked hills and bogs.

In 2026, this trend has continued with major wildfires breaking out across Scotland, Northern Ireland and Ireland.

As fires spread across the Highlands and Moray in Scotland this April, public warnings focused heavily on dry weather, campfires and accidental ignitions. In Northern Ireland, cautions were issued as firefighters battled several large gorse fires across the Mourne Mountains and other upland ares.

Similar warnings were issued nationally in Ireland over the Easter bank holiday weekend, when the public was urged to avoid lighting fires or bringing barbecues into the countryside. The threat of wildfires is only expected to ramp up this summer as temperatures rise further.

These are important messages. But focusing only on how fires start risks missing a slower and less visible transformation already unfolding across many upland landscapes. The real wildfire story in places like Ireland and Scotland is not just about climate or how fires start. It is also about how rural upland landscapes themselves are changing.

Changing farming styles

Recent research explores how decades of agricultural policy reform under the EU’s common agricultural policy, alongside falling farming populations and declining active land management, are reshaping vegetation patterns across Ireland’s uplands.

Historically, many upland landscapes were actively managed through livestock grazing, cutting and controlled patch burning. These practices helped maintain open landscapes and reduced the build-up of highly flammable vegetation.

But that balance has shifted. Reduced grazing pressure and changing land management practices are contributing to the expansion of highly flammable vegetation such as gorse, heather and purple moor grass.

While lower grazing pressure can bring biodiversity benefits and support natural regeneration, it can also increase the amount and proliferation of flammable vegetation across the landscape, known as fuel loads and fuel continuity. In practice, this means larger and more connected stretches of vegetation that allow fires to spread more rapidly and across greater distances.

A tree on fire as part of a wildfire in Wales.
A forest fire in rural Wales. Groomee/Shutterstock

This is especially concerning in upland areas where the average age of people working on farms is rising, and active land management is declining. Rural depopulation and labour shortages mean fewer people are available to manage what is known as commonages in Ireland and common grazing in Scotland. That means less maintenance of grazing systems and a reduction in the small, controlled vegetation burns that historically decreased wildfire risk by clearing vegetation and creating firebreaks. As one upland farmer in County Kerry recently described it to me: “It’s a bomb waiting to go off.”

Increasing flammability

Climate change is intensifying these risks. Hotter, drier conditions increase the likelihood that vegetation will dry out, increasing flammability. But climate alone does not explain why some landscapes burn more severely than others.

Wildfire risk is also shaped by what is growing on the land, how landscapes are managed, and whether fuel loads are reduced or allowed to accumulate over time. Experts responding to the recent Scottish fires also highlighted the role of vegetation build-up, prolonged dry conditions and changing land management in shaping fire behaviour, warning that historically wetter regions may face increasing wildfire risks in the future.

Similar patterns have already emerged across parts of southern Europe, where rural depopulation and land abandonment have contributed to increasingly severe wildfire regimes.

Recent research from Italy has shown abandoned land, declining grazing and reduced active land management have contributed to fuel accumulation, and to the build-up of dense, continuous vegetation – conditions associated with increasingly large and severe wildfires. While the climates and landscapes of Ireland and Scotland differ from the Mediterranean, similar long-term changes are beginning to emerge here.

This creates a difficult tension for policymakers and conservationists. Reduced grazing pressure and natural regeneration can support biodiversity recovery in upland systems. Yet these same changes may also increase wildfire risk where vegetation becomes dense, continuous and unmanaged. The challenge is therefore not choosing between farming or conservation, but finding ways to support landscapes that can sustain biodiversity, rural livelihoods and wildfire resilience together.

Wildfire risk in Ireland and Scotland can no longer be understood simply as a problem of careless ignitions or extreme weather. It runs much deeper than that. It is increasingly tied to long-term changes in how upland landscapes are farmed, governed and managed.

If future policy is serious about reducing wildfire risk, it must look beyond seasonal warnings and begin addressing the deeper forces reshaping our uplands.The Conversation

Will Hayes, Postdoctoral Research Associate in Fire Governance, Royal Holloway, University of London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why the world’s most ambitious coal phase‑out deal has failed – and what it means for climate finance

Freddie Daley, University of Sussex and Charlie Lawrie, University of Sussex

In December 2025, Indonesia quietly abandoned plans to close the Cirebon-1 coal power plant.

This was no ordinary power plant. Cirebon-1 was supposed to be the centrepiece of a US$21.4 billion (£16.5bn) international deal backed by the US, UK, Japan and the EU to help Indonesia end coal use.

Indonesia’s so-called Just Energy Transition Partnership, or Jet-P, was launched at a G20 summit in Bali in 2022. Similar deals have been struck with South Africa, Vietnam and Senegal. They are widely regarded as the most ambitious attempt at getting international climate finance to end coal use in populous, coal-dependent middle-income countries.

The UK government once touted the Jet-Ps as “a template on how to support just transition around the world”. This refers to efforts to ensure that the phase-out of fossil fuels and phase-in of low-carbon technologies is fair, inclusive and reflects the demands of workers and affected communities.

But if this approach cannot retire a single plant in Indonesia, the world’s fourth largest coal consumer, there is reason to question whether the model itself works. Our research suggests these partnerships are better understood as a cautionary tale.

Trucks carrying coal from a mine
A coal mine in South Sumatra: Indonesia still generates most of its electricity from coal. Hoirul Fatihin / shutterstock

Investors needed

The idea underpinning the Jet-Ps is elegant in theory: use public money from rich countries to attract private investment for renewable energy projects and closing down coal plants.

Grants from governments and low-cost loans supposedly reduce the risk enough to bring in billions more from banks and asset managers. The public money “unlocks” the private money, and together they fund an energy transition that benefits the public through cleaner air, reliable energy and reduced climate risk. Win, win.

But across all four Jet-P countries, the private money has yet to materialise at the scale envisioned. In Indonesia, as of early 2025, only around US$1.1 billion of public money had been disbursed. But the country’s plan for decarbonising electricity estimates it needs US$97 billion in investment by 2030 – a cavernous gap.

More troubling still is the lack of consolidated financial reporting for the Jet-P funds. Fifty separate funding packages within the Indonesian Jet-P, all with their own financial instruments and accounting frameworks, make it all but impossible to track how much money has been spent.

As international climate law expert Lukas Bogner has argued, this kind of finance creates complex bureaucratic layers that recipient countries must navigate.

Why investors haven’t shut coal plants

Decommissioning a coal plant is not like building a new one. It means buying out existing contracts, compensating investors for lost future profits, and renegotiating complex legal agreements.

Even then, the electricity the plant provided still needs to be replaced. This requires further investment in generation systems that may not yet exist. Investors have little appetite for any of this, and the costs fall primarily on the state.

In fact, the supposed unlocking of private investment with public money raises a perennial tendency: private capital moves where returns are highest and risks lowest.

Investors in London and New York, for example, demand high returns from middle-income economies like Indonesia, yet baulk at complex regulatory environments, state-owned electricity companies, powerful coal interests and mounting sovereign debt burdens. Public money can make some projects more attractive, but will not remove the supposed political and economic risks investors see in countries like Indonesia.

The Jet-P also means loading Indonesia with more debt. Of the US$21.4 billion now pledged, only 2.6% comes in the form of interest-free grants. Most Jet-P finance would arrive as commercially-priced loans which Indonesia must eventually repay.

In other words, Indonesia is being asked to borrow more to decommission coal assets that currently generate government revenue and employment. At the same time, it will have to purchase renewable electricity from the privatised companies that would replace them.

In the words of one of our interviewees, the Indonesian state is expected to “pay twice” – once to close the old system, and again to buy power from the new one. Trade unions in Indonesia have been blunt about what this means in practice. Under the Jet-P model, they warn electricity will no longer be treated as a public good, but as a commodity that ordinary Indonesians will pay more for.

Jakarta skyline at night
Indonesia risks ‘paying twice’ for electricity. Echo G / shutterstock

The Jet-P model can also weaken the same state institutions needed to manage the energy transition. Countries that have managed rapid clean-energy booms, from China to Vietnam, have done so through strong state-owned enterprises, clear industrial strategies, and the ability to direct investment and discipline business.

The Jet-Ps, by contrast, are designed around a diminished role for the state and a central role for private capital. This happens through regulatory reform, the creation of new private markets, or through investor-friendly technologies.

In the case of Indonesia, this “de-risking” agenda explains the pressure to break up the national electricity company and sell off its assets – a prospect fiercely resisted by trade unions, civil society, and even wealthy groups who profit from the existing system.

A broken model?

International climate finance remains important. Rich countries must still fund energy transitions in the global south. But the Indonesian Jet-P suggests that relying on private investors to deliver coal phase-outs may be the wrong model.

Alternatives do exist, from proposals for much larger grant-based financing to the Bridgetown Initiative proposed by Barbados’s prime minister, Mia Mottley, which would use International Monetary Fund resources to support climate investment. More radical proposals call for publicly-owned, worker-led transitions. But so far, these ideas have made little progress.

Our research suggests just transitions are more likely when governments receive direct grants that help them retain the capacity to shape their own energy systems, and to support domestic industries through green industrialisation.

The failure to decommission Cirebon-1 matters beyond Indonesia. It suggests the world’s flagship model for financing the end of fossil fuels isn’t working. And the longer it takes to admit that, the harder the transition becomes – for Indonesia, and for everyone.The Conversation

Freddie Daley, Research Associate, Centre for Global Political Economy, University of Sussex and Charlie Lawrie, Postdoctoral associate, University of Sussex

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Extreme weather is making Antarctic research harder, but new technology is providing some answers – new study

Scientists could ski in the mountains to have a break from research but that’s no longer possible during the Antarctic summers for safety reasons because the ice is melting so quickly. Katherine Hendry, CC BY-NC-ND
Katharine Hendry, University of Bristol; British Antarctic Survey

When you think of Antarctica, you might imagine a stark, other-worldly continent of endless, white ice. The only sound being the wind, punctuated by the crack of a glacier calving in the distance.

This image may have been true more than 30 years ago but is certainly not the case anymore. In January, I met online with colleagues who are working on a science project at the UK’s Rothera research station. Rothera is on the West Antarctic peninsula, one of the many front lines of climate change. It had been raining. Again. I carried out my PhD research at Rothera, spending three southern hemisphere summers there from 2004-06, and I don’t remember it ever raining properly while I was there. Certainly not for days on end. Now it’s becoming a regular occurrence.

Over the past few years, Antarctica has been experiencing more extreme warm weather, often triggered by “atmospheric rivers” of warm air from nearer the equator. These extreme environmental events are associated with anomalies in precipitation (rainfall and snow) as well as melting at the surface of the ice sheet and floating ice shelves. These changes have knock-on effects for marine ecosystems, from shifting the timing and nature of algal blooms that support food webs to the disruption of breeding cycles of zooplankton, seabirds and marine mammals.

woman in winter gear standing by small red tent in snow
Katharine Hendry carried out her PhD research at Rothera research station on the West Antarctic peninsula. K Hendry, CC BY-NC-ND

Extreme events can be short and sharp, or – more concerningly – could result in persistent or irreversible changes to a system that is already under stress. Those distant glaciers that calved, booming into the sea could retreat so far that they form rivers, fundamentally and irreversibly changing the interaction between ice and ocean. And they are now breaking records: in March 2022, the French-Italian station at Concordia, near the South Pole, recorded temperatures of -11.5°C; cold, yes, but almost 40°C warmer than expected.

There’s a greater need than ever to understand how climate change in Antarctica will have global consequences. We urgently need more data with better coverage in order to make more robust predictions of sea-level rise and risks to natural resources, which will impact societies globally.

On the plus side, there are ongoing international efforts to bring together polar scientists over the next few years to decide how best to work together to help protect Antarctica.

However, as a new paper published by my colleagues and I in Nature Communications Earth & Environment discusses, the increasing frequency and severity of extreme weather makes Antarctic research more important but also more challenging.

woman on ropes being hoisted down into icy crevass
As part of her training, Hendry learnt to abseil into secure crevasses. That’s no longer possible for safety reasons. K Hendry, CC BY-NC-ND

The impact of extreme environmental events in Antarctica is leading to severe consequences for those who are trying to carry out and support the scientific studies we need. It’s only going to get harder to transport people and equipment to Antarctica, as warming and surface melt cause airstrips to collapse or subside, and shifting ice dynamics will play havoc with shipping routes.

Research stations will also increasingly suffer from subsidence, putting both peoples lives and laboratories at risk.

Remote stations and camps out on the ice sheet will be challenging and potentially dangerous to access, because rainfall and melting ice will get harder to predict. Access issues will affect the health and safety of Antarctic scientists, as medical evacuations will take longer. Extreme weather will add pressure to the wellbeing and mental health of scientists and support staff.

Looking to the future

Where will this leave us in the scientific research community? One fortunate and timely aspect is that emerging technologies will be able to support research into the future. We have new autonomous systems such as gliders, floats and submarines that operate underwater, plus uncrewed aerial vehicles and drones on the surface of the ocean and in the air.

melting white ice on blue sea
Ice is melting quickly in the West Antarctic and making research more dangerous. K Hendry, CC BY-NC-ND

These robots are not only safer in uncertain and changing conditions but also lower carbon, because they are light and can run on batteries. They can provide us with the measurements and samples needed for us to address key scientific questions ahead of us.

We are also experiencing a revolution in how we combine together our observations, large-scale information from satellites, and models. Near real-time models of the ocean, called digital twins, allow us to upscale observations to the global scale as well as support more efficient field observations.

Antarctica remains a fundamental component of Earth’s system. Scientists need to work together internationally to unlock its secrets to understand how and when it will change in the future.The Conversation

Katharine Hendry, Honorary Associate Professor, School of Earth Sciences, University of Bristol; British Antarctic Survey

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Cities are making it rain more – but not as much as scientists thought

Henry Chen/Unsplash
Shankar Sharma, UNSW Sydney; Andy Pitman, UNSW Sydney, and Jason Evans, UNSW Sydney

After another spell of wet weather along Australia’s east coast, with storms, heavy rain and flash flooding across Sydney and parts of New South Wales, it is natural to ask whether our cities are shaping the rainfall that descends upon them.

This matters because most people now live in cities. If urbanisation changes rainfall, even slightly, the effects can reach large populations through flooding, stormwater design, water supply and infrastructure planning.

Satellite data have consistently shown that many cities experience more rain events than the countryside around them. The usual explanation is that cities themselves are involved: urban heat, rougher surfaces, aerosols and changed land cover can all affect how storms develop and where rain falls.

Our new study, published in Environmental Research Letters, asks a related question: how much of this data reflects real changes in rainfall, and how much depends on how we observe it?

Why we need satellites

Understanding rainfall over cities is hard.

Rain gauges accurately measure rainfall at a specific location, but are irregularly distributed and cannot fully capture how rain varies across a large city. Climate models can simulate urban weather in detail, but kilometre-scale simulations across many cities and decades remain computationally expensive.

Satellite observations help fill this gap.

NASA’s Integrated Multi satellite Retrievals for GPM, known as IMERG, provides near-global rainfall estimates at high resolution, and is now widely used for studying rainfall over cities.

What the satellite data shows

We examined IMERG rainfall data across 15 of the world’s largest cities, including Sydney and Melbourne. The cities span different climates and geographic settings, including both coastal and inland regions.

A clear pattern emerged. Rain events occurred more often over urban areas than over nearby rural ones. The strongest signal was not that every storm became stronger, but that satellites counted more hours in which it was raining over cities. Individual events over urban centres often dropped less water than those in surrounding areas.

In other words, the main urban signal in IMERG is more frequent rain, not heavier rain.

Different sensors, different stories

Modern satellite rainfall data combines both infrared and microwave observations.

Infrared sensors estimate rainfall indirectly from the temperature at the top of clouds. They provide broad coverage, but can miss light, shallow or warm rain because these can occur even when the tops of the clouds are not very cold.

Microwave satellites fly in low orbit and detect signals more directly linked to raindrops and ice inside clouds, making them particularly useful for identifying whether rain is actually occurring.

When we separated the IMERG data by observation type, the urban signal mainly came from microwave observations, while infrared estimates showed no urban pattern.

This does not mean the microwave signal is wrong, but it raises a potential problem for long-term studies: microwave observations have changed over time. New satellites have been launched and older ones retired, and across the cities we studied, microwave sampling frequency happened almost twice as often by 2023 as it had in 2001.

This matters because the more often a microwave sensor passes overhead, the more rain events it can detect. A light shower missed in 2002 could now be caught by one of several satellites passing within the hour.

Testing the artefact

To test whether this changing sampling affects observed rainfall trends, we compared the microwave and non-microwave with long-term averages. This meant we could separate out the result of changing satellite sampling from the actual changes in weather.

Changes in microwave sampling explained up to about 20% of the long-term rainfall trends across the 15 cities. For rainfall frequency, cities such as Lagos, London, Melbourne, Beijing, Berlin, Mexico City and Paris showed areas where more than 40% of the apparent trend could be linked to the changing observing system.

The satellites did not create the whole urban rainfall pattern. After accounting for sampling effects, the urban signal remained, but the long-term trend became smaller. So we think it really is raining more often over cities, but perhaps not as much as we thought.

Moving forward

For Sydney, we also compared IMERG with CMORPH, another satellite product, and with Bureau of Meteorology rain gauges. CMORPH showed a similar urban pattern, though the two products are not fully independent because they use overlapping microwave observations.

The gauges are a more independent check, but with too few stations outside the urban core, in Sydney and most cities, the true magnitude cannot yet be confirmed on the ground.

Satellite rainfall data is now used everywhere, in climate science, flood risk, agriculture, insurance and water planning. In many regions it is the only consistent rainfall record over large areas. Our results are a caution: part of an apparent trend can come from the changing observing system rather than real change.

As for why cities get more frequent rain, the likeliest explanations are familiar: urban heat that lifts air, rougher surfaces that nudge winds upward, and aerosols that alter cloud droplets. The signal is real. The task now is measuring it properly.The Conversation

Shankar Sharma, PhD student, Climate Change Research Centre, UNSW Sydney; Andy Pitman, Director of the ARC Centre of Excellence for Climate Extremes, UNSW Sydney, and Jason Evans, Professor, Climate Change Research Centre, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Trees and greenery can cool cities by as much as 18°C – but only if they’re the right type

You Le/Unsplash
Mohammad A Rahman, The University of Melbourne

Cities around the world are planting more trees to cope with rising urban heat. But our research shows trees alone are often not enough. In some cases, the wrong kind of greening can even make streets feel less comfortable on a hot day.

We compared field measurements from Melbourne, Munich and Hong Kong to test how different kinds of urban planting changed the heat people experience outdoors.

The results showed layered vegetation – where trees are combined with shrubs and ground cover – often cooled cities more effectively than trees alone. We also found local climate and street design strongly shaped whether greening worked well.

These findings matter because urban greening is no longer just about aesthetics. As cities spend billions adapting to extreme heat, planting design may matter as much as planting quantity.

Cities are getting hotter

Cities trap heat. Roads, buildings and asphalt absorb solar energy during the day and slowly release it back into the air, especially at night.

This “urban heat island” effect, combined with climate change, is making heatwaves more intense and more dangerous in our cities.

Trees are one of the most popular responses because they provide shade and reduce the amount of heat absorbed by surrounding surfaces. But outdoor comfort depends on more than air temperature alone.

People experience heat through sunlight, reflected heat, humidity and airflow. A shaded street can still feel uncomfortable if humidity is high or if wind cannot move through the space.

That is why a “one-size fits all” greening strategy can fail. A planting design that works well in Melbourne may behave very differently in Hong Kong or Munich.

What we found

To better understand how urban vegetation affects heat stress, we did field measurements in three cities with different climates: temperate Melbourne, cooler Munich and humid subtropical Hong Kong.

Rather than relying only on computer models, we measured real conditions in streets and green spaces during summer.

We compared open urban spaces (with no plantings), sites with trees only, and layered planting (which means trees, shrubs and ground cover together).

Importantly, we did not just measure air temperature. We also measured “mean radiant temperature”, which captures the heat radiating from roads, walls and other surfaces onto the human body.

In Melbourne, street trees reduced radiant heat absorbed by pedestrians by more than 18°C, compared with open streets. Even where air temperatures changed only slightly, shaded streets felt substantially cooler.

Munich showed the strongest benefits from layered planting. There, streets and green spaces containing trees, shrubs and ground cover reduced afternoon heat stress by almost 8°C compared with more open spaces.

Hong Kong also benefited from vegetation, especially through shade created by overlapping tree canopies. But the results there were more mixed because the humid climate changed how cooling worked (more on that later).

Across all three cities, one finding stood out: vegetation structure matters.

Combining trees with shrubs and ground cover often performed better than trees alone, but the benefits depended on how the planting interacted with the local environment.

Why some greening can fail

The study showed that more vegetation is not automatically better.

In Hong Kong, dense vegetation sometimes increased humidity enough to reduce some of the cooling benefit. Plants release water vapour into the air through transpiration, which can help to cool dry climates. But in already humid cities, extra moisture can make outdoor spaces feel sticky and uncomfortable because sweat evaporates less efficiently.

In some Munich streets, dense vegetation reduced airflow through narrow urban corridors, trapping warm air and slowing the movement of vehicle pollution away from pedestrians.

These findings highlight why cities cannot rely on generic canopy targets copied from elsewhere. Climate, street width and airflow all shape whether vegetation improves comfort or creates unintended side effects.

Designing cooler cities

The solution is not to stop planting trees. It is to design urban greening more carefully.

Cities need planting strategies tailored to local conditions rather than universal greening formulas. In parks and open green spaces, layered vegetation can provide strong cooling while also supporting biodiversity. In dense streets, planners may need to balance shade with ventilation.

The findings also suggest cities should move beyond measuring success through tree numbers alone. The arrangement, density and type of vegetation matter just as much as canopy cover.

Designing for local conditions

Our research shows urban vegetation can reduce heat stress, but the benefits depend on how and where cities plant it.

Melbourne demonstrated the strong cooling effect of street trees on radiant heat, Munich showed the added value of layered vegetation, and Hong Kong revealed how dense planting can sometimes backfire in humid conditions.

Cities need climate-smart green spaces designed for local conditions, airflow and human comfort to remain liveable as temperatures rise.The Conversation

Mohammad A Rahman, Senior Lecturer in Urban Horticulture, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Backlash is often swift when authorities try to plan retreat from the coast. There’s a better way

Anne Maree Kreller, University of Wollongong

Climate change is exacerbating rainfall, flooding and sea-level rises in coastal and low lying areas. During the past few years, disastrous floods have swept through Lismore in New South Wales, Northern Queensland, and the Great Ocean Road in Victoria. Large waves have pounded beaches, causing erosion in Byron Bay and Wamberal Beach in NSW and Lancelin, Western Australia.

With climate change likely to accelerate extreme weather in Australia, planned or managed retreat – moving people and infrastructure away from these areas – will grow only more important.

But planned retreat often provokes intense backlash from Australian communities on the front line of climate change. Councils and state governments are generally reticent to have this conversation with communities.

My research, published earlier this year, shows why planned retreat can become emotional – and divisive and how planners and communities can tackle it.

The take-home message? Talking to people from both sides of the debate can help a lot.

What does planned retreat involve?

Planned or managed retreat can involve relocation of people, houses and infrastructure. It can also mean restricting development in risky areas.

A successful example of relocation occurred after an “inland tsunami” flash flood destroyed homes and lives in Grantham, Queensland, in 2011. After the disaster, the town was moved out of harm’s way in a collaboration between state, local governments and communities.

However, planned retreat often provokes fear and anger – especially among residents in vulnerable areas – over the effect on private property.

There was community backlash in the NSW Lake Macquarie City Council area in 2012, when the council included “retreat” among a suite of options it was considering to manage rising seas and flooding in low lying areas.

Fearful and angry property owners voiced concern this would drive down property prices and drive up insurance.

Another example involved a recent draft plan by the Commonwealth and Western Australian governments, which included eventual relocation for residents of Home Island and West Island in the remote Cocos Keeling Islands, about 2,750 kilometres northwest of Perth.

Residents of this low-lying island community were angry at what they saw as a threat to their culture and human rights.

Similarly, Torres Strait Islanders find being forced to abandon their home a painful injustice.

Community frustration

If communities want to relocate out of harm’s way, they need somewhere to live.

After catastrophic flooding in the NSW town of Lismore in 2022, thousands of people were left homeless. Over 1,700 homes were damaged.

Two years after the flood, the NSW state government purchased 497 damaged properties in Lismore, as part of an effort to move residents from these areas.

But many in the community expressed frustration with the slow pace of the process, and lack of affordable housing in the region.

If retreat becomes a taboo topic, planners and residents have limited options.

Residents of Lancelin, Western Australia, have lost coastal walkways due to erosion, which has also threatened a popular hotel.

Yet more than 900 people signed a petition against planned retreat.

In NSW’s Wamberal Beach, retreat has become so politically unpalatable, state and local governments agreed to progress designs for a multi-million dollar seawall to protect waterfront properties from erosion. (It is yet to be built.)

Lessons from research

My research looked at planned retreat in the context of climate change.

In 2019, after the NSW Central Coast Council proposed retreat in coastal areas (in areas such Gosford and Woy Woy) for public consultation, I interviewed residents; climate, environmental and property activists; and council and state adaptation planners.

I found similar resistance to planned retreat from homeowners, property investors, real estate agents and residents.

Many people were worried a planned retreat would make insurance more expensive and drive down property values. They also feared planned retreat would threaten the entire existence of their community.

However, climate activists were afraid people would be stuck with properties they could no longer live in. One person joked about being able to go fishing from his lounge room by 2050. These people wanted a public discussion about planned retreat.

Groups on both sides expressed fear and outrage to get their point across. Faced with hostility, the council became reticent to talk to the community.

Not surprisingly, the discussion about planned retreat soon collapsed.

Talking to warring factions

Once the shouting dies down, my research shows both sides of the debate share common views.

People told me the community should talk about what was fair, and the pros and cons of buybacks and relocation.

Overall, during interviews they voiced hope for collaboration, belonging and survival.

This can help provide a road map for planned retreat in Australia. My research shows we need to:

  • air grievances

  • find areas of agreement between warring factions

  • allow affected people and planners to debate what’s fair for individuals and communities

  • acknowledge emotions are part of the process.

For decades, researchers have argued climate change adaptation is a collaborative and community-driven project.

However, recent cases suggest that planned retreat is becoming a divisive issue affecting vulnerable residents. Even the Australian government’s recent National Climate Risk Assessment acknowledged the growing risk sea level rises pose to social cohesion.

We can look to communities for answers. Planned retreat can be tense and emotional – but it can also represent a reset and an opportunity for hope.The Conversation

Anne Maree Kreller, Research, Australian Centre for Culture, Environment, Society and Space, University of Wollongong

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Three hours of free power a day sounds good – but is Australia’s scheme fair?

xavierarnau/Getty
Saman Gorji, Deakin University and Alireza Ganjovi, Deakin University

From July 1, many Australians can choose something that once sounded absurd: free electricity in the middle of the day. The federal government’s opt-in Solar Sharer Offer will give three hours of free power to households with smart meters in New South Wales, South Australia and southeast Queensland. Victoria’s separate scheme will launch in October.

Free power sounds like a giveaway. It isn’t. It’s meant to encourage people to use more electricity during the hours when solar power flows into the grid. The real aim is to get people to shift the use of water heaters, pool pumps, air-conditioning and electric vehicle charging to the middle of the day. At other times, power prices will be slightly more expensive.

The main challenge for Australia’s power systems is no longer how to meet peak demand in the evening. We now have to use or manage the floods of very cheap solar during the sunniest hours when there’s more supply than demand. If this imbalance isn’t managed, electricity voltage and frequency can move outside safe limits, equipment can trip, and the risk of outages rises.

The scheme makes sense. But there are still questions about its fairness. Electrified households will benefit most, while renters and other groups may benefit less.

The challenge of solar abundance

About one in three Australian homes now has solar. At times, this power source can supply 50% of total demand on Australia’s biggest power grid, the National Energy Market. Wholesale prices have regularly gone negative in recent quarters.

In big solar states such as South Australia, solar can supply more power than the state can use. Surplus power is exported, stored in batteries or curtailed – wasted.

The Solar Sharer Offer is meant to make better use of these floods of solar power.

This financial year, the three hours of free power will be 11am to 2pm daily in NSW and southeast Queensland and 12 to 3pm in South Australia. Australia’s energy regulator chose these times to match when solar output is highest, and network and wholesale costs are lowest. This may change year by year.

The reason the scheme isn’t national is because it’s tied to the Default Market Offer — a regulated safety net plan for electricity customers – which only applies in NSW, SA and southeast Queensland.

red brick apartment block in sunshine.
Renters and people in apartments may find it harder to benefit from the free power scheme. Andrew Merry/Getty

Who will benefit most?

Ensuring fair access has been a constant challenge for household clean-energy schemes. People who own their homes and have access to capital are usually better placed to benefit. This scheme has the same issue.

It’s easy to picture the ideal customer for three hours of free power – a homeowner with a smart meter, flexible hot water, electric vehicle, home battery and the ability to choose when power-hungry appliances run.

That’s great for them. But what about everyone else? For instance, you have to have a smart meter to be eligible. Only about 60% of households have one.

The harder question is whether this offer is fair for other households.

Renters, apartment residents and people on embedded networks in retirement villages, caravan parks or shopping centres face another barrier. If they opt in without being able to make good use of the free power, they could actually be worse off due to the higher prices at other times. These concerns were raised during the consultation process.

Making it fairer

The government is aware of these issues. The free power period is capped at 24 kilowatt hours a day, enough to cover several large daytime loads such as hot water, dishwashing, laundry, air-conditioning or part-charging of an EV.

The cap matters because offering electricity for free still incurs costs for energy retailers. To recover the missed revenue during the free window, retailers will boost other usage charges. Capping free power at 24 kWh a day limits how much high-consumption households can use at zero price, which limits how much revenue has to be recovered from usage at other times of day.

More needs to be done to ensure it’s fair. A key step is unglamorous but effective: helping households heat water during the day. Heating water takes a lot of power. Electric hot-water systems are often on controlled-load tariffs designed for overnight operation. A South Australian trial moved close to 50% of water heating from night to day with little reported inconvenience.

Where safe and practical, retailers and network businesses could shift the time these systems charge to the middle of the day. Governments could help rentals and apartment residents by supporting the use of timers, smart controllers and efficient heat-pump hot-water systems. The same logic applies to other flexible loads.

The free lunch is real. The question is who gets a seat at the table.The Conversation

Saman Gorji, Associate Professor, Renewable Energy and Electrical Engineering, Deakin University and Alireza Ganjovi, Researcher, Energy Systems and Applied Physics, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia’s spent billions on renewable gases, with little to show. This is how to do it properly

MirageC/Getty
Ben Jefferson, Grattan Institute

Australia’s biggest industrial gas users pump out about 5% of our greenhouse gas emissions. To have any chance of reaching our emissions targets, Australia need to reduce its heavy reliance on fossil gas.

But to make this possible, we need to produce supplies of green hydrogen – made with renewable energy – and biomethane. On current trends, we won’t have enough.

Despite allocating billions of dollars to support green hydrogen, Australia’s policies don’t seem to be working.

The risk is many large factories will either miss their emissions reduction targets by huge margins, or shut down. To prevent this, the federal government needs to foster these crucial green gas industries.

What’s the problem?

The use of gas in Australia has already peaked in all sectors. In our new report, my co-authors and I show:

  • the use of gas for electricity generation has fallen 11% since 2014
  • gas use in manufacturing has been falling since the early 2000s
  • LNG exports also likely peaked in 2022.

As Australia continues its transition towards a “net zero” energy system by 2050, all of its gas emissions will need to cease.

Industrial gas users burn gas as a fuel for high-heat processes, such as refining alumina or manufacturing, as well as using the gas molecules to manufacture chemical products, like ammonia.

Food processors, beer brewers and other industrial gas users who need less intense heat can avoid emissions by electrifying. As the technology improves, a growing share of high-heat industrial users, such as mineral processors, will also be able to take this route.

But a small and critical group of industrial gas users will not be able to easily reduce their gas use. For now, the very high-temperature heat they rely on still needs a burnable fuel. And chemical producers who use gas as a feedstock for its molecules need a renewable substitute.

What is ‘green’ gas?

This is where renewable gases – green hydrogen and biomethane – come in.

Green hydrogen is made by running zero-emissions electricity through water. It can replace gas for high-temperature heat or as a feedstock to make ammonia, which is needed for fertilisers and explosives.

Biomethane is chemically the same as natural gas, but made from waste, such as landfill, sewage and agricultural waste. Because its carbon was only recently absorbed from the atmosphere by plants, it counts as near-zero emissions.

The government has set big targets for renewable gas production – 60 petajoules of green hydrogen and 10 petajoules of biomethane by 2030. But across Australia, as of 2025 we only make 0.1 petajoules of green hydrogen and 0.1 petajoules of biomethane.

To reach the targets, green hydrogen production would need to grow six hundredfold and biomethane one hundredfold in the next four years.

We’re not on track

Other countries have rapidly grown their renewable gas industries from a small base.

Italy had no biomethane industry in 2018. It now produces more than 28 petajoules a year. But Australia’s policies don’t seem to be working.

Australia has allocated A$2.25 billion to help support green hydrogen production, but only two projects have been funded and neither are operational. Several other major projects have been cancelled.

Part of the problem is that the government has tried to skip too many steps. The government has poured money into large projects and offered ongoing revenue support before any large buyers exist.

Biomethane has not received as much support, with only $60 million in grants for three projects. More funding has been announced, but it is still not proportionate to the level of ambition.

Support green gas producers

In our report, we set out the steps the federal government could take to bring Australia’s renewable gas policies up to speed.

Australia needs to improve support for producers and give them certainty that they will have paying customers. For hydrogen, funding should begin by supporting existing users of hydrogen to switch to green hydrogen, because they already have the equipment and the know-how to use hydrogen.

Currently the funding is in the form of tax credits, which only benefit companies profitably selling hydrogen. Instead, support should be restructured to make up the difference between the cost of using green hydrogen and the cost of using carbon-heavy methods of production.

For biomethane, the government should assess whether the sector should be given strategic priority support as part of the Future Made in Australia scheme.

Drive up demand

Australia should introduce a national renewable gas “obligation”, under which large gas users would have to purchase certificates proving a portion of the gas they were using was zero-emissions.

This would drive up demand and prices, creating a revenue stream for renewable gas producers. New South Wales and Victoria already plan to implement renewable gas targets. Instead of state-based approaches, the federal government should introduce a national target and obligation.

In the short term, requiring big gas users to consume a collective 1 petajoule of biomethane would only cost about $15 million.

It would be a small impost if it were spread across all large gas users, and it would be transformational for renewable gas producers.

There’s not a moment to waste. If we’re serious about both our emissions reduction targets and our manufacturing capacity, we need far more renewable gases than Australia is on track to produce. And we need them very soon.The Conversation

Ben Jefferson, Associate, Grattan Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Feral horse numbers in Australia’s alps are on the rise again. It’s time to act

Theo Clark/Getty
David M Watson, Charles Sturt University and Patrick Finnerty, University of Sydney

Last year, we noted early signs of recovery in Australia’s high country, following the reduction of feral horse numbers.

These had dropped from 17,000 in 2023 to around 3,000 in 2024 across Kosciuszko National Park, thanks to the management efforts of NSW National Parks staff and contractors.

But horse numbers are already bouncing back. The latest survey data estimate between 6,476 and 16,411 horses now roam the national park.

So, what happened?

A mild summer

The answer is simple. If feral horse eradication is impossible — or politically and legally off the table — then continuous management of horse numbers is essential.

With no aerial culling within the national park in 2025, two factors likely contributed to this rapid rebound.

First, horses move. Control efforts have largely focused on remote parts of Kosciuszko National Park, away from people, trails and roads. Once resident herds in these areas have been culled, horses from surrounding regions – particularly adjacent state forests – likely moved in.

Second, horses breed. After a mild summer with significant rainfall across the high country, most mares will have bred. During Autumn fieldwork, we observed large numbers of foals accompanying herds throughout the region.

A herd of feral horses in an alpine meadow.
If feral horse numbers aren’t rapidly reduced again, things will get worse for the alpine environment and the horses themselves. crbellette/Getty

A numbers game

If numbers aren’t rapidly reduced again, things will only get worse, both for the fragile alpine environment and the horses themselves. With winter conditions imminent, many horses will struggle to maintain condition as snow covers grazing areas and energy reserves are depleted.

Ironically, some of the strongest opposition to culling overlooks these very real animal welfare consequences. Leaving horse populations unmanaged may ultimately result in prolonged suffering from starvation and exposure, compared with humane control conducted by trained professionals.

Forecast El Niño conditions may further compound these pressures, with drought likely to persist through spring and summer. As water and food become scarce, horses will likely concentrate around creeks, wetlands, alpine bogs, fens and meadows. These are precisely the alpine ecosystems most vulnerable to trampling, grazing and erosion.

And this is where hard-fought gains will be rapidly lost. Banks will become eroded, clear waters fouled and our fabled high plains replaced by overgrazed paddocks.

A long-term effort

We don’t need to look far to see what happens when a population of feral animals goes unchecked. Great Keppel Island, for example, is overrun with a thousand or more feral goats, denuding dune and forcing increasingly exasperated locals to erect fences around their properties

As with horses in Kosciuszko, political hesitancy and delayed action on Great Keppel have allowed ecological damage to escalate while management becomes increasingly difficult and expensive.

New South Wales Environment Minister, Penny Sharpe, recently said the latest Kosciuszko feral horse numbers confirmed the need for “continued management”, required to meet the target of reducing feral horse numbers to 3,000 by mid-2027.

But where did that target come from? It’s a holdover from the repealed Kosciuszko Wild Horse Heritage Act and, when even basic population growth models are applied, the implications become clear. Maintaining a population of 3,000 horses would still require the removal of well over 1,000 animals every two years — indefinitely.

In other words, there is no “set and forget” solution. If horse populations are to remain capped, ongoing culling will be necessary in perpetuity.

Alternative solutions?

Some have suggested that instead of culling, rehoming and fertility control should be used. While many Australians might like the idea of a “brumby” or two grazing in the back paddock, the number of landholders willing and able to care for these animals is far smaller.

Even retired racehorses struggle to find suitable long-term homes once their racing careers end, highlighting the practical limitations of large-scale rehoming programs.

Likewise, although various fertility control options have been suggested, vaccines, intra-uterine devices or surgical sterilisation are all invasive procedures for which horses need to be caught and sedated. These may be effective to maintain a small herd in an easily accessible area. But previous assessments have warned such an approach must be carried out in concert with large scale culling efforts.

Population dynamics vs politics

We don’t have to look far to find other examples of how invasive species management could be improved. In 2016, then New Zealand Prime Minister John Key introduced a bold plan to rid Aotearoa of all introduced predators in the next 30 years.

Predator Free 2050 is the first national-scale initiative to reduce the impacts of introduced predators, capitalising on the invention of new technologies including real-time automated species identification to trap targeted species and mobilising neighbourhoods across the country to join the effort.

Australia faces a different set of challenges — larger landscapes, divided jurisdictions and deeply entrenched cultural and political debates around invasive species management.

But the broader lesson remains the same: meaningful conservation outcomes require long-term commitment, clear targets and the willingness to act before ecological problems become too difficult to reverse.The Conversation

David M Watson, Professor in Ecology, Charles Sturt University and Patrick Finnerty, Postdoctoral Research Fellow in Conservation and Wildlife Management, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Week One June 2026: Issue 655 (published Sunday May 31)

 

We are buzzing with excitement!

The Rotary E-Club of Greater Sydney has erected five Bee Poles.

By Judith Charnaud OAM, 
President and Environment Director of the Rotary E-Club of Greater Sydney 

At last, after a year or two of designing, planning and construction the Bee Pole idea seems to have taken off. Over the last few months we have placed Bee Poles in Harbord, Curl Curl North, Kinma, Tea Gardens Public Schools and one in the Coastal Environment Centre, Narrabeen.

Coastal Environment Centre Narrabeen Bee Pole installation

What is a Bee Pole?

The idea for the Bee Pole came from the Peace Poles of Rotary Clubs across the world which is a special project promoting peace – our club thought a Bee Pole in schools could be used to promote environmental sustainability and the importance of ecosystems.

The Rotary E-Club of Greater Sydney is a member of Rotarians for Bees and our members are working on ways to encourage the survival of Australia’s native bees. We have carried out a lot of research in order to find out the best ideas and design for the Bee Pole. 

Each of the schools we have worked with has very enthusiastic teams of students – Garden Gurus, Eco Warriors, Bee Teams, Gardening Clubs, and of course the students are encouraged by amazing staff members. 

The bee pole placements have been extremely successful, each beginning with an Acknowledgement of Country read by a student, followed by me speaking about the importance of our native bees then students helping place the pole in the ground, pouring cement, rocks and water around the pole to ensure it will stand firmly. 

Harbord Public School Bee Pole installation

Curl Curl Public School Bee Pole installation

Students asked very meaningful questions about the importance of bees, why our native bees are better pollinators than the introduced species and all were interested to learn more  about our bees – which  are generally solitary, stingless, do not produce a lot of honey and some are very small about the size of a fruit fly so even if they are in and out of the trees many people do not recognise them as bees. (note Some Australian bee species do live in a hive and produce very tasty honey which, as scientists have recently discovered, has amazing medicinal properties.) The students were particularly interested in the design of the Bee Hotel which sits atop the pole, we are all so used to seeing a hive of active bees not a block of wood with straight holes of varying sizes bored into it!

Once the poles were cemented in place the students decorated around them with river pebbles or crushed rock and will plant native flowering grasses and vines to attract the bees. In each case we left the grounds feeling very happy with the morning’s work, thrilled by the enthusiasm shown by students and pleased that many more young Australians know about our important Native Bees! Now we wait for the bees to find their way to the hotel and set up their solitary residence in the holes bored into the wood. 

Coastal Environment Centre Narrabeen Bee Pole installation crew

I would like to thank members of our Rotary E-Club who have helped in placing Eco poles – Dee Stewart, Ross Johnson, Lucian Keegel, Lucy Hobgood-Brown, Marilyn Mercer and Geoff Appleton – all good drivers, lifters, carriers and enthusiastic supporters! I would also like to thank the school students and staff for their enthusiasm and eagerness to learn about and encourage our very important native bees to thrive.

Kinma School Bee Pole installation questions!

Kinma School Bee Pole installation

 

Australia’s old environment laws were a box‑ticking exercise. Sadly, the new ones could be too

TonyFeder/Getty
Justine Bell-James, The University of Queensland

For a quarter century, Australia’s environment laws were widely regarded as not fit for purpose. In 2020, a scathing review by Professor Graeme Samuel found the Environment Protection and Biodiversity (EPBC) Act was ineffective and unfit for future environmental challenges.

On the last Parliamentary sitting day of 2025, Labor passed its long-awaited reforms to Australia’s nature laws following a deal with the Greens. According to Environment Minister Murray Watt, these reforms would deliver tangible benefits for the environment and “protect what is precious”.

Now the dust has settled on getting the legislation passed, conservationists want to know if they will work.

The big questions is whether two proposed “environmental standards”, a centrepiece in the new laws, are up to the task.

What are environmental standards?

Previously, the EPBC Act required the decision-maker to tick procedural boxes, but this did not necessarily result in an outcome that protected the environment.

For example, while the Department of Environment could access information about the impacts of development on the black-throated finch, it merely needs to “have regard” to this. There was no obligation to reject a project, or impose conditions, even if the projected impacts on the finch would be severe.

To address this, Professor Samuel called for new national environmental standards. These universal requirements would guide the outcomes of environmental decision-making across the country.

For example, his suggested standard for threatened species included the outcome that they would be “protected, managed and recovered over time”. Decisions would have to be consistent with these standards with rare exception, only justifiable in the public interest. Rather than box-ticking, this would require decisions to promote good outcomes for nature.

Although Labor committed to environmental standards in 2022, passing the reforms proved challenging. It took three years, an election, a new Environment Minister, and a slew of compromises, to secure the deal.

A small possum held gently in a hand.
A small Leadbeater’s possum. Australia’s new environment laws are supposed to protect critically endangered species like this from extinction. Jason Edwards/Getty

What is the government proposing?

Two draft standards have released, and are open for consultation. One is for Matters of National Environmental Significance (MNES), a term in the EPBC Act that includes World Heritage areas, migratory species and the Great Barrier Reef National Park.

The other is for environmental offsets – actions taken to counterbalance the unavoidable negative impacts of a project on the environment.

At first blush, the draft standards contain the components urged by Professor Samuel, including objectives and outcomes. For example, the MNES Standard has an objective that habitat be protected, conserved, and restored.

However, clauses buried in both of the standards render these outcomes and objectives effectively useless. These clauses state that as long as the minister makes a decision consistent with another part of the standard (called the “principles”), the outcomes and objectives are deemed to be met.

These legal technicalities can be confusing. But the reality is that if the standards are signed off in their current form, we will be back to box-ticking as the key focus of environmental decision-making.

These new standards also include a narrow focus on “irreplaceable” habitat. For species that are recognised as threatened, habitat that is “irreplaceable” and necessary for them to remain “viable in the wild” should be protected.

While this framing sounds like what Professor Samuel envisaged, the narrow definition of “irreplaceable” means only the rarest and most fragile habitats will be covered.

This is at odds with the federal government’s previous commitment to “no new extinctions”. Avoiding a species becoming extinct requires habitat to be protected before things get to breaking point.

Weak constraints on state power

The weak standards are especially concerning given the federal government is steaming ahead with plans to pass approval powers to the states and territories. The Commonwealth has an important oversight role in environmental regulation and, although rare, it has stepped in on occasion to stop the most destructive projects, like the proposed Toondah Harbour development.

Under the reformed laws, the standards are supposed to act as a crucial guardrail on state power. The minister cannot devolve powers to a state unless satisfied that its environmental approval frameworks are consistent with federal standards. Unless robust environmental standards are developed, this constraint on state power will be fairly weak.

Environment Minister Murray Watt promised the EPBC reforms would deliver tangible benefits for the environment. Unfortunately, the draft standards offer little guarantee.The Conversation

Justine Bell-James, Professor, TC Beirne School of Law, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Scientists have scrapped the worst‑case climate scenario – because action is making a difference

Ali Majdfar/Getty
Andrew King, The University of Melbourne

When major new climate change scenarios are released, there’s always strong interest. These scenarios lay out what our future climate will look like, depending on how fast we act to cut emissions.

But what was surprising about the seven new scenarios announced last week was that United States President Donald Trump took an interest.

Why? Because a high-emissions scenario – known as RCP8.5 and its successor SSP5-8.5 – had been removed. Under these worst-case scenarios, nations would make no effort to cut emissions and expand fossil fuel use. By 2100, carbon dioxide levels would almost triple, to 1,135 parts per million and the world would be around 4.5°C hotter than the pre-industrial period.

The climate scientists responsible for laying out the range of possible futures removed the RCP8.5 scenarios for a very good reason. Although often slow and incomplete, our efforts to tackle climate change have made a tangible difference. We have averted the worst climate future once thought possible.

The job is far from done. Emissions are at record highs and global warming is speeding up.

But the removal of this high-emissions scenario isn’t, as Trump and other climate sceptics have claimed, a sign of failed modelling, or that climate change was a hoax. It’s a sign the expansion of solar, wind, electric vehicles and batteries have slowed emissions growth.

Global map of future climate under worst case emissions scenario. Deep red colour over land areas.
Under the previous worst-case climate scenario of SSP5-8.5, the world would have warmed about 4.5°C by 2100. IPCC, CC BY-NC-ND

How are these scenarios made?

Many climate impacts are becoming evident after about 1.4°C of warming – the level we’re roughly at now.

Because this period of extremely rapid climate change is due to human activities, it means we also have the opportunity to shape the future.

What will this look like? Will the world keep heating up, or will rapid action cut emissions and bring warming to a halt? The answer will make a big difference to the future humanity faces.

Predicting anything is difficult. But a group of scientists has created scenarios representing a range of possible climate futures.

Because the future is not set, scientists lay out a range of possible pathways for our future greenhouse gas emissions. They base them on what’s happened so far and what might happen in politics and technology over coming decades.

Then they select the emissions pathways deemed most plausible and then sample a range of different futures which are more or less optimistic about our fossil fuel use.

Scientific groups around the world then model these scenarios in depth using different climate models to ensure there’s a large amount of data available at global, regional and local levels.

These scenarios aren’t ranked by how likely they are. All are considered to be plausible futures. The huge range of temperature outcomes – approaching 2°C between the most and least optimistic scenarios by 2100 – points to how much of the future is in our hands.

Why the fuss about RCP8.5?

The two previous releases included two closely related scenarios – RCP8.5 and SSP5-8.5 respectively.

Here, “8.5” refers to radiative forcing – the level of extra heat (in watts) trapped per square metre by 2100.

In these worst-case scenarios, the world sharply boosts fossil fuel use. Unsurprisingly, this leads to very high amounts of global warming. Scientists have long argued over whether this was plausible in the first place.

None of the new scenarios are as pessimistic as RCP8.5/SSP5-8.5. The worst possible scenario now envisions high emissions leading to warming of around 3.5°C by 2100. That would still be very, very bad.

Sceptics acting in bad faith

Climate sceptics leapt on the removal of RCP8.5 as a sign the projections were wrong. These attacks were not made in good faith, but to cast doubt on climate science.

A clear eyed assessment is that RCP8.5 was removed because climate action is starting to work.

But while the worst outcome has been averted, we have also missed the window for the best future climate.

The new scenarios have no pathway as optimistic as the lowest emissions scenario from the last round of major climate projections. That scenario – SSP1-1.9 – envisaged strong climate action and rapid cuts to emissions, leading to global warming peaking at around 1.5°C.

Because global emissions haven’t yet begun to fall, the most optimistic new pathway would lead to warming peaking at about 1.9°C.

While we will definitely now pass 1.5°C, the hope is to only temporarily overshoot that level of warming while working to draw carbon dioxide back out of the atmosphere to get back to 1.5°C.

Our current emissions trajectory is somewhere in the middle – below the high emissions path but well above the most optimistic scenario. Based on current policies and countries’ actions, we’re looking at around 2.6°C warming by 2100.

You might wonder why we need to keep redoing these climate scenarios.

One reason: facts change on the ground. Solar keeps rolling out far faster than expected, but fracking has opened up large new fossil fuel deposits. Political shifts make climate action more or less likely.

Another is because our climate models are continually improving. The better the models get, the more accurate and detailed our projections of sea level rise and other climate impacts can be.

Smokestacks from a coal plant against hazy sky.
What our future climate looks like depends on how fast we act to cut emissions. Dmitrii Marchenko/Getty

Yes, this is progress

Taking RCP8.5 off the table is a sign of progress – we’ve avoided the worst-case scenario. But we have also missed the best case future.

The next five years could play out in many different ways, leading to better or worse future climates. We must understand and prepare for what we’re facing – and double down on our efforts to create the best future possible.The Conversation

Andrew King, ARC Future Fellow and Associate Professor in Climate Science, ARC Centre of Excellence for 21st Century Weather, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

For 44 years, Australia has subsidised diesel use. Is it time to stop?

Ray Wills, The University of Western Australia and Peter Newman, Curtin University

Mining giant BHP has come under fire for spending hundreds of millions of dollars on new diesel trucks in the Pilbara, despite promising a transition to electric trucks in its climate strategy.

Like other mining companies, BHP’s diesel-driven fleet is eligible for fuel tax credits on diesel. The company’s controversial decision to shelve its plans raises the pressing issue of the diesel fuel rebate.

This rebate began as targeted support for a struggling agricultural sector in the 1980s, but has morphed into an almost $5 billion subsidy for some of the nation’s most profitable corporations.

So, what is the diesel fuel rebate? And is this fossil fuel subsidy still fit for purpose?

Why do we have a diesel rebate?

Since federation in 1901, diesel and petroleum products imported into Australia have been subject to import taxes. Since 1929, tax collected from the petrol pump has been earmarked to build and maintain the nation’s road network.

Australia’s diesel fuel rebate scheme was introduced in 1982. The Fuel Tax Credits Scheme, as it’s officially known, was designed to cushion farmers from rising fuel costs.

Farm and mine businesses buying diesel for off-road uses like tractors, harvesters and irrigation pumps could claim a rebate. At the time, Australia’s mining sector was far smaller.

Now, 44 years later, the rebate scheme still allows businesses like agriculture and mining to claim back the federal fuel tax paid on diesel used in eligible machinery, equipment and heavy vehicles.

Today, the mining industry receives about half of the diesel rebate.

Diesel up, petrol down

Since 2010, Australia’s consumption of liquid fuel has changed dramatically, with official statistics showing falling petrol demand and rising diesel use over the past decade. Petrol use has gradually declined as vehicle efficiency has improved. In contrast, diesel consumption has nearly doubled.

This surge in diesel consumption reflects Australia’s growth in freight, heavy vehicles and, particularly, mining. The diesel rebate scheme is now one of Australia’s largest fossil fuel subsidies, alongside tax concessions for aviation fuel and a range of support measures for coal and gas production, with recent analysis putting its annual cost at around $11.2 billion by 2026–27.

Mining is by far the largest beneficiary, claiming about $5 billion a year in diesel rebates according to one analysis. This includes roughly $1.5 billion for coal mining alone. Agriculture receives only a fraction of the total.

What began as support for farmers using off-road fuel has become a standing subsidy for Australia’s most profitable miners.

Meanwhile, aviation fuel pays little excise – about 3 cents per litre – to fund the Civil Aviation Safety Authority. This compares to a fuel excise rate of 52c per litre on petrol and diesel, which the Australian government halved on April 1 this year in response to fuel price spikes from the US-Israeli war in Iran.

Since 1992, the formal link between petrol and diesel excise and road funding has ended, with fuel tax now flowing into general revenue rather than a dedicated roads fund. The rebate was originally justified on fairness grounds – off‑road users were not meant to subsidise public roads – but once fuel tax stopped being a dedicated roads charge, that logic largely evaporated.

Fuel tax cuts in response to war

The May 2026 federal budget fuel package was worth more than $10 billion, centred on a permanent government-owned fuel reserve.

These are reminders Australia’s fuel security problem is immediate, not theoretical. The government’s response has been to buy and store more fuel, rather than reduce our structural dependence on imported oil and support a shift to electrification and renewable energy.

Australia’s fuel rebate entrenches higher diesel use. But the “we need more fuel” argument ignores the fact Australia’s economy is decisively decoupling from fossil energy consumption.

Uncoupling from oil is not a theoretical future possibility – it is slowly happening. Oil consumption in particular has plateaued since the early 2000s, even as GDP has roughly doubled. If Australia wants to meet its emissions-reduction commitments, it should hasten the shift away from fossil oil, not maintain a subsidy for it.

A fair share of resources

Australia has long failed to gain a fair share of revenue from our finite mineral wealth. Our petroleum resource rent tax is notoriously weak.

Mining companies argue tougher taxes will drive investment offshore. But Australia has some of the world’s highest-grade iron ore, coal and critical minerals. A tax regime would have to be extraordinarily high to make extraction unprofitable.

We are now in the fourth major oil crisis.

Unlike the others, this one arrives with cheaper renewable alternatives readily available. Wind, solar, batteries and electric vehicles are now cheaper than fossil alternatives and faster to deploy.

During a fuel crisis, we should scrutinise where our finite tax revenues are directed. The fuel rebate was designed mostly for farmers, when the mining industry was a fraction of its current size.

Does the policy need to return to its original aim? Or is a new form of road user tax required?

Whatever the mechanism, it makes sense to direct revenue towards electrification, not lock in another decade of diesel dependence.


Response from BHP:

In a statement, a spokesperson for BHP said it has net zero goal for reducing its scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions to net zero by 2050.

Despite this progress, many of the technologies the resources industry will need to achieve net zero are not yet ready to be deployed, BHP said.

“For example, no Australian mining operation is currently utilising critical 240-ton battery-electric haul trucks as the technology is not advanced enough to scale to an operational fleet,” the spokesperson said.

BHP is partnering with equipment producers to run trials of battery-electric equipment, including two 240-ton battery electric haul trucks, on a BHP site in the Pilbara, and four battery-electric locomotives which we plan to commence trialling in coming months.The Conversation

Ray Wills, Adjunct Professor, The University of Western Australia and Peter Newman, Professor of Sustainability, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

 


By 2050, there could be more plastic in our oceans than fish. 
We all do our best to reduce our plastic waste, but it’s time we stopped letting big polluters off the hook.
Come along to the Waves Without Waste Plastics Expo and hear from experts and advocates leading the call for change.
Saturday June 13 10am | Warriewood Community Centre | RSVP at:

Electricity prices to fall as Liddell power station demolished and clean power takes over

May 26 2026

Today's demolition of the chimney stacks at the decommissioned Liddell power station, alongside the release of the final default price determination by the Australian Energy Regulator (AER), shows the shift to clean energy is working.  

According to estimates from Carbon Monitoring for Action, Liddell Power Station emitted approximately 14.70 million tonnes of greenhouse gases annually due to burning coal.

NSW’s peak environment group, the Nature Conservation Council NSW, says businesses and households are winning, and now is the time to keep pushing the government to prioritise cheaper power.  

Nature Conservation Council NSW CEO Jacqui Mumford said:  

"Regional NSW businesses are the biggest winners, with the default price set to fall up to 20% from July 1.” 

 "Households will also see price drops of 3.4% to 7.7% across NSW, thanks to clean energy and batteries pushing in cheaper power." 

"These power price falls are even more remarkable given we're in a global energy crisis." 

 "Today's demolition of the smokestacks at Liddell power station shows we can achieve a transition to reliable, cleaner, and cheaper energy, in fact it's already well underway.” 

"With three more NSW coal power stations set to retire in the next decade, there's no time to waste getting solar, wind, and batteries built to keep pushing cheaper power into our homes and businesses." 

The AER price determination released today is available here: https://www.aer.gov.au/industry/registers/resources/reviews/default-market-offer-2026-27   

Net Zero Commission says NSW coal expansion inconsistent with law and advice

The Net Zero Commission told an inquiry on May 25 2026 that the Minns Labor Government’s plans to expand existing coal mines - released 19 March 2026 is inconsistent with the Commission’s independent advice, NSW laws to reduce emissions, and the Paris Agreement to reduce global emissions.

Greens MP and spokesperson for Climate Change Sue Higginson said “The Minns Labor Government committed to legally binding emissions reductions targets when they came to power, but their continued support for more coal in NSW is against their own laws and flies in the face of expert and international advice,”

“The International Court of Justice (ICJ) has advised that States have an obligation to protect the environment from greenhouse gas emissions, and the United Nations General Assembly has passed a resolution affirming that advice. The Australian Government supported this position, but here in NSW the Minns Labor Government isn’t listening to the law or the science,”

“Concerningly, NSW Resources have apparently not even considered the advice of the ICJ, leaving Australia internationally exposed and liable for the making of reparations if we act inconsistently with the international objective of reducing emissions,”

“The Net Zero Commission was established by the Minns Labor Government as an independent advisory body, so we rightly expect the Government to act in accordance with the Commission’s advice, as well as their own laws and international obligations,”

“Glencore’s proposed Hunter Valley Operations expansion is one of the biggest and most controversial coal projects under consideration in NSW, it single-handedly threatens NSW emissions targets. Given the inconsistencies now evidenced in the planning and regulatory framework surrounding coal approvals, I believe the system would benefit from the Commission providing advice to the Independent Planning Commission, as they are able to do under the climate laws of NSW,”

“There have already been 10 coal expansions under the Minns Labor Government, with two approved just in the last six months. With another 16 projects still coming down the planning pipeline, it’s time for the Minns Labor Government to decide if they will continue to recklessly hand out coal approvals or be a responsible Government and work within the law to bring our emissions down,” Ms Higginson said.

See Week Four of May 226 report: UN General Assembly backs historic World Court climate crisis ruling: Obligations of States in respect of Climate Change + Australia violated Torres Strait Islanders’ rights to enjoy culture and family life, UN Committee finds + The Australia-Tuvalu Falepili Union

Rare male red pipefish carrying eggs on its trunk spotted in Sydney

Andrew Trevor-Jones, CC BY
Andrew Trevor-Jones, Australian Museum and Graham Short, Australian Museum

The red pipefish (Notiocampus ruber) is a rare relative of seahorses and seadragons found only in Australia.

While the species occurs across southern Australia from Western Australia to New South Wales, its incredible camouflage means until now only one person had ever photographed it in the wild.

In Gamay (Botany Bay) it has been observed hiding among feathery red algae, but elsewhere the red pipefish has been recorded on rocky reefs. Its colour and slender body allow it to disappear almost completely against its surroundings.

For decades, scientists have wondered how these elusive creatures carry their eggs. Our new photographs and research, published in the Journal of Fish Biology, finally provide an answer.

A lucky sighting

One of us (Andrew) regularly dives the popular Sydney sites The Leap and The Steps at Kurnell, Gamay (Botany Bay), where he documents seahorses, pygmy pipehorses, seadragons and other related sealife.

Andrew had briefly seen a red pipefish twice before. However, he struck gold when he spotted one at Kurnell in April 2021. He kept tabs on this individual, spotting it almost weekly until January 2022.

During that time it was joined by two more red pipefish. When all three were sighted in November 2021, one was a brooding male carrying eggs on his trunk.

Tails or trunks?

While pipefishes and seahorses are famous for male pregnancy, the family is split by how the males carry their young. Many pipefish – and all seahorses – are “tail brooders”, carrying eggs on the tail in pouches.

Another group of pipefish, the “trunk brooders”, carry eggs exposed directly on the belly. However, scientists have suspected the red pipefish was a tail brooder since 1979 based on the structure of its body. However, without a living male to study the theory remained unproven.

Skinny red fish with translucent whitish lumps.
The small translucent lumps on the pipefish’s trunk are eggs attached directly to its body. Andrew Trevor-Jones, CC BY

Andrew’s photographs from his November 2021 dives at Kurnell finally provided the proof. They clearly show a male carrying large eggs attached directly to the belly – confirming the species as a trunk-brooder and placing it in an ancient group of pipefishes that lack pouches entirely.

Interestingly, the data suggest this Australian fish may be a long-lost relative of species found as far away as the North Atlantic, despite the vast geographical separation.

Finding such a rare fish in the well-dived waters of Gamay is a reminder that major biological secrets are still hiding in plain sight.The Conversation

Andrew Trevor-Jones, Technical Officer, Australian Museum and Graham Short, Research Associate, Australian Museum

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Mosquitoes learn to link the smell of DEET with a blood meal – new study

Chris F/Pexels
Leon Hugo, QIMR Berghofer Medical Research Institute

Mosquito repellents are key to protect ourselves from mosquito bites and the pathogens they might carry. The most widely used active ingredient in insect repellents is N,N-diethyl-meta-toluamide, commonly known as DEET.

Highly effective, long-lasting (approximately five hours) and cheap to make, DEET is a gold-standard insect repellent. But even though it was developed more than 80 years ago, there are important gaps in our understanding of how DEET actually works.

A new paper in the Journal of Experimental Biology led by Claudio Lazzari from the University of Tours, France, now shows mosquitoes can be conditioned to be attracted to DEET.

This provides an important piece of the puzzle in our understanding of how DEET works, and hints that this important mozzie repellent could have a vulnerability.

A vital tool that’s not fully understood

Insect repellents are a major method of protection against mosquito-borne diseases including malaria, dengue, chikungunya, Ross River virus, Japanese encephalitis virus and more. Many of these diseases are expanding on a global scale due to travel, urbanisation and climate change.

Female mosquitoes transmit parasites and viruses when they feed on vertebrate blood, which they need to provide proteins for egg development. To find their next blood meal, mosquitoes are strongly attracted to odours and physical cues emitted by warm-blooded “hosts”, including humans.

These include carbon dioxide we exhale, lactic acid in our sweat, and a complex combination of other chemicals that varies between people. Mosquitoes detect all these with sensory organs located in their antennae, proboscis (the pointy mouth part they use to suck blood) and the maxillary palps that flank it.

DEET has been in widespread commercial use since the 1950s, but there’s a lot of scientific debate over how exactly it works as a mozzie repellent. Is it blocking the odour of the host, is it toxic to the mosquito, or something else?

In 2008, groundbreaking research showed DEET blocks the response of sensory neurons to host odours in mosquitoes and vinegar flies. This means DEET is likely “confusing” the mosquito rather than repelling it. A couple of years later, scientists found a small portion of mosquitoes exposed to DEET are insensitive to it, and it’s a heritable trait.

This means mosquitoes do have a physiological response to DEET. But there are also signs some of the mozzie reactions are behavioural. In one study, mosquitoes exposed to DEET were less sensitive to it if exposed again within three hours. This hints they can temporarily get used to the chemical.

A man spraying his arm with insect repellent outdoors.
DEET may not be fully understood, but it’s a vital tool in protecting ourselves against mosquito-borne diseases. Chalabala/Getty Images

What did the new study find?

The new study shows it’s possible to condition mosquitoes to bite more if they’re repeatedly exposed to DEET during a blood meal. Not only does this tell us more about how it repels mosquitoes, but it raises the prospect mosquitoes may actually be attracted towards DEET in some cases.

First, the researchers developed a behavioural test. They kept mosquitoes in tiny cages and moved a food target (a warm bag of blood) towards them, recording proboscis movements when they sensed the target. This was the “biting attempt response”.

To test things further, the team ran a classical conditioning experiment. Mosquitoes were run through one of five “training programs” exposing them to various combinations of an unconditioned stimulus (heat), a conditioned stimulus (short exposure to DEET in a plume of air) and a reward (a short opportunity to feed on blood).

Here’s where it gets surprising. The mosquitoes whose training program included a squirt of DEET while they were already feeding on blood, afterwards had a significantly higher biting response when exposed to DEET again.

If the mosquitoes were exposed to DEET before being offered the blood bag, none of them tried to bite it.

Then, one of the researchers boldly offered her hands up for testing. One of the hands was treated with DEET. About 50% of the mosquitoes who went through the DEET-blood meal training program tried to bite the hand coated in DEET. By contrast, 100% of untrained mozzies avoided the hand covered in DEET and went for the clean one instead.

What does all this mean?

It’s well established mosquitoes can learn and retain information. What they learn about hosts and their environment can in turn have an impact on disease transmission.

This study indicates DEET doesn’t just affect mosquitoes physiologically. There’s a cognitive response as well, which could be an important part of how it works.

The authors raise the possibility – if the concentration of DEET is not high enough to repel mosquitoes but they still sense it during a blood meal, would these mosquitoes then be more likely to bite people who smell of DEET?

It’s important to note the study happened in highly controlled lab conditions, and the training program the mozzies underwent may not reflect everyday scenarios. Future studies should try and come up with test conditions that better represent real-world situations to see if these results hold up.

At a time when mosquito-borne diseases are on the rise, DEET still provides highly effective protection. What this study contributes is an improved understanding of how DEET works – and how we might improve insect repellents in the future.The Conversation

Leon Hugo, Adjunct Associate Professor, Mosquito Control Laboratory, QIMR Berghofer Medical Research Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

National Biodiversity Day: Private Landholders deliver conservation win

On Friday May 22 2026 the NSW Government announced private  landholders across NSW are making a powerful impact by protecting the state’s threatened species and environment.

Data from the NSW Biodiversity Conservation Trust shows how landholders are not just protecting the environment, they’re actively improving it.

The Biodiversity Impact Report | Conservation on Private Land: 2018 to 2025 clearly shows that Private land conservation is delivering fantastic conservation outcomes across the state.

The NSW Government states the Biodiversity Conservation Trust and participating landholders have:

  • Established almost 3,000 permanent biodiversity monitoring sites
  • Prevented the loss of approximately 35,000 hectares of native vegetation
  • Protected habitat for at least 304 threatened species
  • Safeguarded 41 threatened ecological communities
  • Contributed nearly 40% of the total area added to NSW’s protected area network since 2018.

Landholders participating in the Biodiversity Conservation Trust program manage their properties for conservation and work with expert ecologists who track environmental changes over time.

cover of Biodiversity Impact Report | Conservation on Private Land: 2018 to 2025

The properties managed under conservation agreements are supporting a greater variety of species and stronger, healthier ecosystems, helping reduce risks to some of NSW’s most threatened plants and animals.

The Report is available to read at: nsw.gov.au/bct-impact-report

Minister for Environment Penny Sharpe said: 

“Biodiversity is the cornerstone to a healthy environment, from the microorganisms in our soil to the largest tree on the horizon.

“80 per cent of land in NSW is privately managed. Biodiversity protection can only be done by working closely with private landholders.

“These results show how successful this partnership between landholders and the Biodiversity Conservation Trust can be. I would encourage anyone interested to investigate this rewarding partnership for their land.”

NSW Biodiversity Conservation Trust Principal Ecologist and report author Dr James Brazill-Boast said:

“When we support landholders with the right incentives and support, conservation on private land can be planned, implemented and measured with confidence.

“Long-term monitoring is essential because it tells us not just what we’re doing, but what’s actually working.”

State-of-the-art agtech bus journeys to Western NSW 2 – 11 June 2026

May 26 2026: NSW DPI

The NSW Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development (DPIRD) Farms of the Future team, in partnership with Western Landcare NSW, is delivering a series of Agtech Fundamentals workshops across Western NSW from 2 – 11 June 2026.

These workshops are designed to help primary producers understand practical digital and connectivity solutions that can support productivity, monitoring, safety and decision-making on-farm.

NSW DPIRD Farms of the Future Program Leader Ailie Webb said, this training will be delivered in the state-of-the-art Mobile Learning Centre, providing hands-on learning opportunities directly within regional communities.

“The Farms of the Future program is designed to support farmers in identifying their agtech and connectivity needs, so they can confidently plan, purchase and install solutions, and most importantly, use the data to improve decision-making or gain peace of mind about their farm operations,” Ms Webb said.

“More than 1,300 farmers across the state have already benefited from the training we’ve delivered, and the bus will build on this by taking that support even further.

“Regardless of where you’re based, your enterprise type, or your level of experience, we encourage producers to come aboard and explore interactive displays, expert advice, and practical, easy-to-follow examples of how agtech can create real on-farm benefits.”

An outdoor demonstration area will showcase a range of innovative Agtech solutions, giving visitors the opportunity to experience the equipment firsthand and see how these technologies perform in real-world farming conditions.

Ms Webb said our agtech specialists can also help producers identify their challenges, suggest relevant tech solutions, and explain how the tools would operate based on the farm’s location, infrastructure, and goals.

“Taking this high-tech bus out to agricultural communities allows us to deliver these free, face-to-face training sessions directly to farmers and regional communities, right where they live and work,” Ms Webb said.

“We know farmers are facing some difficult decisions right now, and by adopting agtech, businesses can cut fuel use and better manage water, particularly during dry conditions.

“Watch for the Farms of the Future bus as it travels across the region, we’re hard to miss!”

The Farms of the Future mobile learning centre is scheduled to deliver workshops in the following locations, you can register for these events here:

  • Agtech Fundamentals Training – Bourke – 2 June
  • Agtech Fundamentals Training – Cobar - 3 June
  • Agtech Fundamentals Training – Wilcannia – 4 June
  • Agtech Fundaemntals Training – Broken Hill - 5 June
  • Agtech Fundamentals Training – Menindee – 9 June
  • Agtech Fundamentals Training – Pooncarie – 10 June
  • Agtech Fundamentals Training – Anabranch – 11 June

Councils, grower and producer groups, schools, and community organisations can register their interest in hosting the Mobile Learning Centre through the Farms of the Future website here

For more information on upcoming Agtech Fundamentals workshops, please visit here

For more information on the Farms of the Future program, please visit the Agtech Toolbox here

Winter signals start of Murray Crayfish season on the Murray and Murrumbidgee

Recreational fishers across south-western NSW are counting down to the opening of the 2026 Murray Crayfish season on 1 June, signalling the return of one of the State’s most unique freshwater fishing experiences.

NSW Department of Primary Industries and Regional Development (DPIRD) Director, Aquaculture and Industry Development Ian Lyall said the annual season provides fishers with a rare opportunity to target one of Australia’s largest and most recognisable native crayfish species.

“Murray Crayfish are the second‑largest freshwater crayfish in the world and are native to the Murray and Murrumbidgee river systems and their tributaries across southern NSW,” Mr Lyall said.

“Like many long‑lived native species, Murray Crayfish suffered significant declines following European settlement, which is why strict rules around when they can be taken, along with size and bag limits, remain essential to protecting this vulnerable species and supporting its recovery.

“The opening of the Murray Crayfish season is highly anticipated, and we want to ensure fishers follow the rules so this unique fishery can be sustained for future generations,” Mr Lyall said.

In NSW, Murray Crayfish may only be taken during June, July and August. During this period, fishing is permitted in the Murray River between Hume Weir and the Newell Highway Road Bridge at Tocumwal, including Lake Mulwala, and in the Murrumbidgee River between the Hume Highway Road Bridge at Gundagai and Berembed Weir, excluding Old Man Creek.

Mr Lyall said DPIRD Fisheries Officers will be patrolling waterways throughout the season to ensure recreational fishers and other water users are complying with the rules, including size, bag and possession limits.

“The daily bag limit for Murray Crayfish is two per person, with a possession limit of four,” Mr Lyall said.

“Murray Crayfish must measure between 10 and 12 centimetres, measured from the rear of the eye socket to the centre rear of the carapace (which includes the rib at the rear of the carapace but does not include the fine hairs that protrude from it).

“The department provides free Murray Crayfish measuring devices, which can be used to assist in measuring Murray Crayfish to ensure they are of legal size.

“Recreational fishers may use up to five nets per person to catch Murray Crayfish, including hoop or lift nets, open pyramid lift nets, or a combination of these.

“Each net float must be clearly marked with ‘HN’ for hoop nets or ‘PN’ for pyramid nets, along with the user’s name, year of birth and postcode.

“It is unlawful to take berried (egg‑carrying) females. It is illegal to remove or possess the heads, tails or claws of crayfish when you are in, on or adjacent to waters, unless the crayfish are being prepared for immediate consumption or bait, or are being cleaned at a designated fish cleaning facility,” Mr Lyall said.

Opera house-style yabby traps must not be used.

Further information on Murray Crayfish fishing rules is available on the DPIRD website, through the FishSmart NSW app, and in the NSW Freshwater Fishing Guide, available from DPIRD Fisheries offices and most tackle stores.

Anyone who observes suspected illegal fishing activity is encouraged to report it to Fishers Watch on 1800 043 536 or via the NSW DPIRD website.

Solar for apartment residents: Co-funding

Less than 2% of apartment buildings in NSW have solar installed, but the NSW Department of Climate Chnage, Energy, the Environment and Water are on a mission to change this.

Their Solar for Apartment Residents grant is co-funding shared solar panel installations on eligible apartment buildings and multi-unit dwellings and has already helped thousands of households.

They’ve extended the program to help more homeowners and renters reduce their energy bills and have also allocated extra funds through a separate Boost grant to help priority communities too.

Application closes: 4 December 2026, 5:00 pm

Share this with your Owners Corporation or Stata Manager and check your building's eligibility at: www.nsw.gov.au/grants-and-funding/solar-for-apartment-residents-soar-grant-program

PNHA Activities 2026

Our walks for 2026 are listed below. 

You are very welcome to bring friends and older children on these outings. Please book by emailing pnhainfo@gmail.com and include  your PHONE NUMBER so we can contact you in case of changes because of weather etc. 

Looking forward to getting out and about in our lovely area! 

Your PNHA Committee

Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

The Pittwater Natural Heritage Association has been formed to act to protect and preserve the Pittwater areas major and most valuable asset - its natural heritage.

PNHA is an incorporated association seeking broad based community membership and support to enable it to have an effective and authoritative voice speaking out for the preservation of Pittwater's natural heritage.

Our Aims

  • To raise public awareness of the conservation value of the natural heritage of the Pittwater area: its landforms, watercourses, soils and local native vegetation and fauna.
  • To raise public awareness of the threats to the long-term sustainability of Pittwater's natural heritage.
  • To foster individual and community responsibility for caring for this natural heritage.
  • To encourage Pittwater Council and the NSW Government to adopt and implement policies and works which will conserve, sustain and enhance the natural heritage of Pittwater.

Some of our interests and concerns include:

  • Native Tree Canopy
  • "Wildlife Friendly" Gardens
  • Weed Infestation
  • Keeping our Waterways Healthy
  • Beaches and Dunes

Act to Preserve and Protect!

If you would like to join us, please fill out the Membership Form. Visit: https://pnha.org.au

Sunday April 26 Fauna: Underpass below Mona Vale Rd East, Ingleside.

If you missed this walk last year, here’s your chance to see how fauna can move between areas of bushland, so important for finding territory, mates and food. 

Meet 9am at corner of Ingleside Rd and Laurel Rd East. Walk ends about 11am.

Saturday May 23: PNHA stall at Avalon Car Boot Sale, Dunbar Park Avalon.

From 8am to 2pm, we’ll offer Information on identifying and controlling weeds. See our posters about invertebrates in local gardens. Our famous $2 local flora, fauna and scenery cards will be for sale. Come and have a chat. 

Sunday May 24: Walk in Red Hill Bushland Reserve, Beacon Hill

Meet 9am on Lady Penrhyn Drive opposite no. 41A, close to the open gate. Flora, birds, views. Walk ends about 11.30. 

Sunday June 28: Crown to the Sea Walk, Newport

Meet 9am at Porter Reserve, Neptune Rd Newport. Walk ends about 12 noon. This walk goes through several very different bushland reserves with coastal heath and littoral rainforest.

Wildflowers, ferns and coastal views. Moderate fitness needed for some steep tracks and many steps. Limit: 15 people so please book early. We will provide the Crown to the Sea map to participants on booking.

Sunday July 26: Ingleside Chase Reserve

Meet 9am at end of Irrawong Rd North Narrabeen, walk ends about 11am. Birds and swamp forest along Mullet Creek. Swamp Mahoganies will be flowering attracting birds. Binoculars a must for this walk.

Sunday August 23: Spring in the Bush

Meet 9am at corner of Mallawa Rd and Bulara St, Terrey Hills. Walk ends about 11am. With a focus on botany, we’ll see flowering plants in the Proteaceae plant family, waratahs, endangered Grevillea caleyi , right, and others in the major Australian Proteaceae plant family. Birds, too. 

Sunday September 27: The Chiltern Track, Ku-ring-gai N.P.

Meet 9am at track entrance with barred gate on Chiltern Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 11am. One of our favourite walks to see Sydney sandstone flora in spring. Native plant species list available. Birds too, often a Yellow-tufted Honeyeater here. 

Sunday October 25: Katandra by Night

Meet 6.45pm at Katandra Bushland Sanctuary on Lane Cove Rd Ingleside. Walk ends about 8.45pm. Sunset is about 7.15. The bush by night is wonderful. We hope to see fireflies again as on previous walks here in October. Bring a torch, or headtorch, preferably with a red light option so as not to dazzle possums. Moderate fitness needed for the bush track and steps. Limit: 15 people, so please book early. 

Sunday November 22: Deep Creek Reserve

Meet 9am in Deep Creek reserve, off Wakehurst Parkway. Walk ends about 11am. Birds and bushland. From the bridge across the creek we may see Dollarbirds, summer breeding migrants that nest in hollows, with their youngsters. Black Bitterns have been observed along the creek margins, so bring binoculars. 

Grevillea caleyi, now critically endangered. Image taken in Bush at Ingleside/Terrey Hills verges - picture by A J Guesdon, 31.10.2014

World-leading biosecurity research facility given $31 million boost

Announced: Tuesday May 26 2026

Construction has begun on $31 million infrastructure upgrades at the Elizabeth Macarthur Agricultural Institute (EMAI) as part of the Minns Labor Government’s commitment to protecting the state’s agriculture sector, supporting research and innovation and strengthening our biosecurity capabilities.

The world-class facility in Menangle plays a critical role with a team of renowned scientists working to find new ways to reduce threats to agriculture, the environment, and our community.

The Minns Government is helping build-up and protect the state’s primary industries with $100 million invested over the last year in agricultural research and more than $1 billion in biosecurity systems and programs.

The latest upgrades at EMAI include a $15 million high-containment insectary that will strengthen NSW’s capacity to protect agriculture and the environment from damaging insect and mite pests.

The facility will enable rapid, secure research to respond to exotic incursions, and improve biosecurity preparedness for industries such as grains, horticulture, livestock, forestry and cotton, as well as the environment, by increasing the likelihood of a successful response.

This facility was funded by the NSW Government with a $2 million contribution from the Grains Research and Development Corporation (GRDC).

  • $6.5 million to renovate the existing greenhouse complex to support plant biosecurity research and diagnostics. This includes the host diversity of new and emerging pathogens, developing new surveillance methods, and improved control options.

Plant industries depend on pathogen-tested propagation stock, so upgraded greenhouse facilities will strengthen early detection of exotic and emerging pathogens.

  • $4.8 million to extend the animal house facility to support priority biosecurity research.
  • $4.7 million to other critical laboratory and infrastructure upgrades across the EMAI campus.

The greenhouse research complex, animal house research facility extension and critical laboratory and infrastructure upgrades are funded under the Minns Government’s $60 million Critical Infrastructure Uplift Program.

Minister for Agriculture Tara Moriarty said:

“The Elizabeth Macarthur Agricultural Institute is one of the world’s leading primary industries research centres and the Minns Government is committed to making it even better.

“The work undertaken by the dedicated scientists has aided biosecurity response capacity for red imported fire ant, Xylella, khapra beetle, Japanese encephalitis virus and white spot syndrome virus, protecting the State’s multibillion dollar primary industries sector.

“The Minns Government recognises how crucial biosecurity research is with this $31 million investment in labs, greenhouses, and research facilities at the Elizabeth Macarthur Agricultural Institute.

“NSW Government scientists continue to deliver world-first breakthroughs which have long-lasting benefits to agriculture, the environment and our community. This funding recognises the critical role our scientists continue to play in preventing biosecurity incursions and improving our preparedness.

“Collaboration is a key component for EMAI scientists who have been able to deliver world-firsts, such as developing a vaccine for foot-and-mouth disease this year. Investing in these facilities gives our researchers the opportunity to continue their studies and work with international counterparts to protect our industries.”

“Our scientists and researchers are delivering world-first and Australia-first discoveries that are helping protect our industries, strengthen our biosecurity, improve productivity and support farmers right across the state.

“From cutting-edge science to practical innovations that directly benefit regional communities, EMAI is where some of the brightest minds are pushing the boundaries of research and development right here in NSW.

“This work often happens quietly behind the scenes, but it is absolutely critical to the future of our primary industries and reinforces NSW as a national leader in agricultural innovation.”

Case studies:

FMD Vaccine World First

  • Researchers at EMAI played a critical role in developing the world-first vaccine.
  • This is a once-in-a-generation development that puts Australia at the forefront of the development of these types of vaccines.
  • Protecting our livestock from devastating animal diseases, including foot-and-mouth disease (FMD) and lumpy skin disease (LSD), is a vitally important initiative for Australia.
  • An outbreak of FMD could cost the Australian economy up to $80 billion through trade disruption and response to the disease.

Japanese encephalitis virus (JEV) response

  • The Virology Laboratory at EMAI was the first lab in Australia to identify the presence of Japanese encephalitis virus (JEV) in foetal pig samples.
  • The lab’s virologists and veterinary pathologists were unable to resolve what was causing illnesses in pigs, so the team ran a broader virus diagnostic to detect the group of viruses that includes JEV.
  • The detection of JEV in Central NSW and south to the Murray River was an unexpected and significant finding.
  • After the diagnosis, health authorities were able to confirm JEV in human cases of encephalitis which up until then had an undiagnosed cause.

Varroa and suspect Polyphagous shothole borer (PSHB) samples

  • Collaboration between the molecular entomology and biotechnology teams at EMAI, using Advanced Gene Technology Centre (AGTC) facilities, led to successful barcode sequencing to confirm or deny the presence of serious exotic pests in less than 24 hours.
  • In the case of varroa in 2022, the team confirmed varroa the morning after samples were received at EMAI.
  • For two suspect Polyphagous shothole borer samples, the team followed up on suspect protein fingerprint profiles that indicated the material could be PSHB, with barcode sequencing undertaken overnight to confirm NSW was still free of PSHB.

 

Dedicated alpine weather page part of latest BOM website improvements

The Bureau of Meteorology has delivered its latest website update.

In this release navigation has improved, there’s a new dedicated alpine weather page in time for the ski season, and the weather map has more place names.

Bureau of Meteorology CEO Dr Stuart Minchin said the update was a direct response to community feedback.

“Since launch, we've had requests for more locations to be added to the weather map,” Dr Minchin said.

“Our website is there to serve all Australians. We've now added more than 100 place names, primarily in the Northern Territory and Queensland.

“We'll be adding hundreds more in the months ahead.”

The weather map will now remember users’ most recent pan and zoom position, keeping the settings the same for the next time the page is viewed.

For example, if your last visit was a maximum zoomed-in view of Mount Isa, Queensland, this is the view you'll see next time you visit the rain radar.

“Changes like these will make it easier for everyone to find what they need,” Dr Minchin said.

Other changes include the UV Index being restored to the hourly forecast and updating the presentation of flood warnings.

A new alpine weather page provides weather map layers for snow, wind and temperature, and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions in one page.

The updated Alpine regions page provides weather maps and forecasts for snow resorts, towns, and remote areas in Australia's alpine regions.

Alpine regions offers information across 2 tabs:

  • Forecasts – alpine districts and locations
  • Map – 3 hourly snow, wind and temperature forecasts.

Navigating the website has become easier with changes to tabs and page layouts on a number of key pages such as Forecasts and observations, Coasts and Oceans and state, territory and district pages.

“People have told us that navigating to forecasts and observations for districts and states was hard,” Dr Minchin said.

“We’ve paid close attention to this feedback.

“Combined with last month's search improvements, this will make it easier for regional web users to find out if their district is expecting rain or sunshine.”

Updates will continue to be made to the website in response to the feedback received from the community.

Information about recent changes is available at bom.gov.au/website-help/website-updates

The ski season starts on the June long weekend and runs until October's long weekend in NSW. 

The Kiandra Alpine Club's Snow Carnival, 1900. Photo: Kerry

Birdwood Park Bushcare Group Narrabeen

The council has received an application from residents to volunteer to look after bushland at 199/201 Ocean street North Narrabeen.

The group will meet once a month for 2-3 hours at a time to be decided by the group. Activities will consist of weeding out invasive species and encouraging the regeneration of native plants. Support and supervision will be provided by the council.

If you have questions or are interested in joining the group please email the council on bushcare@northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au

Sydney Wildlife (Sydney Metropolitan Wildlife Services) Needs People for the Rescue Line

We are calling on you to help save the rescue line because the current lack of operators is seriously worrying. Look at these faces! They need you! 

Every week we have around 15 shifts either not filled or with just one operator and the busy season is around the corner. This situation impacts on the operators, MOPs, vets and the animals, because the phone line is constantly busy. Already the baby possum season is ramping up with calls for urgent assistance for these vulnerable little ones.

We have an amazing team, but they can’t answer every call in Spring and Summer if they work on their own.  Please jump in and join us – you would be welcomed with open arms!  We offer lots of training and support and you can work from the office in the Lane Cove National Park or on your home computer.

If you are not able to help do you know someone (a friend or family member perhaps) who might be interested?

Please send us a message and we will get in touch. Please send our wonderful office admin Carolyn an email at  sydneywildliferescueline@gmail.com

622kg of Rubbish Collected from Local Beaches: Adopt your local beach program

Sadly, our beaches are not as pristine as we'd all like to think they are. 

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' Adopt A beach ocean conservation program is highlighting that we need to clean up our act.

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches' states:
''The collective action by our amazing local community at their monthly beach clean events across 9 beach locations is assisting Surfrider Foundation NB in the compilation of quantitative data on the volume, type and often source of the marine pollution occurring at each location.

In just 6 sessions, clear indicators are already forming on the waste items and areas to target with dedicated litter prevention strategies.

Plastic pollution is an every body problem and the solution to fixing it lies within every one of us.
Together we can choose to refuse this fate on our Northern beaches and turn the tide on pollution. 
A cleaner coast together !''

Join us - 1st Sunday of the month, Adopt your local for a power beach clean or donate to help support our program here. https://www.surfrider.org.au/donate/

Event locations 
  • Avalon – Des Creagh Reserve (North Avalon Beach Lookout)
  • North Narrabeen – Corner Ocean St & Malcolm St (grass reserve next to North Narrabeen SLSC)
  • Collaroy– 1058 Pittwater Rd (beachfront next to The Beach Club Collaroy)
  • Dee Why Beach –  Corner Howard Ave & The Strand (beachfront grass reserve, opposite Blu Restaurant)
  • Curl Curl – Beachfront at North Curl Curl Surf Club. Shuttle bus also available from Harbord Diggers to transport participants to/from North Curl Curl beach. 
  • Freshwater Beach – Moore Rd Beach Reserve (opposite Pilu Restaurant)
  • Manly Beach – 11 South Steyne (grass reserve opposite Manly Grill)
  • Manly Cove – Beach at West Esplanade (opposite Fratelli Fresh)
  • Little Manly– 55 Stuart St Little Manly (Beachfront Grass Reserve)
… and more to follow!

Surfrider Foundation Northern Beaches

This Tick Season: Freeze it - don't squeeze it

Notice of 1080 Poison Baiting

The NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) will be conducting a baiting program using manufactured baits, fresh baits and Canid Pest Ejectors (CPE’s/ejectors) containing 1080 poison (sodium fluoroacetate) for the control of foxes. The program is continuous and ongoing for the protection of threatened species.

This notification is for the period to 31 July 2026 at the following locations:

  • Garigal National Park
  • Lane Cove National Park (baits only, no ejectors are used in Lane Cove National Park)
  • Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park
  • Sydney Harbour National Park – North Head (including the Quarantine Station), Dobroyd Head, Chowder Head & Bradleys Head managed by the NPWS
  • The North Head Sanctuary managed by the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust
  • The Australian Institute of Police Management, North Head

DO NOT TOUCH BAITS OR EJECTORS

All baiting locations will be identifiable by signs.

Please be reminded that domestic pets are not permitted on NPWS Estate. Pets and working dogs may be affected (1080 is lethal to cats and dogs). Pets and working dogs must be restrained or muzzled in the vicinity and must not enter the baiting location. Penalties apply for non-compliance.

In the event of accidental poisoning seek immediate veterinary assistance.

For further information please call the local NPWS office on:

NPWS Sydney North (Middle Head) Area office: 9960 6266

NPWS Sydney North (Forestville) Area office: 9451 3479

NPWS North West Sydney (Lane Cove NP) Area office: 8448 0400

NPWS after-hours Duty officer service: 1300 056 294

Sydney Harbour Federation Trust: 8969 2128

Volunteers for Barrenjoey Lighthouse Tours needed

Details:

Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Recycling Batteries: at Mona Vale + Avalon Beach

Over 18,600 tonnes of batteries are discarded to landfill in Australia each year, even though 95% of a battery can be recycled!

That’s why we are rolling out battery recycling units across our stores! Our battery recycling units accept household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries as well as mobile phones! 

How To Dispose Of Your Batteries Safely: 

  1. Collect Your Used Batteries: Gather all used batteries from your home. Our battery recycling units accept batteries from a wide range of products such as household, button cell, laptop, and power tool batteries.
  2. Tape Your Terminals: Tape the terminals of used batteries with clear sticky tape.
  3. Drop Them Off: Come and visit your nearest participating store to recycle your batteries for free (at Johnson Brothers Mitre 10 Mona Vale and Avalon Beach).
  4. Feel Good About Your Impact: By recycling your batteries, you're helping support a healthier planet by keeping hazardous material out of landfills and conserving resources.

Environmental Benefits

  • Reduces hazardous waste in landfill
  • Conserves natural resources by promoting the use of recycled materials
  • Keep toxic materials out of waterways 

Reporting Dogs Offleash - Dog Attacks to Council

If the attack happened outside local council hours, you may call your local police station. Police officers are also authorised officers under the Companion Animals Act 1998. Authorised officers have a wide range of powers to deal with owners of attacking dogs, including seizing dogs that have attacked.

You can report dog attacks, along with dogs offleash where they should not be, to the NBC anonymously and via your own name, to get a response, at: https://help.northernbeaches.nsw.gov.au/s/submit-request?topic=Pets_Animals

If the matter is urgent or dangerous call Council on 1300 434 434 (24 hours a day, 7 days a week).

If you find injured wildlife please contact:
  • Sydney Wildlife Rescue (24/7): 9413 4300 
  • WIRES: 1300 094 737

Plastic Bread Ties For Wheelchairs

The Berry Collective at 1691 Pittwater Rd, Mona Vale collects them for Oz Bread Tags for Wheelchairs, who recycle the plastic.

Berry Collective is the practice on the left side of the road as you head north, a few blocks before Mona Vale shops . They have parking. Enter the foyer and there's a small bin on a table where you drop your bread ties - very easy.

A full list of Aussie bread tags for wheelchairs is available at: HERE 


Stay Safe From Mosquitoes 

NSW Health is reminding people to protect themselves from mosquitoes when they are out and about.

NSW Health states Mosquitoes in NSW can carry viruses such as Japanese encephalitis (JE), Murray Valley encephalitis (MVE), Kunjin, Ross River and Barmah Forest. The viruses may cause serious diseases with symptoms ranging from tiredness, rash, headache and sore and swollen joints to rare but severe symptoms of seizures and loss of consciousness.

A free vaccine to protect against JE infection is available to those at highest risk in NSW and people can check their eligibility at NSW Health.

People are encouraged to take actions to prevent mosquito bites and reduce the risk of acquiring a mosquito-borne virus by:
  • Applying repellent to exposed skin. Use repellents that contain DEET, picaridin, or oil of lemon eucalyptus. Check the label for reapplication times.
  • Re-applying repellent regularly, particularly after swimming. Be sure to apply sunscreen first and then apply repellent.
  • Wearing light, loose-fitting long-sleeve shirts, long pants and covered footwear and socks.
  • Avoiding going outdoors during peak mosquito times, especially at dawn and dusk.
  • Using insecticide sprays, vapour dispensing units and mosquito coils to repel mosquitoes (mosquito coils should only be used outdoors in well-ventilated areas)
  • Covering windows and doors with insect screens and checking there are no gaps.
  • Removing items that may collect water such as old tyres and empty pots from around your home to reduce the places where mosquitoes can breed.
  • Using repellents that are safe for children. Most skin repellents are safe for use on children aged three months and older. Always check the label for instructions. Protecting infants aged less than three months by using an infant carrier draped with mosquito netting, secured along the edges.
  • While camping, use a tent that has fly screens to prevent mosquitoes entering or sleep under a mosquito net.
Remember, Spray Up – Cover Up – Screen Up to protect from mosquito bite. For more information go to NSW Health.

Mountain Bike Incidents On Public Land: Survey

This survey aims to document mountain bike related incidents on public land, available at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/K88PSNP

Sent in by Pittwater resident Academic for future report- study. 

Report fox sightings

Fox sightings, signs of fox activity, den locations and attacks on native or domestic animals can be reported into FoxScan. FoxScan is a free resource for residents, community groups, local Councils, and other land managers to record and report fox sightings and control activities. 

Our Council's Invasive species Team receives an alert when an entry is made into FoxScan.  The information in FoxScan will assist with planning fox control activities and to notify the community when and where foxes are active.



marine wildlife rescue group on the Central Coast

A new wildlife group was launched on the Central Coast on Saturday, December 10, 2022.

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast (MWRCC) had its official launch at The Entrance Boat Shed at 10am.

The group comprises current and former members of ASTR, ORRCA, Sea Shepherd, Greenpeace, WIRES and Wildlife ARC, as well as vets, academics, and people from all walks of life.

Well known marine wildlife advocate and activist Cathy Gilmore is spearheading the organisation.

“We believe that it is time the Central Coast looked after its own marine wildlife, and not be under the control or directed by groups that aren’t based locally,” Gilmore said.

“We have the local knowledge and are set up to respond and help injured animals more quickly.

“This also means that donations and money fundraised will go directly into helping our local marine creatures, and not get tied up elsewhere in the state.”

The organisation plans to have rehabilitation facilities and rescue kits placed in strategic locations around the region.

MWRCC will also be in touch with Indigenous groups to learn the traditional importance of the local marine environment and its inhabitants.

“We want to work with these groups and share knowledge between us,” Gilmore said.

“This is an opportunity to help save and protect our local marine wildlife, so if you have passion and commitment, then you are more than welcome to join us.”

Marine Wildlife Rescue Central Coast has a Facebook page where you may contact members. Visit: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100076317431064


Watch out - shorebirds about

Pittwater is home to many resident and annually visiting birds. If you watch your step you won't harm any beach-nesting and estuary-nesting birds have started setting up home on our shores.

Did you know that Careel Bay and other spots throughout our area are part of the East Asian-Australasian Flyway Partnership (EAAFP)?

This flyway, and all of the stopping points along its way, are vital to ensure the survival of these Spring and Summer visitors. This is where they rest and feed on their journeys.  For example, did you know that the bar-tailed godwit flies for 239 hours for 8,108 miles from Alaska to Australia?

Not only that, Shorebirds such as endangered oystercatchers and little terns lay their eggs in shallow scraped-out nests in the sand, NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service (NPWS) Threatened Species officer Ms Katherine Howard has said.
Even our regular residents such as seagulls are currently nesting to bear young.

What can you do to help them?
Known nest sites may be indicated by fencing or signs. The whole community can help protect shorebirds by keeping out of nesting areas marked by signs or fences and only taking your dog to designated dog offleash area. 

Just remember WE are visitors to these areas. These birds LIVE there. This is their home.

Four simple steps to help keep beach-nesting birds safe:
1. Look out for bird nesting signs or fenced-off nesting areas on the beach, stay well clear of these areas and give the parent birds plenty of space.
2. Walk your dogs in designated dog-friendly areas only and always keep them on a leash over summer.
3. Stay out of nesting areas and follow all local rules.
4. Chicks are mobile and don't necessarily stay within fenced nesting areas. When you're near a nesting area, stick to the wet sand to avoid accidentally stepping on a chick.


Possums In Your Roof?: do the right thing

Possums in your roof? Please do the right thing 
On the weekend, one of our volunteers noticed a driver pull up, get out of their vehicle, open the boot, remove a trap and attempt to dump a possum on a bush track. Fortunately, our member intervened and saved the beautiful female brushtail and the baby in her pouch from certain death. 

It is illegal to relocate a trapped possum more than 150 metres from the point of capture and substantial penalties apply.  Urbanised possums are highly territorial and do not fare well in unfamiliar bushland. In fact, they may starve to death or be taken by predators.

While Sydney Wildlife Rescue does not provide a service to remove possums from your roof, we do offer this advice:

✅ Call us on (02) 9413 4300 and we will refer you to a reliable and trusted licenced contractor in the Sydney metropolitan area. For a small fee they will remove the possum, seal the entry to your roof and provide a suitable home for the possum - a box for a brushtail or drey for a ringtail.
✅ Do-it-yourself by following this advice from the Department of Planning and Environment: 

❌ Do not under any circumstances relocate a possum more than 150 metres from the capture site.
Thank you for caring and doing the right thing.



Sydney Wildlife photos

Aviaries + Possum Release Sites Needed

Pittwater Online News has interviewed Lynette Millett OAM (WIRES Northern Beaches Branch) needs more bird cages of all sizes for keeping the current huge amount of baby wildlife in care safe or 'homed' while they are healed/allowed to grow bigger to the point where they may be released back into their own home. 

If you have an aviary or large bird cage you are getting rid of or don't need anymore, please email via the link provided above. There is also a pressing need for release sites for brushtail possums - a species that is very territorial and where release into a site already lived in by one possum can result in serious problems and injury. 

If you have a decent backyard and can help out, Lyn and husband Dave can supply you with a simple drey for a nest and food for their first weeks of adjustment.

Mona Vale Dunes bushcare group: 2026 Dates

What’s Happening? Mona Vale Dunes Bushcare group catch-up. 

In 2026 our usual work mornings will be the second Saturday and third Thursday of each month. You can come to either or both. 

We are maintaining an area south of Golf Avenue. This was cleared of dense lantana, green cestrum and ground Asparagus in 2019-2020. 600 tubestock were planted in June 2021, and natural regeneration is ongoing. 

Photos: The site In November 2019, chainsaws at the ready. In July 2025, look at the difference - coastal dune vegetation instead of dense weeds. But maintenance continues and bushcarers are on the job. Can you join us?

(access to this southern of MV Dunes  - parking near Mona Vale Headland reserve, or walk from Golf Ave.) 

For comparison, see this image of MV dunes in 1969!, taken from atop the home units at the end of Golf Avenue. 

2026 Dates

Bangalley Headland WPA Bushcare 2026

Watch out for PNHA signs telling you about bush regeneration and our local environment. This is one of many coming up.

Bushcare in Pittwater: where + when

For further information or to confirm the meeting details for below groups, please contact Council's Bushcare Officer on 9970 1367 or visit Council's bushcare webpage to find out how you can get involved.

BUSHCARE SCHEDULES 
Where we work                      Which day                              What time 

Avalon     
Angophora Reserve             3rd Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Dunes                        1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 
Avalon Golf Course              2nd Wednesday                 3 - 5:30pm 
Careel Creek                         4th Saturday                      8:30 - 11:30am 
Toongari Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon (8 - 11am in summer) 
Bangalley Headland            2nd Sunday                         9 to 12noon 
Catalpa Reserve              4th Sunday of the month        8.30 – 11.30
Palmgrove Park              1st Saturday of the month        9.00 – 12 

Bayview     
Winnererremy Bay                 4th Sunday                        9 to 12noon 

Bilgola     
North Bilgola Beach              3rd Monday                        9 - 12noon 
Algona Reserve                     1st Saturday                       9 - 12noon 
Plateau Park                          1st Friday                            8:30 - 11:30am 

Church Point     
Browns Bay Reserve             1st Tuesday                        9 - 12noon 
McCarrs Creek Reserve       Contact Bushcare Officer     To be confirmed 

Clareville     
Old Wharf Reserve                 3rd Saturday                      8 - 11am 

Elanora     
Kundibah Reserve                   4th Sunday                       8:30 - 11:30am 

Mona Vale     
Mona Vale Beach Basin          1st Saturday                    8 - 11am 
Mona Vale Dunes                     2nd Saturday +3rd Thursday     8:30 - 11:30am 

Newport     
Bungan Beach                          4th Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
Crescent Reserve                    3rd Sunday                      9 - 12noon 
North Newport Beach              4th Saturday                    8:30 - 11:30am 
Porter Reserve                          2nd Saturday                  8 - 11am 

North Narrabeen     
Irrawong Reserve                     2nd Saturday                   2 - 5pm 

Palm Beach     
North Palm Beach Dunes      3rd Saturday                    9 - 12noon 

Scotland Island     
Catherine Park                          2nd Sunday                     10 - 12:30pm 
Elizabeth Park                           1st Saturday                      9 - 12noon 
Pathilda Reserve                      3rd Saturday                      9 - 12noon 

Warriewood     
Warriewood Wetlands             1st Sunday                         8:30 - 11:30am 

Whale Beach     
Norma Park                               1st Friday                            9 - 12noon 

Western Foreshores     
Coopers Point, Elvina Bay      2nd Sunday                        10 - 1pm 
Rocky Point, Elvina Bay           1st Monday                          9 - 12noon

Friends Of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment Activities

Bush Regeneration - Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment  
This is a wonderful way to become connected to nature and contribute to the health of the environment.  Over the weeks and months you can see positive changes as you give native species a better chance to thrive.  Wildlife appreciate the improvement in their habitat.

Belrose area - Thursday mornings 
Belrose area - Weekend mornings by arrangement
Contact: Phone or text Conny Harris on 0432 643 295

Wheeler Creek - Wednesday mornings 9-11am
Contact: Phone or text Judith Bennett on 0402 974 105
Or email: Friends of Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment : email@narrabeenlagoon.org.au

Gardens and Environment Groups and Organisations in Pittwater


Ringtail Posses 2023

Why are retail power prices finally falling?

Andrew Merry/Getty
Tony Wood, Grattan Institute

Renewables and energy storage were pitched as a way to drive down power prices. But the hidden costs of the clean energy transition mean lower prices haven’t fully eventuated.

That’s why this week’s news power prices will fall by up to 10% have been gratefully received by the government – and consumers. The falls are real, though they do not apply everywhere.

There are important caveats. The cheaper power will directly apply to customers on the default market offer, the safety net power plan overseen by the Australian Energy Regulator. Fewer than 10% of consumers are on this offer.

Despite this, the decision by the Australian Energy Regulator will be influential. Just as banks tend to follow a Reserve Bank decision on interest rates, energy retailers tend to be guided by the prices set under the default market offer.

Why are prices falling? Solar, wind and batteries can provide power more cheaply than fossil fuels, and renewables have reached as high as 50% in Australia’s main grid. They could have driven retail prices down further if not offset by the rising costs of new transmission lines.

What drives power prices?

The power savings are uneven. In South East Queensland, retail power prices will fall by 10.7% and in New South Wales by up to 7.7%. In South Australia, some customers will have a small price rise of 1.4%. Small businesses will see larger falls – as much as 20.9% in NSW.

In Victoria, which has its own separate default offer, retail prices will fall 5%.

The average power bill for an Australian household is around A$2,000 a year. The actual cost of wholesale power accounts for 30–40% of the bill. Network costs – the cost of getting the power to the consumer – make up another 40%. The remaining amount is due to environmental and retailer costs.

In recent years, the cost of producing wholesale power has dropped. This is because more wind and solar farms have come online, while grid-scale batteries are pushing gas power out of the grid at times.

This means there’s less reliance on coal and gas. The role of gas is key, as this fossil fuel has become more expensive. It tends to be used only when demand is very high. At these times, gas acts as a price-setter for the energy market and the price it sets is high. So, other things being equal, less reliance on gas means lower prices.

Network costs have mostly increased, in a range of 5–10%. The key contributor has been the cost of building new transmission lines, and damage from extreme weather has also added costs in Queensland. Inflation adds extra cost to big projects.

What’s next?

This dynamic is likely to continue for some time. We can expect wholesale prices to keep falling, or at least not rise. We may also see network prices rising more sharply, given community pushback against some new transmission projects and slow progress. Without new transmission lines, many renewable projects won’t be viable.

In the next few years, more Australian households will have smart meters installed. In NSW, SA, the Australian Capital Territory and Queensland, rollout is meant to be complete by 2030. Western Australia and Tasmania have their own programs and Victoria’s rollout was completed more than a decade ago.

Smart meters make it possible for power retailers to charge customers different rates at different times. This encourages people to use more power when it’s cheap to produce, and less during peak times such as evenings.

These time-of-use tariffs will become increasingly important. For the first time, the energy regulator included both flat tariffs and time-of-use tariffs in its default market offer. Over time, and with further market reforms, we can expect to see more people take up time-of-use tariffs.

We can also expect big batteries to flex their muscle in the grid, outcompeting gas peaking plants and keeping wholesale prices lower. The influence of these batteries is beginning to show, and it is accelerating.

Household batteries, too, may play a role. The government’s hugely popular household battery incentive scheme will let people with solar store power at home, and use it during peak times instead of relying on expensive grid power.

In the messy middle

We are in the middle of reshaping the electricity grid.

The 20th-century model was built around peak demand – the handful of times a year when huge demand required standby plants to fire up and produce power at high cost. That’s now changing. Gas will go from providing perhaps 20% of Australia’s electricity to as low as 5%. It will be needed as a backup during low wind or sun days for some time.

But the big unknown is new transmission – the missing piece of the clean energy transition. Until this is done, we will keep seeing lower wholesale costs offset by higher network costs. But when it is complete, network costs, too, should fall.The Conversation

Tony Wood, Senior Fellow in Energy and Climate Change, Grattan Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What ‘biodegradable’ packaging really means – and 3 key questions to ask about it

John Cameron / Unsplash
Martin Zaki, Deakin University and Alessandra Sutti, Deakin University

“Biodegradable” has become one of the most reassuring words in modern packaging. It appears on coffee cups, shopping bags and food containers, implying a promise: this product is better for the environment because nature will eventually take care of it.

However, biodegradability is not a simple yes-or-no property. It exists in shades, which we can measure.

Biodegradation is a complex process. Microbes and molecules present in an environment such as soil attack a material and digest it, much like what happens to food in our gut.

A material is typically defined as biodegradable if it is digested “well” by the environment in which it is placed. The more mass the material loses during digestion, and the more carbon dioxide it produces, the more biodegradable it is.

Different environments digest materials in different ways. Temperature, sunlight, oxygen, moisture and microbial diversity all influence how quickly materials degrade.

Even the most rigorous testing cannot fully capture the complexity of the real world – but it can help guide our choices.

Biodegradability is relative

In the lab we can simulate environments such as landfill, home compost bins and industrial compost facilities. If we understand in which settings a material breaks down better, we can tell the consumer how to best dispose of it and prevent pollution and other issues.

A material that decomposes quickly in an industrial composting facility may persist for years in the ocean or landfill.

Industrial composting systems maintain elevated temperatures, controlled aeration and consistent moisture. Hot, moist and oxygen-rich conditions generally aid biodegradation but they are not easy to come by in a backyard compost bin.

Home compost systems are typically cooler and more variable. The result: a material certified for industrial composting may not break down effectively at home.

Take polylactic acid (PLA), a biodegradable material generally considered to be a greener alternative to common plastics (like PET). PLA can biodegrade effectively in an industrial composting system. With temperatures above 60°C and controlled moisture, oxygen and microbial activity, microbes can convert PLA into carbon dioxide, water and biomass in just a few days.

Outside these conditions, the story changes. If PLA ends up in landfill, decomposition can be slow because oxygen is limited. In rivers or marine environments, it may persist for years and act as a raft for “alien” species. In your compost bin or worm farm it might disappear in a few months.

Time for standards

There are many ways to measure biodegradability. One common series of tests, OECD 301 assesses “ready biodegradability” in different environments as a material’s ability to biodegrade around 60% within 28 days under controlled conditions.

Industrially compostable materials are tested under very specific conditions. Standards such as EN 13432, used in Europe, assess whether packaging can successfully break down in industrial composting facilities.

To meet the standard, at least 90% of the material must biodegrade into carbon dioxide, water and biomass within six months. These tests typically involve elevated temperatures, controlled aeration, and moisture.

Most biodegradable plastic materials do not disappear cleanly. Instead, they fragment into progressively smaller particles before fully breaking down. During this period, the fragments will continue interacting with organisms and ecosystems.

Compost bins too can get indigestion

Biodegradability standards are helpful for consumers and waste regulators. Nevertheless, they are limited. They often do not test how much of any given material a specific disposal system can sustain at any one time.

This is an important parameter to take into account. Take food waste. When large quantities of food lie in landfill without oxygen, they generate methane, a greenhouse gas far more potent than carbon dioxide over short timescales.

Other biodegradable materials are no different and can throw out the balance of an ecosystem such as your compost bin, if added in excessive quantities.

Introducing certain materials to a compost bin might also cause certain microbes to thrive and others to suffer, sometimes with unintended consequences, such as making your compost bin smell bad.

In the future, biodegradability tests will likely be paired with ecotoxicity assessments, to help us understand whether a material breaks down safely and without generating harmful byproducts or microbial imbalances.

What can we do?

Few of us have an industrial composting facility nearby to take care of biodegradable materials. Industrially compostable products such as coffee cups often end up sent to landfill alongside conventional waste.

This does not mean individuals are powerless or that biodegradable materials are inherently bad.

You can start by checking local council guidance and choosing products certified for the systems available in your area, or your compost bin.

Ask yourself:

  • is this product home compostable or only industrially compostable?

  • is there infrastructure locally that can process it?

  • has it been independently certified?

As for industrially compostable coffee cups, check that you can return cups to participating cafes. They should not be placed in standard recycling bins or food and organics bins as they are considered contaminants. If unsure, place them in a bin destined for landfill.

Ultimately, the most sustainable option remains a reusable washable cup.

These may seem like small actions but they help push packaging design and waste systems toward greater transparency and accountability.

Moving beyond simple labels

As consumers, we want to make educated choices about their purchases and how they can be disposed of.

For now, we have simple labels. In the future, we will hopefully have more complete information about how materials degrade in industrial composting facilities, home compost bins, soil, freshwater, sea water and landfill sites.

Biodegradable materials offer clear advantages over highly persistent materials, but the term “biodegradable” should not be mistaken for environmentally harmless.

Let’s just remember that a biodegradable material released in the wrong place, at the wrong scale, or under the wrong conditions may behave not very differently from a non-biodegradable material.

Understanding the shades of biodegradability moves the conversation beyond simplistic labels. Nature can break many things down, eventually. The more important question is whether it can do so without getting indigestion.The Conversation

Martin Zaki, Associate Research Fellow in Biomaterials, Deakin University and Alessandra Sutti, Associate Professor, Institute for Frontier Materials, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Healthy soil can protect land from soaring heat. But our map shows where soil is suffering

Amin Sharififar, University of Sydney

Imagine walking into a double-brick house on a scorching 40°C summer day – it feels cool almost straight away. Now imagine stepping into a corrugated tin shed – it feels like an oven. The difference is simple: some materials slow heat down, while others let it rush through.

Soil works in a similar way. Soil in fully functioning condition can act as a thermal buffer: a giant shock absorber for temperature. It holds water and organic matter such as leaf litter, and slows sharp changes in temperature.

But when soil becomes dry, bare or damaged, that protection weakens. During heatwaves, the roots of crop plants may be sitting in rapidly heating soil.

Our new research shows Australia has “thermal gaps” in large areas. A thermal gap is the difference between a soil’s natural ability to absorb heat and keep temperatures steady, and what it is actually doing now after years of farming, land use change and a warming climate. In some areas, especially across southeastern and central Australia, soils are no longer protecting plants from heat as well as they could.

This matters because soil is not just dirt under our feet. It is a buffer against climate change. Soil controls how heat and moisture move between the land and the atmosphere. When soil loses its buffering power, ground temperatures can rise more quickly.

This can reduce plant growth, lower crop and pasture production, and even affect local weather and climate over large areas.

What we did and what we found

To understand where this is happening, we created the first continent-wide map of Australia’s soil thermal buffering capacity.

In other words, we mapped how well different soils can slow heat and keep ground temperatures stable.

We compared each soil’s natural potential with its current condition. This helps show where soil buffering is strong, where it has weakened, and where it may have changed for better or worse.

The results show a clear contrast between soil types.

Clay-rich soils can hold more water and behave more like the double-brick house. They warm and cool slowly, which helps keep roots in a steadier environment.

Iron-rich red and yellow soils in parts of northern Australia, known as Kandosols, also showed good natural capacity and good current condition in our study. These landscapes are still working well as soil heat buffers.

But this does not mean every Kandosol is the same. Soil condition, ground cover, moisture and management still matter.

Sandy soils tell a different story. They naturally hold far less water. When ground cover is low, they lose water faster. Under a hot sun, they behave more like the tin shed. They heat quickly and offer plants much less protection.

That’s why the difference between “just dry” and “hot and dry” is so important. Once dry or degraded soils lose moisture, the sun’s energy heats the ground directly. Roots can become stressed, soil life slows down and crops may decline before the problem is obvious above ground.

This is one reason flash droughts are so dangerous. A flash drought can develop in days or weeks when high temperatures, dry winds and low soil moisture arrive together.

One 2025 global study found flash droughts linked with extreme heat are more severe and take longer to recover from than flash droughts without extreme heat.

For farmers, trouble may already be building below the surface before normal weather warnings capture the full risk.

The good news

The good news is that soil can regain some of its lost heat protection. We can help “re-insulate” the ground with practical farming methods.

One is called “stubble retention”, which means leaving old crop stalks and leaves on the field after harvest rather than burning or removing them.

This layer shades the soil and slows water loss.

Another method, called “cover cropping”, involved growing plants mainly to protect and feed the soil (not necessarily to harvest them). Cover crops keep living roots in the ground, reduce bare soil and add organic matter.

Studies overseas show why this matters. In the US state of Missouri, fields kept covered with plants held more moisture than bare fields. In North Dakota, bare soil was much hotter near the surface than soil protected by barley residue or cover crops.

These methods do not make heatwaves disappear, but they can reduce the stress heat places on soils and crops. Cooler, moister soils may also help surrounding vegetation dry out more slowly, although this is only one part of reducing bushfire risk.

The next step

Our national map is a starting point. It shows where soils may be losing their ability to buffer heat. The next step is to test that risk on real farms.

That means pairing the map with local sensors, such as soil-temperature and soil-moisture probes buried near plant roots. These sensors can show when the soil is drying and how quickly it is heating, and when roots may be coming under stress.

Farm trials can then test which actions work best in different soil types, such as keeping stubble, planting cover crops, adjusting irrigation or reducing grazing pressure.

The results could be turned into simple tools for farmers, such as paddock maps, heat-risk alerts or irrigation guides.

Asking “how dry is the soil?” is no longer enough. We must go further by asking “how fast will this soil heat up once it dries?”

That question matters for irrigation, grazing, crop planning and drought warnings.

If farmers can see heat stress building below the surface, they may be able to act earlier. They can protect ground cover, adjust irrigation, reduce grazing pressure or harvest sooner before the damage becomes obvious above ground.

Soil is one of Australia’s hidden climate defences. Healthy soil stores water, slows heat and protects roots. Damaged soil loses that shield.

By understanding and closing the thermal gap, we can give farms, landscapes and rural communities a better chance in a hotter, drier future.The Conversation

Amin Sharififar, Postdoctoral researcher in soil security, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Deep‑sea sponges survive in complete darkness in ways we didn’t know before

The deep-sea sponge Calyx sp. in its natural habitat. PROBIO-DEEP/Fugro
Alessandro N. Garritano, University of Sydney; UNSW Sydney and Torsten Thomas, UNSW Sydney

When we think of marine life, we usually picture colourful coral reefs or dense seaweed forests filled with fish and other critters. The ocean that comes to mind is the one touched by sunlight.

However, most of the ocean is not like that. By volume, roughly 95% of the ocean consists of the permanently dark, cold deep sea. Despite such hostile conditions though, there is life in the ocean’s abyss.

Deep-sea marine sponges are among the organisms that live in these mysterious dark waters. They form “gardens” that are among the largest ecosystems on the planet, some spanning thousands of square kilometres on the ocean floor. They act as ecosystem engineers, providing habitats to many other organisms living on the seafloor.

Individual sponges can also pump and filter thousands of litres of water every day through their bodies. The nutrients they release support other organisms. Yet we know remarkably little about how sponges survive, let alone thrive, in the inhospitable environment of the deep-sea.

Symbiosis with microbes is an important part of how marine sponges live. We’ve been studying deep-sea sponges to better understand life in the ocean’s depths. So far, we’ve found some sponges are packed with microorganisms that use energy from chemical reactions.

The deep-sea sponge Aphrocallistes beatrix has the highest proportion of chemosynthetic symbionts reported to date. PROBIO-DEEP/Fugro

This is called chemosynthesis and is commonly found in other deep-sea organisms, such as mussels and tubeworms living in hydrothermal vents – deep-sea “hot springs”.

Our new study, published today in the journal Microbiome, shows sponges and their microbial partners also use a second strategy to make a living in the deep sea.

Two strategies, one sponge

All living organisms produce waste. Just like humans produce urine, many sponges produce ammonia as one of their waste products.

In this study, we analysed the Calyx species of deep-sea sponges from a depth of 830 metres.

About 16% of their microbial partners use the familiar chemosynthesis process. With ammonia as the energy source, they use carbon dioxide dissolved in the water to build biomass – it’s a bit like plants growing through photosynthesis from sunlight, but in the dark.

In well-lit shallow waters, many sponges and corals have photosynthetic microbes that help them build biomass from carbon dioxide. Our findings show that in the dark depths of the ocean, sponges have microbial partners that use ammonia instead of light for the same process.

The remaining 84% of microbial partners are where it gets really interesting. Instead of chemosynthesis these microbes use heterotrophy, which means consuming organic matter to generate energy and biomass (like the vast majority of animals, humans are also heterotrophs).

The problem here is that there’s little organic matter in the deep sea. Whatever falls down from the surface waters, such as dead plankton and algae, gets stripped by bacteria and small crustaceans of anything easily digestible as it sinks through the water column.

So, the little amount of organic matter that reaches the seafloor is generally poor food for the sponge itself. But, as we discovered, not necessarily for its microbial partners.

It turns out the heterotrophic microbes in Calyx sponges have lots of enzymes specialised in breaking down complex compounds, such as xylan and pectin, which make up the hard-to-digest cell walls of algae.

Feeding on these algal skeletons would allow the microbes to thrive and to transform organic molecules into nutrients their sponge host can use.

Deep-sea sponges and crinoids (marine invertebrates) in a deep-sea reef. PROBIO-DEEP/Fugro

Protecting what we don’t yet understand

Our study shows that sponges and their microbial partners are complex, biogeochemical reactors. They use and recycle ammonia “urine”, carbon dioxide and hard-to-digest organics to generate biomass.

The biomass can then support the growth of other organisms, such as brittle stars and fish, in turn supporting the broader community of animals living on the dark seafloor.

Unfortunately, these ecosystems are under pressure from human activities. Deep-sea trawling physically destroys sponge gardens. Deep-sea mining, now being actively pursued for rare metals used in batteries and electronics, threatens to disrupt the deep-sea habitat in ways that might take centuries to recover.

The United Nations has recognised deep-sea sponge gardens as vulnerable marine ecosystems, a formal acknowledgement of both their ecological importance and their fragility. But recognition alone is not enough.

If we destroy these habitats before we fully understand their role in carbon transformation, then we may lose a critical piece of Earth’s carbon cycle before fully realising it was there.The Conversation

Alessandro N. Garritano, Postdoctoral Research Associate, Faculty of Science, University of Sydney; UNSW Sydney and Torsten Thomas, Professor in Microbiology, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Many biofuels haven’t panned out. Could algae make the clean diesel and aviation fuel Australia needs?

Peter Ralph, University of Technology Sydney; Alexandra Thomson, University of Technology Sydney, and Martin Lloyd, University of Technology Sydney

Diesel is critical to Australia. Any supply disruption has immediate and widespread consequences, given Australia imports almost 80% of its liquid fuels. As the energy shocks of the Iran war ripple out, Australia’s leaders have scrambled to shore up supplies of fuel – especially diesel and aviation fuel.

Disruptions to fuel supplies have happened before, such as in 2008 and 2022. This disruption won’t be the last.

What should policymakers do? One option is to ramp up local production of biofuels made not from crude oil but from natural oils such as canola, animal fats – or algae.

As algae researchers, we believe these humble organisms are worth exploring. Making biodiesel and sustainable aviation fuel from these fast growing organisms can be done with much less land than other crops. Technological advances mean the fuel could scale up.

Many biofuels come with trade-offs

Biofuels have gained traction worldwide as efforts to reduce dependence on fossil fuels and meet climate targets accelerate.

The Australian biofuel sector is relatively small. Farmers exported about 6 million tonnes of canola in 2023–24 to be turned into biofuels overseas.

The Australian government last year announced A$1.1 billion in incentives to boost low-carbon fuels such as biofuels.

Biofuels from corn, soybean, canola and palm oil have boosted fuel security in some nations. Brazil produces 22% of its own transport fuel from biofuels, while biofuels account for 6% of the fuel used in the United States.

The problem is, biofuels often come at an environmental cost. A third of all US corn is used to make ethanol for fuel.

What’s so good about algae?

The type we’re interested in are microalgae, single-celled organisms, not macroalgae such as kelp and other types of seaweed.

These small organisms can grow exceptionally rapidly and hold high concentrations of oils. Many microalgae species can double their weight every day. Nannochloropsis and Chlorella are the two main types used to make oil.

Traditionally, algae was grown in large, shallow outdoor pools called “raceways”. They’re now increasingly grown in high-efficiency algae bioreactors.

Algae can be processed using proven technologies such as hydrothermal liquefaction to produce biodiesel able to be used in existing trucks and machinery. It can also produce sustainable aviation fuel.

Compared to crop-based biofuels, algae has several advantages. It doesn’t compete with food production and it can be grown on non-arable land or in industrial facilities. Some species can grow in saltwater or even treat wastewater while using it for growth. If algal facilities are located near heavy industry, carbon emissions can be captured and used for algal growth in a form of carbon storage.

Algal fuels needs much less land than conventional biofuels. A hectare of algae can yield more than 58,000 litres of oil per year. By contrast, a hectare of corn produces just 172 litres.

What are the barriers?

Interest in algal fuel dates back many decades. Oil shocks in the 1970s and 1990s drove significant research into algae-based fuels. But when oil prices fell, algal biofuels were no longer cost-competitive.

Since the 1990s, technologies have matured and policy settings become more favourable. Efforts to reduce fossil fuel use have put an implicit or explicit price on carbon. Mandates to increase output of sustainable aviation fuel are emerging in the European Union.

Fossil fuel price shocks in 2022 and 2026 have nudged authorities to seriously explore alternatives. Sovereign fuel security has become a strategic priority. Both the United Arab Emirates and the US are exploring algal fuels as a long-term strategic asset.

Algae for Australia?

Australia would be well placed to explore the potential of algal fuels. It has plenty of non-arable land, abundant sunlight and some of the world’s best algae research capabilities. Plus, it depends very heavily on imported diesel and aviation fuel.

Our research group and many others have been systematically working to overcome previous limitations of algal biofuels. We now know how to produce high-quality algal fuels and scale up production at costs low enough to challenge fuels derived from crude oil.

The first step would be to invest in pilot projects to prove the technology can work at scale under real-world conditions. Overseas, similar pilots have been set up next to industry to test the use of carbon capture, or alongside research partners.

If this is successful, the next step would be to build facilities in regional locations where fossil diesel is in demand and expensive to transport – and where algae can offer a dual benefit by treating wastewater or capturing carbon.

Over time, the versatile technology could be expanded, as algae can produce not only biodiesel but also other useful products such as edible protein for animal feed and biochar, highly porous charcoal able to soak up pollutants such as heavy metals.

dark laboratory set up with glowing yellow-green algal cylinders in the centre
Researchers have been working to boost yields and scale up oil production from algae. mayaluana, CC BY-NC-ND

Algae deserves our attention

Many previous efforts to scale up biofuels have run into problems over environmental impact or cost.

It’s important to be sceptical of claims of the next big thing. But it’s also important not to overlook the potential of humble technologies such as making fuel from algae.

As leaders look for ways to bolster fuel security, algae deserves a closer look.The Conversation

Peter Ralph, Distinguished Professor of Marine Biology and Executive Director of the Climate Change Cluster, University of Technology Sydney; Alexandra Thomson, Industry Engagement Manager, Climate Change Cluster, University of Technology Sydney, and Martin Lloyd, Strategic Lead, Research Translation, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Rice feeds billions of people – but its role in fuelling climate change is growing

Rice paddies are essential to lives and livelihoods in many parts of Asia. Jingting Zhang
Hanqin Tian, Boston College; Jingting Zhang, Boston College; Pep Canadell, CSIRO, and Shufen (Susan) Pan, Boston College

Rice feeds more than half the world. From terraced paddies in Southeast Asia to irrigated fields in China and India, it underpins daily meals for billions of people.

But the same flooded soils that help rice thrive also create ideal conditions for microbes that release climate-warming gases.

In a new study, our team of environment and agriculture scientists found that greenhouse gas emissions from rice paddies have nearly doubled globally since the 1960s, averaging about 1.1 billion tons of carbon dioxide-equivalent emissions per year in the 2010s. That’s roughly equal to the annual emissions of 239 million cars.

This makes rice-growing the largest emissions source in agriculture outside of livestock, and rice demand is expected to keep rising.

Farmers have ways to reduce their rice crops’ emissions without lowering their yields. If every grower used the best currently available “climate-smart” options, we found that global rice emissions could be reduced by about 10% by midcentury. However, greater reductions are needed to slow climate change, which would require developing additional, more effective strategies.

Why rice emissions have increased

Rice emissions have risen for two reasons: the expansion of rice cultivation area and the intensification of management practices.

Just over half of the global increase is from the expansion of rice-growing areas. In Africa, for example, the rice-growing area has roughly doubled since the 1960s, helping drive a twofold rise in methane emissions in the region.

At the same time, rice farmers are using more fertilizers and organic amendments, such as straw and manure, planting more productive rice varieties and growing the plants closer together. The result is more rice but also more greenhouse gas emissions.

People walk through a rice field on a hill with golden crops and more hills in the distances.
After rice is harvested, one technique for improving soil fertility is to plow the dried rice stalks back into the soil. But this also increases methane emissions. Jingting Zhang

We found that one practice in particular – leaving rice stalks in the field after harvest and then plowing them into the soil to improve soil fertility – was responsible for about 18% of rice’s increase in overall net emissions since the 1960s. The reason: It increases the organic matter in the soil, which microbes then decompose, creating more methane emissions.

Rising global temperatures further accelerate microbial activity in the soils, meaning even more emissions.

Fertilizer is another major contributor to emissions. Use of synthetic nitrogen increased by about 76% after 2000, boosting nitrous oxide – another powerful greenhouse gas. It contributed about 9% of the increase in total global net emissions from human activities.

Irrigation practices also affect emissions. In the past, irrigated rice paddies were kept flooded throughout the growing season, resulting in constant greenhouse gas emissions produced by microbes that thrive in the wet environment. Over the past two decades, however, more farmers have used intermittent flooding – draining their fields periodically.

This change has lowered methane emissions compared with keeping the paddies continuously flooded. However, we found a slight increase in nitrogen oxide emissions as soils cycled between wet and dry, which induces microbes to transform nitrogen in organic matter into nitrogen oxide gases, particularly nitrous oxide.

Climate impact of rice production

Putting a full climate price tag on rice production is harder than measuring one greenhouse gas at a time.

Rice paddies emit methane and nitrous oxide from wet or flooded soils. They also remove carbon dioxide from the atmosphere as rice grows, and they lose carbon from their soils between crop seasons.

A credible global estimate requires consistently accounting for different gases and soil carbon changes, as well as the uncertainty involved in tracking data across space and time.

To do that, we combined three approaches:

  • An ecosystem computer model allowed us to simulate crop growth, water conditions and soil processes to estimate changes in methane, nitrous oxide and soil carbon together.

  • An artificial intelligence-powered machine learning model improved estimates where measurements were sparse to cover all rice regions in the world.

  • And a meta-analysis of more than 1,200 field experiment sites provided direct evidence of how practices such as irrigation, fertilizer use and management of crop residue affect emissions.

Together, they allowed us to quantify emissions from 1961 to 2020, determine what drove those emissions, and test the potential of mitigation techniques under future climate conditions.

What works and doesn’t for climate mitigation

There are ways to reduce emissions from rice production without sacrificing yield.

Our study found that reducing fertilizer use and residue applications, managing irrigation to allow dry periods in between flooded ones and reducing tillage could, together, reduce global greenhouse gas emissions from rice by about 10% by midcentury.

We were surprised to find that replacing chemical fertilizers with more organic choices is not always better from a greenhouse gas perspective, although it is valued in organic farming.

Maintaining moderate amounts of straw and other crop residue in the field can help boost soil fertility, but too much can increase methane emissions and accelerate the loss of carbon from the soil. Another option is to convert part of the residue into biochar – burning it under low-oxygen conditions before mixing it into flooded soils. Biochar can help stabilize soil carbon and reduce methane emissions.

A view across flooded rice paddies with mountains in the distance.
Rice has long been grown in flooded fields, which promotes methane production. By intermittently draining the fields, researchers found farmers could reduce their fields’ methane emissions. Jingting Zhang

Improving water management can be a powerful tool for reducing emissions. Periodically draining fields reduces methane production, though it may slightly raise nitrous oxide emissions. This strategy is particularly effective in regions with reliable irrigation infrastructure, including large parts of Asia.

Managing fertilizer use is also an effective mitigation strategy, particularly in highly fertilized systems, including parts of China and South Asia. Excess nitrogen increases nitrous oxide without a clear increase in crop yields and increases water pollution. Reducing overapplication of nitrogen reduces emissions and water pollution, and it saves farmers money in the process.

The effects of tilling, the practice of plowing the soil between crop seasons, have large regional differences. Reducing tilling is often promoted as climate-friendly, but we found that it does not always minimize net emissions in flooded systems. In rice fields in temperate zones, including much of the U.S. and China, cooler conditions can limit methane production, allowing the soil carbon benefits of reduced tilling to outweigh the methane risk. In warmer, persistently flooded systems, however, low-oxygen conditions can boost microbial activity, increasing methane production and accelerating soil carbon loss.

Overall, we found that no single practice works everywhere. Each region will need to assess the most effective practices for reducing emissions.

A climate ceiling for rice production

The bottom line is both hopeful and sobering: Targeted sets of optimized practices can deliver meaningful emission reductions without losing rice yields, but the total global possible reduction is modest.

To reduce emissions further will require better guidance to help farmers determine the best levels of organic amendments, such as straw or biochar, and new approaches that can reduce emissions without undermining rice production.The Conversation

Hanqin Tian, Director and Institute Professor, Center for Earth System Science and Global Sustainability, Boston College; Jingting Zhang, Research Scientist at the Center for Earth System Science and Global Sustainability, Boston College; Pep Canadell, Chief Research Scientist, CSIRO Environment; Executive Director, Global Carbon Project, CSIRO, and Shufen (Susan) Pan, Associate Professor of Environmental Science, Boston College

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia needs thousands more kerbside EV chargers. Here’s how to roll them out fast and fairly

Ogulcan Aksoy/Getty
Bjorn Sturmberg, UNSW Sydney

Electric vehicles (EVs) are no longer a niche technology. Australians are buying them in growing numbers as petrol prices bite and the federal government continues its tax exemption until 2029.

The challenge now is to build the supporting charging infrastructure.

Fast and ultrafast chargers, which recharge a typical EV in 10–15 minutes, have proven to be commercially attractive, with the number of these chargers growing by 22% in 2025. This is because drivers will pay a premium to recharge quickly while travelling.

But they aren’t appropriate for everyday use. They’re too expensive, and place stress on EV batteries and the grid. They also risk aggravating metro-regional divisions, with regional communities hosting infrastructure that serves the needs of city travellers and not locals.

So, what’s the answer? Our new research crunched the data from 27,000 kerbside charging sessions and made it public in an effort to find out.

A kerbside revolution

For EVs to truly go mainstream, Australia needs more public “kerbside” chargers. These can be microwave-sized boxes mounted to power poles or slightly larger boxes fixed to the kerb. These offer affordable, reliable and convenient recharging in 2–8 hours (depending on the charger and EV).

They are needed for apartment residents and renters without access to private off-street charging, as well as EV drivers who need to charge between trips.

While the need for more kerbside chargers is widely agreed, there is fierce debate about who should deploy them. Electricity distribution companies are lobbying to do so – they would add the cost to all consumer electricity bills. Private operators oppose this because they want to protect their market share.

The federal government is proposing this way forward: $40 million in taxpayer funding, electricity distributor funding through consumer bills, and private investment.

This proposal would allow private investors to cherrypick sites that are expected to be profitable, such as where EV uptake is already high and many residents live in apartments. Other kerbside charging sites would be developed by electricity distribution companies.

In the scramble for position, one question risks being overlooked: what serves the public interest best?

What we need to do

Our new research addresses this question with three guiding principles, and open access data and analysis.

It finds kerbside charging must be delivered in a way that is fast, fair and adaptable in the future.

Rapid EV adoption brings associated advantages in terms of pollution, health, fuel security and economic benefits.

A fair uptake of kerbside charging would see all members of society share in its benefits, not just the predominantly wealthy recipients of the federal government’s current Fringe Benefits Tax subsidies.

Australia’s 20 million domestic cars – and almost all heavier vehicles – will eventually be electric, so we need to prepare for this. And we need to avoid the kind of hiccups Australia experienced when the grid wasn’t ready for millions of rooftop solar systems.

Kerbside charging is profitable

Our research team at UNSW, in partnership with Waverley, Woollahra and Randwick Councils in New South Wales, has processed and made public data from 27,000 kerbside charging sessions.

Our most significant finding is that some kerbside charging sites are quite profitable, but there are not enough of them. And they are not profitable enough to make kerbside networks commercially profitable overall.

This level of profitability is consistent with kerbside charging being public infrastructure – providing an essential service at affordable rates.

What about current proposals?

We analysed the federal proposal, which would to let private investors choose the most attractive sites while the rest were developed through electricity distribution companies. We found there was a risk this would increase long-term costs for electricity customers.

This is because profitable sites would not cross-subsidise unprofitable – but still important – sites. And this might outweigh the benefits of having private investment cover some of the costs otherwise carried by taxpayers and electricity customers.

On the other hand, a proposal that distribution companies should recover the cost of charging hardware from electricity customers and not charge EV drivers for access is, we believe, too generous. It places an unfair burden on all electricity customers.

A better way

There are other approaches that might be more fair.

For example, distributors could use a combination of taxpayer subsidies and charging EV drivers a modest fee for use. This would only be feasible if their charger networks included profitable sites.

In general, it is fairer to get funding from the broad and progressive tax system than from all customers’ electricity bills – especially because electricity distribution companies are split between city and country areas.

One way to deliver fast and fair deployments is involve local councils. Their role has been largely overlooked in federal and distributor proposals. But their insights are invaluable for selecting sites that will be well used. And their planning expertise is fundamental to creating high-quality charging sites.

How to balance the costs and benefits of the much-needed kerbside charging expansion across EV drivers, taxpayers and electricity customers is a challenge for governments and regulators. They must focus on delivering public benefit that makes the EV transition fast, fair and adaptable.The Conversation

Bjorn Sturmberg, Senior Research Fellow, Collaboration on Energy and Environmental Markets, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

500‑million‑year‑old fossil helps fill a strange gap in our record of life on Earth

Artist’s reconstruction of Magnicornaspis garwoodi in life. Thomas Turner
Russell Dean Christopher Bicknell, Flinders University and Julien Kimmig

Roughly 500 million years ago, a strange event in the evolution of life on Earth seems to have taken place.

The known fossil record from this time, which falls within the Cambrian period, contains a missing chapter. Palaeontologists refer to it as the “Furongian gap”. And it’s striking because there is an explosion of biodiversity within the fossil record both immediately before and after it.

This decline has been considered evidence for a real biological crisis – one driven by environmental instability, changing ocean chemistry, cooling climates, a lack of oxygen in ancient seas, or a combination of these factors.

Our new study, published in the journal BMC Biology, provides new evidence for an alternative idea. The Furongian may not represent a true collapse in biodiversity, but rather a gap in where scientists have looked and what kinds of rocks have been studied.

It’s a reminder of how incomplete our understanding of Earth’s history remains.

A rare group of fossils

We describe a new 500-million-year-old arthropod from Québec, Canada. Arthropods are animals with exoskeletons – that is, skeletons on the exterior of their bodies.

The fossil belongs to a rare group of early arthropods related to the lineage leading to spiders and scorpions. Importantly, it comes from a geological setting that scientists have not previously recognised as being notable for preserving fossils at this time in Earth’s history.

The fossil itself is named Magnicornaspis garwoodi. The animal belongs to the corcoraniids – an enigmatic group of early arthropods that have broad head shields, segmented bodies, and defensive spines.

Corcoraniids remain exceptionally rare globally. Only a handful of species are known from the Cambrian and Ordovician periods.

Our specimen is unique for its two large forward-projecting spines extending from the head. These exaggerated spines distinguish the species from previously known relatives. They suggest defensive adaptations within the group evolved earlier than previously recognised.

An image of a fossil with a ribbed skeleton and spines protruding from its head embedded in rock.
Magnicornaspis garwoodi – the fossil and a reconstruction. Thomas Turner

Sitting in a museum drawer for decades

The specimen was originally collected in 1962 during geological mapping near Sainte-Anne-de-la-Pocatière in Québec. It came from mudstones within the Rivière-du-Loup Formation. This formation was deposited in relatively deep marine slope environments during the late Cambrian.

This represents quieter offshore conditions where fine mud settled through the water column. These rocks have received relatively little palaeontological attention, making them ideal for reassessment.

The specimen sat largely overlooked within the collections of the Smithsonian National Museum of Natural History in Washington DC for decades. This highlights one of the most important aspects of palaeontology: major discoveries do not always emerge directly from fieldwork.

Museum collections contain enormous quantities of under-studied material collected during geological surveys and expeditions over the past century. Revisiting these collections with modern techniques can fundamentally reshape understanding of ancient ecosystems.

The facade of a grand building.
The specimen sat largely overlooked within the collections of the Smithsonian National Museum of Natural History in Washington DC for decades. Ajay Suresh, CC BY

More treasures awaiting discovery

Our discovery adds to a growing body of evidence that challenges the notion of a barren late Cambrian world.

Studies from China and Sweden have documented other well-preserved fossils from about 497–485 million years ago.

Together, these discoveries suggest ecosystems may have remained diverse and ecologically complex during this time.

The new Québec fossil expands this picture geographically. Our specimen demonstrates the ancient Appalachian margin of eastern Laurentia, the ancient continent that included much of present-day North America and Greenland, was a site of excellent fossil preservation.

This broadens the known distribution of soft-bodied fossil preservation during the interval. It also hints that comparable deposits may await discovery elsewhere.

The Furongian gap therefore may not represent a biological collapse at all. Instead, it may partly reflect an “anthropogenic bias” in the fossil record – a distortion introduced by where humans have searched, collected, and studied fossils.

Each newly discovered Furongian exceptional fossil site narrows this supposed gap. They reveal increasingly sophisticated ecosystems thriving during the late Cambrian.

Entire groups of organisms – and possibly even ecosystems – may still await discovery within museum drawers or poorly studied rock formations. The late Cambrian lasted millions of years across vast ancient oceans. Yet only a tiny fraction of its environments have been systematically explored for soft-bodied preservation.

The next major fossil discovery may not come from a newly discovered outcrop in a remote desert. It may already exist, inside a museum cabinet, collected decades ago and waiting for someone to recognise its significance.The Conversation

Russell Dean Christopher Bicknell, Post-doctoral researcher in Palaeobiology, Flinders University and Julien Kimmig, Head of Palaeontology Division at the Natural History Museum Karlsruhe

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

California’s salmon fishery is reopening after a population crash led to a 3‑year closure, but that doesn’t mean all is well

Chinook salmon try to jump a closed gate at a fish hatchery. Supercaliphotolistic/iStock Images Plus via Getty Images
Eric Palkovacs, University of California, Santa Cruz and Steven T. Lindley, University of California, Santa Cruz

Along the California coast, from Bodega Bay to Morro Bay, commercial fishing boats have started pulling in salmon for the first time in three years, and local salmon are once again appearing on restaurant menus and in seafood markets across the state.

California’s commercial ocean salmon fishery began reopening in May 2026 for the first time since a population crash led to a three-year closure.

But while the reopening, happening in phases and with limits, is welcome news, it does not mean the underlying problems have been solved.

Fishing boats in a harbor
California’s ocean salmon fishery reopened in May 2026 after a three-year closure. River fishing for Chinook salmon is also reopening, but at different times in 2026. Eric Palkovacs

The Pacific Fisheries Management Council, established by Congress to oversee West Coast fisheries, closed the salmon fishery in 2023 after populations of fall-run Chinook salmon collapsed to critically low levels, down 85% from the average population before 2005.

The immediate cause of the latest closure was the extreme drought from 2020-2022 that devastated salmon survival as river levels fell and the water heated up. But more than drought pushed the fishery to the brink. The underlying system of water management, hatchery practices and habitat loss have also eroded the salmon population’s ability to quickly recover from difficult years.

We study changing fish ecology in California. The state has the knowledge to create a more resilient system that can help salmon better withstand California’s increasing climate whiplash. But without significant changes in three key areas, we believe today’s good news for salmon could be short-lived once again.

California’s changing salmon population

The Sacramento-San Joaquin Basin once hosted one of the most productive salmon habitats in the U.S. Salmon depend on cold water for reproduction and a productive ocean for adult growth. California provided both in abundance, with spawning streams fed by snowmelt and ocean productivity boosted by seasonal upwelling of nutrients along the coast.

California’s rich mosaic of spawning streams, floodplains and tidal wetlands supported different age classes and migrational timings, making the fish population diverse enough to survive the state’s droughts and other environmental fluctuations.

A stream meanders through a marshy area.
Wetlands along rivers provide vital refuge for migrating salmon. Jeremy Notch/UC-Santa Cruz

Much of that stabilizing diversity has been lost over the decades. Massive dams now block access to historic spawning habitat. Rivers have become disconnected from floodplains. Water diversions for farmland alter the timing and temperature of river flows.

The loss of ecological complexity, along with a salmon population that is increasingly raised in hatcheries, resulting in less diversity in both genetics and behavior, has allowed a pattern of boom-bust cycles that can leave the fishery struggling during droughts and marine heat waves.

These population fluctuations have worsened over time. Population crashes caused fishery closures in 2008-2009 and again in 2023-2025. Avoiding a repeating pattern of closures requires restoring the ability of salmon populations and their interconnected network of habitats to withstand droughts, heat waves and other environmental shocks without collapsing.

Managing water

One of the biggest opportunities for salmon recovery lies in smarter management of California’s water resources.

Salmon evolved in rivers with seasonal pulses of cold water from snowmelt and winter storms. Today, dams and reservoirs tightly control those flows to deliver water to cities and agriculture. But scientists now understand much more about how the timing and temperature of water releases affect salmon survival.

Juvenile salmon survive best when rivers receive periodic “pulse flows,” or temporary increases in water that help young fish migrate downstream. Cold-water releases can also help prevent rivers from heating up to lethal temperatures during critical spawning, rearing and migration periods.

The Bureau of Reclamation uses pulse flows at the Keswick Dam on the Shasta River to boost salmon survival.

The infrastructure to create these pulse flows already exists in many watersheds where dams control the water flow. The challenge is managing water flows to meet the needs of both salmon and people.

Researchers have developed forecasting models that combine snowpack, temperature and river-flow data to help water and fisheries managers identify when targeted water releases could provide the greatest ecological benefit.

Rethinking hatcheries

California hatcheries release millions of young salmon every year. Without them, the reopening would not be possible.

But hatcheries can also unintentionally reduce the diversity that helps make salmon populations resilient to environmental changes.

A man leans over a long pool, one of several in the image.
A worker checks the raceways at Coleman National Fish Hatchery, where approximately 200,000 winter-run Chinook salmon were housed prior to their scheduled release into Battle Creek on the upper Sacramento River in March 2018. USFWS Photo/Steve Martarano

Hatcheries have historically focused on maximizing the number of fish produced. But they tend to release fish of a similar size over a narrow time range, making the success of each group more vulnerable if they face poor river and ocean conditions.

In some cases, hatcheries have bypassed overheated rivers and trucked fish to the ocean, releasing them directly into San Francisco Bay. This approach can mean more fish survive to breeding age, but those fish are less able to find their way back to traditional spawning grounds.

Small fish jump from a net.
Winter-run juvenile Chinook salmon are prepared for release at the Coleman National Fish Hatchery near Anderson, Calif., on March 2, 2018. USFWS Photo/Steve Martarano

Hatcheries can also cause harm to natural populations through competition, disease and by reducing genetic variation in the population. However, if they employ careful genetic management, they can preserve more of the natural diversity found in wild salmon populations. This includes changing hatchery practices to avoid unintentionally favoring fish that thrive under hatchery conditions but struggle in the wild.

Restoring habitat

Loss of spawning and rearing habitat is one of the biggest long-term challenges for California salmon.

Dams have blocked access to vast areas of historical spawning habitat. The recent removal of dams on the Klamath River represents one of the largest river restoration projects for salmon habitat in U.S. history.

A dam on a river
Dams can block fish movement, but they can also be used to provide pulses of freshwater that, at the right times of year, can help salmon survive. Jeremy Notch/UC Santa Cruz

While dam removal is effective, it can also be costly, time consuming and politically contentious. Other approaches to getting salmon above dams, such as creating fish passages and trucking operations, can also help restore access to historical spawning habitat.

A map shows how many rivers are no longer easily reached by salmon, if at all.
Dams, shown as black squares, have blocked about 90% of the salmon’s traditional spawning areas. Some dams are being removed. NOAA via California Department of Fish and Wildlife

Reconnecting rivers, many of which have been restricted by levees, to seasonal floodplains can dramatically improve growth and survival for juvenile salmon and increase their resilience to climate change.

Floodplains act like productive nurseries, providing a food-rich habitat where young fish can grow rapidly before migrating to the sea. Modifying flood-control structures to allow rivers to spread out during parts of the year can help the salmon population. Winter-flooded rice fields can also serve as seasonal habitat for juvenile salmon. Young salmon raised on these flooded fields grow faster than fish confined to river channels, suggesting that agricultural landscapes could be large-scale opportunities for floodplain restoration.

Coordinating solutions

The reopening of California’s commercial salmon fishery is good news for coastal communities, but coordinated management is needed to strengthen California’s salmon system long term.

These solutions do not recreate the California of 200 years ago, but combined they can rebuild some of the ecological complexity that salmon need to survive in a rapidly changing climate. Importantly, all these solutions, from water to hatcheries to habitat, need to be applied together in order for salmon to complete their complex life cycle. Any single action in isolation, benefiting just one life stage, is unlikely to work.

The benefit is a thriving salmon fishery into the future.The Conversation

Eric Palkovacs, Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of California, Santa Cruz and Steven T. Lindley, Researcher in Fish Ecology, University of California, Santa Cruz

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Heatwaves are destroying the sex lives of bees – new research

A red mason bee seeking pollen. Bildagentur Zoonar GmbH/Shutterstock
James Gilbert, University of Hull

There is not yet much research on the effects of heatwaves on bees. What little there is focuses on super extremes of weather that would kill an adult bee.

However, my new research with colleagues shows that UK populations of solitary bees may be much more sensitive than previously thought to the kinds of extreme weather we are now seeing regularly.

To find out what happens to bees during hot weather, my team recreated the three-day UK heatwave of July 2022. We subjected a group of developing larvae of red mason bees to three days where temperatures peaked daily at 40°C.

Red mason bees are common solitary bees found in UK gardens, and are important pollinators of apples and other fruits. At the same time, a control group experienced normal July temperatures for Hull, where the study was conducted, peaking daily at about 25°C.

After that, we treated both groups identically and allowed them to spin their cocoons and hibernate as normal. Nine months later, all the bees emerged fine, so it appeared initially that the heatwave had had no effect.

But this was before we dissected the bees to look at their reproductive health.

Staggeringly, in males from the heatwave group, sperm activity had dropped by half compared with the control group, and sperm counts by one third. In females, there was a 15% reduction in both the size and the number of developing eggs.

The heatwave had wrecked their fertility, especially in males.

Reduction of sperm motility in bees during heatwave

Graph showing a 50% reduction in sperm motility in the heatwave group compared to the control group.
The heatwave reduced sperm motility by half. Jamie Smith/Journal of Thermal Biology, CC BY

These numbers are shocking because they suggest solitary bee populations are much more sensitive to weather extremes than we thought, and that this should be factored into calculations of the broader effects of climate change. While bees did not die outright, their fertility was severely affected.

This means that a heatwave one year could lead to a drastic drop in the number of bees the following year, and therefore less efficient pollination for key crops like apples, cherries and oilseed rape.

This would leave commercial fruit growers even more reliant on temporarily renting honeybee hives, commonly called “hire-a-hive” schemes, to combat pollination deficits. This is at a time when research increasingly shows that wild bees, whose services come for free, are better pollinators than honeybees.

What else happens in heatwaves?

In honeybees and bumblebees, living together as a group is the key to withstanding weather extremes. With their social hives, honeybees can flexibly respond to periods of heavy rainfall and strong winds by rapidly reallocating the tasks that worker bees perform – switching from nest maintenance to foraging, for example.

Honeybees and bumblebees are also able to respond to temperature changes. They maintain their nests within strict temperature limits, with some workers switching to becoming living radiators when temperatures drop, buzzing their wing muscles to produce heat that keeps the brood at the ideal growing temperature.

Bumblebee nests begin with a single queen hibernating over winter and then working alone to build up her brood. New research is revealing secrets of their resilience: for example, hibernating bumblebee queens can survive underwater for up to a week when their nest is flooded.

However, honeybees and bumblebees are not most bees.

Unlike honeybees and bumblebees, most bees are solitary, which means they don’t have social nestmates to help them when times get tough – they work entirely on their own. Nests of these solitary bees are at the mercy of the elements, so solitary bees are much more vulnerable to climate change than social bees.

Female red mason bee adding pollen to her nest. The sealed cells behind her are completed with eggs, and the larvae will hatch out and eat the pollen
Female red mason bee adding pollen to her nest. The sealed cells behind her are completed with eggs, and the larvae will hatch out and eat the pollen. James Gilbert, CC BY

Of course, heatwaves are not the only threats to bees. They have an array of other nightmares to cope with, including pesticides, diseases, nutritional stress and loss of habitat.

The priority now is to investigate how bees affected by heatwaves also cope with these other problems. Our lab heads up a government-funded study looking at how climate change affects the nutritional needs of growing wild bees, and how parent bees respond to these needs.

Excitingly, we are beginning to see patterns indicating that growing bees require different balances of nutrients when they are reared at different temperatures. We are now testing whether bee mothers are sensitive to these requirements, and can adjust the pollen they gather to compensate.

Extreme hot weather is becoming more prevalent, even in cooler countries. These studies show that severe weather, while not necessarily killing bees outright, has the ability to seriously damage the bee population – with long-term consequences for pollination as well as the human food chain.The Conversation

James Gilbert, Senior Lecturer in Zoology, University of Hull

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Shutting down federal bee labs threatens bees, beekeepers and the US food system

Jennie L. Durant, University of California, Davis

America’s bees and beekeepers are losing a valuable ally just when they need its help most.

The U.S. Department of Agriculture plans to soon close the Beltsville Agricultural Research Center, a 6,500-acre agricultural research station in Maryland that is home to the nation’s premier bee research and disease diagnosis hub, the Beltsville Bee Research Lab.

The closure comes at a critical moment for bees. In winter 2025, many beekeepers lost over half their operations as pesticide-resistant varroa mites spread, bringing deadly viruses. The losses have led to low honey production, and soaring fuel costs have made shipping bees cross-country for agricultural pollination increasingly expensive, further stressing the industry.

A beekeeper holds a tray of bees from a hive.
Beekeeping involves keeping colonies as healthy as possible. Often, beekeepers need help. Allagash Brewing/Flickr, CC BY

During my 14 years researching bees and beekeepers, and in writing my new book, “Bitter Honey: Big Ag’s Threat to Bees and the Fight to Save Them,” I’ve seen beekeepers frequently turn to the USDA bee labs for support during crises like this. Because honey bees contribute roughly US$15 billion to U.S. crop production – native and managed bees pollinate more than 130 crops – these labs help stabilize the nation’s food system.

Today, that scientific support system is at risk, just as beekeepers face their greatest challenges and native bee populations continue to decline.

Why the Beltsville Bee Lab matters

USDA’s bee researchers have served beekeepers for over 130 years, including nearly 90 years at the Beltsville station. One of the Beltsville Bee Lab’s standout services is its bee disease diagnostic service, where beekeepers can send samples for analysis free of charge.

Since the early 2000s, Beltsville researchers have helped beekeepers respond to varroa mites – a primary driver of high colony losses each year. Now, the lab is helping them prepare for a deadlier mite that is infesting honey bees in Asia, Tropilaelaps mercedesae, or “tropi” mites – by developing detection and response protocols that beekeepers can use to protect their colonies.

A chart shows large percentages of honey bee colonies affected by mites and other stressors.
Varroa mites are the leading source of stress on honey bees, affecting half of all colonies at times. Other major stressors affect large numbers of colonies as well. Farm Doc Daily/University of Illinois

While the Beltsville Bee Lab supports beekeepers nationwide, it’s located in a prime farming and beekeeping region. Its closure would leave a critical research gap in the Northeast, where beekeepers help pollinate cranberries, squash, blueberries and other crops.

Its location has also allowed researchers to conduct extensive studies on winter colony losses, research that would be difficult to replicate at the remaining USDA bee labs, which are primarily located in more temperate climates.

Hidden costs of bee lab closures

The USDA states that it will decommission the entire Beltsville Agricultural Research Center because building maintenance and renovations would cost an estimated $500 million. But closing the lab could cost beekeepers, farmers and consumers far more.

For example, in winter 2025, beekeepers experienced their highest losses in U.S. history. Many opened their colonies in January that year and found that more than 60% of their colonies had died – nearly 1.7 million colonies nationwide. Beekeepers contacted Beltsville, and researchers quickly flew out to test affected colonies for pesticide residues, diseases and varroa mites, data that could help guide beekeepers’ treatment response.

Entomologist Jay Evans explains what the Beltsville Bee Lab does and the diseases bees face.

A few weeks later, as the lab’s scientists were working on the crisis, the Trump administration fired probationary researchers and staff at the bee labs, along with thousands of other employees across the USDA. The Beltsville team was hobbled, and the remaining staff restricted from communicating with beekeepers.

Because of the communication lockdown, it took nearly six months for researchers to deliver their findings. By then, the season was over and beekeepers had been forced to navigate the crisis on their own.

The loss of bee colonies ultimately cost beekeepers an estimated $600 million in lost honey production, pollination income and colony replacement costs – far more than the one-time projected costs to modernize the entire Beltsville Agricultural Research Center.

These losses can hit consumer pocketbooks too.

When beekeepers lose nearly half their operations, they often need to charge farmers more for pollination services to stay afloat. Those added costs can ripple through the food system and affect what everyone pays for the fruits, vegetables and nuts that depend on pollinators.

A map shows bees moving to all across the U.S. but most to the Great Plains states
Beekeepers often transport their bees across the country to meet pollination needs and produce honey at different times of year. The map shows the movement of bees out of California to other states in summer and fall. Jennifer K. Bond, et al., USDA Economic Research Service, 2021

More cuts planned to US pollinator research

The Beltsville Bee Lab closure is not an isolated case. The administration has proposed eliminating the U.S. Geological Survey’s Ecosystems Mission Area, a move that could defund the USGS Bee Lab, an essential resource for research on native bees.

It also plans to decommission 16 USGS research centers nationwide, including the Northern Prairie Wildlife Research Center in North Dakota, the highest honey-producing state in the nation. For decades, beekeepers have brought colonies to forage on grasslands in the region. Researchers have been tracking how the shift from grasslands to crops has affected honey bee health and beekeeper revenue.

The U.S. Forest Service also faces widespread cuts, including the planned closure of 57 of its 77 research stations throughout the United States. Since the Forest Service manages over 193 million acres of federal lands that support native plants and pollinators, those closures could affect crucial pollinator habitat as well.

These closures risk a severe brain drain.

When the first Trump administration moved the USDA Economic Research Service from Washington to Kansas City, Missouri, in 2019, the agency lost over 75% of its experienced research staff. A recent survey suggests that history may repeat itself. If the reorganization goes through, farmers and beekeepers will lose experts with decades of institutional and technical knowledge.

The Beltsville Bee Lab is a key part of the often-unappreciated federal research infrastructure that supports the health of pollinators and the nation’s food supply.

If the USDA and the USGS move forward with their plans to close bee labs and research sites, the result could be slower responses to bee threats, weaker tracking of native bee populations and diminished pollinator habitat for bees – all of which raise costs and risks for beekeepers, farmers and everyone who depends on the food system.The Conversation

Jennie L. Durant, Research Affiliate in Human Ecology, University of California, Davis

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Nature is good for business – and we now have numbers to show it

Getty Images
Paul Griffin, University of California, Davis and Martien Lubberink, Te Herenga Waka — Victoria University of Wellington

When rivers degrade, pests spread or drought hits crops, nature sends a bill.

Yet it’s one rarely itemised on any balance sheet, because nature’s contribution to business remains genuinely hard to quantify.

One major obstacle is data. Businesses rarely disclose their precise operating locations, while detailed ecological information that can be linked to specific firms is scarce in most countries.

This is despite healthy ecosystems underpinning large parts of the economy, from agriculture and forestry to tourism and food production. As the US economist Herman Daly famously put it, the economy is “a wholly owned subsidiary of the environment, not the reverse”.

As part of a growing body of global research now trying to put hard numbers on what nature actually contributes to the economy, we looked at New Zealand’s case.

Our newly completed research turned up a compelling finding: firms operating in areas with richer biodiversity are measurably more productive.

Measuring nature’s value

We chose New Zealand because it publishes detailed sets of business and environmental data. That allowed us to compare company performance with local ecological conditions across different regions.

We combined measures of sales and employment with biodiversity indicators – including river health, drought risk, land use and invasive species – used as part of international reporting obligations.

We also drew on the Cobb-Douglas economic model – commonly used to estimate how labour and investment drive economic output – to help get a clearer picture of nature’s economic contribution as a factor of production.

We found businesses operating in areas with healthier ecosystems tended to generate higher sales and profits.

Across more than 117,000 observations spanning 2009 to 2022, a 1% increase in natural capital was associated with sales about 0.13% higher and profits about 0.15% higher on average. The relationship remained consistent across multiple measures of biodiversity and ecosystem health.

We also found a trade-off. Areas with more roads, buildings and commercial activity tended to have lower biodiversity scores but higher sales. In other words, businesses can still grow while degrading nature – but may lose some of the productivity benefits healthy ecosystems provide.

When green policy boosts productivity

We also tested whether major environmental policies changed this relationship.

One was New Zealand’s Predator Free 2050 programme. The other was a broader package of reforms introduced from 2017, including freshwater rules, tree-planting incentives, restrictions on offshore oil and gas exploration, limits on single-use plastics and the Zero Carbon Act.

Because these policies targeted ecosystems rather than directly subsidising firms, they helped us test whether improvements in nature were linked to changes in business performance.

We found the relationship between healthy ecosystems and business performance became even stronger following both interventions, with the productivity effect associated with 1% more natural capital increasing business performance by a further 0.05%. The effect was strongest in the year immediately afterwards.

This suggests investment in ecological restoration and protection can generate economic benefits beyond the environmental sector itself.

The strongest effects appeared in agriculture and forestry, where business outcomes are closely tied to the health of surrounding ecosystems.

Farms and forestry operations in less intensively developed areas – with lower population density and less infrastructure – showed markedly stronger productivity gains linked to natural capital.

In these primary industry regions, a 1% increase in natural capital was associated with sales that were additionally higher by 0.71% to 0.81% above the economy-wide average.

This is unsurprising. Healthy soils, clean water, fewer pests and intact native vegetation can support food and fibre production while lowering costs.

The benefits were also evident in service industries, construction and retail, although spread more evenly across a broader range of ecological factors.

An unseen benefit

These New Zealand insights are important for the growing global effort to better understand the economic value of nature. Globally, the services ecosystems provide to business are estimated to be worth trillions of dollars annually.

While new frameworks such as the international Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures are beginning to emerge, hard evidence linking ecological conditions to firm-level productivity has remained limited.

Our study suggests biodiversity is not simply an environmental concern. Differences in ecosystem health across regions and industries are associated with measurable differences in business performance.

Businesses should view the natural environment as a productive asset every bit as real as machinery or labour, not just background scenery.

And for policymakers – particularly in countries reliant on primary industries, such as New Zealand and Australia – ecological investment and economic productivity shouldn’t be taken as opposing goals.

Nature, it turns out, has been doing more economic work than some have given it credit for.The Conversation

Paul Griffin, Distinguished Emeritus Professor of Management, University of California, Davis and Martien Lubberink, Associate Professor of Accounting and Capital, Te Herenga Waka — Victoria University of Wellington

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The network watching the world’s oceans is under pressure – just when it’s needed most

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, CC BY-NC-ND
Kevin Trenberth, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

Increasingly, the world’s oceans are telling us our climate system may be changing faster and more dramatically than expected.

These new insights are made using a vast global network of instruments – from drifting floats and moored buoys to research vessels and underwater gliders – that quietly and continuously feed data to scientists.

Known as the Global Ocean Observing System (GOOS), it provides the fine-grained data that scientists need to detect changes, test climate models and refine projections of future risk.

But now there is rising concern this system itself is at risk – just when the world needs it most.

The hidden system behind modern forecasting

The GOOS is often described as a form of climate monitoring – but it is much more than that. It can best be understood as a network of complementary observing systems, each designed to capture different parts of the ocean in different ways.

Some 4000 autonomous Argo robotic floats sink every ten days down to 2000m depth, before rising to the surface to transmit temperature and salinity profiles to ground stations via satellite.

Underwater gliders target eddies, coastal currents and continental margins where floats cannot go. Elephant seals fitted with sensors collect data beneath polar sea ice in regions no other instrument can easily reach.

An elephant seal fitted with a sophisticated data collection device. The instruments drop off in moulting season. C McMahon/IMOS, CC BY-NC-ND

Each of these platforms answer questions the others cannot. And ocean observations collected by them now underpin many of the forecasting systems that modern societies rely on every day.

That includes the numerical weather models used to generate daily forecasts, which continuously ingest ocean data to predict evolving weather conditions, as well as newer artificial intelligence-based forecasting systems.

The same is true for hurricane and cyclone forecasts, as well as seasonal forecasting used to anticipate drought, harvests and energy demand. Marine heatwave warnings, sea-level projections and efforts to understand major current systems also rely on sustained long-term observations beneath the ocean surface.

These observations are key for monitoring El Niño climate patterns – including a major event already underway and likely to peak late this year – and major current systems such as the Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation.

While satellites can measure surface conditions, they still cannot directly observe the deeper waters where heat accumulates, currents reorganise and the precursors of future weather are already forming.

In short, the GOOS underpins everything from tomorrow’s storm warnings to next century’s climate adaptation plans.

Yet our newly published analysis suggests the system delivering those observations is far more fragile than most people realise.

We found that if observations from a single major contributor, the United States, were withdrawn from GOOS, errors in estimates of how fast the ocean is warming would jump by 163% – worse than randomly losing 80% of all global ocean data.

The reason is largely geographical: US instruments cover every ocean basin and fill critical gaps no other nation currently monitors.

And this is no theoretical concern. Proposed cuts to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and the National Science Foundation in the United States now threaten exactly this contribution.

Elsewhere, observing systems are also under growing strain, with European programmes facing mounting funding pressure.

In China, scientists and policymakers are trying to build a more resilient national observing effort – but without the resources currently required to fully support it.

A resource the world can’t afford to lose

The total annual cost of operating the GOOS – across all platforms and personnel worldwide – is on the order of US$1.1 billion (about NZ$1.8 billion).

If that sounds expensive, consider that a single major hurricane season can cost the United States hundreds of billions of dollars, while marine heatwaves have already collapsed fisheries and triggered mass coral bleaching around the world.

Compared with the economic damage linked to ocean-driven extreme weather and climate disruption, ocean observation is one of the highest-return public investments available.

The international scientific conference OceanObs'29, to be held in China in three years’ time, will be an opportunity to negotiate a more balanced global observing system – one better aligned with today’s economic realities and maritime interests.

It should also encourage greater scientific cooperation among countries, helping ensure complementary observing networks collectively cover as much of the global ocean as possible.

Argo floats, like this one being deployed, are autonomous, robotic instruments that drift with ocean currents, moving up and down between the surface and mid-water depths. M.Naumann/IOW, CC BY-NC-ND

Maintaining that coverage requires constant renewal.

Argo floats typically last four to five years before their batteries fail. This means they must continually be deployed to prevent gaps emerging across the oceans.

New Zealand plays a surprisingly important role here. Since 2004, the research vessel Kaharoa has helped deploy more than 1,100 Argo floats for international partners across the Pacific and Southern Ocean.

This demonstrates that even smaller countries can use their institutions, expertise and maritime interest to make important contributions.

At the same time, if any one component of the GOOS is removed because of political decisions made in the US or elsewhere, the whole system’s ability to deliver reliable information would degrade.

That would require a rebuild of the system which would prove much more difficult and expensive than the cost of sustaining it today.

More importantly, it could leave the world flying blind into the most consequential transformation of the planet’s climate in human history.


The author acknowledges the contributions of Sabrina Speich, John P. Abraham and Lijing Cheng to this article. The Conversation


Kevin Trenberth, Distinguished Scholar, NCAR; Affiliate Faculty, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Some technologies use accelerated natural processes to capture carbon – but can they store it durably?

Mark Robinson/Wikimedia Commons, CC BY-NC-ND
Terry Isson, University of Waikato

Natural geological processes have been regulating Earth’s climate for millions of years.

Accelerated versions of these processes are now being promoted as technologies to draw down carbon from the atmosphere – and some are rapidly moving from concept to real-world deployments.

Two such technologies are known as enhanced weathering, which speeds up the chemical breakdown of certain rocks, and ocean alkalinity enhancement, which increases the ocean’s natural ability to remove carbon dioxide from the air.

Startups backed by tech companies including Google and Microsoft are already applying these technologies in field trials. Investment in the sector is rising rapidly, with large-scale trials underway and carbon credits beginning to appear on voluntary markets.

But as our new assessment published in Science highlights, some estimates of carbon removal through these technologies may be too optimistic.

Current models assume carbon captured on land or in coastal waters will reliably make its way into long-term storage in the ocean. However, these models don’t replicate all Earth processes.

In reality, part of the engineered capture of carbon can be reversed as water moves through soils, rivers, estuaries and coastal environments. Dissolved elements can become trapped again in new minerals such as clays, reducing how much carbon ultimately remains stored over long timescales.

The true additional carbon removed from the atmosphere may be smaller than headline estimates suggest.

How enhanced weathering is supposed to work

Enhanced weathering works by accelerating chemical reactions that already occur naturally between rocks, water and carbon dioxide.

When rainwater mixes with carbon dioxide held in the atmosphere and soil, it forms an acid that slowly dissolves rocks that contain the minerals calcium and magnesium. This includes volcanic rocks such as basalt and ultramafic rocks such as dunite.

In nature, the dissolved minerals increase the capactiy of water to store carbon dioxide and these chemical products can then be transported by rivers to the ocean, where the carbon may remain stored for thousands of years.

Enhanced weathering attempts to speed up this natural process. Finely crushed rocks and minerals are spread across landscapes such as agricultural soils, increasing the surface area available for reactions.

Ocean alkalinity enhancement uses similar principles, but aims to increase the ocean’s ability to absorb and store atmospheric carbon dioxide directly.

Carbon losses along the way

Many enhanced weathering assessments assume that once minerals dissolve, the resulting alkalinity and carbon will eventually make their way into the ocean for long-term storage.

However, different materials dissolve at different rates. Climate, rainfall, soil chemistry and biological activity also influence how quickly reactions occur. This means carbon removal can vary enormously between environments.

Earth systems also contain many opportunities for the flow of carbon to weaken before it ever reaches the open ocean.

As alkalinity moves through the environment, dissolved elements released during weathering can become trapped again in new minerals. These reactions can consume alkalinity and reduce the amount of carbon ultimately stored long term.

These challenges are not limited to enhanced weathering on land. Ocean alkalinity enhancement may also experience losses as dissolved elements interact with sediments and seawater chemistry, recycling alkalinity back into solid minerals before it contributes to long-term storage.

The challenge of durable carbon removal

In natural systems, weathering, transport and mineral formation are tightly linked parts of a much larger Earth-system cycle.

While naturally occurring warm and wet environments may accelerate weathering, using a rapid-dissolution model to replicate this does not necessarily guarantee durable carbon storage.

There is also another problem: some enhanced weathering and alkalinity approaches may interfere with natural carbon removal pathways that would have occurred anyway.

For example, increasing alkalinity in one part of the Earth system may reduce natural dissolution or weathering processes elsewhere. This means the amount of truly additional carbon removed from the atmosphere may be smaller.

Many field trials focus on changes occurring at the application site itself, but much of the long-term carbon storage depends on what happens downstream – across entire catchments, rivers and coastal oceans.

As enhanced weathering and ocean alkalinity enhancement move toward larger-scale deployment, the central question is how much carbon remains removed from the atmosphere over decades to centuries – and whether that removal is truly additional.

None of this means these technologies don’t contribute to climate mitigation.

The challenge is whether Earth systems can keep the captured carbon stored or whether we are simply moving carbon across time and space instead of durably removing it from the atmosphere.

New Zealand may offer an opportunity to better understand these questions because volcanic rocks, high rainfall and strong land-to-sea connectivity create ideal conditions for tracking how alkalinity and carbon move through the Earth system.

If these approaches are going to play a major role in future carbon removal strategies – and generate carbon credits at global scale – we need to understand not only how quickly minerals dissolve, but whether carbon is stored durably without weakening natural carbon removal pathways at the same time.The Conversation

Terry Isson, Senior Lecturer in Marine Science, University of Waikato

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Careel Head Road Shops and the Bangalley- Burrowong Creeks: Some History 
Careel Bay Marina Environs November 2024 - Spring Celebrations
Careel Bay Playing Fields History and Current
Careel Bay Steamer Wharf + Boatshed: some history 
Careel Creek 
Careel Creek - If you rebuild it they will come
Church Point Public Wharf - 1885 to 2025: Some History 
Clareville Beach
Clareville/Long Beach Reserve + some History
Clareville Public Wharf: 1885 to 1935 - Some History 
Coastal Stability Series: Cabbage Tree Bay To Barrenjoey To Observation Point by John Illingsworth, Pittwater Pathways, and Dr. Peter Mitchell OAM
Community Concerned Over the Increase of Plastic Products Being Used by the Northern Beaches Council for Installations in Pittwater's Environment
Cowan Track by Kevin Murray
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund Allocations 2021
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund 2022-23: $378,072 Allocated To Council For Weed Control - Governor Phillip Park Gets a Grant This Time: full details of all 11 sites
Crown Reserves Improvement Fund Allocations 2023-2024
Crown Reserves Grants 2025 Announced: Local focus on Weeds + Repairs to Long Reef Boardwalk + some pictures of council's recent works at Hitchcock Park - Careel Bay playing fields - CRIF 2025
Curl Curl To Freshwater Walk: October 2021 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Currawong and Palm Beach Views - Winter 2018
Currawong-Mackerel-The Basin A Stroll In Early November 2021 - photos by Selena Griffith
Currawong State Park Currawong Beach +  Currawong Creek
Deep Creek To Warriewood Walk photos by Joe Mills
Microplastic assessment report 2026: Dee Why Lagoon Among Most Polluted in New South Wales - 56.55% of Manly Lagoon's plastic pollution is Artificial Turf - Pittwater Least Polluted
McCarrs Creek
McCarrs Creek Public Jetty, Brown's Bay Public Jetty, Rostrevor Reserve, Cargo Wharf, Church Point Public Wharf: a few pictures from the Site Investigations for Pittwater Public Wharves History series 2025
McCarr's Creek to Church Point to Bayview Waterfront Path
McKay Reserve
Milton Family Property History - Palm Beach By William (Bill) James Goddard II with photos courtesy of the Milton Family   - Snapperman to Sandy Point, Pittwater
Mona Vale Beach - A Stroll Along, Spring 2021 by Kevin Murray
Mona Vale Headland, Basin and Beach Restoration
Mona Vale Woolworths Front Entrance Gets Garden Upgrade: A Few Notes On The Site's History 
Mother Brushtail Killed On Barrenjoey Road: Baby Cried All Night - Powerful Owl Struck At Same Time At Careel Bay During Owlet Fledgling Season: calls for mitigation measures - The List of what you can do for those who ask 'What You I Do' as requested
Mount Murray Anderson Walking Track by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
Mullet Creek
Muogamarra Nature Reserve in Cowan celebrates 90 years: a few insights into The Vision of John Duncan Tipper, Founder 
Muogamarra by Dr Peter Mitchell OAM and John Illingsworth
Narrabeen Creek
Narrabeen Lagoon Catchment: Past Notes Present Photos by Margaret Woods
Narrabeen Lagoon Entrance Clearing Works: September To October 2023  pictures by Joe Mills
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park
Narrabeen Lagoon State Park Expansion
Narrabeen Rockshelf Aquatic Reserve
Nerang Track, Terrey Hills by Bea Pierce
Newport Bushlink - the Crown of the Hill Linked Reserves
Newport Community Garden - Woolcott Reserve
Newport to Bilgola Bushlink 'From The Crown To The Sea' Paths:  Founded In 1956 - A Tip and Quarry Becomes Green Space For People and Wildlife 
North Narrabeen in 1911 - Panoramas taken for West's Lakeside Estate 
Out and About July 2020 - Storm swell
Out & About: July 2024 - Barrenjoey To Paradise Beach To Bayview To Narrabeen + Middle Creek - by John Illingsworth, Adriaan van der Wallen, Joe Mills, Suzanne Daly, Jacqui Marlowe and AJG
Palm Beach Headland Becomes Australia’s First Urban Night Sky Place: Barrenjoey High School Alumni Marnie Ogg's Hard Work
Palm Beach Public Wharf: Some History 
Paradise Beach Baths renewal Complete - Taylor's Point Public Wharf Rebuild Underway
Realises Long-Held Dream For Everyone
Paradise Beach Wharf + Taylor's Wharf renewal projects: October 2024 pictorial update - update pics of Paradise Wharf and Pool renewal, pre-renewal Taylors Point wharf + a few others of Pittwater on a Spring Saturday afternoon
Pictures From The Past: Views Of Early Narrabeen Bridges - 1860 To 1966
Pittwater Beach Reserves Have Been Dedicated For Public Use Since 1887 - No 1.: Avalon Beach Reserve- Bequeathed By John Therry 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Bungan Beach and Bungan Head Reserves:  A Headland Garden 
Pittwater Reserves, The Green Ways: Clareville Wharf and Taylor's Point Jetty
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways; Hordern, Wilshire Parks, McKay Reserve: From Beach to Estuary 
Pittwater Reserves - The Green Ways: Mona Vale's Village Greens a Map of the Historic Crown Lands Ethos Realised in The Village, Kitchener and Beeby Parks 
Pittwater Reserves: The Green Ways Bilgola Beach - The Cabbage Tree Gardens and Camping Grounds - Includes Bilgola - The Story Of A Politician, A Pilot and An Epicure by Tony Dawson and Anne Spencer  
Pittwater spring: waterbirds return to Wetlands
Pittwater's Koalas Driven to Extinction: Some History
Pittwater's Lone Rangers - 120 Years of Ku-Ring-Gai Chase and the Men of Flowers Inspired by Eccleston Du Faur 
Pittwater's Great Outdoors: Spotted To The North, South, East + West- June 2023:  Palm Beach Boat House rebuild going well - First day of Winter Rainbow over Turimetta - what's Blooming in the bush? + more by Joe Mills, Selena Griffith and Pittwater Online
Pittwater's Ocean Beach Rock Pools: Southern or northern Corners Of Bliss for the first week of summer 2025-2026 
Pittwater's Parallel Estuary - The Cowan 'Creek
Pittwater Pathways To Public Lands & Reserves
Plastic grass announced For Kamilaroi Park Bayview + Lakeside Park
Project Penguin 2017 - Taronga Zoo Expo day
Project Penguin 2025 + Surfing with a Penguin in South Africa + Pittwater's Penguins
Resolute Track at West Head by Kevin Murray
Resolute Track Stroll by Joe Mills
Riddle Reserve, Bayview
Salt Pan Cove Public Wharf on Regatta Reserve + Florence Park + Salt Pan Reserve + Refuge Cove Reserve: Some History
Salt Pan Public Wharf, Regatta Reserve, Florence Park, Salt Pan Cove Reserve, Refuge Cove Reserve Pictorial and Information
Salvation Loop Trail, Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park- Spring 2020 - by Selena Griffith
Scotland Island Dieback Accelerating: November 2024
Scotland Island's Public Wharves: Some History 
Seagull Pair At Turimetta Beach: Spring Is In The Air!
Shark net removal trial cancelled for this year:  Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2024-25 Annual Performance Report Released
2023-2024 Shark Meshing Program statistics released: council's to decide on use or removal
Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2022/23 Annual Performance Report 
Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2021/22 Annual Performance Report - Data Shows Vulnerable, Endangered and Critically Endangered Species Being Found Dead In Nets Off Our Beaches 
Shark Meshing (Bather Protection) Program 2020/21 Annual Performance Report 
Shark Meshing 2019/20 Performance Report Released
DPI Shark Meshing 2018/19 Performance Report: Local Nets Catch Turtles, a Few Sharks + Alternatives Being Tested + Historical Insights
Some late November Insects (2023)
Stapleton Reserve
Stapleton Park Reserve In Spring 2020: An Urban Ark Of Plants Found Nowhere Else
Stealing The Bush: Pittwater's Trees Changes - Some History 
Stokes Point To Taylor's Point: An Ideal Picnic, Camping & Bathing Place 
Stony Range Regional Botanical Garden: Some History On How A Reserve Became An Australian Plant Park
Taylor's Point Public Wharf 2013-2020 History
The Chiltern Track
The Chiltern Trail On The Verge Of Spring 2023 by Kevin Murray and Joe Mills
The 'Newport Loop': Some History 
The Resolute Beach Loop Track At West Head In Ku-Ring-Gai Chase National Park by Kevin Murray
The Top Predator by A Dad from A Pittwater Family of Dog Owners & Dog Lovers
Threatened Species Day 2025 + A few insights into Pittwater's Past + Present Threatened Species 
$378,072 Allocated To Council For Weed Control: Governor Phillip Park Gets a Grant This Time: full details of all 11 sites - Crown Reserves Improvement Fund (CRIF) March 2023
Topham Track Ku-Ring-Gai Chase NP,  August 2022 by Joe Mills and Kevin Murray
Towlers Bay Walking Track by Joe Mills
Trafalgar Square, Newport: A 'Commons' Park Dedicated By Private Landholders - The Green Heart Of This Community
Tranquil Turimetta Beach, April 2022 by Joe Mills
Tree Management Policy Passed
Trial to remove shark nets - NBC - Central Coast - Waverly approached to nominate a beach each
Turimetta Beach Reserve by Joe Mills, Bea Pierce and Lesley
Turimetta Beach Reserve: Old & New Images (by Kevin Murray) + Some History
Turimetta Headland
Turimetta Moods by Joe Mills: June 2023
Turimetta Moods (Week Ending June 23 2023) by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: June To July 2023 Pictures by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: July Becomes August 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: August Becomes September 2023 ; North Narrabeen - Turimetta - Warriewood - Mona Vale photographs by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods August 2025 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Mid-September To Mid-October 2023 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Late Spring Becomes Summer 2023-2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: Warriewood Wetlands Perimeter Walk October 2024 by Joe Mills
Turimetta Moods: November 2024 by Joe Mills

Pittwater's Birds

Attracting Insectivore Birds to Your Garden: DIY Natural Tick Control - small bird insectivores, species like the Silvereye, Spotted Pardalote, Gerygone, Fairywren and Thornbill, feed on ticks. Attracting these birds back into your garden will provide not only a residence for tick eaters but also the delightful moments watching these tiny birds provides.
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2017: Take part from 23 - 29 October - how many birds live here?
Aussie Backyard Bird Count 2018 - Our Annual 'What Bird Is That?' Week Is Here! - This week the annual Aussie Backyard Bird Count runs from 22-28 October 2018. Pittwater is one of those places fortunate to have birds that thrive because of an Aquatic environment, a tall treed Bush environment and areas set aside for those that dwell closer to the ground, in a sand, scrub or earth environment. To take part all you need is 20 minutes and your favourite outdoor space. Head to the website and register as a Counter today! And if you're a teacher, check out BirdLife Australia's Bird Count curriculum-based lesson plans to get your students (or the whole school!) involved

Australian Predators of the Sky by Penny Olsen - published by National Library of Australia

Australian Raven  Australian Wood Duck Family at Newport

A Week In Pittwater Issue 128   A Week In Pittwater - June 2014 Issue 168

Baby Birds Spring 2015 - Rainbow Lorikeets in our Yard - for Children 

Baby Birds by Lynleigh Greig, Southern Cross Wildlife Care - what do if being chased by a nesting magpie or if you find a baby bird on the ground

Baby Kookaburras in our Backyard: Aussie Bird Count 2016 - October

Balloons Are The Number 1 Marine Debris Risk Of Mortality For Our Seabirds - Feb 2019 Study

Bangalley Mid-Winter   Barrenjoey Birds Bird Antics This Week: December 2016

Bird of the Month February 2019 by Michael Mannington

Birdland Above the Estuary - October 2012  Birds At Our Window   Birds at our Window - Winter 2014  Birdland June 2016

Birdsong Is a Lovesong at This time of The Year - Brown Falcon, Little Wattle Bird, Australian Pied cormorant, Mangrove or Striated Heron, Great Egret, Grey Butcherbird, White-faced Heron 

Bird Songs – poems about our birds by youngsters from yesterdays - for children Bird Week 2015: 19-25 October

Bird Songs For Spring 2016 For Children by Joanne Seve

Birds at Careel Creek this Week - November 2017: includes Bird Count 2017 for Local Birds - BirdLife Australia by postcode

Black Cockatoo photographed in the Narrabeen Catchment Reserves this week by Margaret G Woods - July 2019

Black-Necked Stork, Mycteria Australis, Now Endangered In NSW, Once Visited Pittwater: Breeding Pair shot in 1855

Black Swans on Narrabeen Lagoon - April 2013   Black Swans Pictorial

Blue-faced Honeyeaters Breeding In Pittwater

Brush Turkeys In Suburbia: There's An App For That - Citizen Scientists Called On To Spot Brush Turkeys In Their Backyards
Buff-banded Rail spotted at Careel Creek 22.12.2012: a breeding pair and a fluffy black chick

Cayley & Son - The life and Art of Neville Henry Cayley & Neville William Cayley by Penny Olsen - great new book on the art works on birds of these Australian gentlemen and a few insights from the author herself
Crimson Rosella - + Historical Articles on

Death By 775 Cuts: How Conservation Law Is Failing The Black-Throated Finch - new study 'How to Send a Finch Extinct' now published

Eastern Rosella - and a little more about our progression to protecting our birds instead of exporting them or decimating them.

Endangered Little Tern Fishing at Mona Vale Beach

‘Feather Map of Australia’: Citizen scientists can support the future of Australia's wetland birds: for Birdwatchers, school students and everyone who loves our estuarine and lagoon and wetland birds

First Week of Spring 2014

Fledging - Baby Birds coming to ground: Please try and Keep them close to Parent Birds - Please Put out shallow dishes of water in hot weather

Fledgling Common Koel Adopted by Red Wattlebird -Summer Bird fest 2013  Flegdlings of Summer - January 2012

Flocks of Colour by Penny Olsen - beautiful new Bird Book Celebrates the 'Land of the Parrots'

Friendly Goose at Palm Beach Wharf - Pittwater's Own Mother Goose

Front Page Issue 177  Front Page Issue 185 Front Page Issue 193 - Discarded Fishing Tackle killing shorebirds Front Page Issue 203 - Juvenile Brush Turkey  Front Page Issue 208 - Lyrebird by Marita Macrae Front Page Issue 219  Superb Fairy Wren Female  Front Page Issue 234: National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos Front Page Issue 236: Bird Week 2015 Front Page Issue 244: watebirds Front Page Issue 260: White-face Heron at Careel Creek Front Page Issue 283: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count  Front Page Issue 284: Pittwater + more birds for Bird Week/Aussie Bird Count Front Page Issue 285: Bird Week 2016  Front Page Issue 331: Spring Visitor Birds Return

G . E. Archer Russell (1881-1960) and His Passion For Avifauna From Narrabeen To Newport 

Glossy Black-Cockatoo Returns To Pittwater by Paul Wheeler Glossy Cockatoos - 6 spotted at Careel Bay February 2018

Grey Butcher Birds of Pittwater

Harry Wolstenholme (June 21, 1868 - October 14, 1930) Ornithologist Of Palm Beach, Bird Man Of Wahroonga 

INGLESIDE LAND RELEASE ON AGAIN BUT MANY CHALLENGES  AHEAD by David Palmer

Issue 60 May 2012 Birdland - Smiles- Beamings -Early -Winter - Blooms

Jayden Walsh’s Northern Beaches Big Year - courtesy Pittwater Natural Heritage Association

John Gould's Extinct and Endangered Mammals of Australia  by Dr. Fred Ford - Between 1850 and 1950 as many mammals disappeared from the Australian continent as had disappeared from the rest of the world between 1600 and 2000! Zoologist Fred Ford provides fascinating, and often poignant, stories of European attitudes and behaviour towards Australia's native fauna and connects these to the animal's fate today in this beautiful new book - our interview with the author

July 2012 Pittwater Environment Snippets; Birds, Sea and Flowerings

Juvenile Sea Eagle at Church Point - for children

King Parrots in Our Front Yard  

Kookaburra Turf Kookaburra Fledglings Summer 2013  Kookaburra Nesting Season by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 1.5 and 2.5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 3 and 4 weeks old by Ray Chappelow  Kookaburra Nest – Babies at 5 weeks old by Ray Chappelow Kookaburra and Pittwater Fledglings February 2020 to April 2020

Lion Island's Little Penguins (Fairy Penguins) Get Fireproof Homes - thanks to NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service and the Fix it Sisters Shed

Long-Billed Corella

Lorikeet - Summer 2015 Nectar

Lyre Bird Sings in Local National Park - Flock of Black Cockatoos spotted - June 2019

Magpie's Melodic Melodies - For Children (includes 'The Magpie's Song' by F S Williamson)

Masked Lapwing (Plover) - Reflected

May 2012 Birdland Smiles Beamings Early Winter Blooms 

Mistletoebird At Bayview

Musk Lorikeets In Pittwater: Pittwater Spotted Gum Flower Feast - May 2020

Nankeen Kestrel Feasting at Newport: May 2016

National Bird Week 2014 - Get Involved in the Aussie Backyard Bird Count: National Bird Week 2014 will take place between Monday 20 October and Sunday 26 October, 2014. BirdLife Australia and the Birds in Backyards team have come together to launch this year’s national Bird Week event the Aussie Backyard Bird Count! This is one the whole family can do together and become citizen scientists...

National Bird Week October 19-25  and the 2015 the Aussie Back Yard Bird Count: Australia's First Bird Counts - a 115 Year Legacy - with a small insight into our first zoos

Native Duck Hunting Season Opens in Tasmania and Victoria March 2018: hundreds of thousands of endangered birds being killed - 'legally'!

Nature 2015 Review Earth Air Water Stone

New Family of Barking Owls Seen in Bayview - Church Point by Pittwater Council

Noisy Visitors by Marita Macrae of PNHA 

Pittwater Becalmed  Pittwater Birds in Careel Creek Spring 2018   Pittwater Waterbirds Spring 2011  Pittwater Waterbirds - A Celebration for World Oceans Day 2015

Pittwater's Little Penguin Colony: The Saving of the Fairies of Lion Island Commenced 65 Years Ago this Year - 2019

Pittwater's Mother Nature for Mother's Day 2019

Pittwater's Waterhens: Some Notes - Narrabeen Creek Bird Gathering: Curious Juvenile Swamp Hen On Warriewood Boardwalk + Dusky Moorhens + Buff Banded Rails In Careel Creek

Plastic in 99 percent of seabirds by 2050 by CSIRO

Plover Appreciation Day September 16th 2015

Powerful and Precious by Lynleigh Grieg

Red Wattlebird Song - November 2012

Restoring The Diamond: every single drop. A Reason to Keep Dogs and Cats in at Night. 

Return Of Australasian Figbird Pair: A Reason To Keep The Trees - Aussie Bird Count 2023 (16–22 October) You can get involved here: aussiebirdcount.org.au

Salt Air Creatures Feb.2013

Scaly-breasted Lorikeet

Sea Birds off the Pittwater Coast: Albatross, Gannet, Skau + Australian Poets 1849, 1898 and 1930, 1932

Sea Eagle Juvenile at Church Point

Seagulls at Narrabeen Lagoon

Seen but Not Heard: Lilian Medland's Birds - Christobel Mattingley - one of Australia's premier Ornithological illustrators was a Queenscliff lady - 53 of her previously unpublished works have now been made available through the auspices of the National Library of Australia in a beautiful new book

7 Little Ducklings: Just Keep Paddling - Australian Wood Duck family take over local pool by Peta Wise 

Shag on a North Avalon Rock -  Seabirds for World Oceans Day 2012

Short-tailed Shearwaters Spring Migration 2013 

South-West North-East Issue 176 Pictorial

Spring 2012 - Birds are Splashing - Bees are Buzzing

Spring Becomes Summer 2014- Royal Spoonbill Pair at Careel Creek

Spring Notes 2018 - Royal Spoonbill in Careel Creek

Station Beach Off Leash Dog Area Proposal Ignores Current Uses Of Area, Environment, Long-Term Fauna Residents, Lack Of Safe Parking and Clearly Stated Intentions Of Proponents have your say until February 28, 2019

Summer 2013 BirdFest - Brown Thornbill  Summer 2013 BirdFest- Canoodlers and getting Wet to Cool off  Summer 2013 Bird Fest - Little Black Cormorant   Summer 2013 BirdFest - Magpie Lark

Summer BirdFest 2026: Play antics of New Locals - Blue-faced Honeyeaters Breeding In Pittwater

The Mopoke or Tawny Frogmouth For Children - A little bit about these birds, an Australian Mopoke Fairy Story from 91 years ago, some poems and more - photo by Adrian Boddy
Winter Bird Party by Joanne Seve

New Shorebirds WingThing  For Youngsters Available To Download

A Shorebirds WingThing educational brochure for kids (A5) helps children learn about shorebirds, their life and journey. The 2021 revised brochure version was published in February 2021 and is available now. You can download a file copy here.

If you would like a free print copy of this brochure, please send a self-addressed envelope with A$1.10 postage (or larger if you would like it unfolded) affixed to: BirdLife Australia, Shorebird WingThing Request, 2-05Shorebird WingThing/60 Leicester St, Carlton VIC 3053.


Shorebird Identification Booklet

The Migratory Shorebird Program has just released the third edition of its hugely popular Shorebird Identification Booklet. The team has thoroughly revised and updated this pocket-sized companion for all shorebird counters and interested birders, with lots of useful information on our most common shorebirds, key identification features, sighting distribution maps and short articles on some of BirdLife’s shorebird activities. 

The booklet can be downloaded here in PDF file format: http://www.birdlife.org.au/documents/Shorebird_ID_Booklet_V3.pdf

Paper copies can be ordered as well, see http://www.birdlife.org.au/projects/shorebirds-2020/counter-resources for details.

Download BirdLife Australia's children’s education kit to help them learn more about our wading birdlife

Shorebirds are a group of wading birds that can be found feeding on swamps, tidal mudflats, estuaries, beaches and open country. For many people, shorebirds are just those brown birds feeding a long way out on the mud but they are actually a remarkably diverse collection of birds including stilts, sandpipers, snipe, curlews, godwits, plovers and oystercatchers. Each species is superbly adapted to suit its preferred habitat.  The Red-necked Stint is as small as a sparrow, with relatively short legs and bill that it pecks food from the surface of the mud with, whereas the Eastern Curlew is over two feet long with a exceptionally long legs and a massively curved beak that it thrusts deep down into the mud to pull out crabs, worms and other creatures hidden below the surface.

Some shorebirds are fairly drab in plumage, especially when they are visiting Australia in their non-breeding season, but when they migrate to their Arctic nesting grounds, they develop a vibrant flush of bright colours to attract a mate. We have 37 types of shorebirds that annually migrate to Australia on some of the most lengthy and arduous journeys in the animal kingdom, but there are also 18 shorebirds that call Australia home all year round.

What all our shorebirds have in common—be they large or small, seasoned traveller or homebody, brightly coloured or in muted tones—is that each species needs adequate safe areas where they can successfully feed and breed.

The National Shorebird Monitoring Program is managed and supported by BirdLife Australia. 

This project is supported by Glenelg Hopkins Catchment Management Authority and Hunter Local Land Services through funding from the Australian Government’s National Landcare Program. Funding from Helen Macpherson Smith Trust and Port Phillip Bay Fund is acknowledged. 

The National Shorebird Monitoring Program is made possible with the help of over 1,600 volunteers working in coastal and inland habitats all over Australia. 

The National Shorebird Monitoring program (started as the Shorebirds 2020 project initiated to re-invigorate monitoring around Australia) is raising awareness of how incredible shorebirds are, and actively engaging the community to participate in gathering information needed to conserve shorebirds. 

In the short term, the destruction of tidal ecosystems will need to be stopped, and our program is designed to strengthen the case for protecting these important habitats. 

In the long term, there will be a need to mitigate against the likely effects of climate change on a species that travels across the entire range of latitudes where impacts are likely. 

The identification and protection of critical areas for shorebirds will need to continue in order to guard against the potential threats associated with habitats in close proximity to nearly half the human population. 

Here in Australia, the place where these birds grow up and spend most of their lives, continued monitoring is necessary to inform the best management practice to maintain shorebird populations. 

BirdLife Australia believe that we can help secure a brighter future for these remarkable birds by educating stakeholders, gathering information on how and why shorebird populations are changing, and working to grow the community of people who care about shorebirds.

To find out more visit: http://www.birdlife.org.au/projects/shorebirds-2020/shorebirds-2020-program